VSI C User Manual
- Software Version:
- VSI C Version 7.4-1 for OpenVMS Alpha
VSI C Version 7.4-1 for OpenVMS IA64
- Operating System and Version:
- VSI OpenVMS Alpha Version 8.4-2L1 or higher
VSI OpenVMS IA-64 Version 8.4-1H1 or higher
Preface
This manual provides reference information for using the VSI C language on OpenVMS systems. VSI C is an ANSI compliant C compiler for the OpenVMS operating system on VAX, Alpha, and Intel Itanium processors and for the UNIX operating system on Alpha processors. The shortened forms, OpenVMS I64 and I64, are also used throughout this manual.
VSI C is compliant with the International Standards Organization (ISO) C Standard (ISO 9899:1990[1992]), formerly the American National Standard for Information Systems-Programming Language C (document number: X3.159- 1989). By the use of command-line options, VSI C is compatible with older dialects of C, including common usage C (Kernighan and Ritchie C) and VAX C.
This manual is based on the ISO C Standard (ISO 9899:1990[1992]), formerly the
ANSI X3J11 committee’s standard for the C programming language (called the
ANSI C standard in this manual). All library functions and language
extensions to the ANSI C standard are also described. You may send comments
or suggestions regarding this manual or any VSI C document by sending
electronic mail to the following Internet address:
<docinfo@vmssoftware.com>
1. About VSI
VMS Software, Inc. (VSI) is an independent software company licensed by Hewlett Packard Enterprise to develop and support the OpenVMS operating system.
2. Intended Audience
This guide is intended for experienced programmers who need to develop VSI C programs on OpenVMS systems, for users who need to know the difference between VSI C and other implementations, and for experienced C users who need to reference language information specific to OpenVMS systems. You should be familiar with one high-level language and should have some familiarity with the Digital Command Language (DCL). If you are not familiar with or need to reference information about the DCL, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.
3. Document Structure
This guide has the following chapters and appendixes:
Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs shows how to create, compile, link, and run a VSI C program.
Chapter 2, Using OpenVMS Record Management Services describes VAX Record Management Services (RMS).
Chapter 3, Using VSI C in the Common Language Environment describes interlanguage calling, and OpenVMS System Services, Run-Time Library (RTL) routines, and calling standard conventions.
Chapter 4, Data Storage and Representation describes data storage and representation on OpenVMS systems.
Chapter 5, Preprocessor Directives describes the preprocessor directives.
Chapter 6, Predefined Macros and Built-In Functions describes the predefined macros and the built-in functions.
Appendix A, Migrating from VAX C documents the features that distinguish VSI C for OpenVMS Systems from VAX C.
Appendix B, Common Pitfalls describes common pitfalls when using VSI C.
Appendix C, Programming Tools provides an overview of the OpenVMS Debugger, Text Processing Utility (TPU), Language-Sensitive Editor (LSE), Source Code Analyzer (SCA), and CDD/Repository.
Appendix D, VSI C Compiler Messages lists VSI C compiler messages.
Appendix E, VSI C Limits describes implementation-specific limits and parameters for VSI C on OpenVMS systems.
The glossary provides an alphabetical listing of key terms.
4. Related Documents
You may find the following documents useful when programming in VSI C:
VSI C Reference Manual—Provides language reference information for VSI C on OpenVMS systems.
VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems—Provides information on using the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) functions and macros, and information about porting programs to and from other operating systems.
The C Programming Language by Ritchie—Provides an excellent tutorial of the C language. Because VSI C contains features and enhancements to the standard C language, use the VSI C User Manual and the VSI C Reference Manual as the reference books for the full description of VSI C.
VSI OpenVMS Calling Standard—Describes the concepts used by all OpenVMS languages to invoke routines and pass data between them. It also describes the differences between the OpenVMS VAX, Alpha, and I64 parameter-passing mechanisms.
5. OpenVMS Documentation
The full VSI OpenVMS documentation set can be found on the VMS Software Documentation webpage at https://docs.vmssoftware.com.
6. VSI Encourages Your Comments
You may send comments or suggestions regarding this manual or any VSI document by sending electronic mail to the following Internet address: <docinfo@vmssoftware.com>
. Users who have VSI OpenVMS support contracts through VSI can contact <support@vmssoftware.com>
for help with this product.
7. Platform Labels
A platform is a combination of operating system and hardware that provides a distinct environment. This guide contains information applicable to the VSI OpenVMS operating system on VAX, Alpha, and Intel Itanium processors.
The information in this guide applies to all of these processors, except when specifically labeled as follows:
Label | Explanation |
---|---|
(VAX only) | Specific to a VAX processor running the OpenVMS operating system. |
(Alpha only) | Specific to an Alpha processor running the OpenVMS operating system. |
(I64 only) | Specific to an Intel Itanium processor running the OpenVMS operating system. On this platform, the product name of the operating system is OpenVMS Industry Standard 64 (or its abbreviated forms, OpenVMS I64 or I64). |
8. Typographical Conventions
Convention | Meaning |
---|---|
UPPERCASE TYPE |
All uppercase letters in a command line indicate keywords that must be entered. You can enter them in either uppercase or lowercase. You can use the first three characters to abbreviate command keywords, or you can use the minimum unique abbreviation. |
lowercase italics |
Lowercase italics in command syntax or examples indicate variables for which either you or the system supplies a value. |
[ ] |
In examples showing VMS directory specifications, square brackets are a necessary part of the specification, [directory-name]. In a procedure, square brackets in an inquiry enclose the default response for the inquiry. |
[Return] |
Press the Return key. |
Ctrl/x |
While holding down the Ctrl key, press the key specified by x. |
. . . |
Vertical ellipses (dots) in examples represent data that has been omitted. |
9. New and Changed Features
VSI C runs on OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS Industry Standard 64 systems.
The compiler behaves much the same on both systems, with some
differences, primarily in the support for #pragma
linkage
, built-in functions, default floating-point
representation, and predefined macros. These differences are noted
in the relevant sections of this manual.
Chapter 1. Developing VSI C Programs
Overview of the DIGITAL Command Language (DCL) commands used for program development (Section 1.1, “DCL Commands for Program Development”)
Creating VSI C programs (Section 1.2, “Creating a VSI C Program”)
Compiling VSI C programs (Section 1.3, “Compiling a VSI C Program”)
Linking VSI C programs (Section 1.4, “Linking a VSI C Program”)
Running VSI C programs (Section 1.5, “Running a VSI C Program”)
Passing arguments to the
main
function (Section 1.6, “Passing Arguments to the main Function”)Using 64-bit addressing (Section 1.7, “64-bit Addressing Support”)
1.1. DCL Commands for Program Development
This section provides a brief overview of the DCL commands used for program development. The following sections provide more detailed information about these topics.
Figure 1.1, “DCL Commands for Developing Programs” shows the basic steps in VSI C program development.

To create a VSI C source program at DCL level, you must invoke a text editor. In Figure 1.1, “DCL Commands for Developing Programs”, the EDIT command invokes the default editor TPU (OpenVMS Text Processing Utility) to create the source program AVERAGE.C. You can use another editor, such as EDT or the Language-Sensitive Editor (LSE). (LSE is a product that must be purchased separately; see Appendix C, Programming Tools for more information.) A file type of C is used to indicate that you are creating a VSI C source program. C is the conventional file type for all VSI C source programs.
When you compile your program with the CC command, you do not have to specify the file type; by default, VSI C searches for files with a file type of C.
If your source program compiles successfully, the VSI C compiler creates an object file with the file type OBJ.
However, if the VSI C compiler detects errors in your source program, the system displays each error on your screen and then displays the DCL prompt. You can then reinvoke your text editor to correct each error.
$ CC/LIST AVERAGE
For a complete description of all CC command qualifiers, see Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”.
$ LINK AVERAGE
The linker uses the object file produced by VSI C as input to produce an executable image file as output. (The executable image is a file containing program code that can be run on the system.)
You can specify command qualifiers with the DCL command LINK. For a complete list and explanation of all the command qualifiers available with the LINK command, see Section 1.4.2, “LINK Command Qualifiers”.
After producing the executable image file, use the RUN command to execute your program.
1.2. Creating a VSI C Program
To create and modify a VSI C program, you must invoke a text editor. The OpenVMS system provides you with two text editors: EDT and the OpenVMS Text Processing Utility (TPU). The following section discusses TPU. See the OpenVMS EDT Reference Manual for more information on EDT.
1.2.1. Using TPU
TPU is a high-performance, programmable utility. It provides two editing interfaces: the Extensible VAX Editor (EVE), described in the following section, and the TPU EDT Keypad Emulator. You can also create your own interfaces.
Like EDT, TPU provides you with an online help facility that you can access during your editing session. When you invoke TPU to create a file, a journal file is automatically created. You can use this journal file to recover your edits if the system fails during an editing session. To recover your edits, enter the EVE/RECOVER command.
Unlike EDT, TPU provides multiple windows. This feature allows you to view two files on your screen at the same time.
1.2.2. The EVE Interface to TPU
$ EDIT/TPU PROG_1.C
$ EVE == "EDIT/TPU"
After this command line is executed, you can type EVE at the DCL prompt followed by the name of the file you want to modify or create.
1.3. Compiling a VSI C Program
Detects errors in your source program
Displays each error on your screen or writes the errors to a file
Generates machine-language instructions from the source statements
Groups these machine-language instructions into an object module for the linker
The following sections discuss the CC command and its qualifiers.
1.3.1. The CC Command
CC[/qualifier...][ file-spec [/qualifier...]],...
Note
(VAX only) This note applies to OpenVMS VAX systems that have both VSI C and VAX C installed.
The CC command is used to invoke either the VAX C or VSI C compiler. If the VSI C installation procedure detects that your system already has a VAX C compiler installed on it, the installer is given the option to specify which compiler gets invoked by default whenever the CC command verb is used. To invoke the compiler that is not the default, use the CC command with the appropriate qualifier: CC/DECC for the VSI C compiler, or CC/VAXC for the VAX C compiler. Where the CC command appears in examples in this manual, CC/DECC is assumed to be the default.
- /qualifier
An action to be performed by the compiler on all files or specific files listed. When a qualifier appears directly after the CC command, it affects all the files listed. When a qualifier appears after a file specification, it affects only the file that immediately precedes it. However, when files are concatenated, these rules do not apply.
- file-spec
An input source file that contains the program or module to be compiled. You are not required to specify a file type if you give your file a .C file extension; the VSI C compiler adopts the default file type C.
$ CC /LIST PROG_1, PROG_2/NOLIST, PROG_3
$ CC PROG_1 + PROG_2/LIST + PROG_3
Note
Concatenating source files without using the /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE qualifier is not recommended because potential conflicts in the name space of declared objects can result in compilation errors or incorrect run-time behavior.
$ CC TEST.C + A.TLB/LIB + B.TLB/LIB
1.3.1.1. Including Header Files
Header files are pieces of source code that typically contain declarations shared among C programs. A header file often declares a set of related functions, as well as defining any types and macros needed for their use.
To make the contents of a header file available to your program, include the header file using
the #include
preprocessor directive.
#include
directive has three forms. Two of the forms are defined by the C
standard and are portable:- Inclusion using angle brackets to delimit the file to be included:
#include <file-spec>
- Inclusion using quotation marks to delimit the file to be included:
#include "file-spec"
The third form is the text-module form. It is specific to OpenVMS systems and is not portable. See Section 5.2.3, “Inclusion of Text Modules” for more information on the text-module form of inclusion.
#include
directive used determines where the compiler will look
to find the file to be included. Generally, the compiler looks in the following
places, in the order listed:Places named on the command line with the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier or the /LIBRARY qualifier
Places identified through logical names, such as DECC$USER_INCLUDE, DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE, DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE, and DECC$TEXT_LIBRARY
System-defined places such as the SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.*] directory and the SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB and SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB text libraries
You can use the UNUSED message group described in the #pragma message
description
in Section 5.4.14, “#pragma message Directive” to enable messages that report apparently
unnecessary #include
files (and CDD records). Unlike any other
messages, these messages must be enabled on the command line
(/WARNINGS=ENABLE=UNUSED), rather than with #pragma
message
, to be effective.
The VSI C preprocessor is usually able to determine if a particular #include
file
that has already been processed once was guarded by the conventional sequence:
#ifndef FILE_SEEN, #define FILE_SEEN, #endif
.
When the compiler detects this pattern of use the first time a particular file is included, it
remembers that fact as well as the name of the macro. The next time the same
file is included, the compiler checks to see if the "FILE_SEEN" macro is still
defined and, if so, it does not reopen and reread the file. Note that if the
initial test is in the form #if !defined
instead of
#ifndef
, then the pattern is not recognized. In a listing file,
#include
directives that are skipped because of this processing
are marked with an "X" just as if the #include
line itself were
excluded.
See the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier in Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers” for a more complete description of the search-order rules that VSI C uses to locate included files.
See the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems for information on the header files required to use VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) functions and macros.
1.3.1.2. Listing Header Files
$
LIBRARY/LIST SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB
(OpenVMS Version 7.1 and higher)$
LIBRARY/LIST SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB
$
DIR SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.SYS$STARLET_C]*.H;
$
DIR SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.DECC$RTLDEF]*.H;
$
DIR SYS$LIBRARY:*.H;
The names of the text-module header files for the OpenVMS system interfaces
The names of the text-module header files for the VSI C language interfaces
*.h header files for the OpenVMS system interfaces
*.h header files for the VSI C language interfaces
*.h header files for layered products and other applications
Note
The SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.DECC$RTLDEF] and SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.SYS$STARLET_C] directories are only reference areas for your viewing. They are created during the compiler installation from the content of the text libraries. By default, the compiler searches only the text library files for headers; it does not search these reference directories.
Be aware that OpenVMS VAX operating systems prior to Version 7.1 do not have a file named SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB. For these older versions of the operating system, the STARLET header files are generated during VSI C installation and placed in SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB and also in both SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.DECC$RTLDEF] and SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.REFERENCE.SYS$STARLET_C].
1.3.2. Compilation Modes
The /STANDARD qualifier causes the compiler to issue only those warnings appropriate for the dialect of C being compiled. For example, VAX C compatibility mode (/STANDARD=VAXC) does not issue warnings against VAX C extensions, while ANSI C mode does.
To generate a list of all messages that are in effect at the start of compilation, specify /LIST/SHOW=MESSAGES. For each message, the identifier, severity, and message text are shown. To also show the message description and user action for each message listed, specify /LIST/SHOW=MESSAGES/WARN=VERBOSE.
Strict ANSI C: Only the ANSI C Standard 89 (C89) language dialect is recognized. This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=ANSI89 on the CC command line.
/STANDARD=ANSI89 issues all diagnostics required by the ANSI C standard as well as a number of optional diagnostics that help detect source code constructs that are not portable under the C89 standard. Digraph recognition from the 1994 Amendment is also supported in this mode.
You can use /STANDARD=ANSI89 with /[NO]WARNINGS to control issuance of informational or warning messages. However, since the compiler does not recognize many VAX C or common C extensions when in strict ANSI mode (for example, VAX C keywords not beginning with two underscores), many of the messages normally associated with flagging VAX C and common C extensions are not produced.
Strict C99: Only the ISO C99 dialect is recognized. This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=C99 on the CC command line.
/STANDARD=C99 accepts just the C99 language without extensions, and diagnoses violations of the C99 standard. Because C99 is a superset of Amendment 1 to the C89 standard, and the default mode of RELAXED is a superset of C99, the __STDC_VERSION__ macro is now defined with the C99-specified value of 199901L.
Only when the ISOC94 keyword is added to the strict ANSI89, MIA, or COMMON modes does the __STDC_VERSION__ macro take on the Amendment 1 value of 199409L (In the absence of the ISOC94 keyword, the ANSI89, MIA, and COMMON modes do not define the macro at all.)Note
/STANDARD=C99 is not fully supported on VAX systems. Specifying /STANDARD=C99 on OpenVMS VAX systems produces a warning and puts the compiler into /STANDARD=RELAXED mode.
Latest C standard dialect. /STANDARD=LATEST is currently equivalent to /STANDARD=C99, but is subject to change when newer versions of the C standard are released.
Relaxed: This is the default mode on OpenVMS systems, and is specified by /NOSTANDARD or /STANDARD=RELAXED on the CC command line. The /STANDARD=RELAXED mode accepts C89 and C99 features, as well as nearly all language extensions (such as additional VSI C keywords and predefined macros that do not begin with an underscore). It excludes only K&R (COMMON mode), VAX C, and Microsoft features that conflict with standard C. The purpose of the /STANDARD=RELAXED mode is to support everything from the most current C standard, in addition to all extensions that do not specify different semantics for the same constructs.
Microsoft compatibility: This mode interprets source programs according to certain language rules followed by the C compiler provided with the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler product. This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=MS on the CC command line. See Section 1.3.3, “Microsoft Compatibility Compilation Mode” for more information about Microsoft compatibility mode.
ISO C 94: This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=ISOC94. It can be specified alone or with any other /STANDARD option except VAXC. If it is specified alone, the default major mode is RELAXED.
Specifying /STANDARD=ISOC94 enables digraph processing and defines the predefined macro __STDC_VERSION__=199409L, as specified by Amendment 1 to the C89 standard.
VAX C compatibility: This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=VAXC. It allows the same language as the C standard, but also supports VAX C extensions that are incompatible with the C standard and that change the language semantics. This mode provides compatibility for programs that depend on old VAX C behavior.
Portable: This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=PORTABLE. It places the compiler in RELAXED mode and enables the issuance of diagnostics that warn about any nonportable usages encountered.
/STANDARD=PORTABLE is supported for VAX C compatibility only. It is equivalent to the recommended combination of qualifiers /STANDARD=RELAXED/WARNINGS=ENABLE=PORTABLE.
Common usage C: This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=COMMON. It enforces K & R programming style; that is, compatibility with older UNIX compilers such as
pcc
andgcc
. This mode is close to a subset of /STANDARD=VAXC mode.MIA conformance: This mode is enabled by specifying /STANDARD=MIA. This is strict ANSI C with some differences required by the Multivendor Integration Architecture (MIA) standard. Compiling a program with /STANDARD=MIA sets the
__MIA
predefined macro to 1.
With one exception, the /STANDARD qualifier options are mutually exclusive. Do not combine them. The exception is that you can specify /STANDARD=ISOC94 with any other option except VAXC.
VSI C modules compiled in different modes can be linked and executed together.
The /STANDARD qualifier is further described in Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”.
Also see the __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
predefined macro (Section 6.1.7, “The __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES Macro”).
1.3.3. Microsoft Compatibility Compilation Mode
The /STANDARD=MS qualifier instructs the VSI C compiler to interpret your source code according to certain language rules followed by the C compiler provided with the Microsoft Visual C++ compiler product. However, compatibility with this implementation is not complete. The following sections describe the compatibility situations that VSI C recognizes. In most cases, these situations consist of relaxing a standard behavior and suppressing a diagnostic message.
1.3.3.1. Unnamed Nested struct or union Members
Allow a declaration of a structure with no name within another structure. You
can reference all members of the inner structure as members of the named outer
structure. This is similar to the C++ treatment of nested unions lacking a name,
but extended to both structures and unions. A similar capability is provided by
the VAX C variant_struct
and variant_union
types.
struct{ struct{ int a; int b; }; /*No name here */ int c; }d; /* d.a, d.b, and d.c are valid member names. */
1.3.3.2. Block Scope Declaration of static Functions
Allow a static
function declaration in block scope (that is,
inside another function).
f(){ static int a(int b); }
1.3.3.3. Treat &* as Having No Effect
Standard C does not allow the &
operator to produce an lvalue
expression. The Microsoft relaxation allows &
to produce an
lvalue in certain cases.
int *a, *b; f() { &*a=b; }
1.3.3.4. char is Not Treated as a Unique Type
Treat the char
type as either signed char
or ,
depending on the default in effect.
char
can be assigned to a pointer to
signed char
, assuming the command-line default of
/NOUNSIGNED_CHAR:signed char *a; char *b; f() { b=a; }
1.3.3.5. Double Semicolons in Declarations
Suppress warning messages for declarations that contain two semicolons. (That is, allow completely empty declarations at file scope.)
int a;;
1.3.3.6. Declaration without a Type
Suppress warning messages for declarations that contain a variable name but no type.
b;
1.3.3.7. Enumerators in an Enumeration Declaration
Ignore any extra comma at the end of the last enumerator in an enumeration declaration.
enum E {a, b, c,}; /* Ignore the comma after "c". */
1.3.3.8. Useless Typedefs
Allow typedef
s that have a type specifier but no identifier name
declaring the new type.
typedef struct { int a; };
1.3.3.9. Unrecognized Pragmas Accepted
#pragma code_seg #pragma warning
1.3.4. CC Command Qualifiers
The following list shows all the command qualifiers and their defaults available with the CC command. A description of each qualifier follows the list.
You can place command qualifiers either on the CC command line itself or on individual file specifications (with the exception of the /LIBRARY qualifier). If placed on a file specification, the qualifier affects only the compilation of the specified source file and all subsequent source files in the compilation unit. If placed on the CC command line, the qualifier affects all source files in all compilation units unless it is overridden by a qualifier on an individual file specification.
Command Qualifiers |
Default |
---|---|
/ACCEPT=(option[,option]) |
See text. |
/[NO]ANALYSIS_DATA[=file-spec] |
/NOANALYSIS_DATA |
/[NO]ANNOTATIONS[=(option,…)] |
/NOANNOTATIONS |
/[NO]ANSI_ALIAS |
See text. |
/ARCHITECTURE=option |
/ARCHITECTURE=GENERIC |
/ASSUME=(option[,…]) |
See text. |
/[NO]CHECK[=(option,…)] |
/NOCHECK |
/[NO]COMMENTS=option |
See text. |
/[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE |
/NOCROSS_REFERENCE |
/[NO]DEBUG[=(option[,…])] |
/DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,NOSYMBOLS) /DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,NOINLINE, NOSYMBOLS) (VAX only) |
/DECC |
See text. |
/[NO]DEFINE=(identifier[=definition][,…]) |
/NODEFINE |
/[NO]DIAGNOSTICS[=file-spec] |
/NODIAGNOSTICS |
/ENDIAN=option |
/ENDIAN=LITTLE |
/[NO]ERROR_LIMIT[=n] |
/ERROR_LIMIT=30 |
/EXTERN_MODEL=option |
/EXTERN_MODEL=RELAXED_REFDEF |
/[NO]FIRST_INCLUDE=(file[,…]) |
/NOFIRST_INCLUDE |
/FLOAT=option |
/FLOAT=G_FLOAT (Alpha only) /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT (I64 only) /FLOAT=D_FLOAT (VAX only) |
/GRANULARITY=option |
/GRANULARITY=QUADWORD |
/[NO]INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=(pathname[,…]) |
/NOINCLUDE_DIRECTORY |
/IEEE_MODE[=option] |
/IEEE_MODE=FAST (Alpha only) /IEEE_MODE=DENORM_RESULTS (I64 only) |
/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=option |
/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128 |
/LIBRARY |
See text. |
/[NO]LINE_DIRECTIVES |
/LINE_DIRECTIVES |
/[NO]LIST[=file-spec] |
/NOLIST (interactive mode) /LIST (batch mode) |
/[NO]MACHINE_CODE[=option] |
/NOMACHINE_CODE |
/[NO]MAIN=POSIX_EXIT |
/NOMAIN |
/[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT |
/MEMBER_ALIGNMENT /NOMEMBER_ALIGNMENT (VAX only) |
/[NO]MMS_DEPENDENCIES=option |
/NOMMS_DEPENDENCIES |
/NAMES=(option1,option2) |
/NAMES=UPPERCASE,TRUNCATED |
/NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY[=option] |
/NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY |
=INCLUDE_FILE | |
/[NO]OBJECT[=file-spec] |
/OBJECT |
/[NO]OPTIMIZE[=(option[,…])] |
/OPTIMIZE |
/PDSC_MASK=option |
See text. |
/[NO]PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE |
/NOPLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE |
/[NO]POINTER_SIZE=option |
/NOPOINTER_SIZE |
/PRECISION[=option] |
See text. |
/[NO]PREFIX_LIBRARY_ |
See text. |
/[NO]PREPROCESS_ONLY[=filename] |
/NOPREPROCESS_ONLY |
/[NO]PROTOTYPES[=(option[,…])] |
/NOPROTOTYPES |
/PSECT_MODEL=[NO]MULTILANGUAGE |
/NOMULTILANGUAGE |
/REENTRANCY=option |
/REENTRANCY=TOLERANT |
/REPOSITORY=option |
/See text. |
/ROUNDING_MODE=option |
/ROUNDING_MODE=NEAREST |
/[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS |
/NOSHARE_GLOBALS |
/SHOW[=(option[,…])] |
/SHOW=(NOBRIEF, NOCROSS_REFERENCE, NODICTIONARY, NOEXPANSION, NOINCLUDE, NOINTERMEDIATE, NOMESSAGE, NOSTATISTICS, NOSYMBOLS, NOTRANSLATION, SOURCE, TERMINAL) |
/[NO]STANDARD[=(option[,…])] |
/NOSTANDARD (equivalent to /STANDARD=RELAXED ) |
/[NO]TIE |
/NOTIE |
/[NO]UNDEFINE=(identifier[,…]) |
/NOUNDEFINE |
/[NO]UNSIGNED_CHAR |
/NOUNSIGNED_CHAR |
/VAXC (VAX only) |
See text. |
/[NO]VERSION |
/NOVERSION |
/[NO]WARNINGS[=(option[,…])] |
/WARNINGS |
/ACCEPT=(option[,option])
Allows the compiler to accept C language syntax that it might not normally accept.
VSI C accepts slightly different syntax depending upon the compilation mode specified with the /STANDARD qualifier. The /ACCEPT qualifier can fine tune the language syntax accepted by each /STANDARD mode.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
[NO]C99_KEYWORDS |
Controls whether or not the C99 Standard keywords
|
[NO]GCCINLINE |
The gcc compiler implements an |
[NO]RESTRICT_KEYWORD |
Controls whether or not the compiler recognizes the C99
standard This only affects recognition of the spelling of the
keyword as proposed for inclusion in the C99 standard. The
spelling with two leading underscores,
Note that [NO]RESTRICT_KEYWORD is a subset of [NO]C99_KEYWORDS. They have the same compiler-mode defaults. |
[NO]TRIGRAPHS |
Turns trigraph processing on or off. In COMMON and VAXC modes, trigraphs are disabled by default. In all other modes, they are enabled by default. |
[NO]VAXC_KEYWORDS |
Controls whether or not the compiler recognizes the VAX C keywords (such as "readonly") regardless of the /STANDARD mode used. |
For /STANDARD=RELAXED, the default is:
/ACCEPT=(VAXC_KEYWORDS,C99_KEYWORDS, NOGCCINLINE,TRIGRAPHS)
For /STANDARD=VAXC, the default is:
/ACCEPT=(VAXC_KEYWORDS,NOC99_KEYWORDS, NOGCCINLINE,NOTRIGRAPHS)
For /STANDARD=COMMON, the default is:
/ACCEPT=(NOVAXC_KEYWORDS,NOC99_KEYWORDS, NOGCCINLINE,NOTRIGRAPHS)
In all other modes, the default is:
/ACCEPT=(NOVAXC_KEYWORDS,NOC99_KEYWORDS, NOGCCINLINE,TRIGRAPHS)
/[NO]ANALYSIS_DATA[=file-spec]
Generates a file of source-code analysis information. The default file name is the file name of the primary source file; the default file type is .ANA. The .ANA file is reserved for use with VSI layered products. The default is /NOANALYSIS_DATA. For more information, see Appendix C, Programming Tools.
/[NO]ANNOTATIONS[=option]
Controls whether or not the source listing file is annotated with indications of specific optimizations performed or, in some cases, not performed. These annotations can be helpful in understanding the optimization process.
If annotations are requested (and the /LISTING qualifier appears on the command line), the source listing section is shifted to the right and annotation numbers are added to the left of source lines. These numbers refer to brief descriptions that appear later in the source listing file.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
ALL |
Selects all annotations. This output can be quite verbose because it includes detailed output for all annotations. For more concise output for each kind of annotation, use /ANNOTATIONS=(ALL,NODETAIL), or just /ANNOTATIONS with no qualifier options. |
[NO]CODE |
Annotates the machine-code listing with descriptions of special instructions used for prefetching, alignment, and so on. The /MACHINE_CODE qualifier must also be specified for /ANNOTATION=CODE to have any visible effect. |
[NO]DETAIL |
Provides additional level of annotation detail, where available. |
[NO]FEEDBACK |
Indicates use of profile-directed feedback optimizations. Feedback optimizations are not implemented on OpenVMS systems, so this keyword has no visible effect. |
[NO]INLINING |
Indicates where code for a called procedure was expanded inline. |
[NO]LOOP_TRANSFORMS |
Indicates optimizations such as loop reordering and code hoisting. |
[NO]LOOP_UNROLLING |
Indicates where advanced loop nest optimizations have been applied to improve cache performance (unroll and jam, loop fusion, loop interchange, and so on). |
[NO]PREFETCHING |
Indicates where special instructions were used to reduce memory latency. |
[NO]SHRINKWRAPPING |
Indicates removal of code establishing routine context when it is not needed. |
[NO]SOFTWARE_PIPELINING |
Indicates where loops have been scheduled to hide functional unit latency. |
[NO]TAIL_CALLS |
Indicates an optimization where a call from routine A to B can be replaced by a jump. |
[NO]TAIL_RECURSION |
Indicates an optimization that eliminates unnecessary routine context for a recursive call. |
NONE |
Same as /NOANNOTATIONS. |
The default is /NOANNOTATIONS.
Specifying /ANNOTATIONS with no keywords is the same as specifying /ANNOTATIONS=(ALL,NODETAIL).
/[NO]ANSI_ALIAS
Directs the compiler to assume the standard C aliasing rules. By so doing, the compiler has the freedom to generate better optimized code.
The aliasing rules referred to are explained in the C Standard, reprinted as follows:
the declared type of the object,
a qualified version of the declared type of the object,
a type that is the signed or unsigned type corresponding to the declared type of the object,
a type that is the signed or unsigned type corresponding to a qualified version of the declared type of the object,
an aggregate or union type that includes one of the aforementioned types among its members (including, recursively, a member of a subaggregate or contained union), or
a character type.
If your program does not access the same data through pointers of a different type (and for this purpose, signed and qualified versions of an otherwise same type are considered to be the same type), then assuming standard C aliasing rules allows the compiler to generate better optimized code.
If your program does access the same data through pointers of a different type
(for example, by a "pointer to int
" and a "pointer to
float
"), then you must not allow the compiler to assume standard C
aliasing rules. Otherwise, incorrect code might be generated.
The default is /NOANSI_ALIAS for the /STANDARD=VAXC and /STANDARD=COMMON compiler modes. The default is /ANSI_ALIAS for all other modes.
/ARCHITECTURE
Determines the Alpha or Intel processor instruction set to be used by the compiler. The /ARCHITECTURE qualifier uses the same keyword options (keywords) as the /OPTIMIZE=TUNE qualifier.
Where the /OPTIMIZE=TUNE qualifier is primarily used by certain higher-level optimizations for instruction scheduling purposes, the /ARCHITECTURE qualifier determines the type of code instructions generated for the program unit being compiled.
OpenVMS Version 7.1 and subsequent releases provide an operating system kernel that includes an instruction emulator. This emulator allows new instructions, not implemented on the host processor chip, to execute and produce correct results. Applications using emulated instructions will run correctly, but may incur significant software emulation overhead at runtime.
All Alpha processors implement a core set of instructions. Certain Alpha processor versions include additional instruction extensions.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
GENERIC |
Generates code that is appropriate for all Alpha and Itanium processor generations. This is the default. |
HOST |
Generates code for the processor generation in use on the system being used for compilation. Running programs compiled with this option on other implementations of the Alpha or Itanium architecture may encounter instruction-emulation overhead. |
EV4 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for the 21064, 21064A, 21066, and 21068 implementations of the Alpha architecture. Running programs compiled with the EV4 option will run without instruction-emulation overhead on all Alpha processors. |
EV5 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for some 21164 chip implementations of the Alpha architecture that use only the base set of Alpha instructions (no extensions). Running programs compiled with the EV5 option will run without instruction-emulation overhead on all Alpha processors. |
EV56 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for some 21164 chip implementations that use the byte and word-manipulation instruction extensions of the Alpha architecture. Running programs compiled with the EV56 option might incur emulation overhead on EV4 and EV5 processors, but will still run correctly on OpenVMS Version 7.1 (or higher) systems. |
PCA56 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for the 21164PC chip implementation that uses the byte- and word-manipulation instruction extensions and multimedia instruction extensions of the Alpha architecture. Running programs compiled with the PCA56 option might incur emulation overhead on EV4, EV5, and EV56 processors, but will still run correctly on OpenVMS Version 7.1 (or higher) systems. |
EV6 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for the first-generation 21264 implementation of the Alpha architecture. |
EV67 (Alpha only) |
Generates code for the second-generation 21264 implementation of the Alpha architecture. |
ITANIUM2 (I64 only) |
Generates code for the Intel Itanium 2 processor. |
/ASSUME=(option,...)
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
[NO]ACCURACY_SENSITIVE |
Specifies whether certain code transformations that affect floating-point operations are allowed. These changes may or may not affect the accuracy of the program's results. |
[NO]ALIGNED_OBJECTS |
Controls an optimization for dereferencing pointers. |
[NO]CLEAN_PARAMETERS |
Controls compiler assumptions about short-integer formal parameters. |
[NO]EXACT_CDD_OFFSETS |
Controls the alignment of Control Data Dictionary records. |
[NO]HEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT |
Controls whether or not the default file-type mechanism for header files is enabled. |
[NO]MATH_ERRNO |
Controls whether or not intrinsic code is generated for math functions that set the errno variable. |
[NO]POINTERS_TO_GLOBALS |
Controls whether or not the compiler can safely assume that global variables have not had their addresses taken in code that is not visible to the current compilation. |
[NO]WEAK_VOLATILE |
Affects the generation of code for assignments to objects that are less than or equal to 16 bits in size that have been declared as volatile. |
[NO]WHOLE_PROGRAM |
Asserts to the compiler that except for "well-behaved library routines," the whole program consists only of the single object module being produced by this compilation. |
[NO]WRITABLE_STRING_ |
Stores string constants in a writable psect. Otherwise, such constants are placed in a nonwritable psect. |
The following sections describe these options in greater detail.
[NO]ACCURACY_SENSITIVE
The default is ACCURACY_SENSITIVE.
If you specify NOACCURACY_SENSITIVE, the compiler is free to reorder floating-point operations based on algebraic identities (inverses, associativity, and distribution). This allows the compiler to move divide operations outside of loops, which improves performance.
The default, ACCURACY_SENSITIVE, directs the compiler to use only certain scalar rules for calculations. This setting can prevent some optimizations.
If you use the /ASSUME=NOACCURACY_SENSITIVE qualifier, VSI C might reorder code (based on algebraic identities) to improve performance. The results can be different from the default (/ASSUME=ACCURACY_SENSITIVE) because of how the intermediate results are rounded. However, the NOACCURACY_SENSITIVE results are not categorically less accurate than those gained by the default.
[NO]ALIGNED_OBJECTS
The default is /ASSUME=ALIGNED_OBJECTS.
On OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, dereferencing a pointer to a longword- or quadword-aligned object is more efficient than dereferencing a pointer to a byte- or word-aligned object. Therefore, the compiler can generate more optimized code if it makes the assumption that a pointer object of an aligned pointer type does point to an aligned object.
Since the compiler determines the alignment of the dereferenced object from the type of the pointer, and the program is allowed to compute a pointer that references an unaligned object (even though the pointer type indicates that it references an aligned object), the compiler must assume that the dereferenced object's alignment matches or exceeds the alignment indicated by the pointer type. Specifying /ASSUME=ALIGNED_OBJECTS (the default) allows the compiler to make such an assumption. With this assumption made, the compiler can generate more efficient code for pointer dereferences of aligned pointer types.
To prevent the compiler from assuming the pointer type's alignment for objects that it points to, use the /ASSUME=NOALIGNED_OBJECTS qualifier.
Before deciding whether to specify /ASSUME=NOALIGNED_OBJECTS or /ASSUME=ALIGNED_OBJECTS, you need to know what programming practices will affect your decision.
A pointer of type
short
points to objects that are at leastshort
-aligned.A pointer of type
int
points to objects that are at leastint
-aligned.A pointer of type
struct foo
points to objects that have an alignment ofstruct foo
(that is, the alignment of the strictest member alignment, or byte alignment if you have specified#pragma nomember_alignment
forstruct foo
).
If your module breaks this rule, your program will suffer alignment faults at
runtime that can seriously degrade performance. If you can identify the places in
your code where the rule is broken, use the __unaligned
type qualifier.
Otherwise, the /ASSUME=NOALIGNED_OBJECTS qualifier effectively treats all
dereferences as if they were unaligned.
On OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, VSI C aligns all nonmember declarations on natural
boundaries, so by default all objects do comply with the previous assumption. Also,
the standard library routine malloc
on OpenVMS systems returns
quadword-aligned heap memory.
By explicitly specifying a lesser alignment for an object than the pointer type's alignment
By casting a pointer to a pointer type of stricter alignment
By enclosing a member-aligned object inside a nonmember-aligned object
int
member of a struct
with #pragma
nomember_alignment
is used in a pointer
dereference:#pragma nomember_alignment struct foo { char C; int i; /* i is unaligned because of char C */ }; struct foo st; int *i_p; i_p = &st.i; ... *i_p ... /* An expression containing a dereferenced i_p */
int *i_p; char *c_p; ....... ....... i_p = (int *)c_p; ... *i_p ... /* An expression containing a dereferenced i_p */
#pragma member_alignment struct inside { int i; /* this type asserts that its objects have at least longword alignment (int is a longword)... */ }; #pragma nomember_alignment struct outside { char C; struct inside s; /* ...but foo_ptr -> s is only byte-aligned! */ } *foo_ptr;
The expression foo_ptr -> s
has a type whose alignment is explicitly
specified to be longword (because longword is the strictest alignment of the
structure's members), but the expression type is only guaranteed to be byte-aligned.
Also note that just as the pointer type information can direct the compiler to generate the appropriate code to dereference the pointer (code that does not cause alignment faults), it can also direct the compiler to generate even better code if it indicates that the object is at least longword-aligned.
[NO]CLEAN_PARAMETERS
The default is /ASSUME=CLEAN_PARAMETERS.
The OpenVMS Alpha and I64 Calling Standards require integers less than 64 bits long that are passed by value to have their upper bits either zeroed or sign-extended to make full 64-bit values. These are referred to as clean parameters. Some old code does not follow this convention. This can cause problems if the called program assumes that the caller followed the Calling Standard by passing only clean parameters.
Specifying /ASSUME=NOCLEAN_PARAMETERS allows a program to be called by old code that might pass unclean integer parameters. It directs the compiler to generate run-time code to clean the short integers so they comply with the Calling Standard.
[NO]EXACT_CDD_OFFSETS
The default is /ASSUME=NOEXACT_CDD_OFFSETS.
If /ASSUME=EXACT_CDD_OFFSETS is specified, the records input from the CDD are given the exact alignment (relative to the start of the record) specified by the CDD definition. This alignment is independent of the current compiler member-alignment setting.
If /ASSUME=NOEXACT_CDD_OFFSETS is specified, the compiler may modify the offsets specified in a CDD record according to the current member-alignment setting.
[NO]HEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT
The default is /ASSUME=HEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT.
In past versions of the C compiler, the #include
directive always
supplied a default file type of .h for C compilations. Similarly, the C++ compiler
supplied a default file type of .hxx for C++ compilations.
However, the C++ standard requires that, for example, #include
<iostream>
be distinguishable from #include
<iostream.hxx>
. This is not possible with the header file-type default
mechanism in effect.
You can disable the type default mechanism for either VSI C or VSI C++ by specifying /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT.
With /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT specified, an #include
directive
written with the standard syntax for header name (enclosed in quotes or angle
brackets) will use the filename as specified, without supplying a default file type.
More precisely stated, the default file type will be empty (just ".").
For example, a directory might contain three files named IOSTREAM., IOSTREAM.HXX,
and IOSTREAM.H. By default, the C++ compiler processes #include
<iostream>
such that the file IOSTREAM.HXX is found, while the C
compiler would find IOSTREAM.H.
However, if /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT is specified, the same directive causes
the file IOSTREAM. to be found by both compilers, and the only way to include the
file named IOSTREAM.HXX or IOSTREAM.H is to specify the .hxx or .h file type
explicitly in the #include
directive. Be aware that while the OpenVMS
operating system treats filenames as case-insensitive and normally displays them in
uppercase, filenames in #include
directives should use lowercase for
best portability. This is more in keeping with other C and C++
implementations.
[NO]MATH_ERRNO
The default is /ASSUME=MATH_ERRNO, which does not allow intrinsic code for such math functions to be generated, even if /OPTIMIZE=INTRINSICS is in effect. Their prototypes and call formats, however, are still checked.
[NO]POINTERS_TO_GLOBALS
The default is /ASSUME=POINTER_TO_GLOBALS, which directs the compiler to assume that global variables have had their addresses taken in separately compiled modules and that, in general, any pointer dereference could be accessing the same memory as any global variable. This is often a significant barrier to optimization.
The /ANSI_ALIAS command-line qualifier allows some resolution based on data type, but /ASSUME=NOPOINTER_TO_GLOBALS provides significant additional resolution and improved optimization in many cases.
/ASSUME=NOPOINTER_TO_GLOBALS tells the compiler that any global variable accessed through a pointer in the compilation must have had its address taken within that compilation. The compiler can see any code that takes the address of an extern variable. If it does not see the address of the variable being taken, the compiler can assume that no pointer points to the variable.
extern int x; ... int *p; ... *p = 3;
Under /ASSUME=NOPOINTERS_TO_GLOBALS, the compiler can assume that x
is not changed by the assignment through p
when generating code. This
can lead to faster code.
In combination with the /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE qualifier, several source modules can be treated as a single compilation for the purpose of this analysis. Because run-time libraries such as the VSI C RTL do not take the addresses of global variables defined in user programs, source modules can often be combined into a single compilation that allows /ASSUME=NOPOINTER_TO_GLOBALS to be used effectively.
Be aware that /ASSUME=NOPOINTERS_TO_GLOBALS does not tell the compiler that the compilation never uses pointers to access global variables (which is seldom true of real C programs).
[NO]WEAK_VOLATILE
This option affects the generation of code for assignments to objects that are less than or equal to 16 bits in size (for example: char, short) that have been declared as volatile.
Specifying /ASSUME=WEAK_VOLATILE directs the compiler to generate code for volatile assignments to single bytes or words without using the load-locked store-conditional sequences that, in general, are required to assure volatile data integrity when direct byte or word memory-access instructions are not being used.
This option is intended for use in special I/O hardware access situations, and should not generally be used.
The default is /ASSUME=NOWEAK_VOLATILE, which uses interlocked instructions for sub-longword volatile accesses when byte or word instructions are not enabled.
[NO]WHOLE_PROGRAM
The default is /ASSUME=NOWHOLE_PROGRAM.
The optimizations enabled by /ASSUME=WHOLE_PROGRAM include all those enabled by /ASSUME=NOPOINTER_TO_GLOBALS, and possibly additional optimizations as well.
[NO]WRITABLE_STRING_LITERALS
For /STANDARD=VAXC or /STANDARD=COMMON, the default is /ASSUME=WRITABLE_STRING_LITERALS.
For all other compiler modes, the default is /ASSUME=NOWRITABLE_STRING_LITERALS.
/[NO]CHECK[= ([NO]UNINITIALIZED_VARIABLES,
[NO]BOUNDS [NO]POINTER_SIZE[=(option,...)])],
[NO]FP_MODE(I64 only)
This qualifier is for use as a debugging aid.
/CHECK=UNINITIALIZED_VARIABLES
/CHECK=UNINITIALIZED_VARIABLES initializes all automatic variables to the value 0xfffa5a5afffa5a5a. This value is a floating NaN and, if used, causes a floating-point trap. If used as a pointer, this value is likely to cause an ACCVIO.
/CHECK=BOUNDS
Checks are done only when accessing an array.
Checks are not done when accessing a pointer, even if that access is done using the subscript operator. This means that checks are not done on arrays declared as formal parameters because they are considered pointers in the C language. If a formal parameter is a multi-dimension array, all bounds except the first are checked.
If an array is accessed using the subscript operator (as either the left or right operand), and the subscript operator is not the operand of an address-of operator, the check is for the index to be between 0 and the number of array elements minus one, inclusive.
If an array is accessed using the subscript operator (as either the left or right operand), and the subscript operator is the operand of the address-of operator, the check is for the index to be between 0 and the number of elements in the array, inclusive.
The reason for treating the address-of case differently is that it is common programming practice to have a loop such as:int a[10]; int *b; for (b = a ; b < &a[10] ; b++) { .... }
In this case, access to &a[10] is allowed even though it is outside the range of the array.
If the array is being accessed using pointer addition, the check is for the value being added to be between 0 and the number of elements in the array, inclusive.
If the array is being accessed using pointer subtraction (that is, the subtraction of an integer value from a pointer, not the subtraction of one pointer from another), the check is for the value being subtracted to be between the negation of the number of elements in the array and 0, inclusive.
In the previous three cases, an optional compile-time message (ident SUBSCRBOUNDS2) can be enabled to detect the case where an array has been accessed using either a constant subscript or constant pointer arithmetic, and the element accessed is exactly one past the end of the array.
Bounds checking is not done for arrays declared with one element. (Because standard C does not allow arrays without dimensions inside
struct
s, it is common practice to declare such arrays with a bounds specifier of 1.)In this case, an optional compile-time message (ident SUBSCRBOUNDS1) can be enabled to detect the case where an array declared with a single element is accessed using either a constant subscript or constant pointer arithmetic, and the element accessed is not part of the array.
VSI C emits run-time checks for arrays indexed by constants, even though the compiler can and does detect this situation at compile-time. An exception is that no run-time check is made if the compiler can determine that the access is valid.
- Here are examples of some array references:
int a[10]; int *b; int c; int *d; int vla[c]; int one[1]; a[c] = 1; // check c is from 0-9 b[c] = 1; // no check c[a] = 1; // check c is from 0-9 b = &a[c] // check c is from 0-10 *(a + c) = 1; // check c is from 0-10 *(a - c) = 1; // check c is from -10 to 0 d = a + c; // check that c is from 0-10 d = b + c; // no check a[1] = 1; // no run-time check - know access is valid vla[1] = 1; // run-time check a[10] = 1; // run-time check (and compiler diagnostic) d = a + 10; // no run-time check, optional SUBSCRBOUNDS2 // message can be enabled c = one[5]; // no run-time check, optional SUBSCRBOUNDS1 // message can be enabled
- If a multi-dimension array is accessed, the compiler performs checks on each of the subscript expressions, making sure each is within the corresponding bound. So for the following code, the compiler checks that both
x
andy
are between 0 and 9. It does not check that10 * x + y
is between 0 and 99:int a[10][10]; int x,y,z; x = a[x][y];
Notes
Because of operating system differences, the behavior of the run-time array-bounds checking is different on UNIX systems than on OpenVMS systems.
If there is no handler, an OpenVMS program fails with:%SYSTEM-F-SUBRNG, arithmetic trap, subscript out of range at PC=xxx, PS=xxx %TRACE-F-TRACEBACK, symbolic stack dump follows
On UNIX systems, the output would be:Trace/BPT trap (core dumped)
Furthermore, to trap the error on OpenVMS systems, a user needs to write:signal(SIGFPE, handler);
While on UNIX systems, the equivalent line would be:signal(SIGTRAP, handler);
When run-time checking is enabled, the VSI C compiler emits a bad check in certain cases. These cases arise when an array is accessed using pointer arithmetic and run-time array-bounds checking is enabled. In such a case, the compiler can output only the checking code for the first pointer-arithmetic operation performed on the array. This can result in an incorrect check if the resulting pointer value is again operated on by pointer arithmetic.
Consider the following expression wherea
is a pointer,c
is an array, andc
andd
are integers:a = b + c - d;
When bounds checking is enabled, the compiler outputs a check to verify that
c
is within the bounds of the array. This leads to an incorrect run-time trap in cases wherec
is outside the bounds of the array andc - d
is not.In these cases, the compiler outputs a diagnostic noting that the check code it produced is bad. You can then recode the pointer expression so that the integer part is in parentheses. In this way, the expression will contain only one pointer-arithmetic operation, and the compiler will output the correct check. In the previous example, the expression would be changed to:a = b + (c - d);
/CHECK=POINTER_SIZE
/CHECK=POINTER_SIZE directs the compiler to generate code that checks 64-bit pointer values (used in certain contexts where 32-bit pointers are also present) to make sure they will fit in a 32-bit pointer. If such a value cannot be represented by a 32-bit pointer, the run-time code signals a range error (SS$_RANGEERR).
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
[NO]ASSIGNMENT |
Check whenever a 64-bit pointer is assigned to a 32-bit pointer (including use as an actual argument). |
[NO]CAST |
Check whenever a 64-bit pointer is cast to a 32-bit pointer. |
[NO]INTEGER_CAST |
Check whenever a long pointer is cast to a 32-bit integer. |
[NO]PARAMETER |
Check all formal parameters at function startup to make sure that all formal parameters declared to be 32-bit pointers are 32-bit values. |
ALL |
Do all checks. |
NONE |
Do no checks. |
Specifying /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE defaults to /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE=(ASSIGNMENT,PARAMETER).
/POINTER_SIZE
#pragma pointer_size
#pragma required_pointer_size
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
predefined macro
#pragma required_pointer_size long int *a; char *b; typedef char * l_char_ptr; #pragma required_pointer_size short char *c; int *d; foo(int * e) /* Check e if PARAMETER is specified. */ { d = a; /* Check a if ASSIGNMENT is specified. */ c = (char *) a; /* Check a if CAST is specified. */ c = (char *) d; /* No checking ever. */ foo( a ); /* Check a if ASSIGNMENT is specified. */ bar( a ); /* No checking ever - no prototype */ b = (l_char_ptr) a; /* No checking ever. */ c = (l_char_ptr) a; /* Check a if ASSIGNMENT is specified */ b = (char *) a; /* Check if CAST is specified. */ }
/CHECK=[NO]FP_MODE
(I64 only)
/CHECK=FP_MODE generates code in the prologue of every function defined in the compilation to compare the current values of certain fields in the processor's floating-point status register (FPSR) with the values expected in those fields based on the command-line qualifiers with which the function was compiled.
If the rounding mode is not consistent with the value of the /ROUNDING_MODE qualifier specified at compile time, an informational message SYSTEM-I-FPMODERC is issued at runtime, citing the current mode and the compile-time specified mode (Note that /ROUNDING_MODE=DYNAMIC is treated the same as /ROUNDING_MODE=NEAREST for this purpose).
If the trap-enable flags are not consistent with the setting of the /IEEE qualifier (for /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT compilations) or with the setting used to implement VAX floating types (for /FLOAT=G_FLOAT or /FLOAT=D_FLOAT compilations), an informational message SYSTEM-I-FPMODECTL is issued at run time, citing the current trap-enable flags as well as the trap-enable flags expected by the compilation. To identify the point of failure, you need to rerun the program under DEBUG and issue "SET BREAK/EXCEPTION".
Note that the checking code generated for /CHECK=FP_MODE includes a standard call
to OTS$CHECK_FP_MODE within the prologue of each function,
and OTS$CHECK_FP_MODE itself assumes the standard calling
conventions (described in the OpenVMS Calling Standard). Because of this, it is not
possible to use this checking option when compiling function definitions that have a
nonstandard linkage (see #pragma linkage
and #pragma
use_linkage
) specifying conventional scratch registers with the PRESERVED
or NOTUSED attribute. Doing so will cause the compiler to issue the "REGCONFLICT"
E-level diagnostic at the opening brace of such function definitions. To compile
such functions successfully, the FP_MODE keyword must be removed from the list of
/CHECK= keywords.
Defaults
Omitting this qualifier defaults to /NOCHECK, which equates to /CHECK=(NOUNINITIALIZED_VARIABLE,NOBOUNDS,NOPOINTER_SIZE,NOFP_MODE).
Specifying /CHECK defaults to /CHECK=(UNINITIALIZED_VARIABLES,BOUNDS, POINTER_SIZE=(ASSIGNMENT,PARAMETER),FP_MODE).
/[NO]COMMENTS=option
Governs whether or not comments appear in preprocess output files and, if they are to appear, whether they appear themselves or are replaced by a single space.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
AS_IS |
Specifies that the comment appears in the output file. |
SPACE |
Specifies that a single space replaces the comment in the output file. |
/NOCOMMENTS specifies that nothing replaces the comment in the output file. This can result in inadvertent token pasting.
The VSI C preprocessor might replace a comment at the end of a line or on a line by itself with nothing, even if /COMMENTS=SPACE is specified. Doing so does not change the meaning of the program.
The default is /COMMENTS=SPACE for the ANSI89, RELAXED, and MIA modes of the compiler. The default is /NOCOMMENTS for all other compiler modes.
Specifying /COMMENTS on the command line defaults to /COMMENTS=AS_IS.
/[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE
Specifies whether the compiler generates cross-references for variable names.
If you specify /CROSS_REFERENCE, the compiler lists, for each variable referenced in the procedure, the line numbers of the lines on which the variable is referenced.
This qualifier has no effect unless you also specify /LIST and either /SHOW=SYMBOLS or /SHOW=BRIEF. The default is /NOCROSS_REFERENCE.
/[NO]DEBUG[=(option[,…])]
Includes information in the object module for use by the OpenVMS Debugger.
/DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,NOSYMBOLS) on Alpha systems.
/DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,NOINLINE,NOSYMBOLS) on VAX systems.
Specifying /DEBUG with no keywords is equivalent to specifying /DEBUG=ALL.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
ALL |
Includes symbol table records and traceback records for both VAX and Alpha systems. On VAX systems, this also selects the behavior of the INLINE keyword. On Alpha and I64 systems, /DEBUG=ALL is equivalent to /DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,SYMBOLS). On VAX systems, /DEBUG=ALL is equivalent to /DEBUG=(TRACEBACK,SYMBOLS,INLINE). |
INLINE (VAX only) |
Generates debug information to cause a STEP command to STEP/INTO an inlined function call. |
NOINLINE (VAX only) |
Generates debug information to cause a STEP command to STEP/OVER an inlined function call. |
NONE |
Does not include any debugging information. This is equivalent to /NODEBUG. |
NOTRACEBACK |
Suppresses generation of traceback records. |
NOSYMBOLS |
Suppresses generation of symbol table records. |
SYMBOLS |
Generates symbol table records. |
TRACEBACK |
Generates traceback records. |
/DECC
On OpenVMS VAX systems, the CC command is used to invoke either the VAX C or VSI C compiler. If your system has a VAX C compiler already installed on it, the VSI C installation procedure provides the option of specifying which compiler will be invoked by default when just the CC command is used. To invoke the compiler that is not the default, use the CC command with the appropriate qualifier: CC/DECC for the VSI C compiler, or CC/VAXC for the VAX C compiler. If your system does not have a VAX C compiler installed on it, the CC command will invoke the VSI C compiler.
On OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, specifying /DECC is equivalent to not specifying it; this qualifier is supported to provide compatibility with VSI C on OpenVMS VAX systems.
/[NO]DEFINE=
(identifier[=definition][,…])
/[NO]UNDEFINE= (identifier[,…])
Performs the same functions as the
#define
and #undef
preprocessor directives. The
/DEFINE qualifier defines a macro to be substituted for every occurrence of a given
identifier in the compilation unit or units. The /UNDEFINE qualifier cancels a
previous definition (but not subsequent ones). When both /DEFINE and /UNDEFINE are
present in a compilation unit or on the CC command line, /DEFINE is
evaluated before /UNDEFINE.
Since /DEFINE and /UNDEFINE are not part of the source file, they are not associated with a listing line number or source line number. Therefore, when an error occurs in a command-line definition, the message displayed at the terminal does not indicate a line number. In the listing file, these diagnostic messages are placed before the source listing in the order that they were encountered. When the expansion of a definition causes an error at a specific source line in the program, the diagnostics—both at the terminal and in the listing file—are associated with that source line.
A command line containing the /DEFINE and the /UNDEFINE qualifiers can be long. Continuation characters cannot appear within quotes or they will be included in the macro stream. The length of a CC command line cannot exceed the maximum length allowed by DCL.
The /NODEFINE and /NOUNDEFINE qualifiers are provided for compatibility with other DCL qualifiers. You can use these qualifiers to cancel /DEFINE or /UNDEFINE qualifiers that you have specified in a symbol that you use to compile VSI C programs.
The defaults are /NODEFINE and /NOUNDEFINE.
Usage and Examples
#define
and #undef
preprocessor directives in the following way:- An equal sign is required after /DEFINE; a space is required after
#define
. For example, the following are equivalent:$
CC/DEFINE=TRUE
#define TRUE 1Note that the value ofTRUE
on the /DEFINE qualifier is automatically set to 1. Any other value must be specified. For example, the following are equivalent:$
CC/DEFINE=MAYBE=2
#define MAYBE 2 - DCL converts all input to uppercase unless it is enclosed in quotation marks. For example, the following are equivalent:
$
CC/DEFINE=true
#define TRUE 1 - The macro defined on the /DEFINE qualifier must be enclosed in quotation marks if at least one of the following is true:
You want to preserve lowercase
The macro definition contains spaces or characters that would not be valid on the DCL command line.
The macro is a function-like macro
For example:$
CC/DEFINE="true"
! Preserves lowercase$
CC/DEFINE="blank=' '"
! Contains and preserves the blank$
CC/DEFINE="f1=a+b"
! Contains a '+' character$
CC/DEFINE="funct(a)=2"
! Defines a function-like macro - Within a macro definition and inside quotation marks, a delimiter can be either an equal sign or a space, whichever comes first. If an equal sign is the delimiter, the following examples are equivalent:
$
CC/DEFINE="true=1"
#define true 1If a space is the delimiter, the following examples are equivalent:$
CC/DEFINE="true =1"
#define true =1In this example, the space, preserved by the quotation marks, serves as the delimiter, assigning
true
a value of=1
, which is clearly not intended. - Within a definition and outside quotation marks, the only allowed delimiter is an equal sign; a space terminates the definition. The following definitions, for example, are not recognized by DCL:
$
CC/DEFINE= TRUE
$
CC/DEFINE=(FALSE 0
In the first example, DCL interprets
TRUE
as a file specification; in the second, DCL flags an invalid value specification. When more than one /DEFINE is present on the CC command line or in a single compilation unit, only the last /DEFINE is used. Similarly, only the last /UNDEFINE on the CC command line or the compilation unit is used.
$
CC/DEFINE=(EQU==,"equ =","equal==")
In the first definition, the first equal sign is removed by DCL as the delimiter; the second equal sign is passed to the compiler. In the second example, the space is recognized as a delimiter because the definition is inside quotes; therefore, only one equal sign is required. In the third definition, the first equal sign is recognized as the delimiter and is removed; the second equal sign is passed to the compiler.
$
CC/DEFINE=(QUOTES="""","funct(b)=printf(")")
In both examples, DCL removes the first and last quotation marks before passing the definition to the compiler.
$
CC/UNDEFINE=TRUE
__vaxc
, __VAXC
, __DECC
, or
__vms
) to conditionally compile segments of VSI C specific code, you
can undefine that constant to see how the portable sections of your program execute.
Consider the following program:
main() { #if __DECC printf("I'm being compiled with VSI C on an OpenVMS system."); #else printf("I'm being compiled on some other compiler."); #endif }
$
CC EXAMPLE.C
$
LINK EXAMPLE.OBJ
$
RUN EXAMPLE.EXE
I'm being compiled with VSI C on an OpenVMS system.
$
CC/UNDEFINE="DECC" EXAMPLE
$
LINK EXAMPLE.OBJ
$
RUN EXAMPLE.EXE
I'm being compiled on some other compiler.
/[NO]DIAGNOSTICS[=file-spec]
Creates a file containing compiler messages and diagnostic information. The default file extension for a diagnostics file is .DIA. The diagnostics file is used with the Language-Sensitive Editor (LSE). To display a diagnostics file, enter the command REVIEW/FILE=file-spec while in LSE. For more information, see Appendix C, Programming Tools. The default is /NODIAGNOSTICS.
/ENDIAN=option
This qualifier takes the options BIG or LITTLE.
int foo = 'ABCD';
Specifying /ENDIAN=LITTLE places 'A' in the first byte, 'B' in the second byte, and so on.
Specifying /ENDIAN=BIG places 'D' in the first byte, 'C' in the second byte, and so on.
The default is /ENDIAN=LITTLE.
/[NO]ERROR_LIMIT[=n]
This qualifier limits the number of Error-level diagnostic messages that are acceptable during program compilation. Compilation terminates when the limit n is exceeded. /NOERROR_LIMIT specifies that there is no limit on error messages.
The default is /ERROR_LIMIT=30, which specifies that compilation terminates after 31 error messages.
/EXTERN_MODEL=option
In conjunction with the /[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS
qualifier, controls the initial compiler model for external objects. Conceptually,
the compiler behaves as if the first line of the program being compiled was a
#pragma extern_model
with the model and psect name, if any,
specified by the /EXTERN_MODEL qualifier and with the shr
or
noshr
keyword specified by the /[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS
qualifier.
/EXTERN_MODEL=STRICT_REFDEF="MYDATA"/NOSHARE
#pragma extern_model strict_refdef "MYDATA" noshr
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
COMMON_BLOCK |
Sets the compiler's |
RELAXED_REFDEF |
Sets the compiler's This is the model used by the portable C compiler
( |
STRICT_REFDEF [="name"] |
Sets the compiler's This is the model specified by standard C. Use it in a program that is to be a strict standard-conforming program. This model is the preferred alternative to the nonstandard
storage-class keywords |
GLOBALVALUE |
Sets the compiler's
extern_model to the
globalvalue model. This model is similar to
the strict_refdef model except that these
global objects have no storage; instead, they are link-time
constant values. There are two cases:
This model is the preferred alternative to the nonstandard
storage-class keyword |
The default is /EXTERN_MODEL=RELAXED_REFDEF. This is different from VAX C, which uses the common block model for external objects.
/[NO]FIRST_INCLUDE=(file[,…])
Includes the specified files before any
source files. This qualifier corresponds to the UNIX
-FI
switch.
This qualifier is useful if you have command lines to pass to the C compiler that
are exceeding the DCL command-line length limit. Using the /FIRST_INCLUDE qualifier
can help solve this problem by replacing lengthy /DEFINE and /WARNINGS qualifiers
with #define
and #pragma message
preprocessor directives
placed in a /FIRST_INCLUDE file.
#include "file"
If more than one file is specified, the files are included in their order of appearance on the command line.
The default is /NOFIRST_INCLUDE.
/FLOAT=option
Controls the format of floating-point variables.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
D_FLOAT |
|
G_FLOAT |
|
IEEE_FLOAT |
|
OpenVMS VAX Systems (VAX only)
On OpenVMS VAX systems, representation of
double
variables defaults toD_floating format if not overridden by
another format specified with the /FLOAT or /[NO]G_FLOAT qualifier. There is one
exception: if /STANDARD=MIA is specified, G_floating is the default. If you are
linking against object-module libraries, a program compiled with G_floating format
must be linked with the object library DECCRTLG.OLB. (VAX only)
OpenVMS Alpha Systems (Alpha only)
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, representation of double
variables defaults
to G_floating format if not overridden by another format specified with the /FLOAT
or /[NO]G_FLOAT qualifier.
G_FLOAT format must be linked with the object library VAXCRTL.OLB
D_FLOAT format must be linked with VAXCRTLD.OLB
IEEE_FLOAT format must be linked with VAXCRTLT.OLB
The VAXCRTLX.OLB, VAXCRTLDX.OLB, and VAXCRTLTX.OLB libraries are used for the same floating-point formats, respectively, but include support for X_FLOAT format (/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128).
If /PREFIX=ALL is specified, then there is no need to link to the above-mentioned *.OLB object libraries. All the symbols you need are in STARLET.OLB.
I64 Systems (I64 only)
This section describes floating-point support and application porting considerations for I64 systems.
On OpenVMS I64 systems, /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT is the default floating-point representation. IEEE format data is assumed and IEEE floating-point instructions are used. There is no hardware support for floating-point representations other than IEEE, although you can specify the /FLOAT=D_FLOAT or /FLOAT=G_FLOAT compiler option. These VAX floating-point formats are supported in the I64 compiler by generating run-time code that converts VAX floating-point formats to IEEE format to perform arithmetic operations, and then converts the IEEE result back to the appropriate VAX floating-point format. This imposes additional run-time overhead and some loss of accuracy compared to performing the operations in hardware on Alpha and VAX systems. The software support for the VAX formats is provided to meet an important functional compatibility requirement for certain applications that need to deal with on-disk binary floating-point data.
On I64 systems, the default for /IEEE_MODE is DENORM_RESULTS, which is a change from the default of /IEEE_MODE=FAST on Alpha systems. This means that by default, floating-point operations may silently generate values that print as Infinity or Nan (the industry-standard behavior), instead of issuing a fatal run-time error as they would when using VAX floating-point format or /IEEE_MODE=FAST. Also, the smallest-magnitude nonzero value in this mode is much smaller because results are allowed to enter the denormal range instead of being flushed to zero as soon as the value is too small to represent with normalization.
The conversion of VAX floating-point formats to IEEE single and IEEE double floating-point types on the Intel Itanium architecture is a transparent process that will not impact most applications. All you need to do is recompile your application. Because IEEE floating-point format is the default, unless your build explicitly specifies VAX floating-point format options, a simple rebuild for I64 systems will use the native IEEE formats directly. For the large class of programs that do not directly depend on the VAX formats for correct operation, this is the most desirable way to build for I64 systems.
Converts VAX floating-point formats to either IEEE single or IEEE double floating-point formats.
Performs arithmetic operations in IEEE floating-point arithmetic.
Converts the resulting data from IEEE formats back to VAX formats.
Where no arithmetic operations are performed (VAX float fetches followed by stores), no conversion will occur. The code handles such situations as moves.
VAX floating-point formats have the same number of bits and precision as their equivalent IEEE floating-point formats. For most applications the conversion process will be transparent and thus a non-issue.
Values of numbers represented
Rounding rules
Exception behavior
Depend on exception behavior
Measure the limits of floating-point behaviors
Implement algorithms at maximal processor-specific accuracy
Perform low-level emulations of other floating-point processors
Use direct equality comparisons between floating-point values, instead of appropriately ranged comparisons (a practice that is extremely vulnerable to changes in compiler version or compiler options, as well as architecture)
You can test an application's behavior with IEEE floating-point values by compiling it on an OpenVMS Alpha system using /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT/IEEE_MODE=DENORM. If that produces acceptable results, then simply build the application on the OpenVMS I64 system using the same qualifier.
If you determine that simply recompiling with an /IEEE_MODE qualifier is not sufficient because your application depends on the binary representation of floating-point values, then first try building for your I64 system by specifying the VAX floating-point option that was in effect for your VAX or Alpha build. This causes the representation seen by your code and on disk to remain unchanged, with some additional run-time cost for the conversions generated by the compiler. If this is not an efficient approach for your application, you can convert VAX floating-point binary data in disk files to IEEE floating-point formats before moving the application to an I64 system.
/GRANULARITY=option
Controls the size of shared data in memory that can be safely accessed from different threads. The possible size values are BYTE, LONGWORD, and QUADWORD.
Specifying BYTE allows single bytes to be accessed from different threads sharing data in memory without corrupting surrounding bytes. This option will slow run-time performance.
Specifying LONGWORD allows naturally aligned 4-byte longwords to be accessed safely from different threads sharing data in memory. Accessing data items of 3 bytes or less, or unaligned data, may result in data items written from multiple threads being inconsistently updated.
Specifying QUADWORD allows naturally aligned 8-byte quadwords to be accessed safely from different threads sharing data in memory. Accessing data items of 7 bytes or less, or unaligned data, might result in data items written from multiple threads being inconsistently updated. This is the default.
/IEEE_MODE=option
Selects the IEEE floating-point mode to be used if /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT is specified.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
FAST |
During program execution, only finite values (no infinities, NaNs, or denorms) are created. Underflows and denormal values are flushed to zero. Exceptional conditions, such as floating-point overflow, divide-by-zero, or use of an IEEE exceptional operand are fatal. |
UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO |
Generate infinities and NaNs. Flush denormalized results and underflow to zero without exceptions. |
DENORM_RESULTS |
Same as UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO, except that denorms are generated. |
INEXACT |
Same as DENORM_RESULTS, except that inexact values are trapped. This is the slowest mode, and is not appropriate for any sort of general-purpose computations. |
On Alpha systems, the default is /IEEE_MODE=FAST.
On I64 systems, the default is /IEEE_MODE=DENORM_RESULTS.
The INFINITY and NAN macros defined in <math.h>
are available to
programs compiled with /FLOAT=IEEE and /IEEE_MODE={anything other
than FAST}, and in a compiler mode that enables C99 extensions in the
headers (any mode other than COMMON or VAXC).
On Alpha systems, the /IEEE_MODE qualifier generally has its greatest effect on the generated code of a compilation. When calls are made between functions compiled with different /IEEE_MODE qualifiers, each function produces the /IEEE_MODE behavior with which it was compiled.
On I64 systems, the /IEEE_MODE qualifier primarily affects only the setting of a hardware register at program startup. In general, the /IEEE_MODE behavior for a given function is controlled by the /IEEE_MODE option specified on the compilation that produced the main program: the startup code for the main program sets the hardware register according the command-line qualifiers used to compile the main program.
When applied to a compilation that does not contain a main program, the /IEEE_MODE qualifier does have some effect: it might affect the evaluation of floating-point constant expressions, and it is used to set the EXCEPTION_MODE used by the math library for calls from that compilation. But the qualifier has no effect on the exceptional behavior of floating-point calculations generated as inline code for that compilation. Therefore, if floating-point exceptional behavior is important to an application, all of its compilations, including the one containing the main program, should be compiled with the same /IEEE_MODE setting.
Even on Alpha systems, the particular setting of /IEEE_MODE=UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO has this characteristic: its primary effect requires the setting of a run-time status register, and so it needs to be specified on the compilation containing the main program in order to be effective in other compilations.
/[NO]INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=
(pathname[,…])
-I
option of the cc command on UNIX systems.
This qualifier allows you to specify additional places to search for include files.
A place can be one of the following: OpenVMS file-spec to be used as a default file-spec to RMS file services (example: DISK$:[directory])
UNIX style pathname in quotation marks (example: "/sys")
Empty string ("")
- DECC$USER_INCLUDE
- DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE
- DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE
- SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.*]
- DECC$TEXT_LIBRARY
- SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB
- SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB
Instead, it searches only places specified explicitly on the command line by the
/INCLUDE_DIRECTORY and /LIBRARY qualifiers (or by the location of the
primary source file, depending on the /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY
qualifier). This behavior is similar to that obtained by specifying -I without a
directory name to the UNIX
cc
command.
The basic search order depends on the form of the header-file name (after macro expansion). Additional aspects of the search order are controlled by other command-line qualifiers and the presence or absence of logical name definitions.
#include
directive are affected by the
pathnames specified on an /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier: In quotes (example:
#include "stdio.h"
)In angle brackets (example:
#include <stdio.h>
)
However, an empty string also affects the text-module form specific to OpenVMS
systems (example: #include stdio
).
#include
directive without enclosing
delimiters. The search terminates successfully as soon as a file can be opened for reading.Note
Prior to OpenVMS VAX Version 7.1, the operating system did not provide a SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB nor the headers contained therein. Instead, the compiler installation generated these headers and placed them in SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB.
Quoted Form
- One of the following:
If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=INCLUDE_FILE (the default) is in effect, search the directory containing the file in which the
#include
directive itself occurred. The directory containing means the RMS resultant string obtained when the file in which the#include
occurred was opened, except that the filename and subsequent components are replaced by the default file type for headers (".h", or just "." if /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT is in effect). The resultant string will not have translated any concealed device logical.If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=PRIMARY_FILE is in effect, search the default file type for headers using the context of the primary source file. This means that just the file type (".h" or ".") is used for the default file-spec but, in addition, the chain of "related file-specs" used to maintain the sticky defaults for processing the next top-level source file is applied when searching for the include file. This most closely matches the behavior of the VAX C compiler.
If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=NONE is in effect, this entire step (Step 1) is bypassed.
Search the places specified in the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier, if any. A place that can be parsed successfully as an OpenVMS file-spec and that does not contain an explicit file type or version specification is edited to append the default header file type specification (".h" or ".").
A place containing a "/" character is considered to be a UNIX-style name. If the name in the
#include
directive also contains a "/" character that is not the first character and is not preceded by a "!" character (it is not an absolute UNIX-style pathname), then the name in the#include
directive is appended to the named place, separated by a "/" character, before applying the decc$to_vms pathname translation function. The result of the decc$to_vms translation is then used as the filespec to try to open.If DECC$USER_INCLUDE is defined as a logical name, search DECC$USER_INCLUDE:.H, or just DECC$USER_INCLUDE:. if /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT is in effect.
If the file is not found, follow the steps for the angle-bracketed form of inclusion.
Angle-Bracketed Form
Search the place "/". This is a UNIX-style name that can combine only with UNIX names specified explicitly in the
#include
directive. It causes a specification like to be considered first as /sys/types.h, which is translated by decc$to_vms to SYS:TYPES.H.Search the places specified in the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier, exactly as in Step 2 for the quoted form of inclusion.
If DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE is defined as a logical name, search DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE:.H, or just DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE:. if /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT is in effect.
If DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE is defined as a logical name and DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE is not defined as a logical name, search DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE:.H, or just DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE:. if /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT is in effect.
- If neither DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE nor DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE are defined as logical names, then search the default list of places for plain text-file copies of compiler header files as follows:
- SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.DECC$RTLDEF]*.H
- SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.SYS$STARLET_C]*.H
Note
The compiler installation does not create these directories of header files. Instead, it creates [DECC$LIB.REFERENCE] for your convenience. But if you choose to create and populate SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.DECC$RTLDEF] or SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.SYS$STARLET_C], the compiler will search them.
If the file is not found, perform the text library search described in the next step.
Extract the simple filename and file type from the
#include
specification and use the filename as the module name to search a list of text libraries associated with that file type.For any file type, the initial text libraries searched consist of those named on the command line with /LIBRARY qualifiers, searched in left-to-right order.
If the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier contained an empty string, no further text libraries are searched. Otherwise, DECC$TEXT_LIBRARY is searched for all file types.
If DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE is defined as a logical name, then no further text libraries are searched. Otherwise, the subsequent libraries searched for each file type are:- For a file type of ".h" or ".":
- SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB
- SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB
- For a file type other then ".h" or ".":
- SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB
- If the previous step fails, search the following:
- SYS$LIBRARY:.H
Under /ASSUME=NOHEADER_TYPE_DEFAULT, the default file type is modified as usual.
Text-Module Form
For the text-module (nonportable) form of inclusion, the name can only be an identifier. It, therefore, has no associated file type.
The text libraries named on the command line with /LIBRARY qualifiers, in left-to-right order.
- The following list of text libraries in the order shown (unless the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier contains an empty string, in which case no further text libraries are searched):
- DECC$TEXT_LIBRARY
- SYS$LIBRARY:DECC$RTLDEF.TLB
- SYS$LIBRARY:SYS$STARLET_C.TLB
The default for this qualifier is /NOINCLUDE_DIRECTORY.
/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=option
Determines how the compiler interprets the
long double
type. The qualifier options are 64 and 128.
Specifying /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=64 treats all long double
references as
G_FLOAT, D_FLOAT, or T_FLOAT, depending on the value of the /FLOAT qualifier.
Specifying /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128 treats all long double
references as
X_FLOAT.
The default is /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128.
/LIBRARY
$
CC ONE + TWO + THREE/LIBRARY
$
CC ONE + TWO + THREE/LIBRARY, FOUR
$
CC THREE/LIBRARY + ONE + TWO
$
CC ONE + THREE/LIBRARY + TWO
$
CC ONE + TWO + THREE/LIBRARY
/[NO]LINE_DIRECTIVES
Governs whether or not #line
directives appear in preprocess output files.
The default is /LINE_DIRECTIVES.
/[NO]LIST[=file-spec]
Produces a source program listing. You must specify this qualifier to get a listing. None of the other qualifiers use /LIST by default.
By default, /LIST creates a listing file with the same name as the source file and with a file extension of .LIS. If you include a file specification with the /LIST qualifier, the compiler uses that specification to name the listing file.
In interactive mode, the default is /NOLIST. In batch mode, the default is /LIST. See the descriptions of the qualifiers /[NO]MACHINE_CODE, and /SHOW for related information. (For example, to suppress compiler messages to the terminal or to a batch log file, use the /SHOW=NOTERMINAL qualifier.)
/[NO]MACHINE_CODE[=option]
Lists the generated machine code in the listing file. To produce the listing file, you must also specify /LIST.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
AFTER |
Causes the lines of machine code produced during compilation to print after all the source code in the listing. |
BEFORE |
Causes lines of machine code produced during compilation to print before any source code in the listing. |
INTERSPERSED |
Produces a listing consisting of lines of source code followed by the corresponding lines of machine code. This is the default option. |
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, the format of the generated machine code listing is similar to what you would get using the AFTER keyword on OpenVMS VAX systems.
The default is /NOMACHINE_CODE.
/[NO]MAIN=POSIX_EXIT
Directs the compiler to call
__posix_exit
instead of exit
when returning from
main
.
The default is /NOMAIN.
/[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT
Controls whether the compiler naturally
aligns data structure members. Natural alignment means that data structure members
are aligned on the next boundary appropriate to the type of the member, rather than
on the next byte. For instance, a long
variable member is aligned on
the next longword boundary; a short
variable member is aligned on the
next word boundary.
Any use of the #pragma member_alignment
or #pragma
nomember_alignment
directives within the source code overrides the
setting established by this qualifier. Specifying /NOMEMBER_ALIGNMENT causes data
structure members to be byte-aligned (with the exception of bit-field members).
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, the default is /MEMBER_ALIGNMENT.
On OpenVMS VAX systems, the default is /NOMEMBER_ALIGNMENT.
See the description of #pragma [no]member_alignment
in Section 5.4.13, “#pragma [no]member_alignment Directive”.
/[NO]MMS_DEPENDENCIES
[=(option[,…])]
object_file_name :<tab><source file name>) object_file_name :<tab><full path to first include file>) object_file_name :<tab><full path to second include file>)
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
FILE[=filespec] |
Specifies where to save the dependency file. The default
file extension for a dependency file is |
[NO]SYSTEM_INCLUDE_FILES |
Specifies whether or not to include dependency information
about system include files (those included with
|
TARGET=string |
Specifies the target that appears in the output
Examples:
|
The default is /NOMMS_DEPENDENCY.
/NAMES=(option1,option2)
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
UPPERCASE |
Converts to uppercase. |
AS_IS |
Leaves the case as specified in the source. |
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
/NAMES=TRUNCATED (default) |
Truncates long external names. |
/NAMES=SHORTENED |
Shortens long external names. A shortened name consists of the first 23 characters of the name followed by a 7-character Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) computed by looking at the full name, and then a "$". The CRC is generated by calling
lib$crc as follows:
long initial_crc = -1;
crc_result = lib$crc(good_crc_table,
&initial_crc,
<descriptor of string to CRC>);
where good_crc_table is:
/*
** Default CRC table:
**
** This table was taken from Ada's
** generalized name generation algorithm.
** It represents a commonly used CRC
** polynomial known as AUTODIN-II.
** For more information see the VAX
** Macro OpenVMS documentation under the
** CRC VAX instruction.
*/
static const unsigned int good_crc_table[16] =
{0x00000000, 0x1DB71064, 0x3B6E20C8, 0x26D930AC,
0x76DC4190, 0x6B6B51F4, 0x4DB26158, 0x5005713C,
0xEDB88320, 0xF00F9344, 0xD6D6A3E8, 0xCB61B38C,
0x9B64C2B0, 0x86D3D2D4, 0xA00AE278, 0xBDBDF21C}; |
Note
On OpenVMS VAX systems, the /NAMES qualifier does not affect the names of the $CODE and $DATA psects.
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, the /NAMES qualifier does not affect the names of the $ABS$, $BSS$, $CODE$, $DATA$, $LINK$, $LITERAL$, and $READONLY$ psects.
Specifying /NAMES=SHORTENED turns on the /REPOSITORY qualifier.
/NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY
[=option]
#include
preprocessing
directive:#include "file-spec"
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
PRIMARY_FILE |
Directs the compiler to search the default file type for headers using the context of the primary source file (the .C file). This means that just the file type (".h" or ".") is used for the default file-spec, but the chain of "related file-specs" used to maintain the sticky defaults for processing the next top-level source file is also applied when searching for the include file. This most closely matches the behavior of VAX C. |
INCLUDE_FILE |
Directs the compiler to first search the directory of the
source file containing the |
NONE |
Directs the compiler to skip the first step of processing
|
The default is /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=INCLUDE_FILE.
/[NO]OBJECT[=file-spec]
Produces an object module. By default, /OBJECT creates an object module file with the same name as that of the first source file of a compilation unit and with the .OBJ file extension. If you include a file specification with /OBJECT, the compiler uses that specification instead.
The compiler executes faster if it does not have to produce an object module. Use the /NOOBJECT qualifier when you need only a listing of a program or when you want the compiler to check a source file for errors. The default is /OBJECT.
Note that the /OBJECT qualifier has no impact on the output file of the /MMS_DEPENDENCIES qualifier.
/[NO]OPTIMIZE[=(option[,…])]
Determines whether VSI C performs code optimizations.
Option |
Usage | |
---|---|---|
[NO]DISJOINT (VAX only) |
Optimizes the generated machine code. For example, the compiler eliminates common subexpressions, removes invariant expressions from loops, collapses arithmetic operations into 3-operand instructions, and places local variables in registers. When debugging VSI C programs, use the /OPTIMIZE=NODISJOINT option if you need minimal optimization; if optimization during debugging is not important, use the /NOOPTIMIZE qualifier. | |
[NO]INLINE[=keyword] |
Provides inline expansion of functions that yield optimized code when they are expanded. You can specify one of the following keywords to control inlining: | |
NONE |
No inlining is done, even if requested by the language syntax. | |
MANUAL |
Inlines only those function calls for which the program explicitly requests inlining. | |
AUTOMATIC |
Inlines all of the function calls in the MANUAL category, plus additional calls that the compiler determines are appropriate on this platform. On Alpha systems, this is the same as SIZE; on I64 systems, this is the same as SPEED. AUTOMATIC is the default. | |
SIZE |
Inlines all of the function calls in the MANUAL category plus any additional calls that the compiler determines would improve run-time performance without significantly increasing the size of the program. | |
SPEED |
Performs more aggressive inlining for run-time performance, even when it might significantly increase the size of the program. | |
ALL |
Inlines every call that can be inlined while still generating correct code. Recursive routines, however, will not cause an infinite loop at compile time. Note that /OPT=INLINE=ALL is not recommended for general use, because it performs very aggressive inlining and can cause the compiler to exhaust virtual memory or take an unacceptably long time to compile. | |
The The | ||
[NO]INTRINSICS |
Controls whether or not certain functions are handled as
intrinsic functions without explicitly enabling each of them
as an intrinsic through the See Section 5.4.10, “#pragma intrinsic Directive ” for a list of functions that can be handled as intrinsics. The /OPTIMZE=INTRINSICS qualifier works together with
/OPTIMIZE=LEVEL=n and some other qualifiers to
determine how intrinsics are handled:
The default is /OPTIMIZE=INTRINSICS, which turns on this handling. To turn it off, specify /NOOPTIMIZE or /OPTIMIZE=NOINTRINSICS, or specify an optimization level less than 4. | |
LEVEL=n |
Selects the level of optimization. Specify an integer from 0 (no optimization) to 4 (full optimization): | |
0 |
Disables all optimizations. Does not check for unassigned variables. | |
1 |
Includes level 1 optimizations. Enables global optimization. This includes data-flow analysis, code motion, strength reduction and test replacement, split lifetime analysis, and code scheduling. | |
2 |
Includes level 2 optimizations. Enables additional global optimizations that improve speed (at the cost of extra code size), for example: integer multiplication and division expansion (using shifts), loop unrolling, and code replication to eliminate branches. | |
3 |
Includes level 2 optimizations. Enables additional global optimizations that improve speed (at the cost of extra code size), for example: integer multiplication and division expansion (using shifts), loop unrolling, and code replication to eliminate branches. | |
4 |
Includes level 3 optimizations. Enables interprocedural analysis and automatic inlining of small procedures (with heuristics limiting the amount of extra code). This is the default. | |
5 |
Includes level 4 optimizations. Activates software pipelining, which is a specialized form of loop unrolling that in certain cases improves run-time performance. Software pipelining uses instruction scheduling to eliminate instruction stalls within loops, rearranging instructions between different unrolled loop iterations to improve performance. Loops chosen for software pipelining are always innermost loops and do not contain branches or procedure calls. To determine whether using level 5 benefits your particular program, you should time program execution for the same program compiled at levels 4 and 5. For programs that contain loops that exhaust available registers, longer execution times may result with level 5. | |
[NO]PIPELINE |
Controls Activation of the software pipelining optimization. The software pipelining optimization applies instruction scheduling to certain innermost loops, allowing instructions within a loop to "wrap around" and execute in a different iteration of the loop. This can reduce the impact of long-latency operations, resulting in faster loop execution. Software pipelining can be more effective when you combine /OPTIMIZE=PIPELINE with the appropriate /OPTIMIZE=TUNE keyword for the target Alpha processor generation. Software pipelining also enables the prefetching of data to reduce the impact of cache misses. Software pipelining is a subset of the optimizations activated by optimization level 5. To determine whether using /OPTIMIZE=PIPELINE benefits your particular program, you should time program execution for the same program (or subprogram) compiled with and without software pipelining. For programs containing loops that exhaust available registers, longer execution times can result with optimization level 5, requiring use of /OPTIMIZE=UNROLL=n to limit loop unrolling. | |
UNROLL=n |
Controls loop unrolling done by the optimizer. UNROLL=n means to unroll loop bodies n times, where n is between 0 and 16. UNROLL=0 means the optimizer will use its own default unroll amount. Specify UNROLL only at level 3 or higher. | |
TUNE=keyword |
Selects processor-specific instruction tuning for implementations of the Alpha architecture. Regardless of the setting of the /OPTIMIZE=TUNE flag, the generated code will run correctly on all implementations of the Alpha architecture. Tuning for a specific implementation can provide improvements in run-time performance. Code tuned for a specific target might run slower on another target. You can specify one of the following keywords: | |
GENERIC |
Selects instruction tuning that is appropriate for all implementations of the Alpha and Itanium architecture. This option is the default. | |
HOST |
Selects instruction tuning that is appropriate for the machine on which the code is being compiled. | |
EV4 (Alpha only) |
Selects instruction tuning for the 21064, 21064A, 21066, and 21068 implementations of the Alpha architecture. | |
EV5 (Alpha only) |
Selects instruction tuning for the 21164 implementation of the Alpha architecture. | |
PCA56 (Alpha only) |
Selects instruemction tuning for the 21164PC implementation that uses the byte- and word-manipulation instruction extensions and multimedia instruction extensions of the Alpha architecture. Running programs compiled with the PCA56 keyword might incur emulation overhead on EV4, EV5, and EV56 processors, but will still run correctly on OpenVMS Version 7.1 (or higher). | |
EV6 (Alpha only) |
Selects instruction tuning for the first-generation 21264 implementation of the Alpha architecture. | |
EV67 (Alpha only) |
Selects instruction tuning for the second-generation 21264 implementation of the Alpha architecture. | |
ITANIUM2 (I64 only) |
Selects instruction tuning for the Intel Itanium 2 processor. |
For OpenVMS VAX systems the default, /OPTIMIZE, is equivalent to /OPTIMIZE=(DISJOINT,INLINE).
For OpenVMS Alpha systems the default, /OPTIMIZE, is equivalent to /OPTIMIZE=(INLINE=AUTOMATIC,LEVEL=4,UNROLL=0,TUNE=GENERIC).
Use /NOOPTIMIZE or /OPTIMIZE=LEVEL=0 for a debugging session to ensure that the debugger has sufficient information to locate errors in the source program.
In most cases, using /OPTIMIZE will make the program execute faster. As a side effect of getting the fastest execution speeds, using /OPTIMIZE can produce larger object modules and longer compile times than /NOOPTIMIZE.
Loop Unrolling
At optimization level 3 or above, VSI C attempts to unroll certain loops to minimize the number of branches and group more instructions together to allow efficient overlapped instruction execution (instruction pipelining). The best candidates for loop unrolling are innermost loops with limited control flow.
As more loops are unrolled, the average size of basic blocks increases. Loop unrolling generates multiple loop code iterations in a manner that allows efficient instruction pipelining.
The loop body is replicated a certain number of times, substituting index expressions. An initialization loop may be created to align the first reference with the main series of loops. A remainder loop may be created for leftover work.
The number of times a loop is unrolled can be determined by the optimizer or the user can specify the limit for loop unrolling using the /OPTIMIZE=UNROLL qualifier. Unless the user specifies a value, the optimizer unrolls a loop 4 times for most loops or 2 times for certain loops (large estimated code size or branches out the loop).
Software Pipelining
Software pipelining and additional software dependence analysis are enabled by using /OPTIMIZE=LEVEL=5, which in certain cases improves run-time performance.
Loop unrolling (enabled at /OPTIMIZE=LEVEL=3 or higher) is constrained in that it cannot schedule across iterations of a loop. Because software pipelining can schedule across loop iterations, it can perform more efficient scheduling that eliminates instruction stalls within loops, by rearranging instructions between different unrolled loop iterations to improve performance.
For example, if software dependence analysis of data flow reveals that certain calculations can be done before or after that iteration of the unrolled loop, software pipelining reschedules those instructions ahead of or behind that loop iteration, at places where their execution can prevent instruction stalls or otherwise improve performance.
Are always innermost loops (those executed the most)
Do not contain branches or procedure calls
By modifying the unrolled loop and inserting instructions as needed before and/or after the unrolled loop, software pipelining generally improves run-time performance, except for cases where the loops contain a large number of instructions with many existing overlapped operations. In this case, software pipelining may not have enough registers available to effectively improve execution performance, and run-time performance using level 5 may not improve as compared to using level 4.
To determine whether using level 5 benefits your particular program, time program execution for the same program compiled at levels 4 and 5. For programs that contain loops that exhaust available registers, longer execution times may result with level 5.
In cases where performance does not improve, consider compiling using /OPTIMIZE=(UNROLL=1, LEVEL=5) to possibly improve the effects of software pipelining.
/PDSC_MASK=option
Forces the compiler to set the PDSC$V_EXCEPTION_MODE field of the procedure descriptor for each function in the compilation unit to the specified value, regardless of the setting of any other qualifiers.
Note
This qualifier is a low-level systems-programming feature that is seldom necessary. Its usage can produce object modules that do not conform to the VMS common language environment and, within C, it can produce nonstandard and seemingly incorrect floating-point behaviors at runtime.
Option |
Maps to |
Meaning |
---|---|---|
SIGNAL |
PDSC$K_EXCEPTION_MODE_SIGNAL |
Raise exceptions for all except underflow (which is flushed to 0). |
SIGNAL_ALL |
PDSC$K_EXCEPTION_MODE_SIGNAL_ALL |
Raise exceptions for all. |
SILENT |
PDSC$K_EXCEPTION_MODE_SILENT |
Raise no exceptions. Create only finite values: no infinities, no denorms, no NaNs. |
FULL_IEEE |
PDSC$K_EXCEPTION_MODE_FULL_IEEE |
Raise no exceptions except as controlled by separate IEEE exception-enabling bits. Create exceptional values according to the IEEE standard. |
CALLER |
PDSC$K_EXCEPTION_MODE_CALLER |
Emulate the same mode as the caller. This is useful primarily for writing libraries that can be called from languages other than C. |
If /IEEE_MODE is specified with UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO, DENORM_RESULTS, or INEXACT, then /PDSC_MASK is set to FULL_IEEE.
In all other cases, /PDSC_MASK is set to SILENT. This setting differs from the calling-standard-specified default of SIGNAL used by FORTRAN, and is largely responsible for the standard-conforming behavior of the math library when called from C or C++ programs.
/[NO]PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE
Provides improved optimization and code generation across file boundaries that would not be available if the files were compiled separately.
When you specify /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on the command line in conjunction with a series of file specifications separated by plus signs, the compiler does not concatenate each of the specified source files together; such concatenation is generally not correct for C code because a C source file defines a scope.
Instead, each file is treated separately for purposes of parsing, except that the compiler issues diagnostics about conflicting external declarations and function definitions that occur in different files. For purposes of code generation, the compiler treats the files as one application and can perform optimizations across the source files.
The default is /NOPLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE.
/[NO]POINTER_SIZE=option
Controls whether or not pointer-size features are enabled and whether pointers are 32-bits or 64 bits.
The default is /NOPOINTER_SIZE, which disables pointer-size features, such as the
ability to use #pragma pointer_size
, and directs the compiler to assume
that all pointers are 32-bit pointers. This default represents no change over
previous versions of VSI C.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
{SHORT|32} |
The compiler assumes 32-bit pointers. |
{LONG|64} |
The compiler assumes 64-bit pointers. |
Specifying /POINTER_SIZE=32 enables pointer-size features and directs the compiler to assume that all pointers are 32-bit pointers.
Specifying /POINTER_SIZE=64 enables pointer-size features and directs the compiler to assume that all pointers are 64-bit pointers.
Enables processing of
#pragma pointer_size
.Sets the initial default pointer size.
Predefines the preprocessor macro
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to 32 or 64. If /POINTER_SIZE is omitted from the command line, __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE is 0, which allows you to use#ifdef __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to test whether or not the compiler supports 64-bit pointers.For /POINTER_SIZE=64, the VSI C RTL name mapping table is changed to select the 64-bit versions of
malloc
,calloc
, and other RTL routines by default.
/CHECK=POINTER_SIZE
#pragma pointer_size
#pragma required_pointer_size
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
predefined macro
The /POINTER_SIZE qualifier must be specified for any program that uses 64-bit pointers.
/PRECISION[=option]
float
variables are performed in single or double precision. Table 1.19, “/PRECISION Qualifier Options” shows the /PRECISION qualifier options.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
SINGLE |
Performs floating-point operations in single precision. |
DOUBLE |
Performs floating-point operations in double precision. |
Your code may execute faster if it contains float
variables and is
compiled with /PRECISION=SINGLE. However, the results of your floating-point
operations will be less precise. See the VSI C Reference Manual for more information on
floating-point variables.
The default is /PRECISION=DOUBLE for /STANDARD=VAXC and /STANDARD=COMMON compiler modes.
The default is /PRECISION=SINGLE for /STANDARD=ANSI89 and /STANDARD=RELAXED compiler modes.
/[NO]PREFIX_LIBRARY_ ENTRIES[=(option[,…])]
The VSI C Run-Time Library (RTL) shareable image, DECC$SHR.EXE, resides in SYS$LIBRARY with a DECC$ prefix for its entry points. The linker searches IMAGELIB.OLB to locate the shareable image. Every external name in IMAGELIB.OLB has a DECC$ prefix, and, therefore, has an OpenVMS conformant name space (a requirement for inclusion in IMAGELIB).
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
EXCEPT = (name,...) |
The names specified are not prefixed. |
ALL_ENTRIES |
All VSI C RTL names, as well as C99 names not supported by the underlying C RTL, are prefixed. |
ANSI_C89_ENTRIES |
Only C Standard 89 (C89) library names are prefixed. |
C99_ENTRIES |
Only C Standard 99 (C99) library names are prefixed. These are a superset of the external names prefixed under /PREFIX=ANSI_C89_ENTRIES and a subset of those prefixed under /PREFIX=ALL_ENTRIES. The compiler will prefix C99 entries based on their inclusion in the standard, not on the availability of their implementations in the run-time library. So calling functions introduced in C99 that are not yet implemented in the C RTL will produce unresolved references to symbols prefixed by DECC$ when the program is linked. In addition, the compiler will issue a CC-W-NOTINCRTL message when it prefixes a name that is not in the current C RTL. |
RTL="name" |
Generates references to the C RTL indicated by the name keyword. (The name keyword has a length limit of 24 characters for OpenVMS VAX systems and 1017 characters for OpenVMS Alpha systems.) If no keyword is specified, then references to the VSI C RTL are generated by default. To use an alternate RTL, see its documentation for the name to use. |
If you want no names prefixed, specify /NOPREFIX_LIBRARY_ENTRIES.
For /STANDARD=ANSI89, the default is /PREFIX=ANSI_C89_ENTRIES.
For /STANDARD=C99, the default is /PREFIX=C99_ENTRIES.
For all other compiler modes, the default is /PREFIX=ALL.
/[NO]PREPROCESS_ONLY [=filename]
Gives the same functionality as the -E
qualifier on UNIX C compilers.
When specified, it performs only the actions of the preprocessor phase and writes
the resulting processed text to a file. No semantic or syntax processing is done.
Furthermore, no object file, diagnostic file, listing file, or analysis data file is
produced.
If you do not specify a file name for the preprocessor output, the name of the output file defaults to the file name of the input file with a .I file type.
The default is /NOPREPROCESS_ONLY.
/[NO]PROTOTYPE [=(option[,…])]
Creates an output file containing function prototypes for all global functions defined in the module being compiled.
Standard-style prototypes are created even for functions defined with Kernighan and Ritchie style syntax.
This qualifier can be used to convert to Standard-sytle prototypes or just to ensure that every function definition has a compatible explicit declaration, thereby avoiding implicit declarations that can sometimes produce surprising results.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
[NO]IDENTIFIERS |
Indicates that identifier names are to be included in the prototype declarations that appear in the output file. The default is NOIDENTIFIERS. |
[NO]STATIC_FUNCTIONS |
Indicates that prototypes for static function definitions are to be included in the output file. The default is NOSTATIC_FUNCTIONS. |
FILE=filename |
Specifies the output file name. When not specified, the output file name has the same defaults as the listing file, except that the file extension is .CH instead of .LIS. |
The default is /NOPROTOTYPES.
/PSECT_MODEL= [NO]MULTILANGUAGE
Controls whether the compiler allocates the size of overlaid psects to ensure compatibility when the psect is shared by code created by other VSI compilers.
The problem this switch solves can occur when a psect generated by a FORTRAN COMMON block is overlaid with a psect consisting of a C struct. Because FORTRAN COMMON blocks are not padded, if the C struct is padded, the inconsistent psect sizes can cause linker error messages.
Compiling with /PSECT_MODEL=MULTILANGUAGE ensures that VSI C uses a consistent psect size allocation scheme. The corresponding FORTRAN switch is /ALIGN=COMMON=[NO]MULTILANGUAGE.
The default is /PSECT=NOMULTILANGUAGE, which is the old default behavior of the compiler, and is sufficient for most applications.
/REENTRANCY=option
Controls the type of reentrancy that
reentrant VSI C RTL routines will exhibit. (See the decc$set_reentrancy
RTL routine.)
This qualifier is for use only with a module containing the main
routine.
The reentrancy level is set at runtime according to the /REENTRANCY qualifier
specified while compiling the module containing the main
routine.
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
AST |
Uses the __TESTBITSSI built-in function to perform simple locking around critical sections of RTL code, and may additionally disable asynchronous system traps (ASTs) in locked region of codes. This type of locking should be used when AST code contains calls to VSI C RTL I/O routines. |
MULTITHREAD |
Designed to be used in conjunction with the DECthreads product. It performs DECthreads locking and never disables ASTs. |
NONE |
Gives optimal performance in the RTL, but does absolutely no locking around critical sections of RTL code. It should only be used in a single threaded environment when there is no chance that the thread of execution will be interrupted by an AST that would call the VSI C RTL. |
TOLERANT |
Uses the __TESTBITSSI built-in function to perform simple locking around critical sections of RTL code, but ASTs are not disabled. This type of locking should be used when ASTs are used and must be delivered immediately. |
The default is /REENTRANCY=TOLERANT.
/REPOSITORY=option
Specifies a repository for the compiler to store shortened external name information. When /NAMES=SHORTENED is specified, the compiler stores to the repository any external names that were shortened. The demangler utility can then be used to map the shortened names back to the names used in the original C program.
By default, the qualifier is not active unless /NAMES=SHORTENED has been specified, in which case the default is /REPOSITORY=[.CXX_REPOSITORY].
The default name of the repository is the same as that used by the VSI C++ compiler for decoding mangled names. This is intentional. A C++ mangled name cannot match a shortened name, so a single repository can be used by both the VSI C and VSI C++ compilers.
/ROUNDING_MODE=option
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
NEAREST |
Sets the normal rounding mode (unbiased round to nearest). This is the default. |
DYNAMIC |
Sets the rounding mode for IEEE floating-point instructions dynamically, as determined from the contents of the floating-point control register. |
MINUS_INFINITY |
Rounds toward minus infinity. |
CHOPPED |
Rounds toward 0. |
If /FLOAT=G_FLOAT or /FLOAT=D_FLOAT is specified, then rounding defaults to /ROUNDING_MODE=NEAREST, with no other choice of rounding mode.
/[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS
Controls whether the compiler will treat
declarations of objects with the globaldef
keyword as shared or not
shared.
Also, in conjunction with the /EXTERN_MODEL qualifier, controls whether the
initial extern_model
is shared or not shared (for those
extern_model
s where it is allowed). The initial
extern_model
of the compiler is a fictitious pragma constructed
from the settings of the /EXTERN_MODEL and /SHARE_GLOBALS
qualifiers.
Linking old object files or object libraries with newly produced object files might generate “conflicting attributes for psect” messages. As long as you are not building shareable libraries, you can safely ignore these messages.
Building shareable libraries will be easier.
On OpenVMS VAX systems, when linking external symbols against FORTRAN common blocks, you should specify /SHARE_GLOBALS to suppress “conflicting attributes for psect” messages; although they can otherwise be ignored. (VAX only)
/SHOW[=(option[,…])]
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
ALL |
Prints all listing information. |
[NO]BRIEF |
Creates the same listing as the option SYMBOLS except that BRIEF eliminates from the list any identifiers that are not referenced in the program, and are not members of a structure or union that is referenced in the program. The NOBRIEF option is the default. |
[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE |
Specifies whether the compiler generates cross-references. If you specify /SHOW=CROSS_REFERENCE, the compiler lists, for each variable referenced in the procedure, the line numbers of the lines on which the variable is referenced. You may use /SHOW=CROSS_REFERENCE with /SHOW=SYMBOLS. Otherwise, specifying /SHOW=CROSS_REFERENCE also gives you /SHOW=BRIEF. To obtain any type of listing, you must specify /LIST. Specifying /SHOW=[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE is the same as specifying /[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE. The NOCROSS_REFERENCE option is the default. |
[NO]DICTIONARY |
Places CDD/Repository definitions—included in the
program with the The NODICTIONARY option is the default. |
[NO]EXPANSION |
Places final macro expansions in the program listing. However, expansion text for preprocessing directives is not shown. When you specify this option, the number printed in the margin indicates the maximum depth of macro substitutions that occur on each line. The NOEXPANSION option is the default. |
[NO]HEADER |
Produces the header lines at the top of each page of a listing. The HEADER option is the default. |
[NO]INCLUDE |
Places the contents of The NOINCLUDE option is the default. |
[NO]INTERMEDIATE (VAX only) |
Places all intermediate and final macro expansions in the program listing. The NOINTERMEDIATE option is the default. |
[NO]MESSAGES |
Lists all messages that are in effect at compilation (based on the settings of /STANDARD, /WARNINGS, and #pragma message). The NOMESSAGE option is the default. |
NONE |
Creates an empty listing file with only the header. If you specify this option on a CC command line that contains /LIST and /MACHINE_CODE, the compiler places machine code in the listing file. |
[NO]SOURCE |
Places the source program statements in the program listing. The SOURCE option is the default. |
[NO]STATISTICS |
Places compiler performance statistics in the program listing. The NOSTATISTICS option is the default. |
[NO]SYMBOLS |
Places the symbol table of the compiled program in the program listing. The symbol table includes a list of all functions, the sizes and attributes of all variables referenced in the program, and a program section summary and function definition map. The NOSYMBOLS option is the default. |
[NO]TERMINAL (VAX only) |
Displays compiler messages to the terminal. Use /SHOW=NOTERMINAL to suppress compiler messages to the terminal or to a batch log file. The TERMINAL option is the default. |
[NO]TRANSLATION (VAX only) |
Places into the listing file all UNIX system file specifications that the compiler translates to OpenVMS file specifications. See the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems for more information on file translation. The NOTRANSLATION option is the default. |
/[NO]STANDARD[=(option[,…])]
Defines the compilation mode, directing the compiler to flag certain VSI C-specific constructs and VSI C relaxations of conventional C language constructs and rules. For example, the conversions from pointer to integer and back again are subject to more stringent tests when you specify /STANDARD=ANSI89.
The default is /NOSTANDARD, which is equivalent to /STANDARD=RELAXED.
If you specify /STANDARD, you must supply at least one option.
With one exception, the /STANDARD qualifier options are mutually exclusive. Do not combine them. The exception is that you can specify /STANDARD=ISOC94 with any other option except VAXC.
VSI C modules compiled in different modes can be linked and executed together.
Also see the __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
predefined macro (Section 6.1.7, “The __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES Macro”).
/[NO]TIE
Enables the compiled code to be used in combination with translated images, either because the code might call into a translated image or might be called from a translated image. The default is /NOTIE.
/[NO]UNDEFINE=(identifier[,…])
See /[NO]DEFINE in this section.
/[NO]UNSIGNED_CHAR
By default, char
is a signed
character type. The /UNSIGNED_CHAR qualifier lets you change this default to an
unsigned character type, which causes all plain char
declarations to
have the same representation and set of values as unsigned char
declarations. The default is /NOUNSIGNED_CHAR.
/VAXC
(VAX only)
The CC command is used to invoke either the VAX C or VSI C compiler. If your system has a VAX C compiler installed on it, the VSI C installation procedure provides the option of specifying which compiler will be invoked by default when just the CC command is used. To invoke the compiler that is not the default, use the CC command with the appropriate qualifier: CC/DECC for the VSI C compiler, or CC/VAXC for the VAX C compiler.
If your system does not have a VAX C compiler installed on it, the CC command will invoke the VSI C compiler, and the /VAXC qualifier is not supported.
/[NO]VERSION
Directs the compiler to print out the compiler version and platform. The compiler version is the same as in the listing file.
Note
CC/DECC/VERSION NL:
/[NO]WARNINGS[=(option[,…])]
Controls the issuance of compiler diagnostic
messages or groups of messages. It also allows for the severity of messages to be
modified. The default qualifier, /WARNINGS, enables all warning and informational
messages for the compiler mode you are using. The /NOWARNINGS qualifier suppresses
the warning and informational messages. Also see the #pragma message
preprocessor directive.
Table 1.25, “/WARNINGS Qualifier Options” describes the /WARNING qualifier options.
#pragma message
preprocessor directive (Section 5.4.14, “#pragma message Directive”).
Option |
Usage |
---|---|
DISABLE=message-list |
Suppresses the issuance of the specified messages. Only messages of severity Warning (W) or Information (I) can be disabled. If the message has severity of Error (E) or Fatal (F), it is issued regardless of any attempt to disable it. |
ENABLE=message-list |
Enables issuance of the specified messages. |
NOINFORMATIONALS |
Suppresses informational messages. |
EMIT_ONCE=message-list |
Emits the specified messages only once per compilation. Certain messages are emitted only the first time the compiler encounters the causal condition. When the compiler encounters the same condition later in the program, no message is emitted. Messages about the use of language extensions are an example of this kind of message. To emit one of these messages every time the causal condition is encountered, use the EMIT_ALWAYS option. Errors and Fatals are always emitted. You cannot set them to EMIT_ONCE. |
EMIT_ALWAYS=message-list |
Emits the specified messages at every occurrence of the causal condition. |
ERRORS=message-list |
Sets the severity of the specified messages to Error. Supplied Error messages and Fatal messages cannot be made less severe. (Exception: A message can be upgraded from Error to Fatal, then later downgraded to Error again, but it can never be downgraded from Error.) Warnings and Informationals can be made any severity. |
FATALS=message-list |
Sets the severity of the specified messages to Fatal. |
INFORMATIONALS=message-list |
Sets the severity of the specified messages to Informational. Note that Fatal and Error messages cannot be made less severe. |
WARNINGS=message-list |
Sets the severity of the specified messages to Warning. Note that Fatal and Error messages cannot be made less severe. |
VERBOSE |
Displays the full message information for every compiler message encountered. This information includes the message description and user action, as well as the identifier, severity, and message text. When /WARNINGS=VERBOSE is used with /LIST/SHOW=MESSAGES, a list of all messages in effect at compilation are added to the listing file, showing the full information for each message. |
Note
If a message is on both the enabled and disabled list, it is disabled.
If a message is on both the EMIT_ONCE and the EMIT_ALWAYS list, it is considered to be on the EMIT_ONCE list.
If a message is on more than one of the FATALS, ERRORS, WARNINGS, or INFORMATIONALS lists, the message is given the least severe level.
- The NOINFORMATIONALS option is not the negation of INFORMATIONALS=msg-list. It is valid to specify:
/WARNINGS=(INFORMATIONALS=message_list,NOINFORMATIONALS)
This has the effect of making the messages on the message_list informationals, and causing the compiler to suppress any informational messages.
One of the message groups described in the
#pragma message
description in Section 5.4.14, “#pragma message Directive” is UNUSED, which enables messages that report apparently unnecessary#include
files and CDD records.However, unlike any other messages, these messages must be enabled on the command line (/WARNINGS=ENABLE=UNUSED) to be effective. Any
#pragma message
directives within the source have no effect on these messages; their state is determined only by processing the command line.
The default is /WARNINGS=ENABLE=LEVEL3.
1.3.5. Compiler Diagnostic Messages
If there are errors in your source file when you compile your program, the VSI C compiler signals these errors and displays diagnostic messages. Reference the message, locate the error, and, if necessary, correct the error. See Appendix D, VSI C Compiler Messages or the online help for a description of all compiler diagnostic messages.
You can control the issuance of specific compiler diagnostic messages or groups of messages
with the /[NO]WARNINGS command-line qualifier (Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”) and the
#pragma message
preprocessor directive (Section 5.4.14, “#pragma message Directive”).
$
HELP CC/DECC MESSAGE mnemonic
(VAX only)$
HELP CC MESSAGE mnemonic
(Alpha, I64)
$
HELP /DECC MESSAGE
(VAX only)$
HELP CC MESSAGE
(Alpha, I64)
%CC-s-ident, message-text Listing line number m At line number n in name
%CC
The facility or program name of the VSI C compiler. This portion indicates that the message is being issued by VSI C.
s
F |
Fatal error. The compiler stops executing when a fatal error occurs and does not produce an object module. You must correct the error before you can compile the program. |
E |
Error. The compiler continues, but does not produce an object module. You must correct the error before you can successfully compile the program. |
W |
Warning. The compiler produces an object module. It attempts to correct the error in the statement, but you should verify that the compiler's action is acceptable. Otherwise, your program may produce unexpected results. |
I |
Information. This message usually appears with other messages to inform you of specific actions taken by the compiler. No action is necessary on your part. |
ident
message-text
Listing line number
m
1.4. Linking a VSI C Program
After you compile a VSI C source program or module, use the DCL command LINK to combine your object modules into one executable image, which can then be executed by the OpenVMS system. A source program or module cannot run on the OpenVMS system until it is linked.
Resolves local and global symbolic references in the object code
Assigns values to the global symbolic references
Signals an error message for any unresolved symbolic reference
Allocates virtual memory space for the executable image
When using the LINK command on development systems, use the /DEBUG qualifier to link your program module. The /DEBUG qualifier appends to the image all the symbol and line number information appended to the object modules plus information on global symbols, and causes the image to run under debugger control when it is executed.
The LINK command produces an executable image by default. However, you can also use the LINK command to obtain shareable images and system images. The /SHAREABLE qualifier directs the linker to produce a shareable image; the /SYSTEM qualifier directs the linker to produce a system image. See Section 1.4.2, “LINK Command Qualifiers” for a complete description of these and other LINK command qualifiers.
For a complete discussion of the OpenVMS Linker, see the VSI OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual.
1.4.1. The LINK Command
LINK[/command-qualifier]... {file-spec[/file-qualifier...]},...
/command-qualifier...
Output file options.
file-spec
The input files to be linked.
/file-qualifier...
Input file options.
If you specify more than one input file, you must separate the input file specifications with a plus sign (+) or a comma (,).
By default, the linker creates an output file with the name of the first input file specified and the file type EXE. If you link more than one file, you should specify the file containing the main program first. Then, the name of your output file will have the same name as your main program module.
main
,
or, if there is no function with this identifier, at the first function seen by the
VMS linker. Note
Unexpected results might occur if you don't have a function called
main
.
$
LINK MAINPROG.OBJ, SUBPROG1.OBJ, SUBPROG2.OBJ
Note
Unlike VAX C, VSI C does not require you to define any LNK$LIBRARY logicals.
1.4.2. LINK Command Qualifiers
You can use the LINK command qualifiers to modify the linker's output, as well as to invoke the debugging and traceback facilities. Linker output consists of an image file and an optional map file.
The following list summarizes some of the most commonly used LINK command qualifiers. A brief description of each qualifier follows this list. For a complete list of LINK qualifiers, see the VSI OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual.
Command Qualifiers | Default |
---|---|
/BRIEF | None. |
/[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE | /NOCROSS_REFERENCE |
/[NO]DEBUG | /NODEBUG |
/[NO]EXECUTABLE[=file-spec] | /EXECUTABLE=name.EXE |
/FULL | None |
/[NO]MAP | /MAP (batch) /NOMAP (interactive) |
/[NO]SHAREABLE[=file-spec] |
/[NO]SHAREABLE[=file-spec] |
/[NO]TRACEBACK | /TRACEBACK |
/BRIEF
Produces a summary of the image's characteristics and a list of contributing modules. This qualifier is mutually exclusive with /FULL.
/[NO]CROSS_REFERENCE
Produces cross-reference information for global symbols; /NOCROSS_REFERENCE suppresses cross-reference information. The default is /NOCROSS_REFERENCE.
/[NO]DEBUG
Includes the OpenVMS Debugger in the executable image and generates a symbol table; /NODEBUG causes the linker to prevent debugger control of the program. The default is /NODEBUG.
/[NO]EXECUTABLE [=file-spec]
Produces an executable image. /NOEXECUTABLE suppresses production of an image file. The default is /EXECUTABLE.
/FULL
Produces a summary of the image's characteristics, a list of contributing modules, listings of global symbols by name and by value, and a summary of characteristics of image sections in the linked image. This qualifier is mutually exclusive with /BRIEF.
/[NO]MAP
Generates a map file; /NOMAP suppresses the map. The default is /MAP in batch mode and /NOMAP in interactive mode.
/[NO]SHAREABLE[=file-spec]
Creates a shareable image. /NOSHAREABLE generates an executable image. The default is /NOSHAREABLE.
/[NO]TRACEBACK
Generates symbolic traceback information when error messages are produced; NOTRACEBACK suppresses traceback information. The default is /TRACEBACK.
1.4.3. Linker Input Files
Specify input file specifications for the object modules.
If no file type is specified, the linker searches for an object file with the file type OBJ.
Specify one or more object module library files.
You can specify either the name of an object module library with the /LIBRARY qualifier or the names of the object modules contained in an object module library with the /INCLUDE qualifier. Section 1.4.6, “Object Module Libraries” describes the uses of object module libraries.
Specify an options file.
An options file can contain additional file specifications for the LINK command, as well as special linker options. You must use the /OPTIONS qualifier to specify an options file. For more information on options files, see the VSI OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual.
File Type |
File |
---|---|
OBJ |
Object module |
OLB |
Library |
OPT |
Options file |
1.4.4. Linker Output Files
When you enter the LINK command interactively and do not specify any qualifiers, the linker creates only an executable image file. By default, the resulting image file has the same file name as that of the first object module specified with a file type of EXE.
In a batch job, the linker creates both an executable image file and storage map file by default. The default file type for map files is MAP.
$ LINK UPDATE/EXECUTABLE=[PROJECT.EXE]/MAP=[PROJECT.MAP]
1.4.5. Linking Against Object Module Libraries and Shareable Images
Linking against object modules (stored in object module libraries) or against shareable images are ways of allowing your program to access data and routines outside of your compilation units. You can either create the object module libraries and the shareable images or use the ones provided by VSI. To access data in object modules and shareable images, you can use LINK command qualifiers, OpenVMS logical names, and options files. For more information about object module libraries, see the VSI OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual.
The VSI C Run-Time Library (RTL) for OpenVMS systems also provides two formats for you to choose from: shareable images or object module libraries. Depending on which type of RTL you want to use and on which type of functions you plan on calling from your programs, you need to supply information to the linker that specifies which versions of the functions to access.
When you use the C RTL and its corresponding header files, remember that the C RTL ships with the OpenVMS operating system and the header files ship with the VSI C compiler. Since the releases of the compiler and of the operating system are not synchronized, there may be compatibility issues that you need to consider to use the RTL properly. See the VSI C release notes (by entering HELP CC/DECC RELEASE_NOTES on the DCL command line) for information that may pertain to this issue.
For a description of the various ways to link with the C RTL, see the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems.
1.4.6. Object Module Libraries
$
LINK GARDEN, VEGGIES/INCLUDE=(EGGPLANT,TOMATO,BROCCOLI,ONION)
An object module library can also contain a symbol table with the names of each global symbol in the library, and the name of the module in which they are defined. You specify the name of the object module library containing symbol definitions with the /LIBRARY qualifier. When you use the /LIBRARY qualifier during a linking operation, the linker searches the specified library for all unresolved references found in the included modules during compilation.
$
LINK BADMINTON, TENNIS, RACQUETBALL, RACQUETS/LIBRARY
You can define an object module library to be your default library by using the DCL command DEFINE LNK$LIBRARY. The linker searches default user libraries for unresolved references after it searches modules and libraries specified in the LINK command. For more information about the DEFINE command, see the VSI OpenVMS DCL Dictionary.
For more information about object module libraries, see the VSI OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual.
1.4.7. Linker Error Messages
If the linker detects any errors while linking object modules, it displays messages indicating the cause and severity of the error. If any error or fatal error conditions occur (that is, errors with severities of E or F), the linker does not produce an image file.
An object module has compilation errors.
This occurs when you try to link a module that produced warning messages during compilation. You can usually link compiled modules for which the compiler generated messages, but verify that the modules will produce the output you expect.
The input file has a file type other than OBJ and no file type was specified on the command line.
If you do not specify a file type, the linker searches for a file that has a file type of OBJ by default. If the file is not an object file and you do not identify it with the appropriate file type, the linker signals an error message and does not produce an image file.
You tried to link a nonexistent module.
The linker signals an error message if you misspell a module name on the command line or if the compilation contains fatal diagnostics.
A reference to a symbol name remains unresolved.
An error occurs when you omit required module or library names from the command line and the linker cannot locate the definition for a specified global symbol reference. Consider, for example, the following LINK command for a main program module, OCEAN.OBJ, that calls the subprogram modules REEF.OBJ, SHELLS.OBJ, and SEAWEED.OBJ:$
LINK OCEAN, REEF, SHELLS
Because SEAWEED is not linked, the linker issues the following error messages:%LINK-W-NUDFSYMS, 1 undefined symbol %LINK-I-UDFSYMS, SEAWEED %LINK-W-USEUNDEF, module "OCEAN" references undefined symbol "SEAWEED" %LINK-W-DIAGISUED, completed but with diagnostics
If an error occurs when you link modules, you can often correct it by reentering the command and specifying the correct modules or libraries. If an error indicates that a program module cannot be located, you may be linking the program with the wrong RTL.
For a complete list of linker messages, see the OpenVMS System Messages and Recovery Procedures Reference Manual.
1.5. Running a VSI C Program
RUN [/[NO]DEBUG] file-spec [/[NO]DEBUG]
/[NO]DEBUG
An optional qualifier. Specify the /DEBUG qualifier to invoke the debugger if the image was not linked with it. You cannot use /DEBUG on images linked with the /NOTRACEBACK qualifier. If the image was linked with the /DEBUG qualifier and you do not want the debugger to prompt you, use the /NODEBUG qualifier. The default action depends on whether the file was linked with the /DEBUG qualifier.
file-spec
The file you want to run.
main
, or,
if there is no function with this identifier, at the first function seen by the VMS
linker. Note
Unexpected results might occur if you don't have a function called
main
.
$
RUN SAMPLE/NODEBUG
For more information on debugging programs, see Section C.1, “OpenVMS Debugger”.
During execution, an image can generate a fatal error called an exception condition. When an exception condition occurs, the system displays an error message. Run-time errors can also be issued by the operating system or by utilities.
When an error occurs during the execution of a program, the program is terminated and the OpenVMS condition handler displays one or more messages on the currently defined SYS$ERROR device.
A message is followed by a traceback. For each module in the image that has traceback information, the condition handler lists the modules that were active when the error occurred, which shows the sequence in which the modules were called.
%SYSTEM-F-INTDIV, arithmetic trap, integer divide by zero at PC=00000FC3, PSL=03C00002
%TRACE-F-TRACEBACK, symbolic stack dump follows module name routine name line rel PC abs PC A C 8 00000007 00000FC3 B main 1408 000002F7 00000B17
The information in the traceback message follows:
module name
The name or names of an image module that was active when the error occurred.
The first module name is that of the module in which the error occurred. Each subsequent line gives the name of the caller of the module named on the previous line. In this example, the modules are A and B; main called C.
routine name
The name of the function in the calling sequence.
line
The compiler-generated line number of the statement in the source program where the error occurred, or at which the call or reference to the next procedure was made. Line numbers in these messages match those in the listing file (not the source file).
rel PC
The value of the PC (program counter). This value represents the location in the program image at which the error occurred or at which a procedure was called. The location is relative to the virtual memory address that the linker assigned to the code program section of the module indicated by module name.
abs PC
The value of the PC in absolute terms; that is, the actual address in virtual memory representing the location at which the error occurred.
Traceback information is available at runtime only for modules compiled and linked with the traceback option in effect. The traceback option is in effect by default for both the CC and LINK commands. You may use the CC command qualifier /NODEBUG and the LINK command qualifier /NOTRACEBACK to exclude traceback information. However, traceback information should be excluded only from thoroughly debugged program modules.
1.6. Passing Arguments to the main Function
main
function in a VSI C program can accept arguments from the command line
from which it was invoked. The syntax for a main
function is:
int main(int argc, char *argv[ ], char *envp[ ]) {…}
argc
The number of arguments in the command line that invoked the program.
argv
A pointer to an array of character strings that contain the arguments.
envp
The environment array. It contains process information such as the user name and
controlling terminal. It has no bearing on passing command-line arguments. Its primary
use in VSI C programs is during exec
and getenv
function calls.
(For more information, see the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems).
main
function definition, the parameters are optional.
However, you can access only the parameters that you define. You can define the
main
function in any of the following ways:
int main() int main(int argc) int main(int argc, char *argv[ ]) int main(int argc, char *argv[ ], char *envp[ ])
To pass arguments to the main
function, you must install the
program as a DCL foreign command. When a program is installed and run as a foreign
command, the argc parameter is always greater than or equal to 1,
and argv[0]always contains the name of the image file.
$
ECHO == "$DSK$:COMMARG.EXE"
The symbol ECHO is installed as a foreign command that invokes the image in COMMARG.EXE. The definition of ECHO must begin with a dollar sign ($) and include a device name, as shown.
For more information about the procedure for installing a foreign command, see the VSI OpenVMS DCL Dictionary.
/* This program echoes the command-line arguments. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int i; /* argv[0] is program name */ printf("program: %s\n",argv[0]); for (i = 1; i < argc; i++) printf("argument %d: %s\n", i, argv[i]); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); }
$
CC COMMARG
$
LINK COMMARG
$
ECHO Long "Day's" "Journey into Night"
program: db7:[oneill.plays]commarg.exe;1
argument 1: long
argument 2: Day's
argument 3: Journey into Night
DCL converts most arguments on the command line to uppercase letters. VSI C internally parses and modifies the altered command line to make VSI C argument access compatible with C programs developed on other systems. All alphabetic arguments in the command line are delimited by spaces or tabs. Arguments with embedded spaces or tabs must be enclosed in quotation marks (" "). Uppercase characters in arguments are converted to lowercase, but arguments within quotation marks are left unchanged.
1.7. 64-bit Addressing Support
OpenVMS 64-bit virtual addressing support makes the 64-bit virtual address space defined by the Alpha and Itanium architectures available to the OpenVMS operating system and its users. It also allows per-process virtual addressing for accessing dynamically mapped data beyond traditional 32-bit limits.
The VSI C compiler supports 64-bit pointers on all hardware platforms where the OpenVMS operating system supports 64-bit pointers; that is, on the Alpha and Itanium processors.
Typical C usage involves many objects accessed through pointers rather than single monolithic arrays or structures.
- Huge declared objects would have an impact on object-module format and the linker.
Note
Single objects larger than 2 gigabytes are not fully supported, even with 64-bit virtual addressing in effect.
Minimal source-code edits are required to exploit the 64-bit space where needed. Because the pragmas affect a region of source code, it is not necessary to modify every declaration.
No changes are required for existing 32-bit applications that do not need to exploit 64-bit addressing.
1.7.1. Qualifiers and Pragmas
/[NO]POINTER_SIZE={LONG | SHORT | 64 |32}
/[NO]CHECK=[NO]POINTER_SIZE=(option,...)
#pragma pointer_size
#pragma required_pointer_size
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
predefined macro
1.7.1.1. The /POINTER_SIZE Qualifier
The /POINTER_SIZE qualifier lets you specify a value of 64 or 32 (or LONG or SHORT) as the default pointer size within the compilation unit. You can compile one set of modules using 32-bit pointers and another set using 64-bit pointers. Take care when these two separate groups of modules call each other.
Disables pointer-size features, such as the ability to use
#pragma pointer_size
Directs the compiler to assume that all pointers are 32-bit pointers.
This default represents no change over previous versions of VSI C.
Enables processing of
#pragma pointer_size
.Sets the initial default pointer size to 32 or 64, as specified.
Predefines the preprocessor macro
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to 32 or 64, as specified. If /POINTER_SIZE is omitted from the command line,__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
is 0, which allows you to use#ifdef __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to test whether or not the compiler supports 64-bit pointers.For /POINTER_SIZE=64, the VSI C RTL name mapping table is changed to select the 64-bit versions of
malloc
,calloc
, and other RTL routines by default.
For those functions that have both 32-bit and 64-bit implementations, specifying /POINTER_SIZE enables function prototypes to access both functions, regardless of the actual value supplied to the qualifier. The value specified to the qualifier determines the default implementation to call during that compilation unit.
Functions that require a second interface to be used with 64-bit pointers reside in the same object libraries and shareable images as their 32-bit counterparts. Because no new object libraries or shareable images are introduced, using 64-bit pointers does not require changes to your link command or link options files.
See the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems for more information on the impact of 64-bit pointer support on VSI C RTL functions.
See Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers” for more information about /POINTER_SIZE.
1.7.1.2. The __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE Macro
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
preprocessor macro is useful for
header-file authors to determine: If the compiler supports 64-bit pointers.
If the application expects to use 64-bit pointers.
#if defined (__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE) /* Compiler supports 64-bit pointers */ #if __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE > 0 /* Application uses 64-bit pointers */ #if __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE == 32 /* Application uses some 64-bit pointers, but default RTL routines are 32-bit.*/ #if __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE == 64 /* Application uses 64-bit pointers and default RTL routines are 64-bit. */
1.7.1.3. The /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE Qualifier
Use the /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE qualifier to generate code that checks 64-bit pointer values at runtime to make sure they can fit in a 32-bit pointer. If such a value cannot be represented by a 32-bit pointer, the run-time code signals a range error (SS$_RANGEERR).
Be aware that the compiler generates the same kinds of warning messages for pointer-size mismatches whether or not this qualifier is specified. The run-time checks can detect problems that cannot be detected at compile time, and can help determine whether or not certain warnings are safe to suppress.
See Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers” for more information about /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE, including defaults and an example.
1.7.1.4. Pragmas
The #pragma pointer_size
and #pragma required_pointer_size
preprocessor directives can be used to change the pointer size currently in
effect within a compilation unit. You can default pointers to 32-bits and then
declare specific pointers within the module as 64-bits. In this case, you also
need to specifically call the _malloc64
form of malloc
to obtain memory from the 64-bit memory area.
#pragma pointer_size keyword #pragma required_pointer_size keyword
{ |
32-bit pointer |
{ |
64-bit pointer |
|
Saves the current pointer size |
|
Restores the current pointer size to its last saved state |
The #pragma pointer_size
and #pragma required_pointer_size
directives work essentially the same way, except that #pragma
required_pointer_size
always takes effect regardless of command-line
qualifiers, while #pragma pointer_size
is only in effect when the
/POINTER_SIZE command-line qualifier is used.
The #pragma pointer_size
behavior allows a program to be built using 64-bit
features as purely as a 32-bit program, just by changing the command-line
qualifier.
The #pragma required_pointer_size
is intended for use in header files where
interfaces to system data structures must use a specific pointer size regardless
of how the program is compiled.
See Sections 5.4.19 and 5.4.20 for more information on the pointer-size pragmas.
1.7.2. Determining Pointer Size
The pointer-size qualifiers and pragmas affect only a limited number of constructs in the C language itself. At places where the syntax creates a pointer type, the pointer-size context determines the size of that type. Pointer-size context is defined by the most recent pragma (or command-line qualifier) affecting pointer size.
- The * in a declaration or cast:
int **p; // Declaration ip = (int **)i; // Cast
- The outer (leftmost) brackets [] in a formal parameter imply a *:
void foo(int ia[10][20]) {} // Means the following: void foo(int (*ia)[20]) {}
- A function declarator as a formal parameter imply a *:
void foo (int func()): // Means the following: void foo (int (*)() func);
- Any formal parameter of array or function type implies a *, even when bound in a
typedef
:typedef int a_type[10]; void foo (a_type ia); // Means the following: void foo (int *ia);
typedef
binds the meaning of pointer syntax while a macro does not.
Even though both constructs can contain a * used in a declaration, the * in the
macro definition is not affected by any pointer-size controls until the point at
which the macro is expanded. For example:
#pragma pointer_size 64 typedef int * j_ptr; // * is 64-bit #define J_PTR int * // * is not analyzed #pragma pointer_size 32 j_ptr j; // j is a 64-bit pointer. J_PTR J; // J is a 32-bit pointer.
1.7.2.1. Special Cases
Formal parameters to
main
are always treated as if they were in a#pragma pointer_size system_default
context, which is 32-bit pointers for OpenVMS systems.For example, regardless of the#pragma pointer_size 64
directive, argv[0] is a 32-bit pointer:#pragma pointer_size 64 main(int argc, char **argv) { ASSERT(sizeof(argv[0]) == 4); }
- A string literal produces a 32-bit pointer when used as an rvalue:
#pragma pointer_size 64 ASSERT(sizeof("x" + 0) == 4);
- The
&
operator yields a 32-bit pointer unless it is applied to pointer dereference, in which case it is the size of the dereferenced pointer type:sizeof(&foo) == 32 sizeof(&s ->next) == sizeof(s)
- An rvalue cast to a 32-bit pointer type does not modify the high-order 32 bits of a 64-bit operand.
sizeof
yields 4 bytes, but the high bits are not lost unless a 4-byte assignment occurs:#pragma pointer_size 64 typedef int * ip64; #pragma pointer_size 32 typedef int * ip32; ip64 a,b; ip32 c; a = (ip32)b; // No high-order bits are lost c = (ip32)b; // High-order bits are lost
1.7.2.2. Mixing Pointer Sizes
Assignments (including arguments) silently promote a 32-bit pointer rvalue to 64 bits if other type rules are met. Promotion means sign extension.
A warning is issued for an assignment of a 64-bit rvalue to a 32-bit lvalue (without an explicit cast).
For purposes of type compatibility, a different size pointer is a different type (for example, when matching a prototype to a definition, or other contexts involving redeclaration).
The debugger knows the difference between pointers of different sizes.
1.7.3. Header File Considerations
Header files usually define interfaces with types that must match the layout used in library modules.
- Header files often do not bind "top-level" pointer types. Consider, for example:
fprintf(FILE *, const char *, ...);
A "FILE * fp;" in a declaration in a different area of source code might be a different size.
All pointer parameters occupy 64 bits in the OpenVMS Alpha and I64 calling sequence, so a top-level mismatch of this kind is all right if the called function does not lose the high bits internally.
Routines dealing with pointers to pointers (or data structures containing pointers) cannot be enabled to work simply by passing them both 32-bit and 64-bit pointers. You need to have separate 32-bit and 64-bit variants of the routine.
- The VSI C RTL header files and the compiler cooperatively provide dual implementations of functions that need to know the pointer size used by the caller. They have different names. The compiler automatically calls the appropriate name within the pointer-size context if the source code calls the simple name. For example, a call to
malloc
becomes:_malloc64
if /POINTER_SIZE=64._malloc32
if /POINTER_SIZE=32.malloc
if /POINTER_SIZE is omitted.
If /POINTER_SIZE is specified alone or with a value,
_malloc64
or_malloc32
can be called explicitly. If /POINTER_SIZE is not specified, the program is compiled to be unaware of 64-bit pointers, and so the declarations of these alternate variants are suppressed.
Be aware that pointer-size controls are not unique in the way they affect header files; other
features that affect data layout have similar impact. For example, most header files
should be compiled with 32-bit pointers regardless of pointer-size context. Also,
most system header files (on OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems) must be compiled with
member_alignment
regardless of user pragmas or qualifiers.
To address this issue more generally, the pragma environment
directive can be
used to save context and set header defaults at the beginning of each header file,
and then to restore context at the end. See Section 5.4.4, “#pragma environment Directive”
for a description of pragma environment
.
For header files that have not yet been upgraded to use #pragma environment, the /POINTER_SIZE=64 qualifier can be difficult to use effectively. For such header files that are not 64-bit aware, the compiler automatically applies user-defined prologue and epilogue files before and after the text of the included header file. See Section 1.7.4, “Prologue/Epilogue Files” for more information on prologue/epilogue files.
1.7.4. Prologue/Epilogue Files
VSI C automatically processes user-supplied prologue and epilogue header files. This feature is an aid to using header files that are not 64-bit aware within an application that is built to exploit 64-bit addressing.
1.7.4.1. Rationale
Saves the current state of the
member_alignment
,extern_model
,extern_prefix
, andmessage
pragmas.Sets these pragmas to the default values for the system.
A section at the end of the header file then restores these pragmas to their previously-saved state.
Mixed pointer sizes introduce another kind of state that typically needs to be saved, set, and restored in header files that define fixed 32-bit interfaces to libraries and data structures.
The #pragma environment
preprocessor directive allows headers to
control all compiler states (message suppression, extern_model
,
member_alignment
, and pointer_size
) with one
directive.
However, for header files that have not yet been upgraded to use #pragma
environment
, the /POINTER_SIZE=64 qualifier can be difficult to use
effectively. In this case, the automatic mechanism to include prologue/epilogue
files allows you to protect all of the header files within a single directory
(or modules within a single text library). You do this by copying two short
files into each directory or library that needs it, without having to edit each
header file or library module separately.
In time, you should modify header files to either exploit 64-bit addressing
(like the VSI C RTL), or to protect themselves with #pragma
environment
. Prologue/epilogue processing can ease this
transition.
1.7.4.2. Using Prologue/Epilogue Files
- When the compiler encounters an
#include
preprocessing directive, it determines the location of the file or text library module to be included. It then checks to see if one or both of the two following specially named files or modules exist in the same location as the included file:__DECC_INCLUDE_PROLOGUE.H __DECC_INCLUDE_EPILOGUE.H
The location is the OpenVMS directory containing the included file or the text library file containing the included module. (In the case of a text library, the .h is stripped off.)
The directory is the result of using the $PARSE/$SEARCH system services with concealed device name logicals translated. Therefore, if an included file is found through a concealed device logical that hides a search list, the check for prologue/epilogue files is still specific to the individual directories making up the search list.
If the prologue and epilogue files do exist in the same location as the included file, then the content of each is read into memory.
The text of the prologue file is processed just before the text of the file specified by the
#include
.The text of the epilogue file is processed just after the text of the file specified by the
#include
.Subsequent
#includes
that refer to files from the same location use the saved text from any prologue/epilogue file found there.
The prologue/epilogue files are otherwise treated as if they had been included
explicitly: #line
directives are generated for them if
/PREPROCESS_ONLY output is produced, and they appear as dependencies if
/MMS_DEPENDENCY output is produced.
To take advantage of prologue/epilogue processing for included header files,
you need to create two files, __DECC_INCLUDE_PROLOGUE.H
and
__DECC_INCLUDE_EPILOGUE.H
, in the same directory as the
included file.
__DECC_INCLUDE_PROLOGUE.H: #ifdef __PRAGMA_ENVIRONMENT #pragma environment save #pragma environment header_defaults #else #error "__DECC_INCLUDE_PROLOGUE.H: This compiler does not support pragma environment" #endif
__DECC_INCLUDE_EPILOGUE.H: #ifdef __PRAGMA_ENVIRONMENT #pragma __environment restore #else #error "__DECC_INCLUDE_EPILOGUE.H: This compiler does not support pragma environment" #endif
1.7.5. Avoiding Problems
Write code to work with either 32-bit or 64-bit pointers by using only the /POINTER_SIZE qualifier.
Do bit manipulation on
unsigned int
andunsigned __int64
, and carefully cast pointers to and from them.Heed compile-time warnings, using casts only where you are sure that pointers are not truncated.
Enable the optional compile-time warning (/WARN=ENABLE=MAYHIDELOSS).
Do thorough testing when compiling with /CHECK=POINTER_SIZE.
1.7.6. Examples
/* CC/NAME=AS_IS/POINTER_SIZE=64 */ #include <stdio.h> #pragma pointer_size 64 char *C[2] = {"AB", "CD"}; /* sizeof(C) = 16 */ char **CPTRPTR = C; char **CPTR; #pragma pointer_size 32 char *c[2] = {"ab", "cd"}; /* sizeof(C) = 8 */ char **cptrptr = c; char **cptr; int main (void) { CPTR = cptr; /* No problem. */ cptr = CPTR; /* %CC-W-MAYLOSEDATA */ CPTRPTR = cptrptr; /* %CC-W-PTRMISMATCH */ cptrptr = CPTRPTR; /* MAYLOSEDATA & PTRMISMATCH */ puts(cptrptr[0]); /* ab */ puts(cptrptr[1]); /* cd */ puts(CPTRPTR[0]); /* Bad address passed. */ puts(CPTRPTR[1]); /* Fetch off end of c. */ }
$ cc example1/name=as_is/pointer_size cptr = CPTR; /* %CC-W-MAYLOSEDATA */ ....^ %CC-W-MAYLOSEDATA, In this statement, "CPTR" has a larger data size than "short pointer to char". Assignment may result in data loss.) CPTRPTR = cptrptr; /* %CC-W-PTRMISMATCH */ ....^ %CC-W-PTRMISMATCH, In this statement, the referenced type of the pointer value "cptrptr" is "short pointer to char", which is not compatible with "long pointer to char". cptrptr = CPTRPTR; /* MAYLOSEDATA & PTRMISMATCH */ ....^ %CC-W-MAYLOSEDATA, In this statement, "CPTRPTR" has a larger data size than "short pointer to short pointer to char". Assignment may result in data loss.) cptrptr = CPTRPTR; /* MAYLOSEDATA & PTRMISMATCH */ ....^ %CC-W-PTRMISMATCH, In this statement, the referenced type of the pointer value "CPTRPTR" is "long pointer to char", which is not compatible with "short pointer to char".
#include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> __int64 limit, count; size_t bytes; char *cp, *prevcp; int main(int argc, char **argv) { sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &bytes); sscanf(argv[2], "%Ld", &limit); printf("bytes %d, limit %Ld, tot %Ld\n", bytes, limit, bytes * limit); for (count=0; count < limit; count++) { if (!(cp = malloc(bytes))) { printf("Max %Ld bytes.\n", bytes * (count + 1)); break; } else if (!prevcp) printf("First addr %Lx.\n", cp); } prevcp = cp; printf("Last addr %Lx.\n", prevcp); }
$ cc example2
$ link example2
$ example2:==$sys$login:[.john]example2 ! << set up a symbol
$ example2 65536 1234567890123456
bytes 65536, limit 1234567890123456, tot 7121664952292605952
First addr 610b0.
First addr 730b0.
First addr 850b0.
First addr 970b0.
First addr a90b0.
.
.
.
First addr f1c30b0.
First addr f1d50b0.
First addr f1e70b0.
First addr f1f90b0.
First addr f20b0b0.
Max 225378304 bytes.
Last addr 0.
$
$ cc/pointer_size=64 example2
$ link example2
$ example2 65536 1234567890123456
bytes 65536, limit 1234567890123456, tot
7121664952292605952
First addr 1c0010010.
Max 42532864 bytes.
Last addr 1c2d8e010.
#include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> __int64 limit, count; size_t bytes; char *cp, *prevcp; static void do_args(char **args) { sscanf(argv[1], "%d", &bytes); sscanf(argv[2], "%Ld", &limit); printf("bytes %d, limit %Ld, tot %Ld\n", bytes, limit, bytes * limit); } int main(int argc, char **argv) { do_args(argv); for (count=0; count < limit; count++) { if (!(cp = malloc(bytes))) { printf("Max %Ld bytes.\n", bytes * (count + 1)); break; } else if (!prevcp) { printf("First addr %Lx.\n", cp); } prevcp = cp; printf("Last addr %Lx.\n", prevcp); }
$ cc/pointer_size=64 example3 do_args(argv); ....^ %CC-W-PTRMISMATCH, In this statement, the referenced type of the pointer value "argv" is "short pointer to char", which is not compatible with "long pointer to char".
Chapter 2. Using OpenVMS Record Management Services
VSI C for OpenVMS systems provides a set of run-time library functions and macros to perform I/O. Some of these functions perform in the same manner as I/O functions found on C implementations running on UNIX systems. Other VSI C functions take full advantage of the functionality of the OpenVMS file-handling system. You can also access the OpenVMS file-handling system from your VSI C program without using the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) functions. In any case, the system that ultimately accesses files on OpenVMS systems is OpenVMS Record Management Services (RMS).
RMS file organization (Section 2.1, “RMS File Organization”)
Record access modes (Section 2.2, “Record Access Modes”)
RMS record formats (Section 2.3, “RMS Record Formats”)
RMS functions (Section 2.4, “RMS Functions”)
Writing VSI C programs using RMS (Section 2.5, “Writing VSI C Programs Using RMS”)
RMS example program (Section 2.6, “RMS Example Program”)
The VSI C RTL functions which, with little or no modification, are portable to other C implementations
The RMS functions, which are not portable to other C implementations, but do provide more methods of file organization and more record access modes
Guide to OpenVMS File Applications
This guide contains a general description of the record management services of the OpenVMS operating system, and the file creation and run-time options available.
OpenVMS Record Management Services Reference Manual
This manual describes the user interface to RMS. It includes introductory information on RMS programming and detailed definitions of all RMS control block structures and macro instructions.
2.1. RMS File Organization
Sequential
Relative
Indexed
The following sections describe these types of file organization.
The organization of a file determines how a file is stored on the media and, consequently, the possible operations on records. You specify the file's organization when you create the file; it cannot be changed.
However, you can use the File Definition Language Editor (FDL) and the CONVERT utility to define the characteristics of a new file, and then fill the new file with the contents of the old file of a different format. For more information, see the OpenVMS Utility Routines Manual.
2.1.1. Sequential File Organization
Positioning the file at a particular record, generally by sequentially moving from one record to the next.
Direct access is also possible, either by key (relative record number) or by the record file address (RFA). However, although allowed for any file organization, access by RFA is limited to files on disk devices, and access by key is limited to disk files that also have fixed-length records. These access modes are unusual because most application programs do not keep track of record positions in sequential files.
Reading data from any record.
Writing data by adding records at the end of the file.
Sequential organization is the only kind permitted for magnetic tape files and other nondisk devices.
2.1.2. Relative File Organization
Positioning the file at a particular record, usually by direct access.
In direct access, RMS uses the relative record number—the number of a cell—as a key to locate the cell and its record; there is no need to reference other cells. RMS can also access the records sequentially by ignoring empty cells, or RMS can access the file directly with the record file address (RFA). RMS returns the RFA in a parameter block whenever it writes a record, and you can access and use the RFA to locate the appropriate record. You can access any file organization with the RFA.
Reading a record from any cell.
Deleting a record from any cell.
Writing a record into any cell.
Relative file organization is possible only on disk devices.
2.1.3. Indexed File Organization
Indexed files have records that contain, in addition to data and carriage-control information, one or more keys. Keys can be character strings, packed decimal numbers, and 16-bit, 32-bit, or 64-bit signed or unsigned integers. Every record has at least one key, the primary key, whose value in each record cannot be changed. Optionally, each record can have one or more alternate keys, whose key values can be changed.
Unlike relative record numbers used in relative files, key values in indexed files are not necessarily unique. When you create a file, you can specify that a particular key have the same value in different records (these keys are called duplicate keys). Keys are defined for the entire file in terms of their position within a record and their length.
Positioning the file at a particular record by direct access.
In direct access reads, you use either a primary or alternate key, plus a specified key value, to locate the record. In direct access writes (given a record that contains key values in the predefined positions), RMS automatically adds the record to the file and adds the primary and alternate key values to the appropriate indexes. You can also access records sequentially, where the sequence is defined by the index for a specified key. Finally, you can access records directly by RFA; RMS returns the RFA in a parameter block whenever it writes a record, and you can access and use the RFA to locate the appropriate record. You can access any file organization with the RFA.
Reading any record, including sequential reads controlled by a key's index.
Deleting any record.
Updating an alternate key's value, if the key's definition permits its value to change.
Writing records selectively, based on the value of a key and, when allowed in the key's definition, based on duplicate values. If duplicate values are permitted, you can write records containing key values that are present in the key's index. If duplicate values are not permitted, such write operations are rejected.
2.2. Record Access Modes
The record access modes are sequential, direct by key, and direct by record file address. The direct access modes are possible only with files that reside on disks.
Unlike a file's organization, the record access mode is not a permanent attribute of the file. During the processing of a file, you can switch from one access mode to any other permitted for that file organization. For example, indexed files are often processed by locating a record directly by key, and then using that key's index to sequentially read all the indexed records in ascending order of their key values; this method is sometimes called the indexed-sequential access method (ISAM).
2.3. RMS Record Formats
Fixed-length format, where the length of every record is defined at the time of the file's creation. This format is permitted with any file organization.
Variable-length format, where the maximum length of every record is defined at the time of the file's creation. This format is permitted with any file organization.
Variable-length format with a fixed-length control area (VFC), where every record is prefixed by a fixed-length field. This format is permitted only with sequential and relative files.
- Stream format, where records are delimited by special characters called terminators. Terminators are part of the record they delimit. The three types of stream formatting are as follows:
Stream, where records can be delimited with a form feed, vertical tab, new-line character, or carriage-return/new-line character.
Stream_cr, where records are delimited with the carriage-return character.
Stream_lf, where records are delimited with the line-feed character. This format variation is the default format when you create files using the Standard I/O functions.
2.4. RMS Functions
RMS provides a number of functions that create and manipulate files. These functions use RMS data structures to define the characteristics of a file and its records. The data structures are used as indirect arguments to the function call.
File Access Block (FAB) – Defines the file's characteristics, such as file organization and record format.
Record Access Block (RAB) – Defines the way in which records are processed, such as the record access mode.
Extended Attribute Block (XAB) – Various kinds of extended attribute blocks contain additional file characteristics, such as the definition of keys in an indexed file. Extended attribute blocks are optional.
Name Block (NAM) – Defines all or part of a file specification to be used when an incomplete file specification is given in an OPEN or CREATE operation. Name blocks are optional.
Category |
Function |
Description |
---|---|---|
File Processing |
sys$create |
Creates and opens a new file of any organization. |
sys$open |
Opens an existing file and initiates file processing. | |
sys$close |
Terminates file processing and closes the file. | |
sys$erase |
Deletes a file. | |
Record Processing |
sys$connect |
Associates a file access block with a record access block to establish a record access stream; a call to this function is required before any other record-processing function can be used. |
sys$get |
Retrieves a record from a file. | |
sys$put |
Writes a new record to a file. | |
sys$update |
Rewrites an existing record to a file. | |
sys$delete |
Deletes a record from a file. | |
sys$rewind |
Positions the record pointer to the first record in the file. | |
sys$disconnect |
Disconnects a record access stream. |
int sys$name(struct rms_structure *pointer);
In this syntax, name is the name of the RMS function (such as OPEN or CREATE); rms_structure is the name of the structure being used by the function.
int sys$create(struct FAB *fab);
These syntax descriptions do not show all the options available when you invoke an RMS function. For a complete description of the RMS calling sequence, see the OpenVMS Record Management Services Reference Manual.
Finally, all the RMS functions return an integer status value. The format of RMS status values follows the standard format described in Chapter 3, Using VSI C in the Common Language Environment. Since RMS functions return a 32-bit integer, you do not need to declare the type of an RMS function return before you use it.
2.5. Writing VSI C Programs Using RMS
Header File |
Structure Tag(s) |
Description |
---|---|---|
<fab.h> |
FAB |
Defines the file access block structure. |
<rab.h> |
RAB |
Defines the record access block structure. |
<nam.h> |
NAM |
Defines the name block structure. |
<xab.h> |
XAB |
Defines all the extended attribute block structures. |
<rmsdef.h> |
– |
Defines the completion status codes that RMS returns after every file- or record-processing operation. |
<rms.h> |
all tags |
Includes all the previous header files. |
Most VSI C programmers include the <rms.h>
header file, which includes all the
other header files.
These header files define all the data structures as structure tag names. However, they perform no allocation or initialization of the structures; these header files describe only a template for the structures. To use the structures, you must create storage for them and initialize all the structure members as required by RMS. Note that these include files are part of VSI C for OpenVMS systems. RMS is part of the OpenVMS environment and may contain other included header files not described here.
To assist in the initialization process, the C RTL provides initialized RMS data structure variables. You can copy these variables to your uninitialized structure definitions with a structure assignment. You can choose to take the default values for each of the structure members, or you can tailor the contents of the structures to fit your requirements. In either case, you must use the structure types to allocate storage for the structure and to define the members of the structure.
The initialized variables supply the RMS default values for each member in the structure; they specify none of the optional parameters. To determine what default values are supplied by the initialized variables, see the VSI OpenVMS Record Management Services Reference Manual.
Variable |
Structure Type |
Initialize Structure |
---|---|---|
cc$rms_fab |
struct FAB |
File access block |
cc$rms_rab |
struct RAB |
Record access block |
cc$rms_nam |
struct NAM |
Name block |
cc$rms_xaball |
struct XABALL |
Allocation extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabdat |
struct XABDAT |
Date and time extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabfhc |
struct XABFHC |
File header characteristics extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabkey |
struct XABKEY |
Indexed file key extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabpro |
struct XABPRO |
Protection extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabrdt |
struct XABRDT |
Revision date and time extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabsum |
struct XABSUM |
Summary extended attribute block |
cc$rms_xabtrm |
struct XABTRM |
Terminal extended attribute block |
The declarations of these structures are contained in the appropriate header file.
typ$s_fld
The identifier typ is the abbreviation for the structure, the letter s is the size of the member (such as l for longword or b for byte), and the identifier fld is the member name, such as sts for the completion status code. The dollar sign ($) is a character used in OpenVMS system logical names. See the OpenVMS Record Management Services Reference Manual for a description of the members in each structure.
2.5.1. Initializing File Access Blocks
/* This example shows how to initialize a file access block. */
#include <rms.h> /* Declare all RMS data structs */
struct FAB fblock; /* Define a file access block */
main()
{
fblock = cc$rms_fab; /* Initialize the structure */
.
.
.
}
/* This program shows how to dynamically allocate RMS structures. */
#include <rms.h> /* Declare all RMS data structs */
main()
{
/* Allocate dynamic storage */
struct FAB *fptr = malloc(sizeof (struct FAB));
*fptr = cc$rms_fab; /* Initialize the structure */
.
.
.
}
fblock.fab$l_xab = &primary_key;
This statement assigns the address of the extended attribute block named
primary_key
to the fab$l_xab
member of the file access
block named fblock
.
2.5.2. Initializing Record Access Blocks
/* This example shows how to initialize a file access block. */ #include <rms.h> struct FAB fblock; struct RAB rblock; /* Define a record access block */ main() { fblock = cc$rms_fab; /* Initialize the structure */ rblock = cc$rms_rab; /* Initialize the FAB member */ rblock.rab$l_fab = &fblock; . . . }
2.5.3. Initializing Extended Attribute Blocks
There is only one extended attribute block structure (XAB), but there are seven ways to initialize it. The extended attribute blocks define additional file attributes that are not defined elsewhere. For example, the key extended attribute block is used to define the keys of an indexed file.
In a file access block, you initialize the fab$l_xab field with the address of the first extended attribute block.
You designate the next extended attribute block in the chain in the xab$l_nxt field of any subsequent extended attribute blocks. You chain each subsequent extended attribute block in order by the key of reference (first the primary key, then the first alternate key, then the second alternate key, and so forth).
You initialize the xab$l_nxt member of the last extended attribute block in the chain with the value 0 (the default) to indicate the end of the chain.
Define the structures by including the appropriate header file.
Assign a specific data structure variable to the structure in your program.
Initialize the members of the structure with the desired values.
/* This example shows how to initialize the extended * * attribute block. */ #include <rms.h> struct XABKEY primary_key,alternate_key; main() { primary_key = cc$rms_xabkey; alternate_key = cc$rms_xabkey; primary_key.xab$l_nxt = &alternate_key; . . . }
2.5.4. Initializing Name Blocks
The name block contains default file name values, such as the directory or device specification, file name, or file type. If you do not specify one of the parts of the file specification when you open the file, RMS uses the values in the name block to complete the file specification and places the complete file specification in an array.
/* This example shows how to initialize a name block. */ #include <rms.h> struct NAM nam; struct FAB fab; main() { fab = cc$rms_fab; nam = cc$rms_nam; /* Define an array for the * * expanded file specification */ char expanded_name[NAM$C_MAXRSS]; /* Initialize the appropriate * * members */ fab.fab$l_nam = &nam; nam.nam$l_esa = &expanded_name; nam.nam$b_ess = sizeof expanded_name; . . . }
2.6. RMS Example Program
The example program in this section uses RMS functions to maintain a simple employee file. The file is an indexed file with two keys: social security number and last name. The fields in the record are character strings defined in a structure with the tag record.
The records have the carriage-return attribute. Individual fields in each record are padded with blanks for two reasons. First, because RMS requires that the key fields be a fixed length and occur in a fixed position in each record, key fields must be padded in some way. The example program pads short fields; its use of the space character for padding is arbitrary. Second, the choice of blank padding (as opposed to null padding) allows the file to be printed or typed without conversion. Note that both the position and size of the key are attributes of the file, not of each I/O that gets done.
The program does not perform range or bounds checking. Only the error checking that shows the mapping of VSI C to RMS is performed. Any other errors are considered fatal.
External data declarations and definitions
Main program section
Function to initialize the RMS data structures
Internal functions to open the file, display HELP information, pad the records, and process fatal errors
- Utility functions
ADD
DELETE
TYPE
PRINT
UPDATE
Create a source file. The name of the source file in this example is RMSEXP.C. For more information about creating source files, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.
- Compile the source file with the following command:
$
CC RMSEXP
For more information about the compiling process, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.
- Link the program with the following command:
$
LINK RMSEXP
For more information about the linking process, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.
- Because the program expects command-line arguments, it must be defined as a foreign command. You can do this with the following command line:
$
RMSEXP :== $device:[directory]RMSEXP
The identifier device is the logical or physical name of the device containing your directory; the identifier directory is the name of your directory. The device name must be preceded by the dollar sign ($) to be recognized as a foreign command by the DCL interpreter.
- Run the program using the following foreign command:
$
RMSEXP filename
The complete listing of the sample program follows. The listing is broken into sections and shown in Examples 2.1 through 2.9. Notes on each section are keyed to the numbers in the listing.
/* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains external data * * definitions. */#include <rms.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <ssdef.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <starlet.h>
#define DEFAULT_FILE_EXT ".dat" #define RECORD_SIZE (sizeof record) #define SIZE_SSN 15 #define SIZE_LNAME 25 #define SIZE_FNAME 25 #define SIZE_COMMENTS 15 #define KEY_SIZE \ (SIZE_SSN > SIZE_LNAME ? SIZE_SSN: SIZE_LNAME)
struct FAB fab; struct RAB rab; struct XABKEY primary_key,alternate_key;
struct { char ssn[SIZE_SSN], last_name[SIZE_LNAME]; char first_name[SIZE_FNAME], comments[SIZE_COMMENTS]; } record;
char response[BUFSIZ],*filename;
int rms_status; void open_file(void); void type_options(void); void pad_record(void); void error_exit(char *); void add_employee(void); void delete_employee(void); void type_employees(void); void print_employees(void); void update_employee(void); void initialize(char *);
The | |
Preprocessor variables and macros are defined. A default file extension .DAT is defined. The sizes of the fields in the record are also defined. Some (such as the
social security number field) are given a constant length. Others (such as the
record size) are defined as macros; the size of the field is determined with the
| |
Static storage for the RMS data structures is declared. The file access block,
record access block, and extended attribute block types are defined by the
| |
The records in the file are defined using a structure with four fields of character arrays. | |
The | |
The variable |
main
function, shown in Example 2.2, “Main Program Section”, controls the general
flow of the program./* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the main function * * and controls the flow of the program. */main(int argc, char **argv) {
if (argc < 1 || argc > 2) printf("RMSEXP - incorrect number of arguments"); else { printf("RMSEXP - Personnel Database \ Manipulation Example\n");
filename = (argc == 2 ? *++argv : "personnel.dat");
initialize(filename);
open_file(); for(;;) {
printf("\nEnter option (A,D,P,T,U) or \ ? for help :"); gets(response); if (feof(stdin)) break; printf("\n\n");
switch(response[0]) { case 'a': case 'A': add_employee(); break; case 'd': case 'D': delete_employee(); break; case 'p': case 'P': print_employees(); break; case 't': case 'T': type_employees(); break; case 'u': case 'U': update_employee(); break; default: printf("RMSEXP - \ Unknown Operation.\n"); case '?': case '\0': type_options(); } }
rms_status = sys$close(&fab);
if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$CLOSE"); } }
The | |
This statement checks that you used the correct number of arguments when invoking the program. | |
If a file name is included in the command line to execute the program, that file name is used. If a file extension is not given, .DAT is the file extension. If no file name is specified, then the file name is PERSONNEL.DAT. | |
The file access block, record access block, and extended attribute blocks are initialized. | |
The file is opened using the RMS sys$open function. | |
The program displays a menu and checks for end-of-file (the character Ctrl/Z). | |
A | |
The program ends when Ctrl/Z is entered in response to the menu. At that time, the RMS sys$close function closes the employee file. | |
The |
/* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * initializes the RMS data structures. */ void initialize(char *fn) {fab = cc$rms_fab; /* Initialize FAB */ fab.fab$b_bks = 4; fab.fab$l_dna = DEFAULT_FILE_EXT; fab.fab$b_dns = sizeof DEFAULT_FILE_EXT -1; fab.fab$b_fac = FAB$M_DEL | FAB$M_GET | FAB$M_PUT | FAB$M_UPD; fab.fab$l_fna = fn; fab.fab$b_fns = strlen(fn);
fab.fab$l_fop = FAB$M_CIF; fab.fab$w_mrs = RECORD_SIZE; fab.fab$b_org = FAB$C_IDX;
fab.fab$b_rat = FAB$M_CR; fab.fab$b_rfm = FAB$C_FIX; fab.fab$b_shr = FAB$M_NIL; fab.fab$l_xab = &primary_key;
rab = cc$rms_rab; /* Initialize RAB */ rab.rab$l_fab = &fab;
primary_key = cc$rms_xabkey; /* Initialize Primary * * Key XAB */ primary_key.xab$b_dtp = XAB$C_STG; primary_key.xab$b_flg = 0;
primary_key.xab$w_pos0 = (char *) &record.ssn - (char *) &record; primary_key.xab$b_ref = 0; primary_key.xab$b_siz0 = SIZE_SSN; primary_key.xab$l_nxt = &alternate_key; primary_key.xab$l_knm = "Employee Social Security \ Number ";
alternate_key = cc$rms_xabkey; /* Initialize Alternate * * Key XAB */ alternate_key.xab$b_dtp = XAB$C_STG;
alternate_key.xab$b_flg = XAB$M_DUP | XAB$M_CHG; alternate_key.xab$w_pos0 = (char *) &record.last_name - (char *) &record; alternate_key.xab$b_ref = 1; alternate_key.xab$b_siz0 = SIZE_LNAME;
alternate_key.xab$l_knm = "Employee Last Name \ "; }
The data structure variable cc$rms_fab initializes the file access block with default values. Some members have no default values; they must be initialized. Such members include the file-name string address and size. Other members can be initialized to override the default values. | |
This statement initializes the file-processing options member with the create-if option. A file is created if one does not exist. | |
This statement initializes the record attributes member with the carriage-return control attribute. Records are terminated with a carriage return/line feed when they are printed on the printer or displayed at the terminal. | |
The data structure variable cc$rms_rab initializes the record access block with the default values. In this case, the only member that must be initialized is the rab$l_fab member, which associates a file access block with a record access block. | |
The data structure variable cc$rms_xabkey initializes an extended attribute block for one key of an indexed file. | |
The position of the key is specified by subtracting the offset of the member from the base of the structure. | |
A separate extended attribute block is initialized for the alternate key. | |
This statement specifies that more than one alternate key can contain the same
value (XAB$M_DUP), and that the value of the alternate
key can be changed (XAB$M_CHG). Note RMS constants shown here are in the form
xxx$M_yyy (for example,
RAB$M_FIX) or xxx$C_yyy
(for example, RAB$C_FIX). The OpenVMS RMS
documentation cites the constants in the form
xxx$V_yyy (for example,
rab$v_fix), the difference being:
Using a $V type constant the same way as a $M type constant is a common problem.
| |
The key-name member is padded with blanks because it is a fixed-length, 32-character field. |
/* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the functions that * * control the data manipulation of the program. */ void open_file(void) {rms_status = sys$create(&fab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_CREATED) error_exit("$OPEN"); if (rms_status == RMS$_CREATED) printf("[Created new data file.]\n");
rms_status = sys$connect(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$CONNECT"); }
void type_options(void) { printf("Enter one of the following:\n\n"); printf("A Add an employee.\n"); printf("D Delete an employee specified by SSN.\n"); printf("P Print employee(s) by ascending SSN on \ line printer.\n"); printf("T Type employee(s) by ascending last name \ on terminal.\n"); printf("U Update employee specified by SSN.\n\n"); printf("? Type this text.\n"); printf("^Z Exit this program.\n\n"); }
void pad_record(void) { int i; for(i = strlen(record.ssn); i < SIZE_SSN; i++) record.ssn[i] = ' '; for(i = strlen(record.last_name); i < SIZE_LNAME; i++) record.last_name[i] = ' '; for(i = strlen(record.first_name); i < SIZE_FNAME; i++) record.first_name[i] = ' '; for(i = strlen(record.comments);i < SIZE_COMMENTS; i++) record.comments[i] = ' '; } /* This subroutine is the fatal error-handling routine. */
void error_exit(char *operation) { printf("RMSEXP - file %s failed (%s)\n", operation, filename); exit(rms_status); }
The | |
The RMS sys$connect function associates the record access block with the file access block. | |
The | |
For each field in the record, the | |
This function handles fatal errors. It prints the function that caused the error, returns an OpenVMS error code (if appropriate), and exits the program. |
a
’ or ’A
’ is
entered in response to the menu./* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * adds a record to the file. */ void add_employee(void) {do { printf("(ADD) Enter Social Security Number:"); gets(response); } while(strlen(response) == 0); strncpy(record.ssn,response,SIZE_SSN); do { printf("(ADD) Enter Last Name:"); gets(response); } while(strlen(response) == 0); strncpy(record.last_name,response,SIZE_LNAME); do { printf("(ADD) Enter First Name:"); gets(response); } while(strlen(response) == 0); strncpy(record.first_name,response,SIZE_FNAME); do { printf("(ADD) Enter Comments:"); gets(response); } while(strlen(response) == 0); strncpy(record.comments,response,SIZE_COMMENTS);
pad_record();
rab.rab$b_rac = RAB$C_KEY; rab.rab$l_rbf = (char *) &record; rab.rab$w_rsz = RECORD_SIZE;
rms_status = sys$put(&rab);
if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_DUP && rms_status != RMS$_OK_DUP) error_exit("$PUT"); else if (rms_status == RMS$_NORMAL || rms_status == RMS$_OK_DUP) printf("[Record added successfully.]\n"); else printf("RMSEXP - Existing employee with same SSN, \ not added.\n"); }
A series of | |
When all fields have been entered, the | |
Three members in the record access block are initialized before writing the record. The record access member (rab$b_rac) is initialized for keyed access. The record buffer and size members (rab$l_rbf and rab$w_rsz) are initialized with the address and size of the record to be written. | |
The RMS sys$put function writes the record to the file. | |
The |
d
’ or ’D
’ is
entered in response to the menu./* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * deletes a record from the file. */ void delete_employee(void) { int i;do { printf("(DELETE) Enter Social Security Number "); gets(response); i = strlen(response); } while(i == 0);
while(i < SIZE_SSN) response[i++] = ' ';
rab.rab$b_krf = 0; rab.rab$l_kbf = response; rab.rab$b_ksz = SIZE_SSN; rab.rab$b_rac = RAB$C_KEY;
rms_status = sys$find(&rab);
if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_RNF) error_exit("$FIND"); else if (rms_status == RMS$_RNF) printf("RMSEXP - specified employee does not \ exist.\n"); else {
rms_status = sys$delete(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$DELETE"); } }
A | |
The social security number is padded with blanks. | |
Some members in the record access block must be initialized before the program can locate the record. Here, the key of reference (0 specifies the primary key), the location and size of the search string (this is the address of the response buffer and its size), and the type of record access (in this case, keyed access) are given. | |
The RMS sys$find function locates the record specified by the social security number entered from the terminal. | |
The program checks the | |
The RMS sys$delete function deletes the record. The return status is checked only for success. |
main
function when
’t
’ or ’T
’ is entered in response to
the menu. /* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * displays a single record at the terminal. */ void type_employees(void) {int number_employees;
rab.rab$b_krf = 1;
rms_status = sys$rewind(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$REWIND");
printf("\n\nEmployees (Sorted by Last Name)\n\n"); printf("Last Name First Name SSN \ Comments\n"); printf("--------- ---------- ---------\ --------\n\n");
rab.rab$b_rac = RAB$C_SEQ; rab.rab$l_ubf = (char *) &record; rab.rab$w_usz = RECORD_SIZE;
for(number_employees = 0; ; number_employees++) { rms_status = sys$get(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_EOF) error_exit("$GET"); else if (rms_status == RMS$_EOF) break; printf("%.*s%.*s%.*s%.*s\n", SIZE_LNAME, record.last_name, SIZE_FNAME, record.first_name, SIZE_SSN, record.ssn, SIZE_COMMENTS, record.comments); }
if (number_employees) printf("\nTotal number of employees = %d.\n", number_employees); else printf("[Data file is empty.]\n"); }
A running total of the number of records in the file is kept in the
| |
The key of reference is changed to the alternate key so that the employees are displayed in alphabetical order by last name. | |
The file is positioned to the beginning of the first record according to the new key of reference, and the return status of the sys$rewind function is checked for success. | |
A heading is displayed. | |
Sequential record access is specified, and the location and size of the record is given. | |
A for loop controls the following operations:
| |
This |
main
function when
’p
’ or ’P
’ is entered in response to
the menu. /* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * prints the file. */ void print_employees(void) { int number_employees; FILE *fp;fp = fopen("personnel.lis", "w", "rat=cr", "rfm=var", "fop=spl"); if (fp == NULL) { perror("RMSEXP - failed opening listing \ file"); exit(SS$_NORMAL); }
rab.rab$b_krf = 0;
rms_status = sys$rewind(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$REWIND");
fprintf(fp,"\n\nEmployees (Sorted by SSN)\n\n"); fprintf(fp,"Last Name First Name SSN \ Comments\n"); fprintf(fp,"--------- ---------- ---------\ --------\n\n");
rab.rab$b_rac = RAB$C_SEQ; rab.rab$l_ubf = (char *) &record; rab.rab$w_usz = RECORD_SIZE;
for(number_employees = 0; ; number_employees++) { rms_status = sys$get(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_EOF) error_exit("$GET"); else if (rms_status == RMS$_EOF) break; fprintf(fp, "%.*s%.*s%.*s%.*s", SIZE_LNAME,record.last_name, SIZE_FNAME,record.first_name, SIZE_SSN,record.ssn, SIZE_COMMENTS,record.comments); }
if (number_employees) fprintf(fp, "Total number of employees = %d.\n", number_employees); else fprintf(fp,"[Data file is empty.]\n");
fclose(fp); printf("[Listing file\"personnel.lis\"spooled to \ SYS$PRINT.]\n"); }
This function creates a sequential file with carriage-return carriage-control, variable-length
records. It spools the file to the printer when the file is closed. The file is
created using the standard I/O library function | |
The key of reference for the indexed file is the primary key. | |
The RMS sys$rewind function positions the file at the first record. The return status is checked for success. | |
A heading is written to the sequential file using the standard I/O library function
| |
The record access, user buffer address, and user buffer size members of the record access block are initialized for keyed access to the record located in the record structure. | |
A for loop controls the following operations:
| |
The | |
The sequential file is closed. Since it has the spl record attribute, the file is automatically spooled to the printer. The function displays a message at the terminal stating that the file was successfully spooled. |
main
function when ’u
’ or
’U
’ is entered in response to the menu. /* This segment of RMSEXP.C contains the function that * * updates the file. */ void update_employee(void) { int i;do { printf("(UPDATE) Enter Social Security Number\ "); gets(response); i = strlen(response); } while(i == 0);
while(i < SIZE_SSN) response[i++] = ' ';
rab.rab$b_krf = 0; rab.rab$l_kbf = response; rab.rab$b_ksz = SIZE_SSN; rab.rab$b_rac = RAB$C_KEY; rab.rab$l_ubf = (char *) &record; rab.rab$w_usz = RECORD_SIZE;
rms_status = sys$get(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL && rms_status != RMS$_RNF) error_exit("$GET"); else if (rms_status == RMS$_RNF) printf("RMSEXP - specified employee does not \ exist.\n");
else { printf("Enter the new data or RETURN to leave \ data unmodified.\n\n"); printf("Last Name:"); gets(response); if (strlen(response)) strncpy(record.last_name, response, SIZE_LNAME); printf("First Name:"); gets(response); if (strlen(response)) strncpy(record.first_name, response, SIZE_FNAME); printf("Comments:"); gets(response); if (strlen(response)) strncpy(record.comments, response, SIZE_COMMENTS);
pad_record();
rms_status = sys$update(&rab); if (rms_status != RMS$_NORMAL) error_exit("$UPDATE"); printf("[Record has been successfully \ updated.]\n"); } }
A | |
The response is padded with blanks so that it will correspond to the field in the file. | |
Some of the members in the record access block are initialized for the operation. The primary key is specified as the key of reference, the location and size of the key value are given, keyed access is specified, and the location and size of the record are given. | |
The RMS sys$get function locates the record and places
it in the record structure. The function checks the | |
If you press the Return key, the record is placed in the record structure unchanged. If you make a change to the record, the new information is placed in the record structure. | |
The fields in the record are padded with blanks. | |
The RMS sys$update function rewrites the record. The program then checks that the update operation was successful. Any error causes the program to call the fatal error-handling routine. |
Chapter 3. Using VSI C in the Common Language Environment
OpenVMS calling standard conventions (Section 3.1, “Basic Calling Standard Conventions”)
Parameter-passing mechanisms (Section 3.2, “Specifying Parameter-Passing Mechanisms”)
Interlanguage calling (Section 3.3, “Interlanguage Calling”)
Sharing global data (Section 3.4, “Sharing Global Data”)
OpenVMS Run-Time Library (RTL) routines (Section 3.5, “OpenVMS Run-Time Library Routines”)
OpenVMS system services routines (Section 3.6, “OpenVMS System Services Routines”)
Calling routines (Section 3.7, “Calling Routines”)
Variable-length argument lists in system services (Section 3.8, “Variable-Length Argument Lists in System Services”)
Return status values (Section 3.9, “Return Status Values”)
Examples of calling system routines (Section 3.10, “Examples of Calling System Routines”)
Routines written in other OpenVMS languages
OpenVMS RTL routines
OpenVMS system services
OpenVMS utility routines
The terms routine, procedure, and function are used throughout this chapter. A routine is a closed, ordered set of instructions that performs one or more specific tasks. Every routine has an entry point (the routine name), and optionally an argument list. Procedures and functions are specific types of routines: a procedure is a routine that does not return a value; a function is a routine that returns a value by assigning that value to the function's identifier.
System routines are prewritten OpenVMS routines that perform common tasks, such as finding the square root of a number or allocating virtual memory. You can call any system routine from your program, provided that VSI C supports the data structures required to call the routine. The system routines used most often are OpenVMS RTL routines and system services. System routines, which are discussed later in this chapter, are documented in detail in the VMS Run-Time Library Routines Volume and the VSI OpenVMS System Services Reference Manual.
3.1. Basic Calling Standard Conventions
Register usage
Stack usage
Function return value
Argument list
The following sections discuss these attributes in more detail for OpenVMS VAX systems. For more detail on OpenVMS Alpha systems, see the VSI OpenVMS Calling Standard.
The calling standard also defines such attributes as the calling sequence, the argument data types and descriptor formats, condition handling, and stack unwinding. These attributes are discussed in detail in the OpenVMS Programming Interfaces: Calling a System Routine.
3.1.1. Register and Stack Usage
Register |
Use |
---|---|
PC |
Program counter |
SP |
Stack pointer |
FP |
Current stack frame pointer |
AP |
Argument pointer |
R1 |
Environment value (when necessary) |
R0, R1 |
Function return value registers |
Register |
Use |
---|---|
PC |
Program counter |
SP |
Stack pointer |
FP |
Frame pointer for current procedure |
R25 |
Argument information register |
R16 to R21, F16 to F21 |
Argument list registers |
R0 |
Function return value register |
By definition, any called routine can use registers R2 through R11 for computation, and the AP register as a temporary register.
In the calling standard, a stack is defined as a last-in/first-out (LIFO) temporary storage area that the system allocates for every user process. The system keeps information about each routine call in the current image on the call stack. Then, each time you call a routine, the system creates a structure on this call stack, known as the call frame. The call frame for each active process contains the following data:
A pointer to the call frame of the previous routine call. This pointer corresponds to the frame pointer (FP).
The argument pointer (AP) of the previous routine call.
The storage address of the point at which the routine was called; that is, the address of the instruction following the call to the current routine. This address is called the program counter (PC).
The contents of other general registers. Based on a mask specified in the control information, the system restores the saved contents of these registers to the calling routine when control returns to it.
When a routine completes execution, the system uses the frame pointer in the call frame of the current routine to locate the frame of the previous routine. The system then removes the call frame of the current routine from the stack.
Figure 3.1, “The Call Stack” shows the call stack and several call frames for VAX
processors. Function A calls function B, which calls function C. When a function reaches
a return
statement or when control reaches the end of the function, the
system uses the frame pointer in the call frame of the current function to locate the
frame of the previous function. It then removes the call frame of the current function
from the stack.

3.1.2. Return of the Function Value
A function is a routine that returns a single value to the calling routine. The
function value represents the value of the expression in the
return
statement. According to the calling standard, a function value
may be returned as either an actual value or a condition value that indicates success or
failure.
3.1.3. The Argument List
The VSI OpenVMS Calling Standard also defines a data structure called the argument list. You use an argument list to pass information to a routine and receive results.
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, an argument list is formed using registers R16 to R21 or F16 to F21, and a collection of quadwords in memory (depending on the number and type of the arguments).
On OpenVMS VAX systems, an argument list is a collection of longwords in memory that represents a routine parameter list and possibly includes a function value. Figure 3.2, “Structure of an OpenVMS VAX Argument List” shows the structure of a typical OpenVMS VAX argument list.

An uninterpreted 32-bit value that is passed by value
An address that is passed by reference
An address of a descriptor that is passed by descriptor
The argument list contains the parameters that are passed to the routine. Depending on the passing mechanisms for these parameters, the forms of the arguments contained in the argument list vary. For example, if you pass three arguments, the first by value, the second by reference, and the third by descriptor, the argument list would contain the value of the first argument, the address of the second, and the address of the descriptor of the third. Figure 3.3, “Example of an OpenVMS VAX Argument List” shows this argument list.

For additional information on the OpenVMS calling standard, see the VSI OpenVMS Calling Standard.
3.2. Specifying Parameter-Passing Mechanisms
When you pass data between routines that are not written in the same OpenVMS language, you have to specify how you want that data to be represented and interpreted. You do this by specifying a parameter-passing mechanism.
The calling standard defines three ways to pass data in an argument list. When you code a reference to a non-VSI C procedure, you must know how to pass each argument and write the function reference accordingly.
By immediate value
When an argument is passed by immediate value, the actual value of the argument is present in the argument list. This is the default argument-passing mechanism for all function references written in VSI C.
When an argument is passed by reference, the address of the argument is present in the argument list. Use the C ampersand operator (&) to pass the address of an argument, or pass a pointer to the argument by value.
When an argument is passed by descriptor, the address of a data structure describing the argument is present in the argument list. From a VSI C program, you pass a descriptor first by creating a structure (
struct
) that meets the descriptor requirements of the called procedure and then by passing the structure's address with the ampersand operator or by passing a pointer to that structure by value.
The following sections outline each of these parameter-passing mechanisms in more detail.
3.2.1. Passing Arguments by Immediate Value
By default, all values or expressions in a VSI C function's argument list are passed by immediate value (except for X_FLOATING on OpenVMS Alpha systems, which is passed by reference). The expressions are evaluated and the results placed directly in the argument list of the CALL machine instruction.
/* Declare the function as a function returning type int. */
int SYS$SETEF();
The SYS$SETEF system service call requires one argument—the number of the event flag to be set—to be passed by immediate value. VSI C for OpenVMS systems converts linker-resolved variable names (such as the entry-point names of system service calls) to uppercase. You do not have to declare them in uppercase in your program (unless you compile your module with /NAMES=AS_IS). However, linker-resolved variable names must be declared and used with identical cases in each module. The documentation uses uppercase as a convention for referring to system service calls to highlight them in the text and examples.
VSI C does not require you to declare a function or to specify the number or types of the function's arguments. However, if you call a function without declaring it or without providing argument information in the declaration, VSI C does not check the types of the arguments in a call to that function. If you declare a function prototype, the compiler does check the arguments in a call to make sure that they have the same type. (See the VSI C Reference Manual for more information on function prototypes.)
Like all system services, SYS$SETEF returns an integer value (the return status of the service) in register 0. Most system services return an integer completion status; therefore, the system service does not always have to be declared before it is used. The examples in this chapter declare system services for completeness.
Returned | Status | Description |
---|---|---|
SS$_WASCLR | Success | Flag was previously clear |
SS$_WASSET | Success | Flag was previously set |
SS$_ILLEFC | Failure | Illegal event flag number |
SS$_UNASEFC | Failure | Event flag not in associated cluster |
The system services manual also defines event flags as integers in the range 0 to 127,
grouped in clusters of 32. Clusters 0 and 1, comprising flags 0 to 31 and 32 to 63,
respectively, are local clusters available to any process, with the restriction that
flags 24 to 31 are reserved for use by the OpenVMS system. There are many ways of
passing valid event flag numbers from your VSI C program to SYS$SETEF. One way is to use
enum
to define a subset of integers, as follows:
enum cluster0 {completion, breakdown, beginning} event;
.
.
.
int status;
event = completion;
.
.
.
status = SYS$SETEF(event); /* Set event flag. */
.
.
.
Figure 3.4, “Passing Arguments by Immediate Value” shows an argument being passed by immediate value; in this case, the event flag number passed to SYS$SETEF.

float
to
double
(64 bits on a VAX processor) unless a
function prototype declaration is used for the called function. This
double-precision value is passed as two immediate values (two longwords).
Note
The passing of double-precision immediate values is a violation of the calling standard for OpenVMS VAX systems, but is an allowed exception for VSI C.
float
-to-double
promotion requires some
additional programming. For instance, the function OTS$POWRJ, in the VAX Common Run-Time
Procedure Library, computes the value of a floating-point number raised to the power of
a signed longword (in C terms, a float
to the power of an
int
). This function (and others like it) is called implicitly by high-level
OpenVMS languages that have an exponentiation operator as part of the language. It
requires that both its arguments be passed as immediate values, and it returns a
single-precision (float
) result. To pass a floating-point base to the
procedure, you must use some method to avoid promoting float
arguments. The
recommended method is to declare the procedure using a function prototype declaration,
as shown in Example 3.1, “Passing Floating-Point Arguments by Immediate Value”. /* This program shows how to pass a floating-point value, * * using prototypes to avoid promoting floating * * arguments to arguments of type double. */ #include <stdio.h> /* This declared function returns a value of type float. It * * should be called as follows: OTS$POWRJ(base, power), * * where base is of type float and power is of type int. */ float OTS$POWRJ(float, int); main(void) { /* To hold result of * * OTS$POWRJ */ float result; int power; /* Power argument */ float base; base = 3.145; /* Assign constant to base */ power = 2; result = OTS$POWRJ(base, power); printf("Result= %f\n", result); }
Note
To get the correct results on I64 systems, compile the preceding example with /FLOAT=G_FLOAT.
The example does not show the methods for handling arithmetic errors that result from the operation performed. For more information on error handling in this context, and on the run-time library in general, see the VMS Run-Time Library Routines Volume.
When you pass a parameter by value, you pass a copy of the parameter value to the routine instead of passing its address. Because the actual value of the parameter is passed, the routine does not have access to the storage location of the parameter; therefore, any changes that you make to the parameter value in the routine do not affect the value of that parameter in the calling routine.
3.2.2. Passing Arguments by Reference
Some system services and run-time library procedures expect arguments passed by reference. This means that the argument list contains the address of the argument rather than its value. This mechanism is also used by default by some programming languages, such as PL/I, and is available as an option in others, such as Pascal.
In C, you can use the ampersand operator (&) to pass an argument by reference; that is, the ampersand operator causes the argument's address to be passed. Note that an array name without brackets or a function name without parentheses in an argument list always results in passing the address of the array or function; the ampersand is unnecessary. You can also pass a pointer by value, which is the same as passing the item it points to by reference.
In the special case of argument lists, VSI C in VAX C mode allows the ampersand operator to be used on constants as well. You should limit this use of the ampersand solely to calls to OpenVMS system functions to ensure portability of your VSI C programs to other C compilers.
For example, the Read Event Flags (SYS$READEF) system service requires that its first argument be passed by immediate value and its second argument be passed by reference. SYS$READEF returns the status of all the event flags in a particular cluster. (Event flags are numbered from 0 to 127 and arranged in clusters of 32, such that flags 0 to 31 comprise cluster 0, flags 32 to 63, cluster 1, and so forth.)
Returned | Status | Description |
---|---|---|
SS$_WASCLR | Success | Specified event flag was clear |
SS$_WASSET | Success | Specified event flag was set |
SS$_ACCVIO | Failure | Could not write to status longword |
SS$_ILLEFC | Failure | Event flag number was illegal |
SS$_UNASEFC | Failure | Cluster of interest not accessible |
/* This program shows how to call system service SYS$READEF. */ #include <ssdef.h> #include <stdio.h> int SYS$READEF(); main(void) { /* Longword that receives * * the status of the * * event flag cluster. */ unsigned cluster_status; int return_status; /* Status: SYS$READEF. */ /* Argument values for * * SYS$READEF. */ enum cluster0 { completion, breakdown, beginning } event; . . . event = completion; /* Event flag in cluster 0. */ /* Obtain status of * * cluster 0. Pass value * * of event and address * * of cluster_status. */
return_status = SYS$READEF(event, &cluster_status); /* Check for successful * * call */ if (return_status != SS$WASCLR && return_status != SS$WASSSET) { /* Handle the error here. */ . . . } else { /* Check bits of interest in cluster_status here. */ . . . } }
3.2.3. Passing Arguments by Descriptor
Write a structure declaration that models the required descriptor. This involves including the
<descrip.h>
header file to definestruct
tags for all the forms of descriptors.Assign appropriate values to the structure members.
Use the structure name, with an ampersand operator (&) in the function reference, to put the structure's address in the argument list.
struct dsc$descriptor { unsigned short dsc$w_length; /* Length of data */ char dsc$b_dtype /* Data type code */ char dsc$b_class /* Descriptor class code */ char *dsc$a_pointer /* Address of first byte */ };
dsc$w_length
is a 16-bit word containing the length
of the entire data; the unit (for example, bit or byte) in which the length is measured
depends on the descriptor class. The member dsc$b_dtype
is a byte
containing a numeric code; the code denotes the data type of the data. The class member
dsc$b_class
is another byte code giving the descriptor class. Table 3.5, “Valid Class Codes” shows the valid class codes.
Class Code |
Symbolic Name |
Descriptor Class |
---|---|---|
1 |
DSC$K_CLASS_S |
Scalar, string |
2 |
DSC$K_CLASS_D |
Dynamic string descriptor |
3 |
— |
Reserved by VSI |
4 |
DSC$K_CLASS_A |
Array |
5 |
DSC$K_CLASS_P |
Procedure |
6 |
DSC$K_CLASS_PI |
Procedure incarnation |
7 |
DSC$K_CLASS_J |
Reserved by VSI |
8 |
DSK$K_CLASS_JI |
This is obsolete |
9 |
DSC$K_CLASS_SD |
Decimal scalar string |
10 |
DSC$K_CLASS_NCA |
Noncontiguous array |
11 |
DSC$K_CLASS_VS |
Varying string |
12 |
DSC$K_CLASS_VSA |
Varying string array |
13 |
DSC$K_CLASS_UBS |
Unaligned bit string |
14 |
DSC$K_CLASS_UBA |
Unaligned bit array |
15 |
DSC$K_CLASS_SB |
String with bounds descriptor |
16 |
DSC$K_CLASS_UBSB |
Unaligned bit string with bounds descriptor |
17-190 |
— |
Reserved by VSI |
191 |
DSC$K_CLASS_BFA |
Basic file array |
192-255 |
— |
Reserved for customer applications |
Class Code |
Symbolic Name |
Descriptor Class |
---|---|---|
2 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_BU |
Byte (unsigned) |
3 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_WU |
Word (unsigned) |
4 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_LU |
Longword (unsigned) |
6 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_B |
Byte integer (signed) |
7 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_W |
Word integer (signed) |
8 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_L |
Longword integer (signed) |
10 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_F |
F_floating |
11 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_D |
D_floating |
14 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_T |
Character string |
27 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_G |
G_floating |
52 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_FS |
IEEE S_floating |
53 |
DSC$K_DTYPE_FT |
IEEE T_floating |
The last member of the structure model, dsc$a_pointer
, points to the first byte
of the data.
To pass an argument by descriptor, you define and assign values to the data following normal C
programming practices. You must define a dsc$descriptor
structure and
assign the data's address to the dsc$a_pointer
member. You must also assign
appropriate values to the members dsc$w_length
, dsc$b_dtype
,
and dsc$b_class
. For the specific requirements of each descriptor class,
see the OpenVMS Programming Interfaces: Calling a System Routine manual.
Returned | Status | Description |
---|---|---|
SS$_NORMAL | Success | Normal completion |
SS$_ACCVIO | Failure | Inaccessible descriptor |
SS$_DUPLNAM | Failure | Duplicate process name |
SS$_IVLOGNAM | Failure | Invalid length |
/* This program shows a call to system service SYS$SETPRN. */ #include <ssdef.h> #include <stdio.h> /* Define structures for * * descriptors */ #include <descrip.h> int SYS$SETPRN(); int main(void) { int ret; /* Define return status of * * SYS$SETPRN */ /* Name the descriptor */ struct dsc$descriptor_s name_desc; char *name = "NEWPROC"; /* Define new process name */ . . . /* Length of name WITHOUT * * null terminator */ name_desc.dsc$w_length = strlen(name); /* Put address of * * shortened string in * * descriptor */ name_desc.dsc$a_pointer = name; /* String descriptor class */ name_desc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S; /* Data type: ASCII string */ name_desc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T; . . . ret = SYS$SETPRN(&name_desc); if (ret != SS$_NORMAL) /* Test return status */ fprintf(stderr, "Failed to set process name\n"), exit(ret); . . . }
In Example 3.3, “Passing Arguments by Descriptor”, the call to SYS$SETPRN must
use the ampersand operator; otherwise, name_desc
, rather than
its address, is passed.
Although this example explicitly sets individual fields in its
name_desc
string descriptor, in practice, the run-time
initialization of compile-time constant string descriptors is not performed in
this manner. Instead, the fields of compile-time constant descriptors are
usually initialized with initialized structures of storage class
static
.
For the purpose of string descriptor initialization, VSI C provides a simple preprocessor macro
in the <descrip.h>
header file. This macro is named
$DESCRIPTOR. It takes two arguments, which it uses in a
standard VSI C structure declaration. The first argument is an identifier specifying the
name of the descriptor to be declared and initialized. The second argument is a pointer
to the data byte to be used as the value of the descriptor. Since a character-string
constant is interpreted as an initialized pointer to char
, you may specify
the second argument as a simple string constant. You may use the
$DESCRIPTOR macro in any context where a declaration may be
used. The scope of the declared string descriptor identifier name is identical to the
scope of a simple struct
definition as expanded by the macro.
/* This program returns the status value returned by * * SYS$SETPRN. */ #include <descrip.h> /* Define $DESCRIPTOR macro. */ int SYS$SETPRN(); int main(void) { /* Initialize structure name_desc * * as string descriptor. */ static $DESCRIPTOR(name_desc,"NEWPROC"); return SYS$SETPRN(&name_desc); }
$ SHOW PROCESS ! Note the process name. $ RUN example ! Run the example. $ SHOW PROCESS ! Note that the process name has changed.
The $DESCRIPTOR macro is used in further examples in this chapter.
3.2.4. VSI C Default Parameter-Passing Mechanisms
Data Type | By Reference | By Descriptor | By Value |
---|---|---|---|
Variables | Yes | Yes | Yes* |
Constants | Yes (VAX C mode only) | Yes | Yes* |
Expressions | No | No | Yes* |
Array elements | Yes | Yes | Yes* |
Entire array | Yes* | Yes | No |
String constants | Yes* | Yes | No |
Structures and unions | Yes | Yes | Yes* |
Functions | Yes* | Yes | No |
You must use the appropriate parameter-passing mechanisms whenever you call a routine written in some other OpenVMS language or some prewritten system routine.
3.3. Interlanguage Calling
In VSI C, you can call external routines written in other languages or VSI C routines from
routines written in other languages as either functions or subroutines. When you call an
external routine as a function, a single value is returned. When you call an external
routine as a subroutine (a void
function), any values are returned in the
argument list.
Language |
Arrays |
Numeric Data |
Character Data |
---|---|---|---|
MACRO |
No default |
No default |
No default |
Pascal |
Reference |
Reference |
Descriptor |
BASIC |
Descriptor |
Reference |
Descriptor |
COBOL |
N/A |
Reference |
Reference |
FORTRAN |
Reference |
Reference |
Descriptor |
The following sections describe the methods involved in using VSI C with routines written in other OpenVMS languages.
3.3.1. Calling FORTRAN
When calling VSI Fortran from VSI C or vice versa, note these considerations. VSI Fortran argument lists and argument descriptors are usually allocated statically. When it is possible, and to optimize space and time, the VSI Fortran compiler pools the argument lists and initializes them at compile time. Sometimes several calls may use the same argument list.
In VSI C, you often use arguments as local variables, and modify them at will. If a VSI C routine that modifies an argument is called from a VSI Fortran routine, unintended and incorrect side effects may occur.
void f(int *x) /* x is a FORTRAN INTEGER passed by reference */ { /* The next assignment is OK. It is permitted to modify what a * FORTRAN argument list entry points to. */ *x = 0; /* ok */ /* The next assignment is invalid. It is not permitted to modify * a FORTRAN argument list entry itself. */ x = x + 1; /* Invalid */ }
Another problem is the semantic mismatch between strings in C and strings in VSI Fortran. Strings in C vary in length and end in a null character. Strings in VSI Fortran do not end in a null character and are padded with spaces to some fixed length. In general, this mismatch means that strings may not be passed between VSI C and VSI Fortran unless you do additional work. You may make a VSI Fortran routine add a null character to a CHARACTER string before calling a VSI C function. You may also write code that explicitly gets the length of a VSI Fortran string from its descriptor and carefully pads the string with spaces after modifying it. An example later in this section shows a C function that carefully produces a proper string for VSI Fortran.
/* * Beginning of VSI C function: */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> /* Get layout of descriptors */ extern int fort(); /* Declare FORTRAN function */ main(void) { int i = 508; float f = 649.0; double d = 91.50; struct { short s; float f; } s = {-2, -3.14}; auto $DESCRIPTOR(string1, "Hello, FORTRAN"); struct dsc$descriptor_s string2; /* "string1" is a FORTRAN-style string declared and initialized using the * $DESCRIPTOR macro. "string2" is also a FORTRAN-style string, but we are * declaring and initializing it by hand. */ string2.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T; /* Type is CHARACTER */ string2.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S; /* String descriptor */ string2.dsc$w_length = 3; /* Three characters in string */ string2.dsc$a_pointer = "bye"; /* Pointer to string value */ printf("FORTRAN result is %d\n", fort(&i, &f, &d, &s, &string1, &string2)); } /* End of VSI C function */ C C Beginning of FORTRAN subprogram: C INTEGER FUNCTION FORT(I, F, D, S, STRING1, STRING2) INTEGER I REAL F DOUBLE PRECISION D STRUCTURE /STRUCT/ INTEGER*2 SHORT REAL FLOAT END STRUCTURE RECORD /STRUCT/ S C You can tell FORTRAN to use the length in the descriptor C as done here for STRING1, or you can tell FORTRAN to ignore the C descriptor and assume the string has a particular length as done C for STRING2. This choice is up to you. CHARACTER*(*) STRING1 CHARACTER*3 STRING2 WRITE(5, 10) I, F, D, S.SHORT, S.FLOAT, STRING1, STRING2 10 FORMAT(1X, I3, F8.1, D10.2, I7, F10.3, 1X, A, 2X, A) FORT = -15 RETURN END C End of FORTRAN subprogram
508 649.0 0.92D+02 -2 -3.140 Hello, FORTRAN bye FORTRAN result is -15
void
. C C Beginning of FORTRAN subprogram: C INTEGER I REAL F(3) CHARACTER*10 STRING C Since this program does not have a C main program and you want C to use VSI C RTL functions from the C subroutine, you must call C DECC$CRTL_INIT to initialize the run-time library. CALL DECC$CRTL_INIT I = -617 F(1) = 3.1 F(2) = 0.04 F(3) = 0.0016 STRING = 'HELLO' CALL CSUBR(I, F, STRING) END C End of FORTRAN subprogram /* * Beginning of VSI C function: */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> /* Get layout of descriptors */ void csubr(int *i, /* FORTRAN integer, by reference */ float f[3], /* FORTRAN array, by reference */ struct dsc$descriptor_s *string) /* FORTRAN character, by descriptor */ { int j; printf("i = %d\n", *i); for (j = 0; j < 3; ++j) printf("f[%d] = %f\n", j, f[j]); /* Since FORTRAN character data is not null-terminated, you must use * a counted loop to print the string. */ printf("string = \""); for (j = 0; j < string->dsc$w_length; ++j) putchar(string->dsc$a_pointer[j]); printf("\"\n"); } /* End of VSI C function */
i = -617 f[0] = 3.100000 f[1] = 0.040000 f[2] = 0.001600 string = "HELLO "
C C Beginning of FORTRAN program: C CHARACTER*9 STARS, C C Call a C function to produce a string of three "*" left-justified C in a nine-character field. C = STARS(3) WRITE(5, 10) C 10 FORMAT(1X, '"', A, '"') END C End of FORTRAN program /* * Beginning of VSI C function: */ #include <descrip.h> /* Get layout of descriptors */ /* Routine "stars" is equivalent to a FORTRAN function declared as * follows: * * CHARACTER*(*) FUNCTION STARS(NUM) * INTEGER NUM * * Note that a FORTRAN CHARACTER function has an extra entry added to * the argument list to represent the return value of the CHARACTER * function. This entry, which appears first in the argument list, * is the address of a completely filled-in character descriptor. Since * the C version of a FORTRAN character function explicitly uses this * extra argument list entry, the C version of the function is void! * * This example function returns a string that contains the specified * number of asterisks (or "stars"). * */ void stars(struct dsc$descriptor_s *return_value, /* FORTRAN return value */ int *num_stars) /* Number of "stars" to create */ { int i, limit; /* A FORTRAN string is truncated if it is too large for the memory area * allocated, and it is padded with spaces if it is too short. Set * limit to the number of stars to put in the string given the size * of the area used to store it. */ if (*num_stars < return_value->dsc$w_length) limit = *num_stars; else limit = return_value->dsc$w_length; /* Create a string of stars of the specified length up to the limit of the string size. */ for (i = 0; i < limit; ++i) return_value->dsc$a_pointer[i] = '*'; /* Pad rest of string with spaces, if necessary. */ for (; i < return_value->dsc$w_length; ++i) return_value->dsc$a_pointer[i] = ' '; } /* End of VSI C Function */
"*** "
3.3.2. Calling VAX MACRO
You can call a VAX MACRO routine from VSI C or vice versa. However, like all interlanguage calls, it is necessary to make sure that the actual arguments correspond to the expected formal parameter types. Also, it is necessary to remember that C strings are null-terminated and to take special action in either the MACRO routine or the C routine to allow for this.
;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; Beginning of MACRO program ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- .extrn dbroutine ; The C routine ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; Local Data ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- .psect data rd,nowrt,noexe ft$$t_part_num: .ascii /WidgitGadget/ ft$$t_query_mode: .ascii /I/ ft$$s_query_mode = <. - ft$$t_query_mode> ft$$l_protocol_buff: .blkl 1 ft$$kd_part_num_dsc: .word 12 .word 0 .address ft$$t_part_num ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; Entry Point ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- .psect ft_code rd,nowrt,exe .entry dbtest ^m<r2,r3,r4,r5,r6,r7,r8> ;+ ; call C routine for data base lookup ;- movl #1,r3 pushal ft$$kd_part_num_dsc ; Descriptor for part number pushal ft$$t_query_mode ; Mode to call pushl #1 ; Status calls #3, dbroutine ; Check the data base 99$: ret .end dbtest ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; End of MACRO program ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- /* * Beginning of VSI C code for dbroutine: */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <string.h> /* Structure pn_desc is the format of the descriptor passed by the macro routine. */ extern struct mydescript { short pn_len; short pn_zero; char *pn_addr; }; int dbroutine (int status, /* Passed by value */ char *action, /* Passed by reference */ struct mydescript *name_dsc) /* Passed by descriptor */ { char *part_name; /* Allocate space to put the null-padded name string. */ part_name = malloc(name_dsc->pn_len + 1); memcpy( part_name,name_dsc -> pn_addr ,name_dsc -> pn_len); /* Remember that C array bounds start at 0 */ part_name[name_dsc -> pn_len] = '\0'; printf (" Status is %d\n", status); printf (" Length is %d\n",name_dsc -> pn_len); printf (" Part_name is %s\n",part_name); printf (" Request is %c\n",*action); status = 1; return(status); } /* End of VSI C code for dbroutine */
Status is 1 Length is 12 Part_name is WidgitGadget Request is I
/* Beginning of VSI C function */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> int zapit( int status, int *action, struct dsc$descriptor_s *descript); main(void) { int status=255, argh = 99; int *action = &argh; $DESCRIPTOR(name_dsc,"SuperEconomySize"); printf(" Before calling ZAPIT: \n"); printf(" Status was %d \n",status); printf(" Action contained %d and *action contained %d \n" ,action, *action); printf(" And the thing described by the descriptor was %s\n", name_dsc.dsc$a_pointer); if (zapit(status,action,&name_dsc) && 1) { printf(" Ack, the world has been zapped! \n"); printf(" Status is %d \n",status); printf(" Action contains %d and *action contains %d \n" ,action, *action); printf(" And the address of the thing described by the descriptor is %d\n", name_dsc.dsc$a_pointer); } } /* End of VSI C function */ ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; Beginning of VAX MACRO source code for zapit ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; Entry Point ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- .psect ft_code rd,nowrt,exe .entry zapit ^m<r2,r3,r4,r5,r6,r7,r8> ;+ ; Maliciously change parameters passed by the C routine. ; ; The first parameter is passed by value, the second by ; reference, and the third by descriptor. ;- movl 4(ap), @8(ap) ;Change the by-reference parameter ;to the first parameter's value. movl 12(ap), r2 movl #0,4(r2) ;Zap address of string in ;descriptor. ; Return -1 to signal successful destruction. movl #-1,r0 ret .end ;----------------------------------------------------------------------- ; End of VAX MACRO source code for zapit ;-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Before calling ZAPIT: Status was 255 Action contained 2146269556 and *action contained 99 And the thing described by the descriptor was SuperEconomySize Ack, the world has been zapped! Status is 255 Action contains 2146269556 and *action contains 255 And the address of the thing described by the descriptor is 0
3.3.3. Calling VSI BASIC
Calling routines written in VSI BASIC from VSI C programs or vice versa is straightforward. By default, VSI BASIC passes arguments by reference, except for arrays and strings, which are passed by descriptor. In some cases, these defaults may be overridden by explicitly specifying the desired parameter-passing mechanisms in the VSI BASIC program. However, if an argument is a constant or an expression, the actual argument passed refers to a local copy of the specified argument's value.
Strings in VSI BASIC are not terminated by a null character, which is done by VSI C. As a result, passing strings between VSI BASIC and VSI C routines requires you to do additional work. You may choose to add an explicit null character to a VSI BASIC string before passing it to a VSI C routine, or you may prefer to code the VSI C routine to obtain the string's length from its descriptor.
/*
* Beginning of VSI C function:
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <descrip.h>
extern int basfunc ();
main(void)
{
int i = 508;
float f = 649.0;
double d = 91.50;
struct
{
short s;
float f;
} s = { -2, -3.14 };
$DESCRIPTOR (string1, "A C string");
printf ("BASIC returned %d\n",
basfunc (&i, &f, &d, &s, &string1, "bye"));
} /* End of VSI C function */
! Beginning of the BASIC program
FUNCTION INTEGER basfunc (INTEGER i, REAL f, DOUBLE d, x s, &
STRING string1, &
STRING string2 = 3 BY REF)
RECORD x
WORD s
REAL f
END RECORD x
PRINT 'i = '; i
PRINT 'f = '; f
PRINT 'd = '; d
PRINT 's::s = '; s::s
PRINT 's::f = '; s::f
PRINT 'string1 = '; string1
PRINT 'string2 = '; string2
END FUNCTION -15
! End of the BASIC program
i = 508 f = 649 d = 91.5 s::s = -2 s::f = -3.14 string1 = A C string string2 = bye BASIC returned -15
! Beginning of the BASIC program: PROGRAM example EXTERNAL STRING FUNCTION cfunc (INTEGER BY VALUE, & INTEGER BY VALUE, & STRING BY DESC) s$ = cfunc (5, 3, "abcdefghi") PRINT "substring is "; s$ END PROGRAM ! End of the BASIC program /* * Beginning of VSI C function: */ #include <descrip.h> int str$copy_dx(); /* * This routine simulates a BASIC function whose return * value is a STRING. It returns the substring that is `length' * characters long, starting from the offset `offset' (0-based) * in the input string described by the descriptor pointed to * by `in_str'. */ void cfunc (struct dsc$descriptor_s *out_str, int offset, int length, struct dsc$descriptor_s *in_str) { /* Declare a string descriptor for the substring. */ struct dsc$descriptor temp; /* Check that the desired substring is wholly within the input string. */ if (offset + length > in_str -> dsc$w_length) return; /* Fill in the substring descriptor. */ temp.dsc$w_length = length; temp.dsc$a_pointer = in_str -> dsc$a_pointer + offset; temp.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T; temp.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S; /* Copy the substring to the return string. */ str$copy_dx (out_str, & temp); } /* End of VSI C function */
substring is fgh
3.3.4. Calling VSI Pascal
Like VSI Fortran and VSI BASIC, there are certain considerations that you must take into account when calling VSI Pascal from VSI C and vice versa. When calling VSI Pascal from VSI C, VSI Pascal expects all parameters to be passed by reference. In VSI Pascal, there are two different types of semantics: value and variable. The value semantics in VSI Pascal are different from passing by value in VSI C. Because they are different, you must specify the address of the C parameter.
VSI Pascal also expects all strings to be passed by descriptor. If you use the CLASS_S descriptor, the string is passed by using VSI Pascal semantics. If the content of the string is changed, it is not reflected back to the caller.
/* * Beginning of VSI C function: */ #include <descrip.h> /* This program demonstrates how to call a Pascal routine from a C function. */ /* A Pascal routine called by a C function. */ extern void Pascal_Routine (); main() { struct dsc$descriptor_s to_Pascal_by_desc; char *Message = "The_Max_Num"; int to_Pascal_by_value = 100, to_Pascal_by_ref = 50; /* Construct the descriptor. */ to_Pascal_by_desc.dsc$a_pointer = Message; to_Pascal_by_desc.dsc$w_length = strlen (Message); to_Pascal_by_desc.dsc$b_class = DSC$K_CLASS_S; to_Pascal_by_desc.dsc$b_dtype = DSC$K_DTYPE_T; /* Pascal expects a calling routine to pass parameters by reference. */ Pascal_Routine(&to_Pascal_by_value, &to_Pascal_by_ref, &to_Pascal_by_desc); printf ("\nWhen returned from Pascal:\nto_Pascal_by_value is still \ %d\nBut to_Pascal_by_ref is %d\nand Message is still %s\n", to_Pascal_by_value, to_Pascal_by_ref, to_Pascal_by_desc.dsc$a_pointer); } /* End of VSI C function */ { Beginning of Pascal routine } MODULE C_PASCAL(OUTPUT); { This Pascal routine calls the Pascal MAX function to determine the maximum value between 'from_c_by_value` and 'from_c_by_ref`, and then assigns the result back to 'from_c_by_ref`. It also tries to demonstrate the results of passing a by-descriptor mechanism. It is called from a C main function. } [GLOBAL]PROCEDURE Pascal_Routine ( from_c_by_value :INTEGER; VAR from_c_by_ref :INTEGER; from_c_by_desc :[ CLASS_S ] PACKED ARRAY [l1..u1:INTEGER] OF CHAR ); VAR today_is : PACKED ARRAY [1..11] OF CHAR; BEGIN { Display the contents of formal parameters. } WRITELN; WRITELN ('Parameters passed from C function: '); WRITELN ('from_c_by_value: ', from_c_by_value:4); WRITELN ('from_c_by_ref: ', from_c_by_ref:4); WRITELN ('from_c_by_desc: ', from_c_by_desc); { Assign the maximum value into 'from_c_by_ref` } from_c_by_ref := MAX (from_c_by_value, from_c_by_ref); { Change the content of 'from_Pascal_by_value` -- to show that the value did not get reflected back to the caller. } from_c_by_value := 20; { Put the results of DATE into 'from_c_by_desc` to show that the CLASS_S is only valid with comformant strings passed by value. } DATE (today_is); from_c_by_desc := today_is; WRITELN ('***********************'); WRITELN ('from_c_by_desc is changed to today''s date: "', from_c_by_desc, '"'); WRITELN ('BUT, this will not reflect back to the caller.'); END; END. { End of Pascal routine }
from_c_by_value: 100 from_c_by_ref: 50 from_c_by_desc: The_Max_Num *********************** from_c_by_desc is changed to today's date "26-MAY-1992" BUT, this will not reflect back to the caller. When returned from Pascal: to_Pascal_by_value is still 100 to_Pascal_by_ref is 100 and Message is still The_Max_Num
There are also some considerations when calling VSI C from VSI Pascal. For example, you can use mechanism specifiers such as %IMMED, %REF, and %STDESCR in VSI Pascal. When you use the %IMMED mechanism specifier, the compiler passes a copy of a value rather than an address. When you use the %REF mechanism specifier, the address of the actual parameter is passed to the called routine, which is then allowed to change the value of the corresponding actual parameter. When you use the %STDESCR mechanism specifier, the compiler generates a fixed-length descriptor of a character-string variable and passes its address to the called routine. For more information on these mechanism specifiers and others, see the VSI Pascal documentation.
Another consideration is that VSI Pascal does not null-pad strings. Therefore, you must add a null character to make the string a C string. Also, when passing a string from VSI Pascal to VSI C, you can declare a structure declaration in VSI C that corresponds to the VSI Pascal VARYING TYPE declaration.
{ Beginning of Pascal function: } PROGRAM PASCAL_C (OUTPUT); CONST STRING_LENGTH = 80; TYPE STRING = VARYING [STRING_LENGTH] OF CHAR; VAR by_value : INTEGER; by_ref : STRING; by_desc: PACKED ARRAY [1..10] OF CHAR; [EXTERNAL] PROCEDURE DECC$CRTL_INIT; EXTERN; [EXTERNAL] PROCEDURE c_function ( %immed by_value : INTEGER; %ref by_ref : STRING ; %stdescr by_desc: PACKED ARRAY [l1..u1:INTEGER] OF CHAR ); EXTERN; BEGIN { Establish the appropriate VSI C RTL environment for calling the VSI C RTL from Pascal. } DECC$CRTL_INIT; by_value := 1; { NOTE Pascal does not null pad a string. Therefore, the LENGTH built-in function counts the null pad character while the VSI C library function strlen does not include the terminating null character. } by_ref := 'TO_C_BY_REF'(0)''; by_desc := 'TERM'(0)''; { Call a C function by passing parameters using foreign semantics. } c_function (by_value, by_ref, by_desc); WRITELN; WRITELN; WRITELN ('*************************'); WRITELN ('After calling C_FUNCTION: '); WRITELN; WRITELN ('by_value is still ',by_value:3); WRITELN ('however, by_ref contains ',by_ref, ' (aka Your Terminal Type)'); WRITELN ('and, by_desc still contains ',by_desc); END. { End of Pascal program } /* * Beginning of VSI C function: * * * A C function called from the Pascal routine. * The parameters are passed to a C function * by value, by reference, and by descriptor, * respectively. */ #include <descrip.h> /* A Pascal style of VARYING data type. */ struct Pascal_VARYING { unsigned short length; char string[80]; }; /* This C function calls the VSI C RTL function getenv() and puts * your terminal type in 'from_Pascal_by_ref`. * It is called from a Pascal program. */ void c_function (unsigned char from_Pascal_by_value, struct Pascal_VARYING *from_Pascal_by_ref, struct dsc$descriptor_s *from_Pascal_by_desc ) { char *term; /* Display the contents of formal parameters. */ printf ("\nParameters passed from Pascal:\n"); printf ("from_Pascal_by_value: %d\nfrom_Pascal_by_ref: %s\n\ from_Pascal_by_desc: %s\n", from_Pascal_by_value, from_Pascal_by_ref -> string, from_Pascal_by_desc -> dsc$a_pointer); if ((term = getenv(from_Pascal_by_desc -> dsc$a_pointer)) != 0) { /* Fill 'from_Pascal_by_ref` with new value. */ strcpy (from_Pascal_by_ref -> string, term); from_Pascal_by_ref -> length = strlen (term); /* Change the contents of 'from_Pascal_by_value` -- * to demonstrate that the value did not get * reflected back to the calling routine. */ from_Pascal_by_value = from_Pascal_by_desc -> dsc$w_length + from_Pascal_by_ref -> length; } else printf ("\ngetenv\(\"TERM\"\) is undefined."); } /* End of VSI C function */
Parameters passed from Pascal: from_Pascal_by_value: 1 from_Pascal_by_ref: TO_C_BY_REF from_Pascal_by_desc: TERM ************************* After calling C_FUNCTION: by_value is still 1 however, by_ref contains vt200-80 (aka Your Terminal Type) and, by_desc still contains TERM
3.4. Sharing Global Data
The following sections describe the methods involved in sharing VSI C program sections with data declared in other OpenVMS languages.
3.4.1. Sharing Program Sections with FORTRAN Common Blocks
In a FORTRAN program, separately compiled procedures can share data in declared common blocks, which specify the names of one or more variables to be placed in them. Each named common block represents a separate program section. Each procedure that declares the common block with the same name can access the same variable.
extern
variable that
corresponds to a FORTRAN common block with the same name. C FORTRAN program PRSTRING.FOR contains the following lines of code: SUBROUTINE PRSTRING CHARACTER*20 STRING COMMON /XYZ/ STRING TYPE 20, STRING 20 FORMAT (' ',A20) RETURN END C End of FORTRAN program /* VSI C program STRING.C contains the following lines of * * code: */ main(void) { #pragma extern_model common_block // Alpha only. On VAX systems, use // #pragma extern_model common_block shr extern char xyz[20]; strncpy(xyz,"This is a string ", sizeof xyz); prstring(); }
In Example 3.14, “Sharing Data with a FORTRAN Program in Named Program Sections”, the VSI C
extern
variable xyz
corresponds to the
FORTRAN common block named XYZ. The FORTRAN procedure displays the data in the
block. When sharing program sections, both programs should declare
corresponding variables to be of the same type.
Note the #pragma extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive. This directive
sets the model for external variables to the common_block
model, which is
the one used by VAX C
. The default external model for VSI C is the
relaxed_refdef
model. For more information on the #pragma
extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive, see Section 5.4.5, “#pragma extern_model Directive”.
C FORTRAN program FNUM.FOR contains the following lines of code: SUBROUTINE FNUM INTEGER*4 INUM,JNUM,KNUM COMMON /NUMBERS/ INUM,JNUM,KNUM TYPE 10, (INUM,JNUM,KNUM) 10 FORMAT (3I8) RETURN END C End of FORTRAN program /* VSI C program NUMBERS.C contains the following lines of * * code: */ struct xs { int first; int second; int third; }; #pragma extern_model common_block main() { extern struct xs numbers; numbers.first = 1; numbers.second = 2; numbers.third = 3; fnum(); }
In Example 3.15, “Sharing Data with a FORTRAN Program in a VSI C Structure”, the int
variables declared in the VSI C structure numbers correspond to the
FORTRAN INTEGER*4 variables in the COMMON of the same name.
Also, note the #pragma extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive. This
directive sets the model for external variables to the common_block
model,
which is the one used by VAX C
. The default external model for VSI C is the
relaxed_refdef
model. For more information on the #pragma
extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive, see Section 5.4.5, “#pragma extern_model Directive”.
3.4.2. Sharing Program Sections with PL/I Externals
A P/LI variable with the EXTERNAL attribute corresponds to a
FORTRAN common block and to a VSI C extern
variable
in the common_block
external model. Example
3.16 and Example
3.17 show how a program section is
shared between VSI C and P/LI.
extern char
variable, but PL/I character strings are not
necessarily null-terminated. In Example 3.16, “Sharing Data with a PL/I Program in Named Program Sections”,
VSI C and P/LI use the same variable to manipulate the
character string that resides in a program section named XYZ.
/* PL/I program PRSTRING.PLI contains the following lines of code: */ PRSTRING: PROCEDURE; DECLARE XYZ EXTERNAL CHARACTER(20); PUT SKIP LIST(XYZ); RETURN; END PRSTRING; /* End of PL/I program */ /* VSI C program STRING.C contains the following lines of * * code: */ main(void) { extern char xyz[20]; strncpy(xyz,"This is a string ", sizeof xyz); prstring(); }
The PL/I procedure PRSTRING writes out the contents of the external variable
XYZ
.
struct
keyword in VSI C. Moreover, P/LI can output aggregates, such as
structures and arrays, in fairly simple stream-output statements; consider Example 3.17, “Sharing Data with a PL/I Program in a VSI C Structure”. /* PL/I program FNUM.PLI contains the following lines of code: */ FNUM: PROCEDURE; /* EXTERNAL STRUCTURE CONTAINING THREE INTEGERS */ DECLARE 1 NUMBERS EXTERNAL, 2 FIRST FIXED(31), 2 SECOND FIXED(31), 2 THIRD FIXED(31); PUT SKIP LIST('Contents of structure:',NUMBERS); RETURN; END FNUM; /* End of PL/I program */ /* VSI C program NUMBERS.C contains the following lines of * * code: */ struct xs { int first; int second; int third; }; main() { extern struct xs numbers; numbers.first = 1; numbers.second = 2; numbers.third = 3; fnum(); }
The PL/I procedure FNUM writes out the complete contents of the external structure NUMBERS; the structure members are written out in the order of their storage in memory, which is the same as for a VSI C structure.
3.4.3. Sharing Program Sections with MACRO Programs
In a MACRO program, the .PSECT directive sets up a separate program section that can store data or MACRO instructions. The attributes in the .PSECT directive describe the contents of the program section.
; MACRO source file SET_VALUE.MAR contains the following lines of code: .entry set_value,^M<> movl #1,first movl #2,second movl #3,third ret .psect example pic,usr,ovr,rel,gbl,noshr,- noexe,rd,wrt,novec,long first: .blkl second: .blkl third: .blkl .end ; End of MACRO source file /* VSI C program NUMBERS.C contains the following lines of * * code: */ #pragma extern_model common_block struct xs { int first; int second; int third; } example; main() { set_value(); printf("example.first = %d\n", example.first); printf("example.second = %d\n", example.second); printf("example.third = %d\n", example.third); }
The MACRO program initializes the locations first, second, and third in the
psect named example
and passes these values to the
VSI C program. The locations are referenced in the VSI C
program as members of the external structure named example
.
Also, note the #pragma extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive. This
directive sets the model for external variables to the common_block
model,
which is the one used by VAX C. The default external model for VSI C is the
relaxed_refdef
model. For more information on the #pragma
extern_model common_block
preprocessor directive, see Section 5.4.5, “#pragma extern_model Directive”.
3.5. OpenVMS Run-Time Library Routines
Facility Prefix | Types of Tasks Performed |
---|---|
LIB$ | Library routines that obtain records from devices, manipulate strings, convert data types for I/O, allocate resources, obtain system information, signal exceptions, establish condition handlers, enable detection of hardware exceptions, and process cross-reference data. |
MTH$ | Mathematics routines that perform arithmetic, algebraic, and trigonometric calculations. |
OTS$ | General-purpose routines that perform tasks such as data-type conversions as part of a compiler's generated code. |
SMG$ | Screen management routines that are used in designing, composing, and keeping track of complex images on a video screen. |
STR$ | String manipulation routines that perform such tasks as searching for substrings, concatenating strings, and prefixing and appending strings. |
VSI OpenVMS RTL Library (LIB$) Manual
OpenVMS VAX RTL Mathematics (MTH$) Manual
Portable Mathematics Library
VSI OpenVMS RTL General Purpose (OTS$) Manual
VSI OpenVMS RTL Screen Management (SMG$) Manual
VSI OpenVMS RTL String Manipulation (STR$) Manual
3.6. OpenVMS System Services Routines
System services are prewritten system routines that perform a variety of tasks, such as controlling processes, communicating among processes, and coordinating I/O.
Group |
Types of Tasks Performed |
---|---|
AST |
Allows processes to control the handling of asynchronous system traps (ASTs). |
Change mode |
Changes the access mode of particular routines. |
Condition handling |
Designates condition handlers for special purposes. |
Event flag |
Clears, sets, reads, and waits for event flags, and associates with event flag clusters. |
Information |
Returns information about the system, queues, jobs, processes, locks, and devices. |
Input/Output |
Performs I/O directly without going through RMS. |
Lock management |
Enables processes to coordinate access to shareable system resources. |
Logical names |
Provides methods of accessing and maintaining pairs of character-string logical names and equivalence names. |
Memory management |
Increases or decreases available virtual memory, controls paging and swapping, and creates and accesses shareable files of code or data. |
Process control |
Creates, deletes, and controls execution of processes. |
Security |
Enhances the security of OpenVMS systems. |
Time and Timing |
Schedules events and obtains and formats binary time values. |
System services are documented in detail in the VSI OpenVMS System Services Reference Manual.
The routines that provide a programming interface to various OpenVMS utilities are described in the VSI OpenVMS Utility Routines Manual.
3.7. Calling Routines
The basic steps for calling routines are the same whether you are calling a routine written in VSI C, a routine written in some other OpenVMS language, a system service, or an OpenVMS Run-Time Library (RTL) routine. The following sections outline the procedures for calling non-VSI C routines.
3.7.1. Determining the Type of Call
Before calling an external routine, you must first determine whether the call should be a procedure call or a function call. Call a routine as a procedure if it does not return a value. Call a routine as a function if it returns any type of value.
3.7.2. Declaring an External Routine and Its Arguments
To call an external routine or system routine, you need to declare it as an external function and to declare the names, data types, and passing mechanisms of its arguments. Arguments can be either required or optional.
The name of the external routine
The data types of all the routine parameters (optional)
The data type of the return value if it is a function
The
void
keyword if it is a procedure
The following example shows how to declare an external routine and its arguments:
char func_name (int x, char y);
Header files are available to declare commonly used external routines. Using them will save you a lot of work. See Sections 1.3.1.1 and 1.3.1.2 in this manual for information on listing and including header files.
3.7.3. Calling the External Routine
After declaring an external routine, you can invoke it. To invoke a function, you must specify the name of the routine being invoked and all arguments required for that routine. Make sure the data types for the actual arguments you are passing coincide with those of the parameters you declared earlier, and with those declared in the routine. The following example shows how to invoke the function declared in Section 3.7.2, “Declaring an External Routine and Its Arguments”:
ret_status = func_name(1,'a');
3.7.4. System Routine Arguments
OpenVMS usage
Data type
Type of access allowed
Passing mechanism
OpenVMS Data Type |
VSI C Declaration |
---|---|
access_bit_names |
user-defined? |
access_mode |
unsigned char |
address | |
address_range | |
arg_list |
user-defined? |
ast_procedure |
pointer to a function? |
boolean |
unsigned long int |
byte_signed |
char |
byte_unsigned |
unsigned char |
channel |
unsigned short int |
char_string | |
complex_number |
user-defined? |
cond_value |
unsigned long int |
context |
unsigned long int |
date_time |
user-defined? |
device_name | |
ef_cluster_name | |
ef_number |
unsigned long int |
exit_handler_block |
user-defined? |
fab |
#include fab from text library struct FAB |
file_protection |
unsigned short int, or user-defined? |
floating_point |
float or double |
function_code |
unsigned long int or user-defined? |
identifier | |
io_status_block |
user-defined? |
item_list_2 |
user-defined? |
item_list_3 |
user-defined? |
item_list_pair |
user-defined? |
item_quota_list |
user-defined? |
lock_id |
unsigned long int |
lock_status_block |
user-defined? |
lock_value_block |
user-defined? |
logical_name | |
longword_signed |
long int |
longword_unsigned |
unsigned long int |
mask_byte |
unsigned char |
mask_longword |
unsigned long int |
mask_quadword |
user-defined? |
mask_word |
unsigned short int |
null_arg |
unsigned long int |
octaword_signed |
user-defined? |
octaword_unsigned |
user-defined? |
page_protection |
unsigned long int |
procedure |
pointer to function? |
process_id |
unsigned long int |
process_name | |
quadword_signed |
user-defined? |
quadword_unsigned |
user-defined? |
rights_holder |
user-defined? |
rights_id |
unsigned long int |
rab |
#include rab struct RAB |
section_id |
user-defined? |
section_name | |
system_access_id |
user-defined? |
time_name | |
uic |
unsigned long int |
user_arg |
user-defined? |
varying_arg |
user-defined? |
vector_byte_signed | |
vector_byte_unsigned | |
vector_longword_signed | |
vector_longword_unsigned | |
vector_quadword_signed |
user-defined? |
vector_quadword_unsigned |
user-defined? |
vector_word_signed | |
vector_word_unsigned | |
word_signed |
short int |
word_unsigned |
unsigned short int |
[,optional-argument]
,[optional-argument]
If the comma appears outside the brackets, you must pass a 0 by value to indicate the place of the omitted argument. If the comma appears inside the brackets, you can omit the argument if it is the last argument in the list.
For more information, see the OpenVMS Programming Interfaces: Calling a System Routine manual. This manual describes the OpenVMS programming interface and defines the standard conventions to call an OpenVMS system routine from a user procedure. The Alpha and VAX data type implementations for various high-level languages are also presented.
3.7.5. Symbol Definitions
Many system routines depend on values that are defined in separate symbol definition files. OpenVMS RTL routines require you to include symbol definitions when you are calling a Screen Management facility routine or a routine that is a jacket to a system service. A jacket routine provides an interface to the corresponding system service. For example, the routine LIB$SYS_ASCTIM is a jacket routine for the $ASCTIM system service.
If you are calling a system service, you must include the
<ssdef.h>
header file to check the status. Many system
services require other symbol definitions as well. To determine whether you
need to include other symbol definitions for the system service you want to
use, see the documentation for that particular system service. If the
documentation states that values are defined in a macro, you must include those
symbol definitions in your program.
For example, the description for the flags parameter in
the SYS$MGBLSC (Map Global Section) system service states that
“Symbolic names for the flag bits are defined by the $SECDEF
macro.” Therefore, when you call SYS$MGBLSC you must include the
definitions provided in the $SECDEF macro by including the
<secdef.h>
header file.
#include <ssdef.h>
To obtain a list of all VSI C header files, see Section 1.3.1.2, “Listing Header Files”.
3.7.6. Condition Values
Many system routines return a condition value that indicates success or failure; this value can be either returned or signaled. If a condition value is returned, then you must check the returned value to determine whether the call to the system routine was successful. Otherwise, the condition value is signaled to your program instead of being written to a storage location.
if (ret_status != SS$_NORMAL) LIB$STOP();
if ((ret_status & 1) != 0)
LIB$STOP (ret_status);
In general, you can check a return status for a particular success or failure code or you can test the condition value returned against all success codes or all failure codes.
3.7.7. Checking System Service Return Values
<ssdef.h>
header file; Example 3.19, “Checking System Service Return Values” shows
how this is done. /* This program shows how to compare the status of a system * * service with a global symbol. */ #include <stdlib.h> /* Define system service * * status values */ #include <ssdef.h> #include <stdio.h> /* Declaration of the * * service (not required) */ int SYS$SETEF(); int main(void) { /* To hold the status of * * SYS$SETEF */ int efstatus; /* Argument values for * * SYS$SETEF */ enum cluster0 { completion, breakdown, beginning } event; . . . event = completion; /* Set the event flag */ efstatus = SYS$SETEF(event); /* Test the return status */ if (efstatus == SS$_WASSET) fprintf (stderr,"Flag was already set\n"); else if (efstatus == SS$_WASCLR) fprintf(stderr, "Flag was previously clear\n"); else fprintf(stderr, "Could not set completion event flag.\n \ Possible programming error.\n"); exit(efstatus); }
The system service return status values (SS$_WASSET and SS$_WASCLR) in Example
3.19 are defined by the
<ssdef.h>
header file.
else fprintf(stderr, "Could not set completion event flag.\n \ Possible programming error.\n"); exit(efstatus);
Could not set completion event flag. Possible programming error. %SYSTEM-F-ILLEFC, illegal event flag cluster.
3.8. Variable-Length Argument Lists in System Services
When optional arguments occur between required arguments, they cannot be omitted. If omitting such an argument is necessary—for example, to select a default action—the argument must be written as a zero.
- When optional arguments occur at the end of an argument list, the format of the function reference depends on the action of the called function as follows:
If the called function checks the number of arguments passed, you can omit optional trailing arguments from the function reference. System services generally do not check the length of the argument list.
If the called function does not check the number of arguments passed, all arguments must be present in the function reference.
For example, the function STR$CONCAT, in the Common Run-Time Library, concatenates from 2 to 254 strings into a single string. It has the following call format:
ret = STR$CONCAT(dst, src1, src2[, src3,…src254]);
For more information about the STR$CONCAT function, see the VMS Run-Time Library Routines Volume.
/* This example shows a call to STR$CONCAT. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <ssdef.h> int STR$CONCAT(); int main(void) { int ret; /* Return status of * * STR$CONCAT */ /* Destination array of * * concatenated strings */ char dest[21]; /* Create compile-time * * descriptors: */ $DESCRIPTOR(dst, dest); static $DESCRIPTOR(src1, "abcdefghij"); static $DESCRIPTOR(src2, "klmnopqrst"); /* Concatenate strings */ ret = STR$CONCAT(&dst, &src1, &src2); /* Test return status value */ if (ret != SS$_NORMAL) fprintf(stderr,"Failed to concatenate strings.\n"), exit(ret); /* Process string */ else dest[20] = '\0', printf("Resultant string: %s\n",dest); }
3.9. Return Status Values
The status values from OpenVMS system service
procedures are returned in general register R0. This return status value indicates the
success or failure of the operation performed by the called procedure. In VSI C, passing a
return status value in R0 is equivalent to a function returning int
.
To obtain a return status value from any system procedure, declare the procedure as a function, as shown in the following example:
int SYS$SETEF();
After declaring a procedure in this way, you can invoke the procedure as a function and
obtain a return status value. In VSI C, such a declaration is needed only as program
documentation; SYS$SETEF can be called without explicit
declaration and will be interpreted by default as a function returning int
.
The format of a return status value, that is, the meaning of particular bits within the value
The way to manipulate return status values
The recommended techniques for testing a return status value for success or failure or for a specific condition
3.9.1. Format of Return Status Values
All OpenVMS system procedures and programs use a longword value to communicate
return status information. When a VSI C main function executing under the control of the
DCL interpreter executes a return
statement to return control to the
command level, the command interpreter uses the return status value to conditionally
display a message on the current output device.
To provide a unique means of identifying every return condition in the system, bit fields within the value are defined as shown in Figure 3.5, “Bit Fields Within a Return Status Value”.

The following list describes the division of this bit field:
control bits (31-28)
Define special action(s) to be taken. At present, only bit 28 is used. When set, it
inhibits the printing of the message associated with the return status value at image
exit. Bits 29 through 31 are reserved for future use by VSI and must be 0
.
facility number (27-16)
A unique value assigned to the system component, or facility, that is returning the status value. Within this field, bit 27 has a special significance. If bit 27 is clear, the facility is a VSI facility: the remaining value in the facility number field is a number assigned by the operating system. If bit 27 is set, the number indicates a customer-defined facility.
message number (15-3)
An identification number that specifically describes the return status or condition. Within this field, bit 15 has a special significance. If bit 15 is set, the message number is unique to the facility issuing the message. If bit 15 is clear, the message is issued by more than one system facility.
severity (2-0)
Value |
Meaning |
---|---|
0 |
Warning |
1 |
Success |
2 |
Error |
3 |
Informational |
4 |
Severe error, FATAL |
5-7 |
Reserved |
Odd values indicate success (an informational condition is considered a successful status) and even values indicate failures (a warning is considered an unsuccessful status).
control bitsbit 28 (inhibit message) |
CONTROLINHIB_MSG |
facility numberbit 27 (customer facility) |
FAC_NOCUST_DEF |
message numberbit 15 (facility specific) |
MSG_NOFAC_SP |
severitybit 0 (success) |
SEVERITYSUCCESS |
When testing return values in a VSI C program, either you can test only for successful completion of a procedure or you can test for specific return status values.
3.9.2. Manipulating Return Status Values
You can construct a structure or union that describes a return status value, but
this method of manipulating return status values is not recommended. A status value is
usually constructed or checked using bitwise operators. VSI C provides the
<stsdef.h>
header file, which contains preprocessor definitions to
make this job easier. All the preprocessor symbols are named according to the following
OpenVMS naming convention:
STS$type_name
STS
Identifies standard return status values.
type
K |
Represents a constant value |
M |
Represents a bit mask |
S |
Represents the bit size of a field |
V |
Defines the bit offset to the field |
name
An abbreviation for the field name.
<stsdef.h>
for
the facility number field, FAC_NO, which spans bits 16 through 27:
/* Size of field in bits */ #define STS$S_FAC_NO 12 /* Bit offset to the * * beginning of the field */ #define STS$V_FAC_NO 16 /* Bit mask of the field */ #define STS$M_FAC_NO 0xFFF0000
Figure 3.6, “Internal Representation of a Status Value” shows how the status value is represented internally.

(status & STS$M_FAC_NO) >> STS$V_FAC_NO
In the previous example, the parentheses are required for the expression to be evaluated properly; the relative precedence of the bitwise AND operator (&) is lower than the precedence of the binary shift operator (>>).
3.9.3. Testing for Success or Failure
To test a return status value for success or failure, you need only test the success bit. A value of true in this bit indicates that the return value is a successful value.
/* This program shows how to test the success bit. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <stsdef.h> #include <starlet.h> #include <stdlib.h> int main(void) { int status; $DESCRIPTOR(name, "student"); status = sys$setprn(&name); if (status & STS$M_SUCCESS) /* Success code */ fprintf(stderr, "Successful completion"); else /* Failure code */ fprintf(stderr, "Failed to set process name.\n"); exit(status); }
The failure code in Example 3.21, “Testing for Success” causes the printing of a
program-specific message indicating the condition that caused the program to terminate.
The error status is passed to the DCL by the exit
function, which then
interprets the status value.
3.9.4. Testing for Specific Return Status Values
Each numeric return status value defined by the system has a symbolic name associated with it. The names of these values are defined as system global symbols, and you can access their values by referring to their symbolic names.
The global symbol names for OpenVMS return status values have the following format:
facility$_code
facility
An abbreviation or acronym for the system facility that defined the global symbol.
code
A mnemonic for the specific status value.
Facility |
Description |
---|---|
SS |
System services; these status codes are listed in the VSI OpenVMS System Services Reference Manual. |
RMS |
File system procedures; these status codes are listed in the VSI OpenVMS Record Management Services Reference Manual. |
SOR |
SORT procedures; these status codes are listed in the VMS Sort/Merge Utility Manual. |
The definitions of the global symbol names for the facilities listed are located in the default VSI C object module libraries, so they are automatically located when you link a VSI C program that references them.
Determine, from the documentation of the procedure, the status values that can be returned, and choose the values for which you want to provide specific tests.
- Declare the symbolic name for each value of interest. The
<ssdef.h>
and<rmsdef.h>
header files define the system service and RMS return status values, respectively. If you are checking return status values from other facilities, such as the SORT utility, you must explicitly declare the return values asglobalvalue int
. Consider the following example:globalvalue int SOR$_OPENIN;
Reference the symbols in your program.
<ssdef.h>
header file. /* This program checks for specific return status values. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <ssdef.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> $DESCRIPTOR(message,"\07**Lunch_time**\07"); int main(void) { int status = SYS$BRDCST(&message,0); if (status != SS$_NORMAL) { if (status == SS$_NOPRIV) fprintf(stderr, "Can't broadcast; requires OPER \ privilege."); else fprintf(stderr, "Can't broadcast; some fatal \ error."); exit(status); } }
3.10. Examples of Calling System Routines
This section provides complete examples of calling system routines from VSI C. Example 3.23, “Passing Arguments to System Services” shows the three mechanisms for passing arguments to system services and also shows how to test for status return codes. Example 3.24, “Determining $QIO Completion” shows various ways of testing for successful $QIO completion. Example 3.25, “Using Time Routines” shows how to use time conversion and set timer routines.
/* GETMSG.C This program is an example showing the three mechanisms for passing arguments to system services. It also shows how to test for specific status return codes from a system service call. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <ssdef.h> #include <lib$routines.h> int main(void) { int message_id; short message_len; char text[133]; $DESCRIPTOR(message_text, text); register status; while (printf("\nEnter a message number <Ctrl/Z to quit>: "), scanf("%d", &message_id) != EOF) { /* Retrieve message associated with the number. */ status = SYS$GETMSG(message_id, &message_len, &message_text, 15, 0); /* Check for status conditions. */ if (status == SS$_NORMAL) printf("\n%.*s\n", message_len, text); else if (status == SS$_BUFFEROVF) printf("\nBUFFER OVERFLOW – Text is: %.*s\n", message_len, text); else if (status == SS$_MSGNOTFND) printf("\nMESSAGE NOT FOUND.\n"); else { printf("\nUnexpected error in $GETMSG call.\n"); LIB$STOP(status); } } }
/* ASYNCH.C This program shows various ways to determine $QIO completion. It also shows the use of an IOSB to obtain information about the I/O operation. */ #include <iodef.h> #include <ssdef.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <lib$routines.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <starlet.h> #include <string.h> typedef struct { short cond_value; short count; int info; } io_statblk; main(void) { char text_string[] = "This was written by the $QIO."; register status; short chan; io_statblk status_block; int AST_PROC(); $DESCRIPTOR (terminal, "SYS$COMMAND"); /* Assign I/O channel. */ if (((status = SYS$ASSIGN (&terminal, &chan,0,0)) & 1) != 1) LIB$STOP (status); /* Queue the I/O. */ if (((status = SYS$QIO (1, chan, IO$_WRITEVBLK, &status_block, AST_PROC, &status_block, text_string, strlen(text_string),0,32,0,0)) & 1) != 1) LIB$STOP (status); /* Wait for the I/O operation to complete. */ if (((status = SYS$SYNCH (1, &status_block)) & 1) != 1) LIB$STOP (status); if ((status_block.cond_value &1) != 1) LIB$STOP(status_block.cond_value); printf ("\nThe I/O operation and AST procedure are done."); } AST_PROC (*write_status) io_statblk *write_status; /* This function is called as an AST procedure. It uses the AST parameter passed to it by $QIO to determine how many characters were written to the terminal. */ { printf("\nNumber of characters output is %d", write_status->count); printf("\nI/O completion status is %d", write_status->cond_value); }
/* ALARM.C This program shows the use of time conversion and set timer routines. */ #include <stdio.h> #include <descrip.h> #include <ssdef.h> #include <lib$routines.h> #include <starlet.h> main(void) { #define event_flag 2 #define timer_id 3 typedef int quadword[2]; quadword delay_int; $DESCRIPTOR(offset, "0 ::15.00"); char cur_time[24]; $DESCRIPTOR(cur_time_desc, cur_time); int i; unsigned state; register status; /* Convert offset from ASCII to binary format. */ if (((status=SYS$BINTIM(&offset, delay_int)) &1) != 1) LIB$STOP(status); /* Output current time. */ if (((status=LIB$DATE_TIME(&cur_time_desc)) &1) != 1) LIB$STOP(status); cur_time[23] = '\0'; printf("The current time is : %s\n", cur_time); /* Set the timer to expire in 15 seconds. */ if (((status=SYS$SETIMR(event_flag, &delay_int, 0, timer_id)) &1) != 1) LIB$STOP(status); /* Count to 1000000. */ printf("beginning count….\n"); for (i=0; i<=1000000; i++) ; /* Check if the timer expired. */ switch (status = SYS$READEF(event_flag, &state)) { case SS$_WASCLR : /* Cancel timer */ if (((status=SYS$CANTIM(timer_id, 0)) &1) != 1) LIB$STOP(status); printf("Count completed before timer expired.\n"); printf("Timer canceled.\n"); break; case SS$_WASSET : printf("Timer expired before count completed.\n"); break; default : LIB$STOP(status); break; } }
Chapter 4. Data Storage and Representation
Storage allocation (Section 4.1, “Storage Allocation”)
Standard-conforming method of controlling external objects (Section 4.2, “Standard-Conforming Method of Controlling External Objects”)
Global storage classes (Section 4.3, “Global Storage Classes”)
Storage-class modifiers (Section 4.4, “Storage-Class Modifiers”)
Floating-point numbers (Section 4.5, “Floating-Point Numbers (float, double, long double)”)
Pointer conversions (Section 4.6, “Pointer Conversions”)
Structure alignment (Section 4.7, “Structure Alignment”)
Program sections (Section 4.8, “Program Sections”)
4.1. Storage Allocation
On the run-time stack
In a machine register
In a program section (psect)
Variables that are placed on the stack or in a register are temporary. For example,
variables of the auto
and register
storage classes are temporary.
Their lifetimes are limited to the execution of a single block or function. All
declarations of the internal storage classes (auto
and register
)
are also definitions; the compiler generates code to establish storage at this point in the
program.
Note
The compiler does not
necessarily allocate distinct variables to memory locations according to the order of
appearance in the source code. Furthermore, the order of allocation can change as a
result of seemingly unrelated changes to the source code, command-line options, or
from one version of the compiler to the next; it is essentially unpredictable. The
only way to control the placement of variables relative to each other is to make them
members of the same struct
type or, on OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, by
using the noreorder
attribute on a named #pragma extern_model
strict_refdef
.
For a comparison between the global and external storage classes, see Section 4.3.2, “Comparing the Global and the External Storage Classes”.
For more information about psects, see Section 4.8, “Program Sections”.
4.2. Standard-Conforming Method of Controlling External Objects
globaldef
globalref
globalvalue
noshare
readonly
_align
These keywords are supported by the VSI C compiler for compatibility purposes, and are available only in VAX C mode (/STANDARD=VAXC) and relaxed mode (/STANDARD=RELAXED).
However, the VSI C compiler also provides an alternative, standard-conforming method of
controlling objects that have external linkage. To take advantage of this method, use the
#pragma extern_model
preprocessor directive and the /EXTERN_MODEL and
/[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS command-line qualifiers.
The pragma and command-line qualifiers replace the VAX C mode storage-class specifiers
(globaldef
, globalref
, globalvalue
) and
storage-class modifiers (noshare
and readonly
). They allow you to
select the implementation model of external data and control the psect usage of your
programs. The _align
storage-class modifier is still used to ensure object
alignment.
Since the VAX C mode keywords do not follow standard C spelling rules, they cannot be provided in strict ANSI C mode. The pragma and qualifiers, however, can be used in any mode of the VSI C compiler.
The pragma and qualifiers allow
extern
on OpenVMS systems to function in a manner more similar to other systems.The pragma and qualifiers make it easier for you to write OpenVMS shareable images with VSI C. Previously, that task required you to add an additional keyword to every declaration of external data.
For a description of the #pragma extern_model
preprocessor directive and
its relationship to the external storage classes it replaces, see Section 5.4.5, “#pragma extern_model Directive”.
For a description of the _align
storage-class modifier, see Section 4.4.3, “The _align Modifier”.
For a description of the /EXTERN_MODEL and /[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS command-line qualifiers, see Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”.
4.3. Global Storage Classes
In addition to the storage-class specifiers described in the VSI C Reference Manual, the VAX C
compatibility mode of VSI C provides the globaldef
, globalref
, and
globalvalue
storage-class specifiers. These specifiers allow you to assign
the global storage classes to identifiers. The global storage classes are specific to
VSI C for OpenVMS systems and are not portable.
4.3.1. The globaldef and globalref Specifiers
Use the globaldef
specifier to define a global variable. Use the
globalref
specifier to refer to a global variable defined elsewhere in
the program.
globaldef
specifier to define a global symbol, the
symbol is placed in one of three program sections: the $DATA
(VAX only) or $DATA$ (Alpha, I64) psect using
globaldef
alone, the $CODE (VAX only) or $READONLY$
(Alpha, I64) psect using globaldef
with
readonly
or const
, or a user-named psect. You can create a
user-named
psect by specifying the psect name as a string constant in braces immediately following
the globaldef
keyword, as shown in the following definition:
globaldef{"psect_name"} int x = 2;
This definition creates a program section called psect_name
and
allocates the variable x
in that psect. You can add any number of global
variables to this psect by specifying the same psect name in other
globaldef
declarations. In addition, you can specify the
noshare
modifier to create the psect with the NOSHR attribute.
Similarly, you can specify the readonly
or const
modifier to
create the psect with the NOWRT attribute. For more information about the possible
combinations of specifiers and modifiers, and the effects of the storage-class modifiers
on program section attributes, see Section 4.8, “Program Sections”.
globaldef
can be
initialized; variables declared with
globalref
cannot, because these declarations refer to variables defined,
and possibly initialized, elsewhere in the program. Initialization is possible only when
storage is allocated for an object. This distinction is especially important when the
readonly
or const
modifier is used; unless the global
variable is initialized when the variable is defined, its permanent value is 0. Note
In the VAX MACRO programming language, it is possible to give a global variable more than one name. However, in VSI C, only one global name can be used for a particular variable. VSI C assumes that distinct global variable names denote distinct objects; the storage associated with different names must not overlap.
/* This example shows how global variables are used * * in VSI C programs. */ #include <stdlib.h> #include <stdio.h> extern void fn();int ex_counter = 0;
globaldef double velocity = 3.0e10;
globaldef {"distance"} long miles = 100; int main() { printf(" *** FIRST COMP UNIT ***\n"); printf("counter:\t%d\n", ex_counter); printf("velocity:\t%g\n", velocity); printf("miles:\t\t%d\n\n", miles); fn(); printf(" *** FIRST COMP UNIT ***\n"); printf("counter:\t%d\n", ex_counter);
printf("velocity:\t%g\n", velocity); printf("miles:\t\t%d\n\n", miles); exit (EXIT_SUCCESS); } /* ---------------------------------------------------- * * The following code is contained in a separate * * compilation unit. * * ---------------------------------------------------- */ #include <stdio.h> static ex_counter;
globalref double velocity; globalref long miles; fn(void) { ++ex_counter; printf(" *** SECOND COMP UNIT ***\n"); if ( miles > 50 ) velocity = miles * 3.1 / 200 ; printf("counter:\t%d\n", ex_counter); printf("velocity:\t%g\n", velocity); printf("miles:\t\t%d\n", miles); }
$
RUN EXAMPLE.EXE
*** FIRST COMP UNIT ***
counter: 0
velocity: 3.000000e+10
miles: 100
*** SECOND COMP UNIT ***
counter: 1
velocity: 1.55
miles: 100
*** FIRST COMP UNIT ***
counter: 0
velocity: 1.55
miles: 100
4.3.2. Comparing the Global and the External Storage Classes
The global storage-class specifiers define and declare objects that differ from external variables both in their storage allocation and in their correspondence to elements of other languages. Global variables provide a convenient and efficient way for a VSI C function to communicate with assembly language programs, with OpenVMS system services and data structures, and with other high-level languages that support global symbol definition, such as PL/I. For more information about multilanguage programming, see Chapter 3, Using VSI C in the Common Language Environment.
VSI C imposes no limit on the number of external variables in a single program.
If you have a limited amount of storage available, you may use the
globalvalue
specifier (see Section 4.3.3, “The globalvalue Specifier”) since an object defined as aglobalvalue
does not occupy storage in your program; the external variables create program sections.You can declare a global variable, using
globaldef
, inside a function or block, and by using aglobalref
specifier, access the identifier from another compilation unit. With external variables, you must define the variable outside all functions and blocks, and then access that variable in other compilation units by usingextern
declarations.The global variables correspond to global symbols declared in assembly language programs, but external variables (
extern
) correspond with FORTRAN common blocks.A
globalref
declaration causes the linker to load the module containing the correspondingglobaldef
into the image (unless theglobalref
is not referenced, in which case VSI C optimizes it away). Anextern
declaration does not cause the linker to do so. Anextern
declaration causes an overlaying of a psect (see Section 4.8, “Program Sections” for details about psects).In programming environments other than the OpenVMS environment, C programmers may be accustomed toextern
declarations causing the loading of a module into the program's executable image. If transportability is an issue, you can define the following symbols—at the compilation-unit level, outside of all functions—to allocate storage differently depending on the system you are using:#ifdef __DECC #define EXPORT globaldef #define IMPORT globalref #else #define EXPORT #define IMPORT extern #endif . . . IMPORT int foo; EXPORT int foo = 53;
One similarity between the external and global storage classes is in the way the compiler recognizes these variables internally. External and global identifiers are not case-sensitive. No matter how the external and global identifiers appear in the source code, the compiler converts them to uppercase letters. For ease in debugging programs, express all global and external variable identifiers in uppercase letters.
Another similarity between the external and global storage classes is that you can
place the external variables and the global variables (optionally) in psects with a
user-defined name and, to some degree, user-defined attributes. The compiler places
external variables in psects of the same name as the variable identifier, viewed by the
linker in uppercase letters. The compiler places
globaldef
{“name”} variables in psects with names specified
in quotation marks, delimited by braces, and located directly after the
globaldef
specifier in a declaration. Again, the linker considers the
psect name to be in uppercase letters.
The compiler places a variable declared using only the globaldef
specifier and a data-type keyword into the $DATA (VAX only) or
$DATA$ (Alpha, I64) psect. For
more information about the possible combinations of specifiers and modifiers, and the
effects of the storage-class modifiers on program section attributes, see Section 4.8, “Program Sections”.
4.3.3. The globalvalue Specifier
Note
You can use the globalvalue
specifier only with identifiers of
type enum
, int
, or with pointer variables.
An identifier declared with globalvalue
does not require storage.
Instead, the linker resolves all references to the value. If an initializer appears with
globalvalue
, the name defines a global symbol for the given initial
value. If no initializer appears, the globalvalue
construct is considered a
reference to some previously defined global value.
Predefined global values serve many purposes in OpenVMS system programming, such as defining status values. It is customary in OpenVMS system programming to avoid explicit references to such values as those returned by system services, and to use instead the global names for those values.
4.4. Storage-Class Modifiers
VSI C for OpenVMS systems provides support for the storage-class modifiers noshare
,
readonly
, and _align
as VAX C keywords. The recognition of
these three storage-class modifiers as keywords (along with the other VAX C specific
keywords) is controlled by a combination of the compiler mode and the /ACCEPT command-line
qualifier. The default behavior on OpenVMS systems is for the compiler to recognize these
storage-class modifiers as keywords in the VAX C compatibility mode and relaxed mode
(assuming that /ACCEPT=NOVAXC_KEYWORDS is not also specified.) Conversely, they are not
recognized by default in all other modes unless overridden by
/ACCEPT=VAXC_KEYWORDS.
VSI C also provides the __inline
, __forceinline
and
__align
storage-class
modifiers. These are recognized as valid keywords in all compiler modes on all platforms.
They are in the namespace reserved to the C implementation, so it is not necessary to allow
them to be treated as user-declared identifiers. They have the same effects on all
platforms, except that on VAX systems, the __forceinline
modifier does not
cause any more inlining than the __inline
modifier does.
VSI C also provides the inline
storage-class modifier. This modifier is
supported in relaxed mode (/STANDARD=RELAXED) or if the /ACCEPT=C99_KEYWORDS or
/ACCEPT=GCCINLINE qualifier is specified.
For additional information about the __inline
, __forceinline
,
__align
, and inline
storage-class modifiers, see the VSI C Reference Manual.
extern noshare int x; /* Or, equivalently… */ int noshare extern x;
The following sections describe each of the VSI C storage-class modifiers.
4.4.1. The noshare Modifier
The noshare
storage-class modifier assigns the attribute NOSHR to the
program section of the variable. Use this modifier to allow other programs, used as
shareable images, to have a copy of the variable's psect without the shareable images
changing the variable's value in the original psect.
When a variable is declared with the noshare
modifier and a shared image
that has been linked to your program refers to that variable, a copy is made of the
variable's original psect to a new psect in the other image. The other program may alter
the value of that variable within the local psect without changing the value still
stored in the psect of the original program.
For example, if you need to establish a set of data that will be used by several
programs to initialize local data sets, then declare the external variables using the
noshare
specifier in a VSI C program. Each program receives a copy of the
original data set to manipulate, but the original data set remains for the next program
to use. If you define the data as extern
without the noshare
modifier, a copy of the psect of that variable is not made; each program would be
allowed access to the original data set, and the initial values would be lost as each
program stores the values for the data in the psect. If the data is declared as
const
or readonly
, each program is able to access the
original data set, but none of the programs can then change the values.
You can use the noshare
modifier with the static
,
extern
, globaldef
, and
globaldef
{“name”} storage-class specifiers. For more
information about the possible combinations of specifiers and modifiers, and the effects
of the storage-class modifiers on program-section attributes, see Section 4.8, “Program Sections”.
You can use noshare
alone, which implies an external definition of
storage class extern
. Also, when declaring variables using the
extern
and globaldef
{“name”} storage-class
specifiers, you can use noshare
, const
, and
readonly
, together, in the declaration. If you declare variables using
the static
or the globaldef
specifiers, and you use both of
the modifiers in the declaration, the compiler ignores noshare
and accepts
const
or readonly
.
4.4.2. The readonly Modifier
The readonly
storage-class modifier, like the const
data-type qualifier, assigns the NOWRT attribute to the variable's program section; if
used with the static
or globaldef
specifier, the variable is
stored in the $CODE psect, which has the NOWRT attribute by default.
You can use both the readonly
and const
modifiers with the
static
, extern
, globaldef
, and
globaldef
{“psect”} storage-class specifiers.
In addition, both the readonly
modifier and the const
modifier can be used alone. When you specify these modifiers alone, an external
definition of storage class extern
is implied.
The const
modifier restricts access to data in the same
manner as the
readonly
modifier. However, in the declaration of a pointer, the
readonly
modifier cannot appear between the asterisk and the pointer
variable to which it applies.
const
and
readonly
modifiers. In both instances, the point
variable
represents a constant pointer to a nonconstant integer. readonly int * point; int * const point;
Note
For new program development, VSI recommends that you use the const
modifier, because const
is standard-conforming and
readonly
is not.
4.4.3. The _align Modifier
The _align
and __align
storage-class modifiers have the
same semantic meaning. The difference is that __align
is a keyword in all
compiler modes while _align
is a keyword only in modes that recognize VAX C
keywords. For new programs, using __align
is recommended.
The _align
and __align
storage-class modifiers align
objects of any of the VSI C data types on a specified storage boundary. Use these
modifiers in a data declaration or definition.
See the VSI C Reference Manual for a detailed description of __align
and
_align
.
4.5. Floating-Point Numbers (float, double, long double)
When declaring floating-point variables, you determine the amount of precision needed for the stored object. In VSI C, you can have single-precision, double-precision, and extended double-precision variables.
The float
keyword declares a single-precision, floating-point variable. A
float
variable is represented internally in the VAX compatible,
F_floating-point binary format.
For double-precision variables, you can choose D_floating or G_floating. On Alpha and I64 systems, you can also choose single- and double-precision IEEE formats (S_floating and T_floating, respectively), and extended double-precision format (X_floating).
The double
keyword declares a double-precision, floating-point variable.
VSI C provides two VAX C compatible formats for specifying double
variables:
D_floating or G_floating.
Note
When the compiler is run with
the /STANDARD=VAXC qualifier, the use of
the
long float
keyword, which is interchangeable with the
double
keyword, is allowed but elicits a warning that this is
obsolete usage. The long float
keyword is not allowed when the compiler
is run with the /STANDARD=ANSI89 qualifier.
In VAX C, the default representation of double
variables is D_floating. To
select the G_floating representation, compile with the /G_FLOAT qualifier.
In VSI C, the /FLOAT qualifier replaces the /G_FLOAT qualifier, but /G_FLOAT is retained for compatibility.
When compiling with VSI C on OpenVMS VAX systems, if you omit both /G_FLOAT and /FLOAT,
the default representation of double
variables is D_floating (unless /MIA is
specified, in which case the default is G_floating).
When compiling with VSI C on OpenVMS Alpha systems, if you omit both /G_FLOAT and /FLOAT,
the default representation of double
variables is G_floating.
When compiling with VSI C on OpenVMS I64 systems, the default representation of
single
and double
variables is IEEE_floating. See the /FLOAT
qualifier for more information on floating-point representation on I64 systems.
For OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, the /FLOAT qualifier accepts the
additional option
IEEE_FLOAT. If you specify /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT, single and double
variables are
represented in IEEE_floating format (S_floating for single float, and T_floating for
double
float).
Note
The VAX D_floating double-precision floating-point type is minimally supported on OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems. When compiling with this type, all data transfer is done with the data in D_floating format, but for each arithmetic operation the data is converted first to G_floating and then back to D_floating format when the operation is complete. Therefore, it is possible to lose three binary digits of precision in arithmetic operations. This floating-point type is provided for compatibility with VAX systems.
Modules compiled with the D_floating representation should not be linked with modules compiled with the G_floating representation. Since there are no functions in the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) that perform floating-point format conversions on files, use the OpenVMS RTL functions MTH$CVT_D_G, MTH$CVT_G_D, MTH$CVT_DA_GA, and MTH$CVT_GA_DA if you do not wish to recompile the program. For more information about using the OpenVMS RTL, see the VMS Run-Time Library Routines Volume.
On VAX systems, VSI C maps the standard C defined long double
type to the G_floating or D_floating format.
long double
variables are represented by
default in the software-emulated X_floating format. If you specify /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=64,
long double
variables are represented as G_floating, D_floating, or
T_floating, depending on the value of the /FLOAT or /G_FLOAT qualifier. Note
Modules must be linked to the appropriate run-time library. For more information about linking against the VSI C RTL shareable image and object libraries, see the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems.
Data type |
Floating-Point Format |
Length of Variable |
Range of Values |
Precision (decimal digits) |
---|---|---|---|---|
|
F_floating |
32-bit |
2.9 * 10 -39to 1.7 * 10 38 |
6 |
|
D_floating |
64-bit |
2.9 * 10 -39to 1.7 * 10 38 |
16 |
|
G_floating |
64-bit |
5.6 * 10 -309to 9.0 * 10 307 |
15 |
|
S_floating (Alpha, I64) |
32-bit |
1.2 * 10 -38to 3.4 * 10 38 |
6 |
|
T_floating (Alpha, I64) |
64-bit |
2.2 * 10 -308to 1.8 * 10 308 |
15 |
|
X_floating (Alpha, I64) |
128-bit |
3.4 * 10 -4932to 1.2 * 10 4932 |
33 |
4.6. Pointer Conversions
When running the compiler in VAX C mode, relaxed pointer and pointer/integer
compatibility is allowed. That is, all pointer and integer types are compatible, and
pointer types are compatible with each other regardless of the type of the object they
point to. Therefore, in VAX C mode, a pointer to float
is compatible with a
pointer to int
. This is not true in ANSI C mode.
Although pointer conversions do not involve a representation change when compiling in VAX C mode, because of alignment restrictions on some machines, access through an unaligned pointer can result in much slower access time, a machine exception, or unpredictable results.
4.7. Structure Alignment
The alignment and size of a structure is affected by the alignment requirements and sizes of the structure components for each VSI C platform. A structure can begin on any byte boundary and occupy any integral number of bytes. However, individual architectures or operating systems can specify particular alignment and padding requirements.
VSI C on VAX processors does not require that structures or structure members be aligned on any particular boundaries.
The components of a structure are laid out in memory in the order they are declared. The first component has the same address as the entire structure. On VAX processors, each additional component follows its predecessor in the immediately following byte.
struct {char c1; short s1; float f; char c2; }

The alignment of the entire structure can occur on any byte boundary, and no padding is
introduced. The float
variable f
may span longwords, and the
short
variable s1
may span words.
#pragma member_alignment
Structure alignment for VSI C for OpenVMS systems on VAX processors is achieved by the default,
#pragma nomember_alignment
, which causes data structure members to be
byte-aligned (with the exception of bit-field members).
Structure alignment for VSI C for OpenVMS systems on Alpha and Itanium processors is achieved by the
default, #pragma member_alignment
, which causes data structure members to be
naturally aligned. This means that data structure members are aligned on the next boundary
appropriate to the type of the member, rather than on the next byte.
For more information on the #pragma member_alignment
preprocessor
directive, see Section 5.4.13, “#pragma [no]member_alignment Directive”.
4.7.1. Bit-Field Alignment
Bit fields can have any integral type. However, the compiler issues a warning if
/STANDARD=ANSI89 is specified, and the type is something other than int
,
unsigned int
, or signed int
. Bit fields are allocated
within the unit from low order to high order. If a bit field immediately follows another
bit field, the bits are packed into adjacent space, even if this overflows into another
byte. However, if an unnamed bit field is specified to have length 0, filler is added so
the bit field immediately following starts on the next byte boundary.
struct {int i:2; int ii:2; unsigned int ui: 30; }

Bit field ii
is positioned immediately following bit field
i
. Because there are only 28 bit positions remaining and ui
requires 30 bits, the first 28 bits of ui
are put into the first longword,
and the remaining two bits overflow into the next longword.
4.7.2. Bit-Field Initialization
struct
s differently than VAX
C does. The following program compiles without error using both compilers but the
results are different. VSI C skips over unnamed bits but VAX C does
not.#include <stdio.h> int t() { static struct bar {unsigned :1; unsigned one : 1; unsigned two : 1; }; struct bar foo = {1,0}; printf("%d %d\n",foo.one,foo.two); return 1; }
1 0
0 0
4.7.3. Variant Structures and Unions
Variant structures and unions are VSI C extensions available in VAX C compatibility mode only, and they are not portable.
Variant structure and union declarations allow you to refer to members of nested aggregates without having to refer to intermediate structure or union identifiers. When a variant structure or union declaration is nested within another structure or union declaration, the enclosed variant aggregate ceases to exist as a separate aggregate, and VSI C propagates its members to the enclosing aggregate.
variant_struct
and
variant_union
keywords. The format of these declarations is the same as
that for regular structures or unions, with the following exceptions: Variant aggregates must be nested within other valid structure or union declarations.
A tag cannot be used in a variant aggregate declaration.
At least one declarator must be declared in the variant aggregate declaration, and it must not be declared as a pointer or an array.
Initialization of a variant structure or union is the same as that for a normal structure or union.
As with regular structures and unions, in VAX C compatibility mode, variant structures and unions in an assignment operation need only have the same size in bits, rather than requiring the same members and member types.
/* The numbers to the right of the code represent the byte offset * * from the enclosing structure or union declaration. */ struct TAG_1 { int a; /* 0-byte enclosing_struct offset */ char *b; /* 4-byte enclosing_struct offset */ union TAG_2 /* 8-byte enclosing_struct offset */ { int c; /* 0-byte nested_union offset */ struct TAG_3 /* 0-byte nested_union offset */ { int d; /* 0-byte nested_struct offset */ int e; /* 4-byte nested_struct offset */ } nested_struct; } nested_union; } enclosing_struct;
d
, then you need to specify all the
intermediate aggregate identifiers:
enclosing_struct.nested_union.nested_struct.d
d
without specifying the intermediate
identifiers, then you would access the incorrect offset from the incorrect structure.
Consider the following example:
enclosing_struct.d
The compiler uses the address of the original structure
(enclosing_struct
), and adds to it the assigned offset value for member
d
(0 bytes), even though the offset value for d
was
calculated according to the nested structure (nested_struct
). Consequently,
the compiler accesses member a
(0-byte offset from
enclosing_struct
) instead of member d
.
/* The numbers to the right of the code present the byte offset * * from enclosing_struct. */ struct TAG_1 { int a; /* 0-byte enclosing_struct offset */ char *b; /* 4-byte enclosing_struct offset */ variant_union { int c; /* 8-byte enclosing_struct offset */ variant_struct { int d; /* 8-byte enclosing_struct offset */ int e; /* 12-byte enclosing_struct offset */ } nested_struct; } nested_union; } enclosing_struct;
The members of the nested_union
and nested_struct
variant
aggregates are propagated to the immediately enclosing aggregate
(enclosing_struct
). The variant aggregates cease to exist as individual
aggregates.
Since the nested_union
and nested_struct
variant aggregates
do not exist as individual aggregates, you cannot use tags in their declarations, and
you cannot use their identifiers (nested_union
, nested_struct
)
in any reference to their members. However, you are free to use the identifiers in other
declarations and definitions within your program.
d
, use the following notation:
enclosing_struct.d
enclosing_struct.nested_union.nested_struct.d
struct
, the following offsets
would be in effect:
struct TAG_1 { int a; /* 0-byte enclosing_struct offset */ char *b; /* 4-byte enclosing_struct offset */ variant_union { int c; /* 8-byte enclosing_struct offset */ struct TAG_2 /* 8-byte enclosing-struct offset */ { int d; /* 0-byte nested_struct offset */ int e; /* 4-byte nested_struct offset */ } nested_struct; } nested_union; } enclosing_struct;
d
, use the following notation:
enclosing_struct.nested_union.nested_struct.d
4.8. Program Sections
The following sections describe program-section attributes and program sections created by VSI C for OpenVMS systems.
4.8.1. Attributes of Program Sections
As the VSI C compiler creates an object module, it groups data into contiguous program sections, or psects. The grouping depends on the attributes of the data and on whether the psects contain executable code or read/write variables.
The compiler also writes into each object module information about the program sections contained in it. The linker uses this information when it binds object modules into an executable image. As the linker allocates virtual memory for the image, it groups together program sections that have similar attributes.
Attribute |
Meaning |
---|---|
PIC or NOPIC |
The program section or the data these attributes refers to does not depend on any specific virtual memory location (PIC), or else the program section depends on one or more virtual memory locations (NOPIC).? |
CON or OVR |
The program section is concatenated with other program sections with the same name (CON) or overlaid on the same memory locations (OVR). |
REL or ABS |
The data in the program section can be relocated within virtual memory (REL) or is not considered in the allocation of virtual memory (ABS). |
GBL or LCL |
The program section is part of one cluster, is referenced by the same program section name in different clusters (GBL), or is local to each cluster in which its name appears (LCL). |
EXE or NOEXE |
The program section contains executable code (EXE) or does not contain executable code (NOEXE). |
WRT or NOWRT |
The program section contains data that can be modified (WRT) or data that cannot be modified (NOWRT). |
RD or NORD |
These attributes are reserved for future use. |
SHR or NOSHR |
The program section can be shared in memory (SHR) or cannot be shared in memory (NOSHR). |
USR or LIB |
These attributes are reserved for future use. |
VEC or NOVEC |
The program section contains privileged change mode vectors (VEC) or does not contain those vectors (NOVEC). |
COM or NOCOM |
The program section is a conditionally defined psect associated
with a conditionally defined symbol. This is the type of psect created
when you declare an uninitialized definition with |
4.8.2. Program Sections Created by VSI C
$CODE (VAX only)—Contains all executable code and constant data (including variables defined with the
readonly
modifier orconst
type qualifier).$CODE$ (Alpha, I64)—Contains all executable code.
$READONLY$ (Alpha, I64)—Contains all constant data defined with the
readonly
modifier orconst
type qualifier.$DATA (VAX only) or $DATA$ (Alpha, I64)—Contains all static variables, as well as global variables defined without the
readonly
modifier orconst
type qualifier. $DATA also contains character-string constants when /ASSUME=WRITABLE_STRING_LITERALS is specified.$LITERAL$ (Alpha, I64)—Contains character-string constants when /ASSUME=NOWRITABLE_STRING_LITERALS is specified.
VSI C also creates additional program sections for variables declared with the
globaldef
keyword if the optional psect name in braces is specified, or for variables declared with theextern
storage class, depending on the external model.
All program sections created by VSI C have the PIC, REL, RD, USR, and NOVEC attributes.
On VAX systems, the $CODE psect is aligned on a byte boundary; all other psects
generated by VSI C are aligned on longword boundaries. On OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems,
all psects generated by VSI C are aligned on octaword boundaries. Note that use of the
_align
storage-class modifier can cause a psect to be aligned on greater
than a longword boundary on OpenVMS VAX systems. The $CHAR_STRING_CONSTANTS psect has
the same attributes as the $DATA (VAX only) and $DATA$
(Alpha, I64) psects.
- Table 4.4, “External Models and Definitions”, Table 4.5, “Combinations of Storage-Class Specifiers and Modifiers (Alpha, I64)” (Alpha, I64), and Table 4.6, “Combinations of Storage-Class Specifiers and Modifiers (VAX only)” (VAX only) show different cases of variable definitions and assign to them a storage-class code number:
Table 4.4, “External Models and Definitions” shows the effect of each
#pragma extern_model
preprocessor directive on the storage-class code number for external variable definitions that have anextern
storage class.Table 4.5, “Combinations of Storage-Class Specifiers and Modifiers (Alpha, I64)” shows the storage-class code number for variable definitions that do not have the
extern
storage class on OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems.Table 4.6, “Combinations of Storage-Class Specifiers and Modifiers (VAX only)” shows the storage-class code number for variable definitions that do not have the
extern
storage class on VAX systems.
Table 4.7, “Combination Attributes” shows the psect name and attributes associated with each storage-class code number from Tables 4.4, 4.5, and 4.6.
Storage-Class Code |
External Object Definition |
Interpretation |
---|---|---|
External Model: | ||
1 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
1 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
1 |
|
/* treated as an uninitialized definition */ |
2 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
2 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
2 |
|
/* treated as an uninitialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
3 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
3 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
3 |
|
/* treated as an uninitialized definition */ |
4 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
4 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
4 |
|
/* treated as an uninitialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
5 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
1 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
6 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
2 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
7 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
3 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
8 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
4 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
9 (Alpha, I64) |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
10 (VAX only) |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
10 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
11 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
11 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
12 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
12 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
13 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
13 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
External Model: | ||
14 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
14 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
15 |
|
/* uninitialized definition */ |
15 |
|
/* initialized definition */ |
Storage-Class Code |
Storage-Class Keyword Combination |
/SHARE or /NOSHARE |
Initialized or Not |
---|---|---|---|
9 |
|
Either |
No |
10 |
|
Either |
Yes |
11 |
|
Either |
Either |
9 |
|
Either |
No |
10 |
|
Either |
Yes |
11 |
|
Either |
Either |
14 |
|
/SHARE |
Either |
12 |
|
/NOSHARE |
Either |
15 |
|
/SHARE |
Either |
13 |
|
/NOSHARE |
Either |
name
is used for the psect name in Table 4.7, “Combination Attributes”, the
name of the psect is the same as name
in the declarations or pragmas in
Table 4.4, “External Models and Definitions”, or the quoted brace-enclosed names in Tables
4.5 and 4.6.
Storage-Class Code |
Program Section Name |
Program Attributes |
---|---|---|
1 |
|
OVR, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
2 |
|
OVR, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
3 |
|
OVR, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
4 |
|
OVR, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
5 |
|
OVR, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, COM |
6 |
|
OVR, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, COM |
7 |
|
OVR, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, WRT, COM |
8 |
|
OVR, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, COM |
9 |
$BSS$ |
CON, LCL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
10 |
$DATA (VAX only) |
CON, LCL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
10 |
$DATA$ (Alpha, I64) |
CON, LCL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
11 |
$CODE (VAX only) |
CON, LCL, SHR, EXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
11 |
$READONLY$ (Alpha, I64) |
CON, LCL, SHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
12 |
"name" |
CON, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
13 |
"name" |
CON, GBL, NOSHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
14 |
"name" |
CON, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, WRT, NOCOM |
15 |
"name" |
CON, GBL, SHR, NOEXE, NOWRT, NOCOM |
readonly
and noshare
modifiers is
ignored by the compiler in the following declarations:
readonly noshare static int x; readonly noshare globaldef int x;
When it encounters a situation as shown in the previous example, the compiler ignores
the noshare
modifier and accepts readonly
. The order of the
storage-class specifier, the storage-class modifier, and the data-type keyword within a
declaration is not significant.
The VSI C compiler does static (global) initialization of pointers by using the .ADDRESS directive. By using this mechanism, the compiler efficiently generates position-independent code. The linker makes image sections that contain such initialization nonshareable.
Chapter 5. Preprocessor Directives
#
and possibly preceded by white space, are used to communicate with the
preprocessor. The VSI C Reference Manual describes the standard-conforming preprocessor directives available
with the VSI C compiler. This chapter describes the preprocessor directives that are either
specific to VSI C on OpenVMS systems, or that are used in an implementation-specific way: The
#dictionary
directive, used for CDD/Repository extraction (Section 5.4.3, “#pragma dictionary Directive”, Section 5.1, “CDD/Repository Extraction (#dictionary)”)The
#include
directive, used for file inclusion (Section 5.2, “File Inclusion (#include)”)The
#module
directive, for specifying an alternative name and identification for the object module (Section 5.3, “Changing the Default Object Module Name and Identification (#module)”, Section 5.4.15, “#pragma module Directive”)The
#pragma
directive and pragmas specific to OpenVMS systems (Section 5.4, “Implementation-Specific Preprocessor Directive (#pragma)”)
If you plan to port programs to and from other C implementations, take care in choosing which preprocessor directives to use within your programs. See the VSI C Reference Manual for more information about using preprocessor directives for conditional compilation. For a complete discussion of portability concerns, see the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems.
Preprocessor directives are independent of the usual scope rules; they remain in effect from their occurrence until the end of the compilation unit. For more information about the compilation unit, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.
5.1. CDD/Repository Extraction (#dictionary)
The #dictionary
directive is retained for compatibility with VAX C, and is
supported only when running VSI C in VAX C mode (/STANDARD=VAXC). See Section 5.4.3, “#pragma dictionary Directive” for information on using the standard C equivalent
#pragma dictionary
directive.
5.2. File Inclusion (#include)
The #include
directive inserts external text into the
source stream delivered to the compiler. This directive is often used to
include global definitions for use with VSI C functions and macros in
the program text.
The #include
directive is supported on all VSI C implementations, but the syntax
and semantics vary. For example, the directory search algorithm for locating included
files on OpenVMS systems differs from that on UNIX systems, primarily because of
differences in the native file systems and conventions on the two platforms.
Nevertheless, by choosing the lowest common denominator of plain text files in
directories to contain header files, you can define command-line options for both
platforms to cause searching to be done in the same way. VSI C for OpenVMS systems also provides a form of
the #include
directive specifically for including text modules from OpenVMS
text library files. The following sections describe the #include
directive
as implemented on OpenVMS systems.
The #include
directives may be nested to a depth
determined by the FILLM process quota and by virtual memory restrictions. The
VSI C compiler imposes no inherent limitation on the nesting level of
inclusion.
OpenVMS and most UNIX style file specifications can be included in VSI C source programs.
The following sections describe the different forms of the #include
directive.
5.2.1. Inclusion Using Angle Brackets
#include
preprocessor directive uses angle brackets
(<>)
to delimit the file specification:
#include <file-spec>
The file-spec is a valid file specification or a logical name. A file specification may be up to 255 characters long.
If the file-spec contains "/" or "!" characters, it is assumed to be a UNIX style name, and the compiler attempts to combine it with other UNIX style names from the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY command-line qualifier and translate the result to an OpenVMS file specification using RTL functions. Otherwise, the file-spec is treated as an OpenVMS file specification with defaults supplied from command-line qualifiers and logical names in a prescribed search order.
DBA0:[.dir-name…]
Depending on device logical names is not good practice. Instead, try to use only simple file names complete with the .h file type, and use the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier to specify the directories to search.
Any directories specified with the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier.
The directory or search list of directories specified in the logical name DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE, if DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE is defined.
If DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE is not defined, then the directory or search list of directories specified by DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE.
- If neither DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE nor DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE are defined as logical names, the compiler searches the following directories for plain text-file copies of compiler header files:
- SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.DECC$RTLDEF]
- SYS$COMMON:[DECC$LIB.INCLUDE.SYS$STARLET_C]
Normally, the compiler installation does not put any files in these directories, but the compiler will search them if they exist.
If the file is still not found, all directories and the file extension are stripped off and the steps for including a module from a text library are followed.
If the file is still not found, SYS$LIBRARY is searched.
You can define DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE to be a valid directory specification or a search list of valid directory specifications. Before each compilation of your program, you can redefine DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE to be any valid directory or list of directories you choose.
DBA0:[dir-name.]
When defining DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE, use complete directory specifications.
Note
The purpose of DECC$LIBRARY_INCLUDE is to identify an alternative location for all header files normally provided by the compiler installation. Therefore, if this logical is defined, the compiler does not search the SYS$COMMON directories, the SYS$LIBRARY text libraries, or header files it would normally search.
The purpose of DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE is to define the order for
searching directories of plain-text files for the angle-bracketed form of
#include
. Defining this logical does not suppress the
search of the SYS$LIBRARY text libraries where the compiler-supplied header
files normally reside.
#include
directives of the following form:
#include <sys/file.h>
/sys/file.h
SYS:FILE.H
If you port programs containing such directives, define the SYS logical to be the proper name of the OpenVMS directory containing the files to be included.
Another way to use UNIX style directories is to specify them on the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY command-line qualifier. They must contain a "/" character and must, therefore, be in quotation marks.
5.2.2. Inclusion Using Quotation Marks
#include
preprocessor directive uses quotation marks to
delimit the file specification:
#include "file-spec"
The file-spec is a valid OpenVMS or UNIX style file specification.
- One of the following directories:
If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=INCLUDE_FILE (the default) is specified, the directory where the immediately containing include file is located (that is, the directory containing the file in which the
#include
directive occurred).If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=PRIMARY_FILE is specified, the directory containing the top-level source file (that is, the directory containing the .C file being compiled, which is not necessarily the current default directory). This is most similar to the behavior of the VAX C compiler.
If /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=NONE is specified, then skip this step and begin at step 2.
Any directories specified with the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier.
The directory or search list of directories specified in the logical name DECC$USER_INCLUDE, if DECC$USER_INCLUDE is defined.
If the file is still not found, the steps for angle-bracketed files are followed.
Note that when /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY=PRIMARY_FILE is specified, the directory containing the top-level source file is not necessarily the current RMS default device and directory.
$
CC DBA0:[OTHERDIR]EXAMPLE.C
If the compiler cannot locate the specified file, it searches any directories specified by the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier.
If the compiler still cannot locate the specified file, it translates the logical name DECC$USER_INCLUDE. If DECC$USER_INCLUDE translates to a valid directory specification or a search list of directories, the compiler searches that directory or directories for the specified file. Before each compilation of your program, you can redefine DECC$USER_INCLUDE to be any valid directory or list of directories you choose.
As with DECC$SYSTEM_INCLUDE, do not define DECC$USER_INCLUDE to be a rooted directory or subdirectory. Use complete directory specifications when defining DECC$USER_INCLUDE.
If you defined DECC$USER_INCLUDE, and the compiler cannot locate the specified file in that directory or search list of directories, the file-spec is treated as if it were enclosed in angle brackets instead of quotation marks.
5.2.3. Inclusion of Text Modules
#include
preprocessor directive is
used for including module
names:#include module-name
The module-name is the name of a module in a text library.
This method of inclusion is not portable unless module-name is a macro that expands to either the angle-bracket or quoted form. This module-name syntax is provided for compatibility with VAX C and other OpenVMS compilers only, and should generally be avoided.
A text library can be created with the LIBRARY command and specified with the /LIBRARY qualifier on the CC command line.
- If you compile more than one compilation unit using a single CC command, you must specify the library within each of the compilation units, if needed. For example:
$
CC sourcea+mylib/LIBRARY, sourceb+mylib/LIBRARY
- If you specify more than one library to the VSI C compiler, and if the
#include
directives are not nested (see the note in Section 5.2.2, “Inclusion Using Quotation Marks”), then the libraries are searched in the specified order each time an#include
directive is encountered. Consider the following example:$
CC sourcea+mylib/LIBRARY+yourlib/LIBRARY
In this example, the compiler searches for modules referenced in
#include
directives first in MYLIB.TLB and then in YOURLIB.TLB. - If no library is specified on the CC command line, or if the specified module cannot be found in any of the specified libraries, the following actions are taken:
5.3. Changing the Default Object Module Name and Identification (#module)
The #module
directive is retained for compatibility with VAX C and is supported
only when running VSI C in VAX C mode (/STANDARD=VAXC). See Section 5.4.15, “#pragma module Directive”
for information on using the standard C equivalent #pragma module
directive.
5.4. Implementation-Specific Preprocessor Directive (#pragma)
The #pragma
directive is a standard method for
implementing features that vary from one compiler to the next. This section
describes the implementation-specific pragmas that are available on the
VSI C compiler for OpenVMS systems. Pragmas supported by
all implementations of VSI C are described in the VSI C Reference Manual.
#pragma
directives are subject to macro expansion in the preprocessor before
being translated. A macro reference can occur anywhere after the keyword
pragma
. The following example demonstrates this feature using the
#pragma inline
directive:
#define opt inline #define f func #pragma opt(f)
The #pragma
directive becomes #pragma inline (func)
after both
macros are expanded.
builtins inline linkage standard dictionary noinline module nostandard extern_model member_alignment message use_linkage extern_prefix nomember_alignment
Note
An _nm
suffix can be appended to any of the above-listed macros
to prevent macro expansion. For example, to prevent macro expansion on
#pragma inline
, specify it as #pragma
inline_nm
.
Also, to provide macro-expansion support to those pragmas not listed above,
all pragmas (including those that are already specified as undergoing macro
expansion) have an alternative pragma-name_m
version, which makes the pragma subject to macro expansion. For example,
#pragma assert
is not subject to macro expansion, but
#pragma assert_m
is. Another example: #pragma
module
and #pragma module_m
are equivalent and both
subject to macro expansion.
The following sections describe the #pragma
directives.
5.4.1. #pragma assert Directive
The #pragma assert
directive lets you specify assertions
that the compiler can make about a program to generate more efficient code.
The pragma can also be used to verify that certain compile-time conditions are
met; this is useful in detecting conditions that could cause run-time faults.
The #pragma assert
directive is never needed to make a
program execute correctly, however if a #pragma assert
is
specified, the assertions must be valid or the program might behave
incorrectly.
#pragma assert
directive has the following formats:
#pragma assert func_attrs(identifier-list)function-assertions #pragma assert global_status_variable(variable-list) #pragma assert non_zero(constant-expression) string-literal
5.4.1.1. #pragma assert func_attrs
Use this form of the pragma to make assertions about a function's attributes.
The identifier-list is a list of function identifiers about which the compiler can make assumptions. If more than one identifier is specified, separate them by commas.
noreturn
nocalls_back
nostate
noeffects
file_scope_vars(option)
format (style, format-index, first-to-check-index)
noreturn
asserts to the compiler that any call to the
routine will never return.
nocalls_back
asserts to the compiler that no routine
in the source module will be called before control is returned from
this function.
nostate
asserts to the compiler that the value
returned by the function and any side-effects the function might have are
determined only by the function's arguments. If a function is marked as having
both noeffects and nostate, the compiler can eliminate redundant calls to the
function.
noeffects
asserts to the compiler that any call
to this function will have no effect except to set the return value
of the function. If the compiler determines that the return value from a
function call is never used, it can remove the call.
file_scope_vars
(option) asserts to the
compiler how a function will access variables declared at file scope (with
either internal or external linkage).
none
- The function will not read nor write to any file-scope variables except those whose type isvolatile
or those listed in a#pragma assert global_status_variable
.noreads
- The function will not read any file-scope variables except those whose type isvolatile
or those listed in a#pragma assert global_status_variable
.nowrites
- The function will not write to any file-scope variables except those whose type isvolatile
or those listed in a#pragma assert global_status_variable
.
format (style,
format-index,first-to-check-index)
asserts to the compiler that this function takes printf
- or
scanf
-style arguments to be type-checked against a format
string. Specify the parameters as follows: - style -
printf
orscanf
.
This determines how the format string is interpreted.
- format-index - {1|2|3|...}
This specifies which argument is the format-string argument (starting from 1).
- first-to-check-index - {0|1|2|...}
This is the number of the first argument to check against the format string.
For functions where the arguments are not available to be checked (such as
vprintf
), specify the third parameter as 0. In this case, the
compiler only checks the format string for consistency.
your_printf
for consistency with the printf
-style
format-string argument your_format
:
extern int your_printf (void *your_object, const char *your_format, ...); #pragma assert func_attrs(your_printf) format (printf, 2, 3)
The format string (your_format
) is the second argument of
the function your_printf
, and the arguments to check start
with the third argument, so the correct parameter values for
format-index and first-to-check-index are 2 and 3,
respectively.
The format
attribute of #pragma assert func_attrs
allows you to
identify your own functions that take format strings as arguments, so that the
compiler can check the calls to these functions for errors. The compiler checks
formats for the library functions printf
, fprintf
,
sprintf
, snprintf
, scanf
,
fscanf
, and sscanf
whenever these functions are
enabled as intrinsics (the default). You can use the format
attribute to assert that the compiler should check the formats of these
functions when they are not enabled as intrinsics.
5.4.1.2. #pragma assert global_status_variable
Use this form of the pragma to specify variables that are to be considered global status
variables, which are exempt from any assertions given to functions by
#pragma assert func_attrs file_scope_vars
directives.
The variable-list is a list of variables.
5.4.1.3. Usage Notes
#pragma assert func_attrs
and #pragma
assert global_status_variable
forms of the #pragma
assert
directive: The
#pragma assert
directive is not subject to macro replacement.The variables in the variable-list and the identifiers in the identifier-list must have declarations that are visible at the point of the
#pragma assert
directive.The
#pragma assert
directive must appear at file scope.- A function can appear on more than one
#pragma assert func_attrs
directive as long as each directive specifies a different assertion about the function. For example, the following is valid:#pragma assert func_attrs(a) nocalls_back #pragma assert func_attrs(a) file_scope_vars(noreads)
But the following is not valid:#pragma assert func_attrs(a) file_scope_vars(noreads) #pragma assert func_attrs(a) file_scope_vars(nowrites)
5.4.1.4. #pragma assert non_zero
This form of the #pragma assert
directive is supported on
both VAX and Alpha platforms.
#pragma assert non_zero(sizeof(a) == 12) "a is the wrong size"
sizeof a
is not 12, the
following diagnostic message is output:
CC-W-ASSERTFAIL, The assertion "(sizeof(a) == 12)" was not true. a is the wrong size.
Unlike the #pragma assert
options
func_attrs
and global_status_variable
,
#pragma assert non_zero
can appear either inside or outside a
function body. When used inside a function body, the pragma can appear
wherever a statement can appear, but the pragma is not treated as a statement.
When used outside a function body, the pragma can appear anywhere a declaration
can appear, but the pragma is not treated as a declaration.
#pragma assert
, you might need to
use the #pragma assert_m
directive to obtain the results you want.
Consider the following program that verifies both the size of a
struct
and the offset of one of its elements:
#include <stddef.h> typedef struct { int a; int b; } s; #pragma assert non_zero(sizeof(s) == 8) "sizeof assert failed" #pragma assert_m non_zero(offsetof(s,b) == 4) "offsetof assert failed"
Because offsetof
is a macro, the second pragma must be
#pragma assert_m
so that offsetof
will
expand correctly.
5.4.2. #pragma builtins Directive
The #pragma builtins
directive enables the VSI C built-in functions that directly
access processor instructions. This directive is provided for VAX C compatibility.
#pragma builtins
directive has the following format:
#pragma builtins
VSI C implements #pragma builtins
by including
the <builtins.h>
header file, and is equivalent to
#include <builtins.h>
on OpenVMS systems.
This header file contains prototype declarations for the built-in functions that allow them to
be used properly. By contrast, VAX C implemented this pragma with special-case code
within the compiler, which also supported a #pragma nobuiltins
preprocessor directive to turn off the special processing. Because declarations
cannot be "undeclared", VSI C does not support #pragma nobuiltins
.
Note
VAX C implemented both #pragma builtins
and #pragma
nobuiltins
. Under #pragma builtins
, the names of the
built-in functions were given special treatment. Under #pragma
nobuiltins
, the names of the built-in functions were given no
special treatment; as such, a user program was free to declare its own
functions or variables with the same names as the builtins and have them
behave as if they had ordinary names.
The VSI C implementation relies on the standard C reserved namespace, which states that any name matching the pattern described above is reserved for the exclusive use of the C implementation (that is, the compiler and RTL), and if a user program tries to declare or define such a name for its own purposes, the behavior is undefined.
So in VSI C, the #pragma builtins
directive includes a set of
declarations that makes the built-in functions operate as documented. But in
the absence of the #pragma builtins
directive, you cannot
declare your own functions with these names. Code that tries to do anything
with these names other than use them as documented, and in the presence of
#pragma builtins
, will likely encounter unexpected
problems.
5.4.3. #pragma dictionary Directive
The #pragma dictionary
directive allows you to extract CDD/Repository data
definitions and include these definitions in your program.
The standard-conforming #pragma dictionary
directive is equivalent to the VAX C
compatible #dictionary
directive (Section 5.1, “CDD/Repository Extraction (#dictionary)”),
but is supported in all compiler modes. (The #dictionary
directive is
retained for compatibility and is supported only when compiling with the
/STANDARD=VAXC qualifier.)
#pragma dictionary
directive has the following format:
#pragma dictionary CDD_path [null_terminate] [name (structure_name)] [text1_to_array | text1_to_char]
The CDD_path is a character string that gives the path name of a CDD/Repository record, or a macro that expands to the path name of the record.
The optional null_terminate
keyword can be used to
specify that all string data types should be null-terminated.
The optional name() can be used to supply an alternate tag name or declarator(struct_name) for the outer level of a CDD/Repository structure.
The optional text1_to_char
keyword forces the CDD/Repository type "text" to be
translated to char
, rather than "array of char
" if the
size is 1. This is the default when null_terminate
is not specified.
The optional text1_to_array
keyword forces the CDD/Repository type "text" to be
translated to type "array of char
" even when the size is 1. This is the
default when null_terminate
is specified.
#pragma dictionary
directive:
#pragma dictionary "CDD$TOP.personnel.service.salary_record"
This path name describes all subdirectories, beginning with the root directory (CDD$TOP), that lead to the salary_record data definition.
$
DEFINE CDD$DEFAULT CDD$TOP.PERSONNEL
#pragma dictionary
directive can contain
the following:
#pragma dictionary "service.salary_record"
Descriptions of data definitions are entered into the dictionary in a special-purpose language called CDO (Common Dictionary Operator), which replaces the older interface called CDDL (Common Data Dictionary Language).
define record cdd$top.doc.cname_record.
cname structure.
first datatype is text
size is 20 characters.
last datatype is text
size is 20 characters.
end cname structure.
end cname_record record.
doc
by entering the following command:
$
CDDL cname
#pragma dictionary
directive. If the #pragma
dictionary
directive is not embedded in a VSI C structure declaration, then
the resulting structure is declared with a tag name corresponding to the name of the
CDD/Repository record. Consider the following example:
#pragma dictionary "cdd$top.doc.cname_record"
struct cname { char first [20]; char last [20]; };
#pragma dictionary
directive in another VSI C structure
declaration as follows:
struct { int id; #pragma dictionary "cname_record" } customer;
cname
as an
identifier for the embedded structure:
struct { int id; struct { char first [20]; char last [20]; } cname; } customer;
If you specify /LIST and either /SHOW=DICTIONARY or /SHOW=ALL in the compilation command line, then the translation of the CDD/Repository record description into VSI C is included in the listing file and marked with the letter D in the margin.
For information on VSI C support for CDD/Repository data types. see Section C.4.3, “Support for CDD/Repository Data Types”.
5.4.4. #pragma environment Directive
The #pragma environment
directive offers a global way to
set, save, or restore the states of context
pragmas. This directive protects include files from contexts set by
encompassing programs, and protects encompassing programs from contexts that
could be set in header files that they include.
#pragma environment
directive affects the following context pragmas: -
#pragma extern_model
-
#pragma extern_prefix
-
#pragma member_alignment
-
#pragma message
-
#pragma names
-
#pragma pointer_size
-
#pragma required_pointer_size
#pragma environment command_line #pragma environment header_defaults #pragma environment restore #pragma environment save
The command_line
keyword sets the states of all the context pragmas as specified
on the command line (by default or by explicit use of the /[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT,
/[NO]WARNINGS, /EXTERN_MODEL, and /POINTER_SIZE qualifiers). You can
use #pragma environment command_line
within header files to protect
them from any context pragmas that take effect before the header file is included.
The header_defaults
keyword sets the states of all the
context pragmas to their default values. This is almost equivalent to the
situation in which a program with no command-line options and no pragmas is
compiled, except that this pragma sets the pragma message state to
#pragma nostandard
, as is appropriate for header files.
The save
keyword saves the current state of every pragma
that has an associated context.
The restore
keyword restores the current state of every
pragma that has an associated context.
Without requiring further changes to the source code, you can use #pragma
environment
to protect header files from things like language extensions
and enhancements that might introduce additional contexts.
#ifdef __pragma_environment #pragma __environment save#pragma __environment header_defaults
#pragma member_alignment restore
#pragma member_alignment save
#endif . . /* contents of header file */ . #ifdef __pragma_environment #pragma __environment restore #endif
Saves the state of all context pragmas | |
Sets the default compilation environment | |
Pops the member alignment context from the | |
Pushes the member alignment context back onto the stack so that the
|
Thus, the header file is protected from all pragmas, except for the member alignment context that the header file was meant to inherit.
5.4.5. #pragma extern_model Directive
#pragma extern_model
directive controls how the compiler interprets objects
that have external linkage. With this pragma, you can choose one of the following
global symbol models to be used for external objects: Common block model
All declarations are definitions, and the linker combines all definitions with the same name into one definition. This is the model traditionally used for
extern
data by VAX C on OpenVMS VAX systems.Relaxed ref/def model
Some declarations are references and some are definitions. Multiple uninitialized definitions for the same object are allowed and resolved into one by the linker. However, a reference requires that at least one definition exists. This model is used by C compilers on UNIX systems.
Strict ref/def model
Some declarations are references and some are definitions. There must be exactly one definition in the program for any symbol referenced. This model is the only one guaranteed to be acceptable to all standard C implementations. It is also the one used by VAX C for
globaldef
andglobalref
data. The relaxed ref/def model is the default model on VSI C.Globalvalue model
This is like the strict ref/def model, except that these global objects have no storage; they are, instead, link-time constant values. This model is used by VAX C
globalvalue
symbols.
After a global symbol model is selected with the
extern_model
pragma, all subsequent declarations of objects
having external storage class are treated according to
the specified model until another extern_model
pragma is
specified.
#pragma extern_model strict_refdef
int x = 0; extern int y;
Regardless of the external model, the compiler uses standard C rules to determine if a
declaration is a definition or a reference, although that distinction is not used in
the common block model. An external definition is a file-level declaration that has
no storage-class keyword, or that contains the extern
storage-class
keyword, and is also initialized. A reference is a declaration that uses the
extern
storage-class keyword and is not initialized. In the
previous example, the declaration of x
is a global definition and the
declaration of y
is a global reference.
The extern_model
pragma does not affect the
processing of declarations that contain the VAX C keywords
globaldef
, globalref
, or
globalvalue
.
VSI C also supports the command-line qualifiers /EXTERN_MODEL and /SHARE_GLOBALS to set the external model when the program starts to compile. Pragmas in the program being compiled supersede the command-line qualifier.
A stack of the compiler's external model state is kept so that
#pragma extern_model
can be used transparently in header
files and in small regions of program text.
See Sections 5.4.5.6 and
5.4.5.7 for more information.
#pragma extern_model common_block int i = 0; #pragma extern_model strict_refdef extern int i;
Note
The global symbols and psect names generated under the control of this pragma obey the case-folding rules of the /NAME qualifier. This behavior is consistent with VAX C.
While
#pragma extern_model
can be used to allocate several variables in the same psect, the placement of variables relative to each other within that psect cannot be controlled: the compiler does not necessarily allocate distinct variables to memory locations according to the order of appearance in the source code.Furthermore, the order of allocation can change as a result of seemingly unrelated changes to the source code, command-line options, or from one version of the compiler to the next; it is essentially unpredictable. The only way to control the placement of variables relative to each other is to make them members of the same
struct
type or, on OpenVMS Alpha systems, by using thenoreorder
attribute on a named#pragma extern_model strict_refdef
.
See Section 5.4.5.8, “Effects on the VSI C Run-Time Library and User Programs” to determine what combinations of external models are compatible for successfully compiling and linking your programs.
The following sections describe the various forms of the
#pragma extern_model
directive.
5.4.5.1. Syntax
#pragma extern_model
directive has the following syntax:
#pragma extern_model model_spec [attr[,attr]...]
common_block
relaxed_refdef
strict_refdef
"name"strict_refdef
(No attr specifications allowed)globalvalue
(No attr specifications allowed)
gbl lcl
(Not allowed withrelaxed_refdef
)shr noshr
wrt nowrt
pic nopic
(Not meaningful for Alpha)ovr con
rel abs
exe noexe
vec novec
- For OpenVMS Alpha systems:
0 byte 1 word 2 long 3 quad 4 octa 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 page
- For OpenVMS VAX systems:
2 long 3 quad 4 octa 9 page
The last line of attributes are numeric alignment values. When a numeric alignment value is specified on a section, the section is given an alignment of two raised to that power.
strict_refdef
"name"
extern_model can also take the following psect attribute specifications: noreorder
— causes variables in the section to be allocated in the order they are defined.natalgn
— has no effect on OpenVMS systems.It does, however, change the behavior on UNIX systems: when specified,
natalgn
causes the global variables defined within the section to be allocated on their natural boundary. Currently, all global variables on UNIX systems are allocated on a quadword boundary. When thenatalgn
attribute is specified, the compiler instead allocates the variable on an alignment that is natural for its type (char
s on byte boundaries,int
s on longword boundaries, and so on).Specifying thenatalgn
attribute also enables thenoreorder
attribute.Note
Use of the
natalgn
attribute can cause a program to violate the UNIX Calling Standard. The calling standard states that all global variables must be aligned on a quadword boundary. Therefore, variables declared in anatalgn
section should only be referenced in the module that defines them.
See Table 4.3, “Program-Section Attributes” for a description of the other attributes. See the OpenVMS Linker Utility Manual for more complete information on each.
The default attributes are: noshr
, rel
,
noexe
, novec
, nopic
.
For strict_refdef
, the default is con
.
For common_block
and relaxed_refdef
, the
default is ovr
.
The default for wrt
/nowrt
is determined
by the first variable placed in the psect. If the variable has the
const
type qualifier (or the readonly
modifier), the psect is set to nowrt
. Otherwise, it is set
to wrt
.
Restrictions on Setting Psect Attributes
Be aware of the following restriction on setting psect attributes.
#pragma extern_model
directive does not set psect attributes for variables
declared as tentative definitions in the relaxed_refdef model
. A
tentative definition is one that does not contain an initializer. For example,
consider the following code:
#pragma extern_model relaxed_refdef long int a; int b = 6; #pragma extern_model common_block long int c;
a
is a tentative
definition. Psect B is correctly given longword alignment because it is
initialized and is, therefore, not a tentative definition. Psect C is also given
longword alignment because it is declared in an extern_model
other
than relaxed_refdef
. Note
The psect attributes are normally used by system programmers who need
to perform declarations normally done in macro. Most of these attributes
are not needed in normal C programs. Also, notice that the setting of
attributes is supported only through the #pragma
mechanism,
and not through the /EXTERN_MODEL command-line qualifier.
5.4.5.2. #pragma extern_model common_block
This pragma sets the compiler's model of external data to the common block model, which is the one used by VAX C.
#pragma extern_model common_block
directive has the following format:
#pragma extern_model common_block [attr[,attr]...]
In this model, every declaration of an object with the extern
storage class
causes a global overlaid psect to be created. Both standard C definition
declarations and reference declarations create the same object file records.
The psect has the same name as the object itself. There is no global symbol in addition to the psect name.
The object file records generated are the same as those generated by
VAX C for extern
objects.
See Section 4.8, “Program Sections” for a description of how definitions using each external model
are interpreted, what psect they would reside in, and what psect attributes are
assigned. Also note the effect of the const
type specifier for
these definitions.
5.4.5.3. #pragma extern_model relaxed_refdef
This pragma sets the compiler's model of external data to the
relaxed ref/def model, which is the one used by pcc
on UNIX
systems.
#pragma extern_model relaxed_refdef
directive has the following format:
#pragma extern_model relaxed_refdef [attr[,attr]...]
Be aware that an attr keyword of gbl
or lcl
is
not allowed on the relaxed_refdef
model.
If the declaration is a standard C reference, the same type of object records are produced as VAX C would produce for a
globalref
; that is, a global symbol reference subrecord.- If the declaration is a standard C definition that is initialized, a psect definition and global symbol definition subrecord are produced. The name of the psect and symbol is the same as the name of the data object. This is equivalent to what VAX C would produce for the declaration. For example:
globaldef "FOO" int FOO = 1;
If the declaration is a standard C definition that is not initialized, then a conditional global symbol definition subrecord and conditional psect definition subrecord are produced. Except for the conditional aspect and the omission of an initializer, these object records resemble those produced with the
#pragma extern_model common_block
directive.
See Section 4.8, “Program Sections” for a description of how definitions using each external model
are interpreted, what psect they would reside in, and what psect attributes are
assigned. Also note the effect of the const
type specifier for
these definitions.
5.4.5.4. #pragma extern_model strict_refdef
This pragma is the preferred alternative to the nonstandard storage-class
keywords globaldef
and globalref
.
This pragma sets the compiler's model of external data to the strict ref/def model. Use this model for a program that is to be a standard C strictly-conforming program.
#pragma extern_model strict_refdef
directive has the following formats:
#pragma extern_model strict_refdef #pragma extern_model strict_refdef "name" [attr[,attr]...]
The name in quotes, if specified, is the name of the psect for any definitions.
Note that attr keywords cannot be specified for the
strict_refdef
model unless a name is given for the
psect.
If the declaration is a standard C reference, the same type of object records are produced as VAX C would produce for a
globalref
; that is, a global symbol reference subrecord.If the declaration is a standard C definition, the same type of object records are produced as VAX C would produce for a
globaldef
; that is, a global symbol definition subrecord.
const
type specifier for
these definitions.Note
globaldef
and globalref
keywords interact with enum
definitions in the following
way: If an
enum
variable is declared with theglobaldef
keyword, theenum
literals of the type of the variable automatically becomeglobalvalue
constant definitions.If an
enum
variable is declared with theglobalref
keyword, theenum
literals of the type of the variable automatically becomeglobalvalue
constant references.
This behavior, does not occur with #pragma extern_model
strict_refdef
.
5.4.5.5. #pragma extern_model globalvalue
This pragma sets the compiler's external model to the
globalvalue
model, and is the preferred alternative to the
nonstandard storage-class keyword globalvalue
.
#pragma extern_model globalvalue
Notice that this model does not accept attr keywords.
If the declaration is a standard C reference, the same object file records are produced as VAX C would produce for an uninitialized
globalvalue
.If the declaration is a standard C definition, the same object records are produced as VAX C would produce for an initialized
globalvalue
.
Note
Only objects with a type of integer
, enum
,
or pointer
can have this external model. If this external
model is used and the compiler encounters a declaration of an external
object whose type is not one these, an error message is issued.
5.4.5.6. #pragma extern_model save
This pragma pushes the current external model of the compiler onto a stack.
The stack records all information associated with the external model, including
the shr
/noshr
state and any quoted psect
name.
#pragma extern_model save
The number of entries allowed in the #pragma extern_model
stack is limited only by the amount of memory available to the compiler.
5.4.5.7. #pragma extern_model restore
shr
/noshr
state and
any quoted psect name. This pragma has the following format:
#pragma extern_model restore
On an attempt to pop an empty stack, a warning message is issued and the compiler's external model is not changed.
5.4.5.8. Effects on the VSI C Run-Time Library and User Programs
Using different VSI C external models can introduce mutually incompatible object files. An object file compiled with one extern model may not link against an object file compiled with a different model.
Table 5.1, “Comparison of Mixing Different extern_models” compares what happens when a reference or definition in an
object file compiled with one external model is linked against a reference or
definition in an object file compiled with a different external model. Note that
the table is symmetric about the diagonal. For example, to look up what happens
when you mix a relaxed_refdef
reference with a
strict_refdef
definition, you can locate either the
relaxed_refdef
reference row and the strict_refdef
definition column or the relaxed_refdef
reference column and the
strict_refdef
definition row.
globalvalue
symbols
with other external models because globalvalue
symbols are used
only in special cases; they are not used as a general-purpose external model.
For the other external models, there is a row and column for every different
case. The common_block
model only has one case because all symbols
are definitions in that model; the relaxed_refdef
model has three
cases because it distinguishes between references, uninitialized definitions,
and initialized definitions.
common_ block def |
relaxed_ refdef ref |
relaxed_ refdef def |
relaxed_ refdef initialized def |
strict_ refdef ref |
strict_ refdef def | |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Notes
| ||||||
common_block def |
Works |
Fails |
Works |
Works |
Fails |
Fails |
relaxed_refdef ref |
Fails |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
relaxed_refdef uninitialized def |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
relaxed_refdef initialized def |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Multi |
Works |
Multi |
strict_refdef ref |
Fails |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
Works |
strict_refdef def |
Fails |
Works |
Works |
Multi |
Works |
Multi |
As Table 5.1, “Comparison of Mixing Different extern_models” shows, the common_block
model
mixes poorly with the strict_refdef
model, but the
relaxed_refdef
model works well with the
common_block
model and the strict_refdef
model. The relaxed_refdef
model fails only when a
relaxed_refdef
reference is linked against a
common_block
definition.
The fact that the external models are not all compatible with each other can be an issue for providers of general-purpose object libraries. One goal for such a library should be to work when linked with client code compiled with any of the external models. Otherwise, the provider of the object library might be forced to provide one copy of the library compiled with /EXTERN_MODEL=COMMON_BLOCK, another compiled with /EXTERN_MODEL=STRICT_REFDEF, and another compiled with /EXTERN_MODEL=RELAXED_REFDEF to let anyone link with the library.
The best way to accomplish the goal of allowing an object library to
be linked with any code regardless of the external model used, is to provide
header files that describe the interface to the object library. The header
files can declare the global variables used by the object library after using
#pragma extern_model
to set the external model to the one
used by the library. Programmers who want to use the library could then
include these header files to get the required declarations. In order to avoid
altering the external model used by the including program, header files should
start with a #pragma extern_model save
directive and end with
a #pragma extern_model restore
directive. The
VSI C RTL uses this approach.
If header files are not provided, an object library should use the relaxed_refdef
external model since it will link successfully with either
common_block
compiled code or strict_refdef
compiled code. The only restriction is that the library must not reference an
external symbol that is not defined in the library but is defined only in the
user program. This avoids the common_block
case that fails. Note
that the relaxed_refdef
model allows both the library and the user
code to contain definitions for any symbol, as long as both do not attempt to
initialize the symbol.
5.4.5.9. Example
#pragma extern_model
in a
sample module. Assume that the module is compiled with the /EXTERN_MODEL=COMMON
and /SHARE_GLOBALS qualifiers.#pragma extern_model saveglobaldef {"BAR1"} int FOO1; /* strict_refdef shr def */
extern int com1; /* common_block shr def */
int com2; /* common_block shr def */ #pragma extern_model common_block noshr
globaldef {"BAR2"} int FOO2; /* strict_refdef shr def */
extern int com3 = 23; /* common_block noshr def */ #pragma extern_model globalvalue
int gv1; /* globalvalue def */
extern int gv2; /* globalvalue ref */
int gv3 = 5; /* globalvalue def */
extern int gv4 = 42; /* globalvalue def */ #pragma extern_model strict_refdef {"BAR1"} shr
int FOO1A; /* strict_refdef shr def */
extern int FOO1B; /* strict_refdef ref */
globaldef {"BAR3"} noshare int foo3; #pragma extern_model relaxed_refdef
int rrd1; /* relaxed_refdef noshr def */
extern rrd2; /* relaxed_refdef ref */ #pragma extern_model restore
int com4; /* common_block shr def */
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
5.4.6. #pragma extern_prefix Directive
The #pragma extern_prefix
directive controls the
compiler's synthesis of external names, which the linker uses to resolve
external name requests.
When you specify #pragma extern_prefix
with a string
argument, the compiler attaches the string to the beginning
of all external names produced by the declarations that follow the pragma
specification.
This pragma is useful for creating libraries where the facility code can be attached to the external names in the library.
#pragma extern_prefix
directive has the following format:
#pragma extern_prefix "string" [(id[,id]...)] #pragma extern_prefix {NOCRTL|RESTORE_CRTL} (id[,id]...) #pragma extern_prefix save #pragma extern_prefix restore
The quoted "string" is attached to external names in the declarations that follow the pragma specification.
You can also specify an extern prefix for specific identifiers using the optional list [(id[,id]...)].
The NOCRTL
and RESTORE_CRTL
keywords control
whether or not the compiler applies its default RTL prefixing to the names
specified in the id-list, which is required for this form of the
pragma. The effect of NOCRTL
is like that of the
EXCEPT=keyword of the /PREFIX_LIBRARY_ENTRIES command-line
qualifier. The effect of RESTORE_CRTL
is to undo the effect of
a #pragma extern_prefix NOCRTL
or a /PREFIX=EXCEPT= on the
command line.
The save
and restore
keywords
can be used to save the current pragma prefix string and to restore the
previously saved pragma prefix string, respectively.
The default external prefix, when none has been specified by a pragma, is the null string.
-
#pragma extern_prefix save
-
#pragma extern_prefix "
prefix-to-prepend-to-external-names"
- … some declarations and definitions …
-
#pragma extern_prefix restore
extern_prefix
is in effect and you are using #include
to
include header files, but do not want the extern_prefix
to apply to
extern
declarations in the header files, use the following code
sequence: -
#pragma extern_prefix save
-
#pragma extern_prefix ""
-
#include
… -
#pragma extern_prefix restore
Otherwise, external prefix is attached to the beginning of external identifiers for definitions in the included files.
#pragma extern_prefix
are
converted to uppercase letters, regardless of the setting of the /NAMES qualifier.Note
#pragma extern_prefix
: When an id-list follows a quoted "string", then for each id there must not be a declaration of that id visible at the point of the pragma, otherwise a warning is issued, and there is no affect on that id.
Each id affected by a pragma with a non-empty prefix is expected to be subsequently declared with external linkage in the same compilation unit. The compiler issues a default informational if there is no such declaration made by the end of the compilation.
It is perfectly acceptable for the id-list form of the pragma or declarations of the id's listed, to occur within a region of source code controlled by the other form of the pragma. The two forms do not interact; the form with an id list always supersedes the other form.
There is no interaction between the save/restore stack and the id lists.
If the same id appears in more than one pragma, then a default informational message is issued, unless the prefix on the second pragma is either empty ("") or matches the prefix from the previous pragma. In any case, the behavior is that the last-encountered prefix supersedes all others.
5.4.7. #pragma function Directive
Specifies that calls to the specified functions are not intrinsic but are, in fact, function
calls. This pragma has the opposite effect of #pragma intrinsic
.
#pragma function
directive has the following format:
#pragma function (function1[, function2, ...])
5.4.8. #pragma [no]include_directory Directive
The effect of each #pragma include_directory
is as if its string argument
(including the quotes) were appended to the list of places to search that is given
its initial value by the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY qualifier, except that an empty
string is not permitted in the pragma form.
#pragma include_directory
directive has the following format:
#pragma include_directory <string-literal>
This pragma is intended to ease DCL command-line length limitations when
porting applications from POSIX-like environments built with makefiles
containing long lists of -I options specifying directories to search for
headers. Just as long lists of macro definitions specified by the /DEFINE
qualifier can be converted to #define
directives in a source
file, long lists of places to search specified by the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY
qualifier can be converted to #pragma include_directory
directives in a source file.
Note that the places to search, as described in the help text for the /INCLUDE_DIRECTORY
qualifier, include the use of POSIX-style pathnames, for example
"/usr/base"
. This form can be very useful when compiling code that
contains POSIX-style relative pathnames in #include
directives. For
example, #include <subdir/foo.h>
can be combined with a place to
search such as "/usr/base"
to form
"/usr/base/subdir/foo.h"
, which will be translated to the filespec
"USR:[BASE.SUBDIR]FOO.H"
This pragma can appear only in the main source file or in the first file specified on the
/FIRST_INCLUDE qualifier. Also, it must appear before any
#include
directives.
5.4.9. #pragma [no]inline Directive
Arguments are evaluated only once.
The overuse of parentheses is not necessary to avoid problems with precedence.
The actual expansion can be controlled from the command line.
Also, the semantics are exactly the same as if inline expansion had not occurred. You cannot get this behavior using macros.
#pragma inline ( id,… )
#pragma noinline ( id,… )
The id is a function identifier.
If a function is named in an inline
directive, calls to that
function will be expanded as inline code, if possible.
If a function is named in a noinline
directive, calls to
that function will not be expanded as inline code.
If a function is named in both an inline
and a noinline
directive, an error message is issued.
For calls to functions named in neither an inline
nor a
noinline
directive, VSI C expands the function as
inline code whenever appropriate as determined by a platform-specific
algorithm.
Use of the #pragma inline
directive causes inline expansion,
regardless of the size or number of times the specified functions are called.
push
and
pop
are expanded inline throughout the module in which the
#pragma inline
appears:
void push(int); int pop(void); #pragma inline(push, pop) int stack[100]; int *stackp = &stack; void push(int x) { if (stackp == &stack) *stackp = x; else *stackp++ = x; } int pop() { return *stackp–; } main() { push(1); printf("The top of stack is now %d \n",pop()); }
Size
Number of times the function is called
- Conformance to the following restrictions:
The function does not take the address of a parameter.
The function does not use an index expression that is not a compile-time constant in an array that is a field of a
struct
argument. An argument that is a pointer to astruct
is not restricted.The function does not use the
varargs
orstdarg
package to access the function's arguments because they require arguments to be in adjacent memory locations, and inline expansion may violate that requirement.The function does not declare an exception handler.
If a function is to be expanded inline, you must place the function definition in the same module as the function call. The definition can appear either before or after the function call.
5.4.10. #pragma intrinsic Directive
The #pragma intrinsic
preprocessor directive
specifies that calls to the specified functions are intrinsic.
An intrinsic function is an apparent function call that could be handled as an
actual call to the specified function, or could be handled by the compiler in a
different manner. By treating the function as an intrinsic, the compiler can
often generate faster code. (Contrast with a built-in function, which is an
apparent function call that is never handled as an actual function call. There
is never a function with the specified name.)
This pragma has the opposite effect of #pragma function
.
#pragma intrinsic
directive has the following format:
#pragma intrinsic (function1[,function2, …])
Main Group - Standard C: abs atan2 ceilf cosl floorl memset sinl atan atan2f ceill fabs labs sin strcpy atanf atan2l cos floor memcpy sinf strlen atanl ceil cosf floorf memmove Main Group - Nonstandard: alloca atand atand2 bcopy bzero cosd sind Printf functions: fprintf printf sprintf Printf Nonstandard: snprintf Standard math functions that set errno, thereby requiring /ASSUME=NOMATH_ERRNO: acos asinl expf log10 powl sqrtf tanh acosf cosh expl log10f sinh sqrtl tanhf acosl coshf log log10l sinhf tan tanhl asin coshl logf pow sinhl tanf asinf exp logl powf sqrt tanl Nonstandard math functions that set errno, thereby requiring /ASSUME=NOMATH_ERRNO: log2 tand
Also see Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers” for a description of the [NO]INTRINSICS option of the
/OPTIMIZE qualifier, which controls whether or not certain functions are handled as
intrinsic functions without explicitly enabling each of them as an intrinsic through
the #pragma intrinsic
directive.
Also, the asm
, fasm
, and dasm
functions are intrinsics
and require use of #pragma intrinsic
. See Section 6.2.1.2, “In-line Assembly Code – ASMs” for
a description of these functions.
5.4.11. #pragma linkage Directive (Alpha only)
This section describes the behavior of the #pragma linkage
directive on OpenVMS
Alpha systems.
The #pragma linkage
preprocessor directive allows you to
specify special linkage types for function calls. This pragma is used with the
#pragma use_linkage
directive, described in
Section 5.4.23, “#pragma use_linkage Directive ”, to associate a previously defined special
linkage with a function.
#pragma linkage
directive has the following
formats:
#pragma linkage linkage-name = (characteristics) #pragma linkage_alpha linkage-name = (characteristics)
Both formats behave identically on OpenVMS Alpha systems. On I64 systems, however, register
mapping occurs for the pragma linkage
format, as described in Section 5.4.12, “#pragma linkage Directive (I64 only)”.
The linkage-name is the name to be given to the linkage type being defined. It has the form of a C identifier. Linkage types have their own name space, so their names will not conflict with other identifiers or keywords in the compilation unit.
parameters (register-list) result (simple-register-list) preserved (simple-register-list) nopreserve (simple-register-list) notused (simple-register-list) notneeded (ai, lp) standard_linkage
standard_linkage
keyword is specified, it must be the only option in the
parenthesized list following the linkage name. For example:
#pragma linkage special1 = (standard_linkage)
The standard_linkage
keyword tells the compiler to use the
standard linkage appropriate to the target platform. This can be useful to
confine conditional compilation to the pragmas that define linkages, without
requiring the corresponding #pragma use_linkage
directives to
be conditionally compiled as well.
#if defined(__alpha) #pragma linkage_alpha special1 = (__preserved(__r1,__r2)) #elif defined(__ia64) #pragma linkage_ia64 special1 = (__preserved(__r9,__r28)) #else #pragma message ("unknown target, assuming standard linkage") #pragma linkage special1 = (standard_linkage) #endif
If the standard_linkage
keyword is not specified, you can supply the
parameters
, result
, preserved
,
nopreserve
, notused
, and notneeded
keywords in any order.
A simple-register-list is a comma-separated list of register names, either Rn or Fn, where n is a valid register number. A register-list is similar to a simple-register-list except that it can contain parenthesized sublists.
preserved
,
nopreserve
, and notused
options are: General-purpose registers R0 through R30
Floating-point registers F0 through F30
result
and parameters
options are: General-purpose registers R0 through R25
Floating-point registers F0 through F30
nopreserve(f3, f4) parameters(r5, (f5, f6))
#pragma linkage my_link=(nopreserve(f3,f4), parameters(r5,(f5,f6)), notneeded (ai))
struct
, where each member
of the struct
is passed in a single register. In the following example,
sample_linkage
specifies two parameters: the first is passed in
registers R5, R6, and R7; the second is passed in
F6:struct sample_struct_t { int A, B; short C; } sample_struct; #pragma linkage sample_linkage = (parameters ((r5, r6, r7), f6)) void sub (struct sample_struct_t p1, double p2) { } main() { double d; sub (sample_struct, d); }
parameters (register-list)
You can pass structure arguments by value, with the restriction that each member of the structure is passed in a separate parameter location. Doing so, however, may produce code that is slower because of the large number of registers used. The compiler does not diagnose this condition.
VSI C does not support unions as parameters or function return types for a function with a special linkage.
When a function associated with a linkage type is declared or defined, the compiler checks that the size of any declared parameters is compatible with the number of registers specified for the corresponding parameter in the linkage definition.
struct
:
result (register-list)
If a function does not return a value (that is, the function has a
return type of void
),
then do not specify result
as part of the linkage.
preserved (register-list) nopreserve (register-list) notused (register-list)
A preserved
register contains the same value
after a call to the function as it did before the call.
A nopreserve
register does not necessarily contain the
same value after a call to the function as it did before the call.
A notused
register is not used in any way by the called
function.
notneeded
characteristic indicates that certain items are not needed by the
routines using this linkage. You can specify one or both of the following keywords: ai
– Specifies that the Argument Information register (R25) does not need to be set up when calling the specified functions.lp
– Specifies that the Linkage Pointer register (R27 for Alpha systems) does not need to be set up when calling the specified functions. The linkage pointer is required when the called function accesses global orstatic
data. For I64 systems, there is no linkage pointer, so this setting is accepted but does not change the behavior of the pragma.
You must determine whether or not it is valid to specify that the
ai
or lp
registers are not needed.
The #pragma linkage
directive has the restriction that structures containing
nested substructures are not supported as parameters or function return types with
special linkages. Also, functions that use the __RETURN_ADDRESS built-in function or
va_count
C RTL function cannot be called with a special
linkage.
5.4.12. #pragma linkage Directive (I64 only)
The #pragma linkage
directive behaves much the same on I64
systems as it does on OpenVMS Alpha systems, with some important differences.
#pragma linkage
directive has the following formats:
#pragma linkage linkage-name = (characteristics) #pragma linkage_ia64 linkage-name = (characteristics)
5.4.12.1. #pragma linkage Format
On I64 systems, the #pragma linkage
format of this directive accepts Alpha
register names and conventions and automatically maps them, where possible, to
specific I64 registers. So whenever VSI C for I64 encounters a #pragma
linkage
directive, it attempts to map the Alpha registers specified
in the linkage to corresponding I64 registers, and emits a SHOWMAPLINKAGE
informational message showing the I64 specific form of the directive,
#pragma linkage_ia64
, with the I64 register names that replaced
the Alpha register names. The SHOWMAPLINKAGE message is suppressed under the
#pragma nostandard
directive, normally used within system
header files.
Code compiled on I64 systems that deliberately relies on the register
mapping performed by #pragma linkage
should either ignore the
SHOWMAPLINKAGE informational, or disable it.
5.4.12.1.1. Register Mapping
#pragma linkage
directives when they are
encountered on an I64 system. Note that the six standard parameter registers
on Alpha (R16-R21) are mapped to the first six (of eight) standard parameter
registers on I64 systems, which happen to be stacked registers (see Section 5.4.12.2, “#pragma linkage_ia64 Format”). #pragma linkage
directives when they are encountered on an I64 system:
Alpha → |
I64 |
Alpha → |
I64 |
---|---|---|---|
F0 |
F8 |
F16 |
F8 |
F1 |
F9 |
F17 |
F9 |
F2 |
F2 |
F18 |
F10 |
F3 |
F3 |
F19 |
F11 |
F4 |
F4 |
F20 |
F12 |
F5 |
F5 |
F21 |
F13 |
F6 |
F16 |
F22 |
F22 |
F7 |
F17 |
F23 |
F23 |
F8 |
F18 |
F24 |
F24 |
F9 |
F19 |
F25 |
F25 |
F10 |
F6 |
F26 |
26 |
F11 |
F7 |
F27 |
27 |
F12 |
F20 |
F28 |
28 |
F13 |
F21 |
F29 |
F29 |
F14 |
F14 |
F30 |
F30 |
F15 |
F15 |
|
|
5.4.12.1.2. Mapping Diagnostics
preserved
option. When you compile on an I64 system, this
situation emits an MAPREGIGNORED informational message, and the
SHOWMAPLINKAGE output might not be correct. If there is no valid mapping to
I64 registers, the NOMAPPOSSIBLE error message is output. There are two
special situations that can arise when floating-point registers are
specified in a linkage: Only IEEE-format values are passed in floating-point registers under the OpenVMS Calling Standard for I64: VAX format values are passed in integer registers. Therefore, a compilation that specifies /FLOAT=D_FLOAT or /FLOAT=G_FLOAT produces an error for any linkage that specifies floating-point registers. Note that this includes use in options that do not involve passing values, such as the
preserved
andnotused
options.- The mapping of floating-point registers is many-to-one in two cases:
Alpha registers F0 and F16 both map to I64 register F8
Alpha F1 and F17 both map to I64 register F9.
A valid Alpha linkage may well specify uses for both F0 and F16, and/or both F1 and F17. Such a linkage cannot be mapped on an I64 system. But because of the way this situation is detected, the MULTILINKREG warning message that is produced can only identify the second occurrence of an Alpha register that got mapped to the same I64 register as some previous Alpha register. The actual pair of Alpha registers in the source is not identified, and so the message can be confusing. For example, an option like
preserved(F1,F17)
gets a MULTILINKREG diagnostic saying that F17 was specified more than once.
5.4.12.2. #pragma linkage_ia64 Format
The #pragma linkage_ia64
format requires register names to
be specified in terms of an I64 system. The register names will never be
mapped to a different architecture. This form of the pragma always produces an
error if encountered on a different architecture.
preserved
,
nopreserve
, notused
, parameters
, and
result
options are: Integer registers R3 through R12 and R19 through R31
Floating-point registers F2 through F31
parameters
and result
are: Integer registers R3 through R12, and R19 through R31
Integer registers R32 through R39 (according to the convention described below)
Floating-point registers F2 through F31
The parameters
and result
options permit integer registers R32
through R39 to be specified according to the following convention: On IA64, the
first eight integer input/output slots are allocated to stacked registers, and
thus the calling routine refers to them using different names than the called
routine. The convention for naming these registers in either the
parameters
or result
option of a #pragma
linkage_ia64
directive is always to use the hardware names as they
would be used within the called routine: R32 through R39.
The compiler automatically compensates for the fact that within the calling
routine these same registers are designated using different hardware
names.
5.4.13. #pragma [no]member_alignment Directive
By default, VSI C for OpenVMS VAX systems does not align structure members on natural boundaries; they are stored on byte boundaries (with the exception of bit-field members).
By default, VSI C for OpenVMS Alpha systems does align structure members on natural boundaries.
The #pragma member_alignment
preprocessor directive can be
used to force natural-boundary alignment of structure members. The
#pragma nomember_alignment
preprocessor directive restores
byte-alignment of structure members.
#pragma member_alignment
#pragma member_alignment save
#pragma member_alignment restore
#pragma nomember_alignment [base_alignment]
When #pragma member_alignment
is used, the compiler aligns
structure members on the next boundary appropriate to the type of the member,
rather than on the next byte. For example, a long
variable
is aligned on the next longword boundary; a short
variable is
aligned on the next word boundary.
#pragma nomember_alignment struct x { char c; int b; }; #pragma member_alignment struct y { char c; /*3 bytes of filler follow c */ int b; }; main () { printf( "The sizeof y is: %d\n", sizeof (struct y) ); printf( "The sizeof x is: %d\n", sizeof (struct x) ); }
When this example is executed, it shows the difference between #pragma
member_alignment
and #pragma nomember_alignment
.
Once used, the member_alignment
pragma remains in effect
until the nomember_alignment
pragma is encountered; the
reverse is also true.
byte
(1 byte)word
(2 bytes)longword
(4 bytes)quadword
(8 bytes)octaword
(16 bytes)
The #pragma member_alignment save
and #pragma member_alignment
restore
directives can be used to save the current state of the
member_alignment
and to restore the previous state, respectively.
This feature is necessary for writing header files that require
member_alignment
or nomember_alignment
, or that
require inclusion in a member_alignment
that is already set.
5.4.14. #pragma message Directive
The #pragma message
directive controls the issuance of
individual diagnostic messages or groups of messages. Use of this pragma
overrides any command-line options that may affect the issuance of messages.
#pragma message
directive has the following formats:
#pragma message option1 (message-list) #pragma message option2 #pragma message (quoted-string)
5.4.14.1. #pragma message option1
enable
— Enables issuance of the messages specified in the message-listdisable
— Disables issuance of the messages specified in the message-listemit_once
— Emits the specified messages only once per compilation.Certain messages are emitted only the first time the compiler encounters the causal condition. When the compiler encounters the same condition later in the program, no message is emitted. Messages about the use of language extensions are an example of this kind of message. To emit one of these messages every time the causal condition is encountered, use the EMIT_ALWAYS option.
Errors and Fatals are always emitted. You cannot set them to
emit_once
.emit_always
— Emits the specified messages at every occurrence of the condition.error
— Sets the severity of the specified messages to Error.Supplied Error messages and Fatal messages cannot be made less severe. (Exception: A message can be upgraded from Error to Fatal, then later downgraded to Error again, but it can never be downgraded from Error.)
Warnings and Informationals can be made any severity.)
fatal
— Sets the severity of the specified messages to Fatal.informational
— Sets the severity of the specified messages to Informational. Note that Fatal and Error messages cannot be made less severe.warning
— Sets the severity of each message in the message-list to Warning. Note that Fatal and Error messages cannot be made less severe.
- A single message identifier (within parentheses, or not). The message identifier is the name following the severity at the start of a line when a message is issued. For example, in the following message, the message identifier is GLOBALEXT:
%CC-W-GLOBALEXT, a storage class of globaldef, globalref, or globalvalue is a language extension.
- The name of a single message group (within parentheses, or not). Message-group names are:
ALL – All the messages in the compiler
ALIGNMENT – Messages about unusual or inefficient data alignment.
C_TO_CXX – Messages reporting the use of C features that would be invalid or have a different meaning if compiled by a C++ compiler.
CDD – Messages about CDD (Common Data Dictionary) support.
CHECK – Messages reporting code or practices that, although correct and perhaps portable, are sometimes considered ill-advised because they can be confusing or fragile to maintain. For example, assignment as the test expression in an "if" statement.
The check group gets defined by enabling LEVEL5 messages.
DEFUNCT – Messages reporting the use of obsolete features: ones that were commonly accepted by early C compilers but were subsequently removed from the language.
NEWC99 – Messages reporting the use of the new C99 Standard features.
NOANSI – This is a deprecated message group. It is an obsolete synonym for NOC89. Also see message groups NEWC99, NOC89, NOC99.
NOC89 – Messages reporting the use of non-C89 Standard features.
NOC99 – Messages reporting the use of non-C99 Standard features.
OBSOLESCENT – Messages reporting the use of features that are valid in Standard C, but which were identified in the standard as being obsolescent and likely to be removed from the language in a future version of the standard.
OVERFLOW – Messages that report assignments and/or casts that can cause overflow or other loss of data significance.
PERFORMANCE – Messages reporting code that might result in poor run-time performance.
PORTABLE – Messages reporting the use of language extensions or other constructs that might not be portable to other compilers or platforms.
PREPROCESSOR – Messages reporting questionable or non-portable use of preprocessing constructs.
RETURNCHECKS – Messages related to function return values.
UNINIT – Messages related to using uninitialized variables.
UNUSED – Messages reporting expressions, declarations, header files, CDD records, static functions, and code paths that are not used.
Note, however, that unlike any other messages, these messages must be enabled on the command line (/WARNINGS=ENABLE=UNUSED) to be effective.
A single message-level name (within parentheses, or not).
Message-level names are:LEVEL1 – Important messages. These are less important than the level 0 core messages, because messages in this group are not displayed if
#pragma nostandard
is active.LEVEL2 – Moderately important messages.
LEVEL3 – Less important messages.
LEVEL3 is the default message level for VSI C for OpenVMS systems.
LEVEL4 – Useful check/portable messages.
LEVEL5 – Not so useful check/portable messages.
LEVEL6 – Additional "noisy" messages.
Be aware that there is a core of very important compiler messages that are enabled by default, regardless of what you specify with /WARNINGS or
#pragma message
. Referred to as message level 0, it includes all messages issued in header files, and comprises what is known as the nostandard group. All other message levels add additional messages to this core of enabled messages.You cannot modify level 0 (You cannot disable it, enable it, change its severity, or change its EMIT_ONCE characteristic). However, you can modify individual messages in level 0, provided such modification is allowed by the action. For example, you can disable a Warning or Informational in level 0, or you can change an error in level 0 to a Fatal, and so on. (See restrictions on modifying individual messages.)
Enabling a level also enables all the messages in the levels lower than it. So enabling LEVEL3 messages also enables messages in LEVEL2 and LEVEL1.
Disabling a level also disables all the messages in the levels higher than it. So disabling LEVEL4 messages also disables messages in LEVEL5 and LEVEL6.
A comma-separated list of message identifiers, group names, and messages levels, freely mixed, enclosed in parentheses.
5.4.14.2. #pragma message option2
save
— Saves the current state of which messages are enabled and disabled.restore
— Restores the previous state of which messages are enabled and disabled.
The save
and restore
options are useful
primarily within header files.
5.4.14.3. #pragma message (quoted-string)
This form of #pragma message
is provided for
compatibility with Microsoft's #pragma message
directive.
#pragma message
(quoted-string) form of this directive
emits the specified string as a compiler message. For example, when the compiler
encounters the following line in the source file:
#pragma message ("hello")
#pragma message ("hello")
................^
%CC-I-SIMPLEMESSAGE, hello
at line number 1 in file DISK1$:[SMITH]TEST.C;1
#pragma message ("Compiling file " __FILE__)
5.4.15. #pragma module Directive
When you compile source files to create an object file, the compiler assigns the first of the file names specified in the compilation unit to the name of the object file. The compiler adds the .OBJ file extension to the object file. Internally, the OpenVMS system (the debugger and the librarian) recognizes the object module by the file name; the compiler also gives the module a version number of 1. For example, given the object file EXAMPLE.OBJ, the debugger recognizes the EXAMPLE object module.
To change the system-recognized module name and version number, use the
#pragma module
directive. The #pragma module
directive is specific to VSI C for OpenVMS systems and is
not portable.
You can find the module name and the module version number listed in the compiler listing file and the linker load map.
The #pragma module
directive is equivalent to the VAX C compatible
#module
directive. The #pragma module
directive may be
used when compiling in any mode. Use #module
only when compiling with
the /STANDARD=VAXC qualifier.
#pragma module
directive has the following formats:
#pragma module identifier identifier #pragma module identifier string
The first parameter must be a valid VSI C identifier. It specifies the module name to be used by the linker. The second parameter specifies the optional identification that appears on listings and in the object file. It must be either a valid VSI C identifier of 31 characters or less, or a character-string constant of 31 characters or less.
Only one #pragma module
directive can be processed per
compilation unit, and that directive must appear before any C language text.
The #pragma module
directive can follow other directives, such
as #define
, but it must precede any function definitions or
external data definitions.
The parameters in a #pragma module
directive are subject
to text replacement and can, therefore, contain references to identifiers
defined in previous #define
directives. The replacement
occurs before the parameters are processed.
5.4.16. #pragma names Directive
The #pragma names
preprocessor directive provides the same
kinds of control over the mapping of external identifiers' object-module
symbols as does the /NAMES command-line qualifier, and it uses the same
keywords. But as a pragma, the controls can be applied selectively to regions
of declarations.
This pragma should only be used in header files and is intended for use by developers who supply libraries and/or header files to their customers.
The pragma has a save
/restore
stack that is also managed by
#pragma environment
, and so it is well-suited for use in header
files. The effect of #pragma environment header_defaults
is to set
NAMES to uppercase,truncated
, which is the compiler default.
#pragma names
directive has the following format:
#pragma names stack-option #pragma names case-option[, length-option] #pragma names length-option[, case-option]
save
- save the current names staterestore
- restore a saved names state
uppercase
- uppercase external namesas_is
- do not change case
truncated
- truncate at 31 charactersshortened
- shorten to 31 using CRC
An important use for this feature is to make it easier to use the command-line option /NAMES=AS_IS. Both the C99 standard and the C++ standard require that external names be treated as case-sensitive, and 3rd party libraries and Java native methods are starting to rely on case-sensitivity (C99 requires a minimum of 31 characters significant, while C++ requires all characters significant). Therefore, the use of /NAMES=AS_IS is expected to become more widespread.
The C run-time library is implemented with all symbols duplicated, spelled both in uppercase and lowercase, to allow C programs compiled with any of the /NAMES= settings to work. But traditional practice on OpenVMS systems, combined with compiler defaults of /NAMES=UPPER, has resulted in nearly all existing object libraries and shared images to contain all uppercase names (both in references and in definitions), even though C source code using these libraries typically declares the names in lowercase or mixed case. Usually, the header files to access these libraries contain macro definitions to replace lowercase names by uppercase names to allow client programs to be compiled /NAMES=AS_IS. But macro definitions are problematic because every external name has to have a macro.
The new pragma allows header files to specify just once that the external names they declare are to be uppercased in the object module, regardless of the NAMES setting used in the rest of the compilation. The NAMES setting in effect at the first declaration of an external name is the one that takes effect; therefore, the setting specified in a header file is not overridden by a subsequent redeclaration in the user's program (which might specify a different NAMES setting). Note that the automatic Prologue/Epilogue header-file inclusion feature described in Section 1.7.4, “Prologue/Epilogue Files” (in connection with pointer_size pragmas) can also be used to specify the NAMES setting for all headers in a given directory or text library, without having to edit each header directly.
5.4.17. #pragma optimize Directive
The #pragma optimize
preprocessor directive sets the
optimization characteristics of function definitions that follow the directive.
It allows optimization-control options that are normally set on the command
line for the entire compilation to be specified in the source file for
individual functions.
#pragma optimize
directive has the following format:
#pragma optimize settings
#pragma optimize save
#pragma optimize restore
#pragma optimize command_line
level settings
These set the optimization level. Specify the level as follows:level=n
Where n is an integer from 0 to 5.
unroll settings
These control loop unrolling. Specify as follows:unroll=n
Where n is a nonnegative integer.
ansi-alias settings
These control ansi-alias assumptions. Specify one of the following:ansi_alias=on ansi_alias=off
intrinsic settings
These control recognition of intrinsics: Specify one of the following:intrinsics=on intrinsics=off
White space is optional between the setting clauses and before and after the "=" in each clause. The pragma is not subject to macro replacement.
For more information on the optimization settings, see Table 1.16, “/OPTIMIZE Qualifier Options” in the description of the /OPTIMIZE qualifier in Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”.
#pragma optimize level=5 unroll=6
Note
If the level=0 clause is present, it must be the only clause present.
The
#pragma optimize
directive must appear at file scope, outside any function body.If
#pragma optimize
does not specify a setting for one of the optimization states, that state remains unchanged.When a function definition is encountered, it is compiled using the optimization settings that are current at that point in the source.
When a function is compiled under level=0, the compiler will not inline that function. In general, when functions are inlined, the inlined code is optimized using the optimization controls in effect at the call site instead of using the optimization controls specified for the function being inlined.
When the OpenVMS command line specifies /NOOPT (or /OPTIMIZE=LEVEL=0), the
#pragma optimize
directive has no effect (except that its arguments are still validated).The
#pragma optimize
directive controls most, but not all, optimizations performed by the compiler. Therefore, there can be some differences between setting the optimization using the pragma compared with using the /OPTIMIZE command-line qualifier.
The save
and restore
options save
and restore the current optimization state (level, unroll count, ansi-alias
setting, and intrinsic setting).
The command_line
option sets the optimization settings to
what was specified on the command line.
5.4.18. #pragma pack Directive
The #pragma pack
preprocessor directive
specifies the byte boundary for packing members of C structures.
#pragma pack
directive has the following format:
#pragma pack n
#pragma pack ()
1 |
align to byte |
2 |
align to word |
4 |
align to longword |
8 |
align to quadword |
16 |
align to octaword |
A structure member is aligned to either the alignment specified by #pragma pack
or the alignment determined by the size of the structure member, whichever is
smaller. For example, a short variable in a structure gets byte-aligned if
#pragma pack 1
is specified, but word-aligned if #pragma pack
2
, 4
, or 8
is specified.
When #pragma pack
is specified without a value or with a
value of 0, packing reverts to the /[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT qualifier setting
(either explicitly specified or by default) on the command line.
Note that when specifying #pragma pack
without a value,
you must use parentheses: #pragma pack ()
.
#pragma pack ( { [ {push|pop} [ ,identifier ] [ ,n ] ] | [ n ] } )
Every occurrence of
pragma pack
with apush
argument stores the current packing alignment value on an internal compiler stack. If you provide a value for n, that value becomes the new packing value. If you specify an identifier, a name of your choosing, it is associated with the new packing value.Every occurrence of a
pragma pack
with apop
argument retrieves the value at the top of the stack and makes that value the new packing alignment. If an empty stack is popped, the alignment value defaults to the /[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT command-line setting, and a warning is issued. If you specify a value for n, that value becomes the new packing value.If you specify an identifier, all values stored on the stack are removed from the stack until a matching identifier is found. The packing value associated with the identifier is also removed from the stack, and the packing value that was in effect just before the identifier was pushed becomes the new packing value. If no matching identifier is found, the packing value reverts to the command-line setting, and a warning is issued.
pragma pack
lets you write header files that ensure that
packing values are the same before and after the header file is encountered.
Consider the following example:
// File name: myinclude.h // #pragma pack( push, enter_myinclude ) // Your include-file code ... #pragma pack( pop, enter_myinclude ) // End of myinclude.h
In this example, the current packing value is associated with the identifier
enter_myinclude
and pushed on entry to the header
file. Your include code is processed. The
#pragma pack
at the end of the header file then removes all
intervening packing values that might have occurred in the header file,
as well as the packing value associated with enter_myinclude
,
thereby preserving the same packing value after the header file as before it.
pragma pack
syntax also lets you include header files that might set
packing alignments different from the ones set in your code. Consider the following
example:
#pragma pack( push, before_myinclude ) #include <myinclude.h> #pragma pack( pop, before_myinclude )
In this example, your code is protected from any changes to the packing value that might occur
in <myinclude.h>
by saving the current packing alignment value,
processing the include file (which may leave the packing alignment with an unknown
setting), and restoring the original packing value.
5.4.19. #pragma pointer_size Directive
The #pragma pointer_size
preprocessor directive can be
used throughout a program to control whether pointers are 32-bit pointers or
64-bit pointers.
This directive has the same effect as the #pragma required_pointer_size
directive, except that #pragma pointer_size
is enabled only when the
/POINTER_SIZE command-line qualifier is specified. If /POINTER_SIZE is omitted from
the command line, #pragma pointer_size
is ignored. (The #pragma
required_pointer_size
directive always takes effect, whether or not
/POINTER_SIZE is specified.)
#pragma pointer_size
directive has the following format:
#pragma pointer_size keyword
{ |
32-bit pointer |
{ |
64-bit pointer |
|
32-bit pointers on OpenVMS systems; 64-bit pointers on UNIX systems |
|
Saves the current pointer size |
|
Restores the current pointer size to its last saved state |
Notes
The
#pragma pointer_size
and#pragma required_pointer_size
directives only affect the meaning of the pointer-declarator (*) in declarations, casts, and thesizeof
operator.The size of a pointer is the property of the type, and so it is bound in a
typedef
declaration, but not in a preprocessor macro definition.The size of a pointer produced by the
&
operator, or by an array name or function name in a context where it is converted to an explicit pointer, is 32 bits unless the&
operator is applied to an object designated by a dereference of a pointer having a 64-bit pointer type.
5.4.20. #pragma required_pointer_size Directive
The #pragma required_pointer_size
preprocessor directive is intended for use by
developers of header files to control the size of pointers within a header file in
those cases where the pointers are architecturally required to be a particular size,
and must not be altered by the user's use of pointer-size controls.
This directive has the same effect as the #pragma pointer_size
directive, except
that a #pragma required_pointer_size
always takes effect, even if
/POINTER_SIZE is omitted from the command line. (The #pragma
pointer_size
directive is ignored if /POINTER_SIZE is omitted.)
#pragma required_pointer_size
directive has the following format:
#pragma required_pointer_size keyword
{ |
32-bit pointer |
{ |
64-bit pointer |
|
32-bit pointers on OpenVMS systems; 64-bit pointers on UNIX systems |
|
Saves the current pointer size |
|
Restores the current pointer size to its last saved state |
Notes
The
#pragma pointer_size
and#pragma required_pointer_size
directives only affect the meaning of the pointer-declarator (*) in declarations, casts, and thesizeof
operator.The size of a pointer is the property of the type, and so it is bound in a
typedef
declaration, but not in a preprocessor macro definition.The size of a pointer produced by the
&
operator, or by an array name or function name in a context where it is converted to an explicit pointer, is 32 bits unless the&
operator is applied to an object designated by a dereference of a pointer having a 64-bit pointer type.
5.4.21. #pragma [no]standard Directive
Use the nostandard
and standard
pragmas
together to define regions of source code where portability
diagnostics are not to be issued.
#pragma [no]standard
Use #pragma nostandard
to suppress diagnostics about nonstandard extensions,
regardless of the /STANDARD qualifier specified.
Use #pragma standard
to direct the compiler to reinstate
the setting of the /STANDARD qualifier that was in effect before the
last #pragma nostandard
was encountered. Every
#pragma standard
directive must be preceded by a
corresponding #pragma nostandard
directive.
#include <stdio.h> #pragma nostandard extern noshare FILE *stdin, *stdout, *stderr; #pragma standard
nostandard
prevents the NOSHAREEXT diagnostic from being issued
against the noshare
storage-class modifier, which is specific to VSI C
for OpenVMS systems. Note
This pragma does not change the current mode of the compiler or enable any extensions not already supported in that mode.
5.4.22. #pragma unroll Directive
Use the #pragma unroll
preprocessor directive to unroll
the for
loop that follows it by the number of times specified
in unroll_factor. The #pragma unroll
directive must be followed by a for
statement.
#pragma unroll (unroll_factor)
The unroll_factor is an integer constant in the range of 0 to
255. If a value of 0 is specified, the compiler ignores the directive and
determines the number of times to unroll the loop in its normal way. A value of
1 prevents the loop from being unrolled. The directive applies only to the
for
loop that follows it, not to any subsequent for loops.
5.4.23. #pragma use_linkage Directive
After defining a special linkage using the #pragma linkage
directive, described
in Section 5.4.11, “#pragma linkage Directive (Alpha only)”, use the #pragma use_linkage
directive to associate the linkage with a function.
#pragma use_linkage linkage-name (id1, id2, ...)
The linkage-name is the name of a linkage previously defined by
the #pragma linkage
directive.
id1, id2, ... are the names of
functions, or typedef
names of function type,
that you want associated with the specified linkage.
If you specify a typedef
name of function type, then
functions or pointers to functions declared using that type will have the
specified linkage.
#pragma use_linkage
directive must appear in the source file before any use
or definition of the specified routines. Otherwise, the results are unpredictable. #pragma linkage example_linkage = (parameters(r16, r17, r19), result(r16)) #pragma use_linkage example_linkage (sub) int sub (int p1, int p2, short p3); main() { int result; result = sub (1, 2, 3); }
This example defines a special linkage and associates it with a routine that takes three integer parameters and returns a single integer result in the same location where the first parameter was passed.
The
result (r16)
option indicates that the function result will be returned in R16 rather than the usual location (R0). Theparameters
option indicates that the three parameters passed tosub
should be passed in R16, R17, and R19.#pragma linkage foo = (parameters(r1), result(r4)) #pragma use_linkage foo(f1,t) int f1(int a); typedef int t(int a); t *f2; #include <stdio.h> main() { f2 = f1; b = (*f2)(1); }
In this example, both the function
f1
and the function typet
are given the linkagefoo
. The invocation through the function pointerf2
will correctly invoke the functionf1
using the special linkage.
Chapter 6. Predefined Macros and Built-In Functions
Predefined macros (Section 6.1, “Predefined Macros”)
- Built-in functions (Section 6.2, “Built-In Functions”)
For OpenVMS Alpha systems (Alpha only) (Section 6.2.1, “Built-In Functions for OpenVMS Alpha Systems (Alpha only)”)
For OpenVMS I64 Systems (I64 only) (Section 6.2.2, “Built-In Functions for I64 Systems (I64 only)”)
For OpenVMS VAX systems (VAX only) (Section 6.2.3, “Built-In Functions for OpenVMS VAX Systems (VAX only)”)
Predefined macros and built-in functions are extensions to the C Standard and are specific to VSI C for OpenVMS systems. The macros assist in transporting code and performing simple tasks that are common to many programs. The built-in functions allow you to efficiently access processor instructions.
6.1. Predefined Macros
In addition to the standard-conforming, implementation-independent macros described in the VSI C Reference Manual, VSI C for OpenVMS systems provides the predefined macros described in the following sections.
6.1.1. CC$gfloat (G_Floating Identification Macro)
This macro is provided for compatibility with VAX C. The
__G_FLOAT
predefined macro should be used
instead. See Section 6.1.4, “Floating-Point Macros ”.
6.1.2. System Identification Macros
Each implementation of the VSI C compiler automatically defines macros that can be used to identify the system on which the program is running. These macros can assist in writing code that executes conditionally, depending on the architecture or operating system on which the program is running.
Traditional Spelling |
New Spelling | |
---|---|---|
Operating system name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Architecture name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
Standard C version of the compiler: |
| |
Compiler is a hosted implementation |
| |
ISOC94 version of the compiler |
| |
ISO/IEC 10646 |
| |
MIA version of the compiler: |
|
Note
Some users have tried defining the macro __ALPHA explicity with a /DEFINE qualifier or in a header file as a quick hack to deal with source-code conditionals that were written to assume that if __ALPHA is not defined, then the target must be a VAX. Doing this causes the CRTL headers and other OpenVMS headers to take the wrong path for I64 systems. Never define any of the Alpha architecture predefined macros when using the compiler on I64 systems.
#ifdef VMS #include rms /* Include RMS definitions. */ #endif
See the VSI C Reference Manual for more information about using the preprocessor conditional-compilation directives.
6.1.2.1. The __DECC_VER Macro
The __DECC_VER
macro provides an integer encoding
of the compiler version-identifier string that is suitable
for use in a preprocessor #if
expression, such
that a larger number corresponds to a more recent version.
TMM.mm-eee
T is the version type (letter).
MM is the major version number.
mm is the update (minor version number).
eee is the edit suffix number.
__DECC_VER
is:
vvuuteeee
vv is the major version number.
uu is the update (minor version number).
t is the numerical encoding of the alphabetic version type from the version-identifier string.
Table 6.2, “__DECC_VER Version-Type Encodings” lists the possible version types and their encodings:Table 6.2. __DECC_VER Version-Type Encodings Type
Numerical Encoding
Description
T
6
Field-test version
S
8
Customer special
V
9
Officially supported version
eeee is the edit suffix number.
__DECC_VER
integer value is calculated from the compiler
version-identifier string: The major version is multiplied by 10000000.
The minor version (the digits between the '.' and any edit suffix) is multiplied by 100000 and added to the suffix value (The suffix value has a range of 0-999).
If the character immediately preceding the first digit of the major version number is one of the ones listed in Table 6.2, “__DECC_VER Version-Type Encodings”, its numerical encoding is multiplied by 10000.
The preceding values are added together.
__DECC_VER
encodings:
ident __DECC_VER
string vvuuteeee
T5.2-003 –> 50260003
V6.0-001 –> 60090001
6.1.2.2. The __VMS_VER Macro
The __VMS_VER
macro provides an integer encoding
of the OpenVMS version-identifier string that is suitable
for use in a preprocessor #if
expression, such
that a larger number corresponds to a more recent version.
TMM.mm-epp
T is the version type (letter).
MM is the major version number.
mm is the update (minor version number).
ee is the edit number.
pp is the patch letter.
__VMS_VER
is:
vvuuepptt
vv is the major version
uu is the update (minor version)
e is the edit number
pp is the patch letter (A = 01, ..., Z = 26)
tt is the alphabetic ordinal of the version type from the version-identifier string (E = 05, ..., V = 22)
Note that there are no version-type letters A - D and W - Z.
__VMS_VER
integer
value is calculated from the OpenVMS version-identifier
string: The major version is multiplied by 10000000.
The minor version (the digits between the '.' and any edit/patch suffix) is multiplied by 100000 and added to the suffix value.
The suffix value is the optional edit number multiplied by 10000, added to the optional patch letter's alphabetic ordinal multiplied by 100.
The preceding values are added together, along with the alphabetic ordinal of the version type.
__VMS_VER
encodings:
ident __VMS_VER
string vvuuepptt
V6.1 –> 60100022
V6.1-1H –> 60110822
E6.2 –> 60200005 ("IFT")
F6.2 –> 60200006 ("FT1")
G6.2 –> 60200007 ("FT2")
V6.2 –> 60200022
T6.2-1H –> 60210820
V6.2-1I –> 60210922
V5.5-1H1 –> 50510822 (extra trailing digit ignored)
6.1.3. Standards Conformance Macros
The VSI C RTL contains functions whose support and syntax conform to various industry standards or levels of product or operating system support.
#define
preprocessor
directive) to control which VSI C RTL functions are declared in header
files and to obtain standards conformance checking.
Macro |
Standard |
---|---|
|
XPG4-UNIX |
|
XPG4 |
|
POSIX |
|
Standard C |
|
OpenVMS Version 6 compatibility |
|
DEC C Version 4.0 compatibility |
|
4.4BSD Curses |
|
VAX C Curses |
|
4.4BSD sockets |
These macros, with the exception of _POSIX_C_SOURCE
, can be defined to 0 or
1.
_POSIX_C_SOURCE
macro can be defined to one of the following values: - 0
- 1
- 2
- 199506
See the VSI C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS Systems for more information about these feature-test macros.
6.1.4. Floating-Point Macros
__D_FLOAT
__G_FLOAT
__IEEE_FLOAT
_IEEE_FP
__X_FLOAT
One of the first three macros listed is defined to have a value of 1 when the corresponding option of the /FLOAT qualifier is specified, or the appropriate /[NO]G_FLOAT qualifier is used. (The /G_FLOAT qualifier is kept only for compatibility with VAX C.) If the corresponding option was not specified, the associated macro is defined to have a value of 0.
The _IEEE_FP
macro is defined in any IEEE floating-point
mode except FAST.
On OpenVMS Alpha and I64 systems, the __X_FLOAT
macro is
defined to have a value of 1 when /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128 (the
default), and a value of 0 when /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=64.
These macros can assist in writing code that executes conditionally, depending on whether the program is running using D_floating, G_floating, or IEEE_floating precision.
__D_FLOAT
and __IEEE_FLOAT
are
predefined to be 0, and __G_FLOAT
is predefined as if
the following were included before every compilation unit:
#define __G_FLOAT 1
double
without causing an error and without
being certain of how much storage was allocated for the variable.
For example, you may assign values to external variables as follows:
#ifdef __G_FLOAT double x = 0.12e308; /* Range to 10 to the 308th power */ #else double x = 0.12e38; /* Range to 10 to the 38th power */ #endif
All predefined macro names, such as __G_FLOAT
, are
reserved by VSI.
You can remove the effect of predefined macro definitions by
explicitly undefining the conflicting name. For more information
about undefining macros, see the #undefine
directive in
the VSI C Reference Manual. For more information about the G_floating representation
of the double
data type, see Chapter 4, Data Storage and Representation.
6.1.5. Compiler-Mode Macros
__DECC_MODE_STRICT
__DECC_MODE_RELAXED
__DECC_MODE_VAXC
__DECC_MODE_COMMON
__DECC_MODE_MS
__MS
6.1.6. Pointer-Size Macro
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
Specifying /POINTER_SIZE, /POINTER_SIZE=32, or /POINTER_SIZE=SHORT
defines __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to 32.
Specifying /POINTER_SIZE=64, or /POINTER_SIZE=LONG defines
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to 64.
If /POINTER_SIZE is not specified, __INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
is defined to 0. This lets you use #ifdef
__INITIAL_POINTER_SIZE
to test whether or not the
compiler supports 64-bit pointers, because compilers lacking
pointer-size controls will not define this macro at all.
6.1.7. The __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES Macro
The C standard specifies exactly what identifiers in the normal name space are declared by the standard header files. A compiler is not free to declare additional identifiers in a header file unless the identifiers follow defined rules (the identifier must begin with an underscore followed by an uppercase letter or another underscore).
When running the VSI C compiler for OpenVMS systems in strict ANSI C
mode (/STANDARD=ANSI89), versions of the standard header
files are included that hide many identifiers that do not follow the
rules. The header file <stdio.h>
, for example, hides
the definition of the macro TRUE. The compiler accomplishes this by
predefining the macro __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
in strict
ANSI mode.
You can use the /UNDEFINE="__HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES" command-line qualifier to prevent the compiler from predefining this macro and, thereby, including macro definitions of the forbidden names.
6.2. Built-In Functions
Sections 6.2.1, Section 6.2.2, “Built-In Functions for I64 Systems (I64 only)”, and 6.2.3 describe the VSI C built-in functions available in all compiler modes on OpenVMS Alpha, I64, and VAX systems.
These functions allow you to directly access hardware and machine instructions to perform operations that are cumbersome, slow, or impossible in other C compilers.
These functions are very efficient because they are built into the VSI C compiler. This means that a call to one of these functions does not result in a reference to a function in the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) or to a function in your program. Instead, the compiler generates the machine instructions necessary to carry out the function directly at the call site. Because most of these built-in functions closely correspond to single VAX or Alpha machine instructions, the result is small, fast code.
Some of these built-in functions (such as those that operate on strings or bits) are of general interest. Others (such as the functions dealing with process context) are of interest if you are writing device drivers or other privileged software. Some of the functions discussed in the following sections are privileged and unavailable to user mode programs.
<builtins.h>
header file in your source program to access these built-in functions. VAX C
required you to place the #pragma builtins
preprocessor
directive, rather than
#include <builtins.h>
, in your source file before using one
or more built-in functions. VSI C supports #pragma builtins
for
compatibility with VAX C, but using #include <builtins.h>
is
recommended. Note
VSI C implements #pragma builtins
as if it were
#include <builtins.h>
; if you get an
error from #pragma builtins
, it is the same
kind of error you would get if you specified #include
<builtins.h>
.
Some of the built-in functions have optional arguments or allow a particular argument to have one of many different types. To describe all valid combinations of arguments, the following built-in function descriptions list several different prototypes for the function. As long as a call to a built-in function matches one of the prototypes listed, the call is valid. Furthermore, any valid call to a built-in function behaves as if the corresponding prototype were in scope of the call. The compiler, therefore, performs the argument checking and conversions specified by that prototype.
The majority of the built-in functions are named after the processor instruction that they generate. The built-in functions provide direct and unencumbered access to those VAX instructions. Any inherent limitations to those instructions are limitations to the built-in functions as well. For instance, the MOVC3 instruction and the _MOVC3 built-in function can move at most 65,535 characters.
For more information on these built-in functions, see the corresponding machine instruction in the VAX MACRO and Instruction Set Reference Manual, Alpha Architecture Handbook or Alpha Architecture Reference Manual. In particular, refer to the structure of queue entries manipulated by the built-in queue functions.
6.2.1. Built-In Functions for OpenVMS Alpha Systems (Alpha only)
The following sections describe the VSI C built-in functions available on OpenVMS Alpha systems.
6.2.1.1. Translation Macros for VAX C Built-in Functions
<builtins.h>
header file contains
macro definitions that translate some VAX C built-in
functions to the equivalent VSI C for OpenVMS Alpha built-in functions.
Consequently, the following VAX C built-in functions are
effectively supported: - _BBCCI
- _BBSSI
- _INSQHI
- _INSQTI
- _INSQUE
- _REMQHI
- _REMQTI
- _REMQUE
- _PROBER
- _PROBEW
For more detail on any of these functions, see
<builtins.h>
or the description of
the corresponding native Alpha function in this chapter.
For example, for a description of _INSQHI, see
__PAL_INSQHIL.
6.2.1.2. In-line Assembly Code – ASMs
VSI C supports in-line assembly code, commonly referred to as ASMs on UNIX platforms.
Like built-in functions, ASMs are implemented with a
function-call syntax. But unlike built-in functions, to use
ASMs you must include the <c_asm.h>
header
file containing prototypes for the three types of ASMs, and
the #pragma intrinsic
preprocessor directive.
__int64@@asm (const char *, …); /* for integer operations, like MULQ */ float fasm (const char *, …); /* for single precision float instructions, like MULS */ double dasm (const char *, …); /* for double precision float instructions, like MULT */ #pragma intrinsic (asm, fasm, dasm)
const char
*
The first argument to the asm
, fasm
,
or dasm
function contains the instruction(s) to
be generated inline and the metalanguage that describes the
interpretation of the arguments.
…
The source and destination arguments (if any) for the instruction being generated, and any other values used in the generated instructions.
These values are made available to the instructions through the normal argument passing conventions of the calling standard (the first integer argument is available in register R16).
#pragma intrinsic
directive in the
<c_asm.h>
header file is required
when using ASMs. It notifies the compiler that: These functions are not user-defined functions.
The special ASM processing should be applied to analyze at compile time the first argument and generate machine-code instructions as specified by the contents of the string.
<metalanguage_sequence> : <register_alias> | <register_number> | <register_macro> ; <register_number> : "$" number ; <register_macro> : "%" <macro_sequence> ; <macro_sequence> : number | <register_name> | "f" number | "F" number | "r" number | "R" number ; <register_name> : /* argument registers: R16-R21 */ "a0" | "a1" | "a2" | "a3" | "a4" | "a5" /* return value: R0 or F0, depending on type */ | "v0" /* scratch registers: R1, R22-R24, R28 */ | "t0" | "t1" | "t2" | "t3" | "t4" /* save registers: R2-R15 */ | "s0" | "s1" | "s2" | "s3" | "s4" | "s5" | "s6" | "s7" | "s8" | "s7" | "s8" | "s9" | "s10" | "s11" | "s12" | "s13" /* stack pointer: R30 */ | "sp" | "SP" | "$sp" | "$SP" | "RA" | "ra" /* return addr: R26 */ | "PV" | "pv" /* procedure value: R27 */ | "AI" | "ai" /* arg info: R25 */ | "FP" | "fp" /* frame pointer: R29 */ | "RZ" | "rz" | "zero" /* sink/source: R31 == zero */
Syntactically, the metalanguage can appear anywhere within an instruction sequence.
<string_contents> : <instruction_seq> | <string_contents> ";" <instruction_seq> | error | <string_contents> error ; <instruction_seq> : instruction_operand | directive ;
An instruction_operand is generally recognized as an assembly language instruction separated by white space from a sequence of comma-separated operands.
You can code multiple instruction sequences into one literal string, separating them by semicolons.
Since the C language concatentates adjacent string literals into a single string, successive instructions can be written as separate strings, one per line (as is normally done in assembly language) as long as each instruction is terminated by a semicolon (as shown in the examples).
The first argument to an ASM call is interpreted as the instructions to be assembled in the metalanguage, and must be fully understood by the compiler at compile time. Therefore, it must be a literal string (or a macro expanding to a literal string) and must not be a run-time value containing a string. Therefore, the following are not allowed: indirections, table lookups, structure dereferences, and so on.
The remaining arguments are loaded into the argument registers like normal function arguments, except that the second argument to the ASM call is treated as the first argument for purposes of the calling standard.
For example, in the following test, the six arguments are loaded into arg registers a0 through a5, and the result of each subexpression is stored in the value return register v0. Since v0 is the calling standard's return value register (R0 for an integer function), the result of the final MULQ is the value returned by the "call":if (asm("mulq %a0, %a1, %v0;" "mulq %a2, %v0, %v0;" "mulq %a3, %v0, %v0;" "mulq %a4, %v0, %v0;" "mulq %a5, %v0, %v0;", 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) != 720){ error_cnt++; printf ("Test failed\n"); }
The following example does not work. There is no value loaded into the floating-point return register. Furthermore, it results in a compile-time warning stating that r2 is used before it is set, because the arguments are loaded into the arg registers and not into r2:z = fasm("mulq %r2, %a1, %r5", x=10, y=5);
The correct way of doing this is to specify an argument register number in place of r2. A correct version of the above would be:z = fasm("mulq %a0, %a1, %a1;" "stq %a1, 0(%a2);" "ldt %f0, 0(%a2);" "cvtqf %f0, %f0;", x=10, y=5, &temp);
Note that the memory location used for the transfer from integer to floating-point register is made available to the asm code by passing as an argument the address of a variable allocated in the C code for that purpose.
A return register must be specified in the metalanguage for the result to appear in the expected place.
- For instructions that do not take any argument and do not have a return type, leave out the arguments. For example:
asm("MB");
6.2.1.3. Absolute Value ( __ABS)
The __ABS built-in is functionally equivalent to its
counterpart, abs
, in the standard header file
<stdlib.h>
.
#include <stdlib.h>
int __ABS (int x);
This built-in does, however, offer performance improvements because there is less call overhead associated with its use.
If you include <stdlib.h>
, the built-in is
automatically used for all occurrences of abs
.
To disable the built-in, use #undef abs
.
6.2.1.4. Acquire and Release Longword Semaphore (__ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG, __RELEASE_SEM_LONG)
The __ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG and __RELEASE_SEM_LONG functions provide a counted semaphore capability where the positive value of a longword is interpreted as the number of resources available.
The __ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG function loops until the longword has a positive value and then decrements it within a load-locked/store-conditional sequence; it then issues a memory barrier. This function returns 1 if the resource count was successfully decremented within the specified number of retries, and 0 otherwise. With no explicit retry count, the function does not return until it succeeds.
The __RELEASE_SEM_LONG function issues a memory barrier and then does an __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_LONG on the longword.
int __ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG (volatile void *address); int __ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int retry);
int __RELEASE_SEM_LONG (volatile void *address);
address
The longword-aligned address of the resource count.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
6.2.1.5. Add Aligned Word Interlocked ( __ADAWI)
The __ADAWI function adds its source operand to the destination. This function is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
int __ADAWI (short src, volatile short *dest);
src
The value to be added to the destination.
dest
A pointer to the destination. The destination must be aligned
on a word boundary. (You can achieve alignment using the
_align
or __align
storage-class modifier.)
Bit 3 is the negative condition code (N bit).
In general, it is set by negative result instructions. The bit is cleared by positive result or zero instructions. For those instructions that affect the bit according to a stored result, the N bit reflects the actual result even if the sign of the result is algebraically incorrect as a result of overflow.
Bit 2 is the zero condition code (Z bit).
Typically it is set by instructions that store an exactly zero result and cleared if the result is not zero. Again, this reflects the actual result even if overflow occurs.
Bit 1 is the overflow condition code (V bit).
In general, it is set after arithmetic operations in which the magnitude of the algebraically correct result is too large to be represented in the available space, and cleared after operations whose result fits. Instructions in which overflow is impossible or meaningless either clear the bit or leave it unaffected. Note that all overflow conditions that set the V bit can also cause traps if the appropriate trap enable bits are set.
Bit 0 is the carry condition code (C bit).
Usually it is set after arithmetic operations in which a carry out of, or borrow into, the most significant bit occurred. The bit is cleared after arithmetic operations that had no carry or borrow, and is either cleared or unaffected by other instructions.
6.2.1.6. Add Atomic Longword ( __ADD_ATOMIC_LONG)
load-locked/store-conditional
int __ADD_ATOMIC_LONG (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The address of the aligned longword.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It either returns a value of 1 upon successful completion, or hangs in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.7. Add Atomic Quadword ( __ADD_ATOMIC_QUAD)
The __ADD_ATOMIC_QUAD function adds the specified expression to the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence.
int __ADD_ATOMIC_QUAD (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The address of the aligned quadword.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It either returns a value of 1 upon successful completion, or hangs in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.8. Allocate Bytes from Stack ( __ALLOCA)
The __ALLOCA function allocates n bytes from the stack.
void *__ALLOCA (unsigned int n);
n
The number of bytes to be allocated.
A pointer to the allocated memory is returned.
6.2.1.9. AND Atomic Longword ( __AND_ATOMIC_LONG)
The __AND_ATOMIC_LONG function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic AND of the specified expression with the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence.
int __AND_ATOMIC_LONG (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It either returns a value of 1 upon successful completion, or hangs in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.10. AND Atomic Quadword ( __AND_ATOMIC_QUAD)
The __AND_ATOMIC_QUAD function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic AND of the specified expression with the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence.
int __AND_ATOMIC_QUAD (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The address of the aligned quadword.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It either returns a value of 1 upon successful completion, or hangs in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.11. Atomic Add Longword (__ATOMIC_ADD_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_ADD_LONG function adds the specified expression to the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the addition was performed.
int __ATOMIC_ADD_LONG (volatile void *address, int expression); int __ATOMIC_ADD_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.12. Atomic Add Quadword (__ATOMIC_ADD_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_ADD_QUAD function adds the specified expression to the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the addition was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_ADD_QUAD (volatile void *address, __int64 expression); __int64 __ATOMIC_ADD_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, __int64 expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.13. Atomic AND Longword (__ATOMIC_AND_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_AND_LONG function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic AND of the specified expression with the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the operation was performed.
int __ATOMIC_AND_LONG (volatile void *address, int expression); int __ATOMIC_AND_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.14. Atomic AND Quadword (__ATOMIC_AND_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_AND_QUAD function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic AND of the specified expression with the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the operation was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_AND_QUAD (volatile void *address, __int64 expression); __int64 __ATOMIC_AND_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, __int64 expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.15. Atomic OR Longword (__ATOMIC_OR_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_OR_LONG function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic OR of the specified expression with the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the operation was performed.
int __ATOMIC_OR_LONG (volatile void *address, int expression); int __ATOMIC_OR_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.16. Atomic OR Quadword (__ATOMIC_OR_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_OR_QUAD function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic OR of the specified expression with the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the operation was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_OR_QUAD (volatile void *address, __int64 expression); __int64 __ATOMIC_OR_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, __int64 expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.17. Atomic Increment Longword (__ATOMIC_INCREMENT_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_LONG function increments by 1 the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the operation was performed.
int __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_LONG (volatile void *address); int __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.18. Atomic Increment Quadword (__ATOMIC_INCREMENT_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_QUAD function increments by 1 the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the operation was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_QUAD (volatile void *address); __int64 __ATOMIC_INCREMENT_QUAD (volatile void *address, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.19. Atomic Decrement Longword (__ATOMIC_DECREMENT_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_LONG function decrements by 1 the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the operation was performed.
int __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_LONG (volatile void *address); int __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_LONG (volatile void *address, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.20. Atomic Decrement Quadword (__ATOMIC_DECREMENT_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_QUAD function decrements by 1 the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the operation was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_QUAD (volatile void *address); __int64 __ATOMIC_DECREMENT_QUAD (volatile void *address, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.21. Atomic Exchange Longword (__ATOMIC_EXCH_LONG)
The __ATOMIC_EXCH_LONG function stores the value of the specified expression into the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the longword before the operation was performed.
int __ATOMIC_EXCH_LONG (volatile void *address, int expression); int __ATOMIC_EXCH_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The longword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.22. Atomic Exchange Quadword (__ATOMIC_EXCH_QUAD)
The __ATOMIC_EXCH_QUAD function stores the value of the specified expression into the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence and returns the value of the quadword before the operation was performed.
__int64 __ATOMIC_EXCH_QUAD (volatile void *address, __int64 expression); __int64 __ATOMIC_EXCH_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, __int64 expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the data segment.
expression
An integer expression.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
Note
The non-RETRY form of this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. This means this function can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.23. Compare Store Longword ( __CMP_STORE_LONG)
int __CMP_STORE_LONG (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value, volatile void *dest);
This function performs a conditional atomic compare and update operation involving one or two longwords in the same lock region. The value pointed to by source is compared with the longword old_value. If they are equal, the longword new_value is conditionally stored into the value pointed to by dest.
The store will not complete if the compare yields unequal values or if there is an intervening store to the lock region involved. To be in the same lock region, source and dest must point to aligned longwords in the same naturally aligned 16-byte region.
The function returns 0 if the store does not complete, and returns 1 if the store does complete.
6.2.1.24. Compare Store Quadword ( __CMP_STORE_QUAD)
int __CMP_STORE_QUAD (volatile void *source, int64 old_value, int64 new_value, volatile void *dest);
This function performs a conditional atomic compare and update operation involving one or two quadwords in the same lock region. The value pointed to by source is compared with the quadword old_value. If they are equal, the quadword new_value is conditionally stored into the value pointed to by dest.
The store will not complete if the compare yields unequal values or if there is an intervening store to the lock region involved. To be in the same lock region, source and dest must point to aligned quadwords in the same naturally aligned 16-byte region.
The function returns 0 if the store does not complete, and returns 1 if the store does complete.
6.2.1.25. Convert G_Floating to F_Floating Chopped ( __CVTGF_C)
The __CVTGF_C function converts a double-precision, VAX G_floating-point number to a single-precision, VAX F_floating-point number. This conversion chops to single-precision; then the 8-bit exponent range is checked for overflow or underflow.
float __CVTGF_C (double operand);
operand
A double-precision, VAX floating-point number.
6.2.1.26. Convert G_Floating to Quadword ( __CVTGQ)
The __CVTGQ function rounds a double-precision, VAX floating-point number to a 64-bit integer value and returns the result.
int64 __CVTGQ (double operand);
operand
A double-precision, VAX floating-point number.
6.2.1.27. Convert IEEE T_Floating to IEEE S_Floating Chopped ( __CVTTS_C)
The __CVTTS_C function converts a double-precision, IEEE T_floating-point number to a single-precision, IEEE S_floating-point number. This conversion chops to single-precision; then the 8-bit exponent range is checked for overflow or underflow.
float __CVTTS_C (double operand);
operand
A double-precision, IEEE floating-point number.
6.2.1.28. Convert IEEE T_Floating to Quadword ( __CVTTQ)
The __CVTTQ function rounds a double-precision, IEEE T_floating-point number to a 64-bit integer value and returns the result.
int64 __CVTTQ (double operand);
operand
A double-precision, IEEE T_floating-point number.
6.2.1.29. Convert X_Floating to Quadword ( __CVTXQ)
The __CVTXQ function converts an X_floating-point number to a 64-bit integer value and returns the result.
int64 __CVTXQ (long double operand);
operand
An X_floating-point number.
6.2.1.30. Convert X_Floating to IEEE T_Floating Chopped ( __CVTXT_C)
T_floating-point
double __CVTXT_C (long double operand);
operand
An X_floating-point number.
6.2.1.31. Copy Sign Built-in Functions
Built-in functions are provided to copy selected portions of single- and double-precision, floating-point numbers.
float __CPYSF (float operand1, float operand2); double __CPYS (double operand1, double operand2); float __CPYSNF (float operand1, float operand2); double __CPYSN (double operand1, double operand2); float __CPYSEF (float operand1, float operand2); double __CPYSE (double operand1, double operand2);
The copy sign built-ins (__CPYSF and __CPYS) fetch the sign bit in operand1, concatenate it with the exponent and fraction bits from operand2, and return the result.
The copy sign negate built-ins (__CPYSNF and __CPYSN) fetch the sign bit in operand1, complement it, concatenate it with the exponent and fraction bits from operand2, and return the result.
The copy sign exponent built-ins (__CPYSEF and __CPYSE) fetch the sign and exponent bits from operand1, concatenate them with the fraction bits from operand2, and return the result.
6.2.1.32. Cosine ( __COS)
The __COS built-in function is functionally equivalent to its
counterpart, cos
, in the standard header file
<math.h>
.
#include <math.h>
double __COS (double x);
x
A radian value.
This built-in offers performance improvements because there is less call overhead associated with its use.
If you include <math.h>
, the built-in is
automatically used for all occurrences of cos
.
To disable the built-in, use #undef cos
.
6.2.1.33. Double-Precision, Floating-Point Arithmetic Built-in Functions
__ADDG_C |
__ADDT_C |
__SUBG_C |
__SUBT_C |
__MULG_C |
__MULT_C |
__DIVG_C |
__DIVT_C |
double __op{G,T}_C (double operand1, double operand2);
Where op is one of ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, and {G,T} represents VAX or IEEE floating-point arithmetic, respectively.
The result of the arithmetic operation is returned.
6.2.1.34. Floating-Point Absolute Value ( __FABS)
The __FABS built-in function is functionally equivalent to its
counterpart, fabs
, in the standard header file
<math.h>
.
#include <math.h>
double __FABS (double x);
x
A floating-point number.
This built-in offers performance improvements because there is no call overhead associated with its use.
If you include <math.h>
, the built-in is
automatically used for all occurrences of fab
.
To disable the built-in, use #undef fab
.
6.2.1.35. _leadz
The _leadz built-in function returns the number of leading zeroes (starting at the most significant bit position) in its argument. For example, _leadz(1) returns 63, and _leadz(0) returns 64.
int64 _leadz (unsigned int64);
6.2.1.36. Long Double-Precision, Floating-Point Arithmetic Built-in Functions
__ADDX_C |
__SUBX_C |
__MULX_C |
__DIVX_C |
long double __opX_C (long double operand1, long double operand2);
Where op is one of ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV.
The result of the arithmetic operation is returned.
6.2.1.37. Longword Absolute Value ( __LABS)
The __LABS built-in is functionally equivalent to its
counterpart, labs
, in the standard header file
<stdlib.h>
.
#include <stdlib.h>
long int __LABS (long int x);
x
An integer.
This built-in offers performance improvements because there is less call overhead associated with its use.
If you include <stdlib.h>
, the built-in is
automatically used for all occurrences of labs
.
To disable the built-in, use #undef labs
.
6.2.1.38. Lock and Unlock Longword (__LOCK_LONG, __UNLOCK_LONG)
The __LOCK_LONG and __UNLOCK_LONG functions provide a binary spinlock capability based on the low-order bit of a longword.
The __LOCK_LONG function executes in a loop waiting for the bit to be cleared and then sets it within a load-locked/store-conditional sequence; it then issues a memory barrier. The __UNLOCK_LONG function issues a memory barrier and then zeroes the longword.
The __LOCK_LONG_RETRY function returns 1 if the lock was acquired in the specified number of retries and 0 if the lock was not acquired.
int __LOCK_LONG (volatile void *address); int __LOCK_LONG_RETRY (volatile void *address, int retry);
int __UNLOCK_LONG (volatile void *address);
address
The quadword-aligned address of the longword used for the lock.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
6.2.1.39. Memory Barrier ( __MB)
The __MB function directs the compiler to generate a memory barrier instruction.
void __MB (void);
6.2.1.40. Memory Copy and Set Functions ( __MEMCPY, __MEMMOVE, __MEMSET)
The __MEMCPY, __MEMMOVE, and __MEMSET built-ins are
functionally equivalent to their run-time routine
counterparts in the standard header file
<string.h>
.
#include <string.h> void *__MEMCPY (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t size); void *__MEMMOVE (void *s1, const void *s2, size_t size); void *__MEMSET (void *s, int value, size_t size);
These built-ins offer performance improvements because there is less call overhead associated with their use.
If you include <string.h>
, the built-ins are
automatically used for all occurrences of
memcpy
, memmove
, and
memset
. To disable the built-ins, use
#undef memcpy
, #undef
memmove
, and #undef
memset
.
6.2.1.41. OR Atomic Longword ( __OR_ATOMIC_LONG)
The __OR_ATOMIC_LONG function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic OR of the specified expression with the aligned longword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence.
int __OR_ATOMIC_LONG (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The address of the aligned longword.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It can either return a value of 1 upon successful completion, or it can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.42. OR Atomic Quadword ( __OR_ATOMIC_QUAD)
The __OR_ATOMIC_QUAD function performs a bit-wise or arithmetic OR of the specified expression with the aligned quadword pointed to by the address parameter within a load-locked/store-conditional code sequence.
int __OR_ATOMIC_QUAD (void *address, int expression, ...);
address
The address of the aligned quadword.
expression
An integer expression.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0). If the operation cannot be
performed successfully in the specified number of retries, a
value of 0 is returned. If the operation is successful, a
value of 1 is returned.
Note
If the optional retry count is omitted, this function loops back for a retry unconditionally on failure. In this case, the function can never return a failure value. It can either return a value of 1 upon successful completion, or it can hang in an endless failure loop.
6.2.1.43. Privileged Architecture Library Code Instructions
The following sections describe the Privileged Architecture Library Code (PALcode) instructions that are available as built-in functions.
6.2.1.44. __PAL_BPT
This function is provided for program debugging. It switches the processor to kernel mode and pushes registers R2 through R7, the updated PC, and PS onto the kernel stack. It then dispatches to the address in the breakpoint vector, which is stored in a control block.
void __PAL_BPT (void);
6.2.1.45. __PAL_BUGCHK
This function is provided for error reporting. It switches the processor to kernel mode and pushes registers R2 through R7, the updated PC, and PS onto the kernel stack. It then dispatches to the address in the bugcheck vector, which is stored in a control block.
void __PAL_BUGCHK (unsigned __int64 code);
6.2.1.46. __PAL_CFLUSH
This function flushes at least the entire physical page specified by the page frame number value from any data caches associated with the current processor. After a CFLUSH is done, the first subsequent load on the same processor to an arbitrary address in the target page is fetched from physical memory.
void __PAL_CFLUSH (int value);
value
A page frame number.
6.2.1.47. __PAL_CHME
This function allows a process to change its mode to Executive in a controlled manner. The change in mode also results in a change of stack pointers: the old pointer is saved and the new pointer is loaded. Registers R2 through R7, PS, and PC are pushed onto the selected stack. The saved PC addresses the instruction following the CHME instruction.
void __PAL_CHME (void);
6.2.1.48. __PAL_CHMK
This function allows a process to change its mode to kernel in a controlled manner. The change in mode also results in a change of stack pointers: the old pointer is saved and the new pointer is loaded. Registers R2 through R7, PS, and PC are pushed onto the kernel stack. The saved PC addresses the instruction following the CHMK instruction.
void __PAL_CHMK (void);
6.2.1.49. __PAL_CHMS
This function allows a process to change its mode to Supervisor in a controlled manner. The change in mode also results in a change of stack pointers: the old pointer is saved and the new pointer is loaded. Registers R2 through R7, PS, and PC are pushed onto the selected stack. The saved PC addresses the instruction following the CHMS instruction.
void __PAL_CHMS (void);
6.2.1.50. __PAL_CHMU
This function allows a process to call a routine using the change mode mechanism. Registers R2 through R7, PS, and PC are pushed onto the current stack. The saved PC addresses the instruction following the CHMU instruction.
void __PAL_CHMU (void);
6.2.1.51. __PAL_DRAINA
This function stalls instruction issuing until all prior instructions are guaranteed to complete without incurring aborts.
void __PAL_DRAINA (void);
6.2.1.52. __PAL_GENTRAP
This function is used for reporting run-time software conditions.
void __PAL_GENTRAP (uint64 encoded_software_trap);
encoded_software_trap
The particular software condition that has occurred.
6.2.1.53. __PAL_HALT
This function halts the processor when executed by a process running in kernel mode. This is a privileged function.
void __PAL_HALT (void);
6.2.1.54. __PAL_INSQHIL
This function inserts an entry at the front of a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal.
int __PAL_INSQHIL (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At head, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a longword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.55. __PAL_INSQHILR
This function inserts an entry into the front of a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_INSQHILR (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At head, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.56. __PAL_INSQHIQ
This function inserts an entry at the front of a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal.
int __PAL_INSQHIQ (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At head, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.57. __PAL_INSQHIQR
This function inserts an entry into the front of a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_INSQHIQR (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At head, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.58. __PAL_INSQTIL
This function inserts an entry at the end of a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal.
int __PAL_INSQTIL (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At tail, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.59. __PAL_INSQTILR
This function inserts an entry at the end of a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_INSQTILR (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At tail, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.60. __PAL_INSQTIQ
This function inserts an entry at the end of a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal.
int __PAL_INSQTIQ (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At tail, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.61. __PAL_INSQTIQR
This function inserts an entry at the end of a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. The pointers to head and new_entry must not be equal. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_INSQTIQR (void *head, void *new_entry); /* At tail, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
–1 if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the entry was inserted but it was not the only entry in the list
1 if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.1.62. __PAL_INSQUEL
This function inserts a new entry after an existing entry into a longword queue. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_INSQUEL (void *predecessor, void *new_entry);
predecessor
A pointer to an existing entry in the queue.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted.
0 if the entry was not the only entry in the queue
1 if the entry was the only entry in the queue
6.2.1.63. __PAL_INSQUEL_D
This function inserts a new entry after an existing entry into a longword queue deferred. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_INSQUEL_D (void **predecessor, void *new_entry); /* Deferred */
predecessor
A pointer to a pointer to the predecessor entry.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted.
0 if the entry was not the only entry in the queue
1 if the entry was the only entry in the queue
6.2.1.64. __PAL_INSQUEQ
This function inserts a new entry after an existing entry into a quadword queue. The entries must be octaword-aligned. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_INSQUEQ (void *predecessor, void *new_entry);
predecessor
A pointer to an existing entry in the queue.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted.
0 if the entry was not the only entry in the queue
1 if the entry was the only entry in the queue
6.2.1.65. __PAL_INSQUEQ_D
This function inserts a new entry after an existing entry into a quadword queue deferred. The entries must be octaword-aligned. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_INSQUEQ_D (void **predecessor, void *new_entry); /* Deferred */
predecessor
A pointer to a pointer to the predecessor entry.
new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted.
0 if the entry was not the only entry in the queue
1 if the entry was the only entry in the queue
6.2.1.66. __PAL_LDQP
This function returns the quadword-aligned memory object specified by address.
uint64 __PAL_LDQP (void *address);
address
A pointer to the quadword-aligned memory object to be returned.
If the object pointed to by address is not quadword-aligned, the result is unpredictable.
6.2.1.67. __PAL_STQP
This function writes the quadword value to the memory location pointed to by address.
void __PAL_STQP (void *address, uint64 value);
address
Memory location to be written to.
value
Quadword value to be stored.
If the location pointed to by address is not quadword-aligned, the result is unpredictable.
6.2.1.68. __PAL_MFPR_XXXX
These privileged functions return the contents of a particular processor register. The XXXX indicates the processor register to be read.
unsigned int __PAL_MFPR_ASTEN (void); /* AST Enable */
unsigned int __PAL_MFPR_ASTSR (void); /* AST Summary Register */
void *__PAL_MFPR_ESP (void); /* Executive Stack Pointer */
int __PAL_MFPR_FEN (void); /* Floating-Point Enable */
int __PAL_MFPR_IPL (void); /* Interrupt Priority Level */
int __PAL_MFPR_MCES (void); /* Machine Check Error Summary */
void *__PAL_MFPR_PCBB (void); /* Privileged Context Block Base */
int64 __PAL_MFPR_PRBR (void); /* Processor Base Register */
int __PAL_MFPR_PTBR (void); /* Page Table Base Register */
void *__PAL_MFPR_SCBB (void); /* System Control Block Base */
unsigned int __PAL_MFPR_SISR (void); /* Software Interrupt Summary Register */
void *__PAL_MFPR_SSP (void); /* Supervisor Stack Pointer */
int64 __PAL_MFPR_TBCHK (void *address); /* Translation Buffer Check */
void *__PAL_MFPR_USP (void); /* User Stack Pointer */
void *__PAL_MFPR_VPTB (void); /* Virtual Page Table */
int64 __PAL_MFPR_WHAMI (void); /* Who Am I */
6.2.1.69. __PAL_MTPR_XXXX
These privileged functions load a value into one of the special processor registers. The XXXX indicates the processor register to be loaded.
void __PAL_MTPR_ASTEN (unsigned int mask); /* AST Enable */ void __PAL_MTPR_ASTSR (unsigned int mask); /* AST Summary Register */ void __PAL_MTPR_DATFX (int value); /* Data Alignment Trap Fixup */ void __PAL_MTPR_ESP (void *address); /* Executive Stack Pointer */ void __PAL_MTPR_FEN (int value); /* Floating-Point Enable */ void __PAL_MTPR_IPIR (int64 number); /* Interprocessor Interrupt Request */ int __PAL_MTPR_IPL (int value); /* Interrupt Priority Level */ void __PAL_MTPR_MCES (int value); /* Machine Check Error Summary */ void __PAL_MTPR_PRBR (int64 value); /* Processor Base Register */ void __PAL_MTPR_SCBB (void *address); /* System Control Block Base */ void __PAL_MTPR_SIRR (int level); /* Software Interrupt Request Register */ void __PAL_MTPR_SSP (int *address); /* Supervisor Stack Pointer */ void __PAL_MTPR_TBIA (void); /* User Stack Pointer */ void __PAL_MTPR_TBIAP (void); /* Translation Buffer Invalidate All Process */ void __PAL_MTPR_TBIS (void *address); /* Translation Buffer Invalidate Single */ void __PAL_MTPR_TBISD (void *address); /* Translation Buffer Invalidate Single Data */ void __PAL_MTPR_TBISI (void *address); /* Translation Buffer Invalidate Single Instruction */ void __PAL_MTPR_USP (void *address); /* User Stack Pointer */ void __PAL_MTPR_VPTB (void *address); /* Virtual Page Table */
6.2.1.70. __PAL_PROBER
This function checks the read accessibility of the first and last byte of the given address and offset pair.
int __PAL_PROBER (const void *base_address, int offset, char mode);
base_address
The pointer to the memory segment to be tested for read access.
offset
The signed offset to the last byte in the memory segment.
mode
The processor mode used for checking access.
0 if one or both bytes are not accessible
1 if both bytes are accessible
6.2.1.71. __PAL_PROBEW
This function checks the write accessibility of the first and last byte of the given address and offset pair.
int __PAL_PROBEW (const void *base_address, int offset, char mode);
base_address
The pointer to the memory segment to be tested for write access.
offset
The signed offset to the last byte in the memory segment.
mode
The processor mode used for checking access.
0 if one or both bytes are not accessible
1 if both bytes are accessible
6.2.1.72. __PAL_RD_PS
This function returns the Processor Status (PS).
uint64 __PAL_RD_PS (void);
6.2.1.73. __PAL_REMQHIL
This function removes the first entry from a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQHIL (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At head, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.74. __PAL_REMQHILR
This function removes the first entry from a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_REMQHILR (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At head, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.75. __PAL_REMQHIQ
This function removes the first entry from a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQHIQ (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At head, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.76. __PAL_REMQHIQR
This function removes the first entry from a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_REMQHIQR (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At head, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.77. __PAL_REMQTIL
This function removes the last entry from a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQTIL (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At tail, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.78. __PAL_REMQTILR
This function removes the last entry from a longword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_REMQTILR (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At tail, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.79. __PAL_REMQTIQ
This function removes the last entry from a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQTIQ (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At tail, interlocked */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.80. __PAL_REMQTIQR
This function removes the last entry from a quadword queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system. This function must have write access to the header and queue entries. All parts of the queue must be memory resident.
int __PAL_REMQTIQR (void *head, void **removed_entry); /* At tail, interlocked resident */
head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on an octaword boundary.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the entry cannot be removed because the secondary interlock failed
0 if the queue was empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
2 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
6.2.1.81. __PAL_REMQUEL
This function removes an entry from a longword queue. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int _PAL_REMQUEL (void *entry, void **removed_entry);
entry
A pointer to the queue entry to be removed.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the queue was empty
0 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
6.2.1.82. __PAL_REMQUEL_D
This function removes an entry from a longword queue deferred. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQUEL_D (void **entry, void **removed_entry); /* Deferred */
entry
A pointer to a pointer to the queue entry to be removed.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the queue was empty
0 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
6.2.1.83. __PAL_REMQUEQ
This function removes an entry from a quadword queue. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQUEQ (void *entry, void **removed_entry);
entry
A pointer to the queue entry to be removed.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the queue was empty
0 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
6.2.1.84. __PAL_REMQUEQ_D
This function removes an entry from a quadword queue deferred. This function must have write access to header and queue entries.
int __PAL_REMQUEQ_D (void **entry, void **removed_entry); /* Deferred */
entry
A pointer to a pointer to the queue entry to be removed.
removed_entry
A pointer to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
–1 if the queue was empty
0 if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty
1 if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries
6.2.1.85. __PAL_SWPCTX
This function returns ownership of the data structure that contains the current hardware privileged context (the HWPCB) to the operating system and passes ownership of the new HWPCB to the processor.
void __PAL_SWPCTX (void *address);
address
A pointer to the new HWPCB.
6.2.1.86. __PAL_SWASTEN
This function swaps the previous state of the Asynchronous System Trap (AST) enable bit for the new state. The new state is supplied in bit 0 of new_state_mask. The previous state is returned, zero-extended.
A check is made to determine if an AST is pending. If the enabling conditions are present for an AST at the completion of this instruction, the AST occurs before the next instruction.
unsigned int __PAL_SWASTEN (int new_state_mask);
new_state_mask
An integer whose 0 bit is the new state of the AST enable bit.
6.2.1.87. __PAL_WR_PS_SW
This function writes the low-order three bits of
mask into the Processor Status
software field (PS<SW>
).
void __PAL_WR_PS_SW (int mask);
mask
An integer whose low-order three bits are written into
PS<SW>
.
6.2.1.88. _popcnt
The _popcnt built-in function returns the number of "1" bits (0 to 64) in its argument. For example, _popcnt(12) returns 2.
int64 _popcnt (unsigned int64);
6.2.1.89. _poppar
The _poppar built-in function returns 1 if the number of "1" bits in its argument is odd; otherwise it returns 0. For example, _poppar(12) returns 0.
int64 _poppar (unsigned int64);
6.2.1.90. Read Process Cycle Counter ( __RPCC)
The __RPCC function reads the current process cycle counter.
uint64 __RPCC (void);
6.2.1.91. Sine ( __SIN)
The __SIN built-in is functionally equivalent to its
counterpart, sin
, in the standard header file
<math.h>
.
#include <math.h>
double __SIN (double x);
x
A radian value.
This built-in offers performance improvements because there is less call overhead associated with its use.
If you include <math.h>
, the built-in is
automatically used for all occurrences of sin
.
To disable the built-in, use #undef sin
.
6.2.1.92. Single-Precision, Floating-Point Arithmetic Built-in Functions
__ADDF_C |
__ADDS_C |
__SUBF_C |
__SUBS_C |
__MULF_C |
__MULS_C |
__DIVF_C |
__DIVS_C |
float __op{F,S}_C (float operand1, float operand2);
Where op is one of ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, and {F,S} represents VAX or IEEE floating-point arithmetic, respectively.
The result of the arithmetic operation is returned.
6.2.1.93. Test for Bit Clear then Clear Bit Interlocked (__INTERLOCKED_TESTBITCC_QUAD)
Returns the complement of the specified bit before being cleared.
Clears the bit.
int __INTERLOCKED_TESTBITCC_QUAD (volatile void *address, int bit_position); int __INTERLOCKED_TESTBITCC_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, int bit_position, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned base address of the bit field.
bit_position
The position within the field of the bit that you want cleared, in the range of 0 to 63.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the quadword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.94. Test for Bit Clear then Clear Bit Interlocked (__TESTBITCCI)
Returns the complement of the specified bit before being cleared
Clears the bit
int __TESTBITCCI (void *address, int position, ...);
address
The base address of the field.
position
The position within the field of the bit that you want cleared.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0).
6.2.1.95. Test for Bit Set Then Set Bit Interlocked (__INTERLOCKED_TESTBITSS_QUAD)
Returns the value of the specified bit before being set.
Sets the bit.
int __INTERLOCKED_TESTBITSS_QUAD (volatile void *address, int bit_position); int __INTERLOCKED_TESTBITSS_QUAD_RETRY (volatile void *address, int expression, int retry, int *status);
address
The quadword-aligned base address of the bit field.
bit_position
The position within the field of the bit that you want cleared, in the range of 0 to 63.
retry
A retry count of type int
that indicates the
number of times the operation is attempted (which is at
least once, even if the retry argument
is 0). If the operation cannot be performed successfully in
the specified number of retries, the function returns
without updating the longword.
status
A pointer to an integer that is set to 0 if the operation did not succeed within the specified number of retries, and set to 1 if the operation succeeded.
6.2.1.96. Test for Bit Set then Set Bit Interlocked (__TESTBITSSI)
Returns the value of the specified bit before being set
Sets the bit
int __TESTBITSSI (void *address, int position, ...);
address
The base address of the field.
position
The position within the field of the bit that you want set.
…
An optional retry count of type int
. If
specified, the retry count indicates the number of times the
operation is attempted (which will be at least once, even if
the count argument is 0).
6.2.1.97. _trailz
The _trailz built-in function returns the number of trailing zeros (counting after the least significant set bit to the least significant bit position) in its argument. For example, _trailz(2) returns 1, and _trailz(0) returns 64.
int64 _trailz (unsigned int64);
6.2.1.98. Trap Barrier Instruction ( __TRAPB)
The __TRAPB function allows software to guarantee that, in a pipeline implementation, all previous arithmetic instructions will be completed without incurring any arithmetic traps before any instructions after the TRAPB instruction are issued.
void __TRAPB (void);
6.2.1.99. Unsigned Quadword Multiply High ( __UMULH)
The __UMULH function performs a quadword multiply high instruction.
uint64 __UMULH (uint64 operand1, uint64 operand2);
operand1
A 64-bit unsigned integer.
operand2
A 64-bit unsigned integer.
The two operands are multiplied as unsigned integers to
produce a 128-bit result. The high-order 64 bits are
returned. Note that uint64
is a
typedef
for the Alpha data type
unsigned __int64
.
6.2.2. Built-In Functions for I64 Systems (I64 only)
The VSI C built-in functions available on OpenVMS Alpha systems are also available on I64 systems, with some differences, as described in this section. This section also describes built-in functions that are specific to I64 systems.
6.2.2.1. Builtin Differences on I64 Systems
<builtins.h>
header file contains comments noting which
built-in functions are not available or are not the preferred form for I64
systems. The compiler issues diagnostics where using a different built-in
function for I64 systems would be preferable.
Note
The comments in <builtins.h>
reflect only what is explicitly
present in that header file itself, and in the compiler implementation. You
should also consult the content and comments in
<pal_builtins.h>
to determine more accurately what
functionality is effectively provided by including
<builtins.h>
. For example, if a program explicitly declares one
of the Alpha built-in functions and invokes it without having included
<builtins.h>
, the compiler might issue the BIFNOTAVAIL error
message, regardless of whether or not the function is available
through a system service. If the compilation does include
<builtins.h>
, and BIFNOTAVAIL is issued, then either there is no
support at all for the built-in function or a new version of
<pal_builtins.h>
is needed.
There is no support for the
asm
,fasm
, anddasm
intrinsics (declared in the<c_asm.h>
header file).- The functionality provided by the special-case treatment of R26 in an Alpha system
asm
, as inasm("MOV R26,R0")
, is provided by a new built-in function for I64 systems:__int64 __RETURN_ADDRESS(void);
This built-in function produces the address to which the function containing the built-in call will return (the value of R26 on entry to the function on Alpha systems; the value of B0 on entry to the function on I64 systems). This built-in function cannot be used within a function specified to use nonstandard linkage.
The only PAL function calls implemented as built-in functions within the compiler are the 24 queue-manipulation builtins. The queue manipulation builtins generate calls to new OpenVMS system services SYS$<name>, where <name> is the name of the builtin with the leading underscores removed.
Any other OpenVMS PAL calls are supported through macros defined in the
<pal_builtins.h>
header file included in the<builtins.h>
header file. Typically, the macros in<pal_builtins.h>
transform an invocation of an Alpha system builtin into a call to a system service that performs the equivalent function on an I64 system. Two notable exceptions are __PAL_GENTRAP and __PAL_BUGCHK, which instead invoke the I64 specific compiler builtin __break2.There is no support for the various floating-point built-in functions used by the OpenVMS math library (for example, operations with chopped rounding and conversions).
For most built-in functions that take a retry count, the compiler issues a warning message, evaluates the count for possible side effects, ignores it, and then invokes the same function without a retry count. This is necessary because the retry behavior allowed by Alpha load-locked/store-conditional sequences does not exist on I64 systems. There are two exceptions to this: __LOCK_LONG_RETRY and __ACQUIRE_SEM_LONG_RETRY; in these cases, the retry behavior involves comparisons of data values, not just load-locked/store-conditional.
The __CMP_STORE_LONG and __CMP_STORE_QUAD built-in functions produce either a warning or an error, depending on whether or not the compiler can determine if the source and destination addresses are identical. If the addresses are identical, the compiler treats the builtin as the new __CMP_SWAP_ form and issues a warning. Otherwise it is an error.
6.2.2.2. Built-in Functions Specific to I64 Systems
The <builtins.h>
header file contains a section at the top conditionalized to
just __ia64 with the support for built-in functions specific
to I64 systems. This includes macro definitions for all of
the registers that can be specified to the __getReg,
__setReg, __getIndReg, and __setIndReg built-in functions.
Parameters that are const
-qualified require an
argument that is a compile-time constant.
The following sections describe the VSI C built-in functions available on OpenVMS I64 systems.
6.2.2.3. Get Hardware Register Value ( __getReg)
The __getReg function gets the value from a hardware register
based on the register index specified. This function
produces a corresponding mov = r
instruction.
unsigned __int64 __getReg (const int whichReg);
whichReg
Register Name whichReg _IA64_REG_IP 1016 _IA64_REG_PSR 1019 _IA64_REG_PSR_L 1019 General Integer Registers: Register Name whichReg _IA64_REG_GP 1025 _IA64_REG_SP 1036 _IA64_REG_TP 1037 Application Registers: Register Name whichReg _IA64_REG_AR_KR0 3072 _IA64_REG_AR_KR1 3073 _IA64_REG_AR_KR2 3074 _IA64_REG_AR_KR3 3075 _IA64_REG_AR_KR4 3076 _IA64_REG_AR_KR5 3077 _IA64_REG_AR_KR6 3078 _IA64_REG_AR_KR7 3079 _IA64_REG_AR_RSC 3088 _IA64_REG_AR_BSP 3089 _IA64_REG_AR_BSPSTORE 3090 _IA64_REG_AR_RNAT 3091 _IA64_REG_AR_FCR 3093 _IA64_REG_AR_EFLAG 3096 _IA64_REG_AR_CSD 3097 _IA64_REG_AR_SSD 3098 _IA64_REG_AR_CFLAG 3099 _IA64_REG_AR_FSR 3100 _IA64_REG_AR_FIR 3101 _IA64_REG_AR_FDR 3102 _IA64_REG_AR_CCV 3104 _IA64_REG_AR_UNAT 3108 _IA64_REG_AR_FPSR 3112 _IA64_REG_AR_ITC 3116 _IA64_REG_AR_PFS 3136 _IA64_REG_AR_LC 3137 _IA64_REG_AR_EC 3138 Control Registers: Register Name whichReg _IA64_REG_CR_DCR 4096 _IA64_REG_CR_ITM 4097 _IA64_REG_CR_IVA 4098 _IA64_REG_CR_PTA 4104 _IA64_REG_CR_IPSR 4112 _IA64_REG_CR_ISR 4113 _IA64_REG_CR_IIP 4115 _IA64_REG_CR_IFA 4116 _IA64_REG_CR_ITIR 4117 _IA64_REG_CR_IIPA 4118 _IA64_REG_CR_IFS 4119 _IA64_REG_CR_IIM 4120 _IA64_REG_CR_IHA 4121 _IA64_REG_CR_LID 4160 _IA64_REG_CR_IVR 4161 * _IA64_REG_CR_TPR 4162 _IA64_REG_CR_EOI 4163 _IA64_REG_CR_IRR0 4164 * _IA64_REG_CR_IRR1 4165 * _IA64_REG_CR_IRR2 4166 * _IA64_REG_CR_IRR3 4167 * _IA64_REG_CR_ITV 4168 _IA64_REG_CR_PMV 4169 _IA64_REG_CR_CMCV 4170 _IA64_REG_CR_LRR0 4176 _IA64_REG_CR_LRR1 4177 * getReg only
6.2.2.4. Set Hardware Register Value ( __setReg)
The __setReg function sets the value for a hardware register
based on the register index specified. This function
produces a corresponding mov = r
instruction.
void __setReg (const int whichReg, unsigned __int64 value);
whichReg
The index of the hardware register whose value is being set. See the __getReg functions for the list of registers that can be accessed.
value
The value to which the register is set.
6.2.2.5. Get Index Register Value ( __getIndReg)
The __getIndReg function returns the value of an indexed register. The function accesses a register (index) in a register file (whichIndReg) of 64-bit registers.
unsigned __int64 __getIndReg (const int whichIndReg, __int64 index);
whichIndReg
The register file.
index
The index in the register file of the hardware register whose value is being requested. See the __getReg functions for the list of registers that can be accessed.
Register Name whichReg
_IA64_REG_INDR_CPUID 9000 *
_IA64_REG_INDR_DBR 9001
_IA64_REG_INDR_IBR 9002
_IA64_REG_INDR_PKR 9003
_IA64_REG_INDR_PMC 9004
_IA64_REG_INDR_PMD 9005
_IA64_REG_INDR_RR 9006
_IA64_REG_INDR_RESERVED 9007
* getIndReg only
6.2.2.6. Set Index Register Value ( __setIndReg)
The __setIndReg function copies a value into an indexed register. The function accesses a register (index) in a register file (whichIndReg) of 64-bit registers.
void __setIndReg (const int whichIndReg, __int64 index, unsigned __int64 value);
whichIndReg
The register file.
index
The index in the register file of the hardware register to be set. See the __getIndReg function for the list of registers that can be accessed.
value
The value to which the register is set.
6.2.2.7. Generate Break Instruction ( __break)
The __break function generates a break instruction with an immediate.
void __break (const int __break_arg);
__break_arg
An immediate value for the __break instruction to use.
6.2.2.8. Serialize Data ( __dsrlz)
The __dsrlz function serializes data. Maps to the srlz.d instruction.
void __dsrlz (void);
6.2.2.9. Flush Cache Instruction ( __fc)
The __fc function flushes a cache line associated with the address given by the argument. Maps to the fcr instruction.
void __fc (__int64 __address);
__address
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.10. Flush Write Buffers ( __fwb)
The __fwb function flushes the write buffers. Maps to the fwb instruction.
void __fwb (void);
6.2.2.11. Invalidate ALAT ( __invalat)
The __invalat function invalidates ALAT. Maps to the invala instruction.
void __invalat (void);
6.2.2.13. Execute Serialize ( __isrlz)
The __isrlz function executes the serialize instruction. Maps to the srlz.i instruction.
void __isrlz (void);
6.2.2.14. Insert Data Address Translation Cache ( __itcd)
The __itcd function inserts an entry into the data translation cache. Maps to the itc.d instruction.
void __itcd (__int64 pa);
pa
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.15. Insert Instruction Address Translation Cache ( __itci)
The __itci function inserts an entry into the instruction translation cache. Maps to the itc.i instruction.
void __itci (__int64 pa);
pa
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.16. Insert Data Translation Register ( __itrd)
The __itrd function maps to the itr.d instruction.
void __itrd (__int64 whichTransReg, __int64 pa);
whichTransReg
The data translation register to be used by the itr.d instruction.
pa
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.17. Insert Instruction Translation Register ( __itri)
The __itri function maps to the itr.i instruction.
void __itri (__int64 whichTransReg, __int64 pa);
whichTransReg
The data translation register to be used by the itr.i instruction.
pa
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.18. Purge Translation Cache Entry ( __ptce)
The __ptce function maps to the ptc.e instruction.
void __ptce (__int64 va);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.19. Purge Global Translation Cache ( __ptcg)
r,r
void __ptcg (__int64 va, __int64 pagesz);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
pagesz
The address range of the purge.
6.2.2.20. Purge Local Translation Cache ( __ptcl)
r,r
void __ptcl (__int64 va, __int64 pagesz);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
pagesz
The address range of the purge.
6.2.2.21. Purge Global Translation Cache and ALAT ( __ptcga)
The __ptcga function purges the global translation cache and ALAT. Maps to the ptc.ga r,r instruction.
void __ptcga (__int64 va, __int64 pagesz);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
pagesz
The address range of the purge.
6.2.2.22. Purge Data Translation Register ( __ptrd)
The __ptrd function purges the data translation register. Maps to the ptr.d r,r instruction.
void __ptrd (__int64 va, __int64 pagesz);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
pagesz
The address range of the purge.
6.2.2.23. Purge Instruction Translation Register ( __ptri)
r,r
void __ptri (__int64 va, __int64 pagesz);
va
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
pagesz
The address range of the purge.
6.2.2.24. Reset System Mask ( __rsm)
The __rsm function resets the system mask bits of the PSR. Maps to the rsm imm24 instruction.
void __rsm (int mask);
mask
An integer value inserted into the instruction as a 24-bit immediate value.
6.2.2.25. Reset User Mask ( __rum)
The __rum function resets the user mask.
void __rum (int mask);
mask
An integer value inserted into the instruction as a 24-bit immediate value.
6.2.2.26. Set System Mask ( __ssm)
The __ssm function sets the system mask.
void __ssm (int mask);
mask
An integer value inserted into the instruction as a 24-bit immediate value.
6.2.2.27. Set User Mask ( __sum)
The __sum function sets the user mask bits of the PSR. Maps to the sum imm24 instruction.
void __sum (int mask);
mask
An integer value inserted into the instruction as a 24-bit immediate value.
6.2.2.28. Enable Memory Synchronization ( __synci)
The __synci function enables memory synchronization. Maps to the sync.i instruction.
void __synci (void);
6.2.2.29. Translation Hashed Entry Address ( __thash)
The __thash function generates a translation hash entry address. Maps to the thash r = r instruction.
void __thash(__int64 __address);
__address
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.30. Translation Hashed Entry Tag ( __ttag)
The __ttag function generates a translation hash entry tag. Maps to the ttag r=r instruction.
void __ttag(__int64 __address);
__address
A 64-bit address, as opposed to a 32-bit or 64-bit pointer, that is loaded into a 64-bit general register used by the instruction to be generated.
6.2.2.31. Atomic Compare and Exchange ( _InterlockedCompareExchange_acq)
The _InterlockedCompareExchange_acq function atomically compares and exchanges the value specified by the first argument (a 64-bit pointer). This function maps to the cmpxchg4.acq instruction with appropriate setup.
unsigned __int64 _InterlockedCompareExchange_acq (volatile unsigned int *Destination, unsigned __int64 Newval, unsigned __int64 Comparand);
ar.ccv = Comparand; Oldval = *Destination; //Atomic if (ar.ccv == *Destination) //Atomic *Destination = Newval; //Atomic return Oldval;
Those parts of the algorithm that are marked "Atomic" are performed atomically by the cmpxchg4.acq instruction. This instruction has acquire ordering semantics; that is, the memory read/write is made visible prior to all subsequent data memory accesses of the Destination by other processors.
Destination
The value to be compared with Comparand and, if equal, replaced with the value of Newval.
Newval
The new value to replace the value in Destination.
Comparand
The value with which to compare Destination.
6.2.2.32. Atomic Compare and Exchange ( _InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq)
The _InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq function is the same as the _InterlockedCompareExchange_acq function, except that those parts of the algorithm that are marked "Atomic" are performed by the cmpxchg8.acq instruction.
unsigned __int64 _InterlockedCompareExchange64_acq (volatile unsigned __int64 *Destination, unsigned __int64 Newval, unsigned __int64 Comparand);
6.2.2.33. Atomic Compare and Exchange ( _InterlockedCompareExchange_rel)
This function is the same as the _InterlockedCompareExchange_acq function except that those parts of the algorithm that are marked "Atomic" are performed by the cmpxchg4.rel instruction with release ordering semantics; that is, the memory read/write is made visible after all previous memory accesses of the Destination by other processors.
unsigned __int64 _InterlockedCompareExchange_rel (volatile unsigned int *Destination, unsigned __int64 Newval, unsigned __int64 Comparand); Atomic Compare and Exchange ( _InterlockedCompareExchange64_rel)
6.2.2.34. Atomic Compare and Exchange ( _InterlockedCompareExchange64_rel)
This function is the same as the _InterlockedCompareExchange_rel function, except that those parts of the algorithm that are marked "Atomic" are performed by the cmpxchg8.rel instruction.
unsigned __int64 _InterlockedCompareExchange64_rel (volatile unsigned __int64 *Destination, unsigned __int64 Newval, unsigned __int64 Comparand);
6.2.2.35. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Longword (__CMP_SWAP_LONG)
The __CMP_SWAP_LONG function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation on a longword. The longword pointed to by source is read and compared with the longword old_value. If they are equal, the longword new_value is written into the longword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_LONG (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The longword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The longword value source is compared with.
new_value
The longword value written into source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.36. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Quadword (__CMP_SWAP_QUAD)
The __CMP_SWAP_QUAD function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation on a quadword. The quadword pointed to by source is read and compared with the quadword old_value. If they are equal, the quadword new_value is written into the quadword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_QUAD (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The quadword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The quadword value source is compared with.
new_value
The quadword value written to source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.37. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Longword with Acquire Semantics ( __CMP_SWAP_LONG_ACQ)
The __CMP_SWAP_LONG_ACQ function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation with acquire semantics on a longword. The longword pointed to by source is read and compared with the longword old_value. If they are equal, the longword new_value is written into the longword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
Acquire memory ordering guarantees that the memory read/write is made visible before all subsequent data accesses to the same memory location by other processors.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_LONG_ACQ (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The longword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The longword value source is compared with.
new_value
The longword value written into source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.38. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Quadword with Acquire Semantics ( __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_ACQ)
The __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_ACQ function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation with acquire semantics on a quadword. The quadword pointed to by source is read and compared with the quadword old_value. If they are equal, the quadword new_value is written into the quadword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
Acquire memory ordering guarantees that the memory read/write is made visible before all subsequent memory data accesses to the same memory location by other processors.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_ACQ (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The quadword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The quadword value source is compared with.
new_value
The quadword value written into source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.39. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Longword with Release Semantics ( __CMP_SWAP_LONG_REL)
The __CMP_SWAP_LONG_REL function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation with release semantics on a longword. The longword pointed to by source is read and compared with the longword old_value. If they are equal, the longword new_value is written into the longword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
Release memory ordering guarantees that the memory read/write is made visible after all previous data memory acceses to the same memory location by other processors.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_LONG_REL (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The longword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The longword value source is compared with.
new_value
The longword value written into source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.40. Conditional Atomic Compare and Exchange Quadword with Release Semantics ( __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_REL)
The __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_REL function performs a conditional atomic compare and exchange operation with release semantics on a quadword. The quadword pointed to by source is read and compared with the quadword old_value. If they are equal, the quadword new_value is written into the quadword pointed to by source. The read and write is performed atomically, with no intervening access to the same memory region.
Release memory ordering guarantees that the memory read/write is made visible after all previous data memory acceses to the same memory location by other processors.
The function returns 1 if the write occurs, and 0 otherwise.
int __CMP_SWAP_QUAD_REL (volatile void *source, int old_value, int new_value);
source
The quadword value to be compared with old_value.
old_value
The quadword value source is compared with.
new_value
The quadword value written into source if source and old_value are equal.
6.2.2.41. Return Address ( __RETURN_ADDRESS)
The __RETURN_ADDRESS function produces the address to which the function containing the built-in call will return as a 64-bit integer (on Alpha systems, the value of R26 on entry to the function; on I64 systems, the value of B0 on entry to the function).
This built-in function cannot be used within a function specified to use nonstandard linkage.
__int64 __RETURN_ADDRESS (void);
6.2.2.42. Implement Alpha __PAL_GENTRAP and __PAL_BUGCHK Builtins (__break2)
The __break2 function is used to implement the Alpha __PAL_GENTRAP and __PAL_BUGCHK built-in functions on OpenVMS I64 systems.
R17 = __R17_value; __break (__break_code);
void __break2 (__Integer_Constant __break_code, unsigned __int64 __r17_value);
__breakcode
The particular software condition that has occurred.
__r17_value
The value of R17, a volatile general register reserved by the OpenVMS Itanium calling standard for use by compiled code to communicate with specialized compiler support routines that require out-of-band information passing.
6.2.2.43. Flush Register Stack ( __flushrs)
The __flushrs function flushes the register stack.
void __flushrs (void);
6.2.2.44. Load Register Stack ( __loadrs)
The __loadrs function loads the register stack.
void __loadrs (void);
6.2.2.45. Probe Read-Access Permission ( __prober)
The __prober function determines whether read access to the virtual address specified by __address bits {60:0} and the region register indexed by __address bits {63:61} is permitted at the privilege level given by __mode bits {1:0}. It returns 1 if the access is permitted, and 0 otherwise.
This function can probe only with equal or lower privilege levels. If the specified privilege level is higher (lower number), then the probe is performed with the current privilege level.
This function is the same as the Intel __probe_r function.
int __prober (__int64 __address, unsigned int __mode);
__address
Virtual address for which read-access permission is being checked.
__mode
Privilege level for which read-access permission is being checked.
6.2.2.46. Probe Write-Access Permission ( __probew)
The __probew function determines whether write access to the virtual address specified by __address bits {60:0} and the region register indexed by __address bits {63:61}, is permitted at the privilege level given by __mode bits {1:0}. It returns 1 if the access is permitted, and 0 otherwise.
This function can probe only with equal or lower privilege levels. If the specified privilege level is higher (lower number), then the probe is performed with the current privilege level.
This function is the same as the Intel __probe_w function.
int __probew (__int64 __address, unsigned int __mode);
__address
Virtual address for which write-access permission is being checked.
__mode
Privilege level for which write-access permission is being checked.
6.2.3. Built-In Functions for OpenVMS VAX Systems (VAX only)
The following sections describe the VSI C built-in functions available on OpenVMS VAX systems.
The VSI C built-in functions use enumerated
typedefs
to define possible return values. We recommend that
you use the enumerated types to store and compare return values.
6.2.3.1. Allocate Bytes from Stack ( __ALLOCA)
The __ALLOCA function allocates n bytes from the stack.
void *__ALLOCA (unsigned int n);
n
The number of bytes to be allocated.
A pointer to the allocated memory is returned.
6.2.3.2. Add Aligned Word Interlocked ( _ADAWI)
The _ADAWI function adds its source operand to the destination. This function is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
typedef enum { _adawi_sum_neg=–1, _adawi_sum_zero, _adawi_sum_pos} _ADAWI_STATUS; _ADAWI_STATUS _ADAWI (short __src, short *__dest);
__src
The value to be added to the destination.
__dest
A pointer to the destination. The destination must be aligned on a word boundary. (You can
achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
adawi_sum_neg
(–1) if the sum when considered to be a signed number is negativeadawi_sum_zero
(0) if the sum is 0adawi_sum_pos
(1) if the sum is positive
6.2.3.3. Branch on Bit Clear-Clear Interlocked ( _BBCCI)
Returns the complement of the bit specified by the two arguments
Clears the bit specified by the two arguments
typedef enum { _bbcci_oldval_1, _bbcci_oldval_0} _BBCCI_STATUS; _BBCCI_STATUS _BBCCI (int __position, void *__address);
__position
The position of the bit within the field.
__address
The base address of the field.
The return value of _bbcci_oldval_1
(0) or
_bbcci_oldval_0
(1) is the complement of the value of
the specified bit before being cleared.
6.2.3.4. Branch on Bit Set-Set Interlocked ( _BBSSI)
Returns the status of the bit specified by the two arguments
Sets the bit specified by the two arguments
typedef enum { _bbssi_oldval_0, _bbcci_oldval_1} _BBSSI_STATUS; _BBSSI_STATUS _BBSSI (int __position, void *__address);
__position
The position of the bit within the field.
__address
The base address of the field.
The return value of _bbssi_oldval_0
(0) or
_bbssi_oldval_1
(1) is the value of the specified bit before
being set.
6.2.3.5. Find First Clear Bit ( _FFC)
The _FFC function finds the position of the first clear bit in a field. The bits are tested for clear status starting at bit 0 and extending to the highest bit in the field.
typedef enum { _ff_bit_not_found, _ff_bit_found} _FF_STATUS; _FF_STATUS _FFC (int __start, char __size, const void *__base, int *__position);
__start
The start position of the field.
__size
The size of the field, in bits. The size must be a value from 0 to 32 bits.
__base
The address of the field.
__position
The address of an integer to receive the position of the clear bit. If no bit is clear, the integer is set to the position of the first bit past the last bit tested.
_ff_bit_not_found
(0) if all bits in the field are set_ff_bit_found
(1) if a bit with value 0 is found
6.2.3.6. Find First Set Bit ( _FFS)
The _FFS function finds the position of the first set bit in a field. The bits are tested for set status starting at bit 0 and extending to the highest bit in the field.
typedef enum { _ff_bit_not_found, _ff_bit_found} _FF_STATUS; _FF_STATUS _FFS (int __start, char __size, const void *__base, int *__position);
__start
The start position of the field.
__size
The size of the field, in bits. The size must be a value from 0 to 32 bits.
__base
The address of the field.
__position
The address of an integer to receive the position of the set bit. If no bit is set, the integer is set to the position of the first bit past the last bit tested.
_ff_bit_not_found
(0) if all bits in the field are clear_ff_bit_found
(1) if a bit with value 1 is found
6.2.3.7. Halt ( _HALT)
The _HALT function halts the processor when executed by a process running in kernel mode. This is a privileged function.
void _HALT (void);
6.2.3.8. Insert Entry into Queue at Head Interlocked ( _INSQHI)
The _INSQHI function inserts an entry into the front of a queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
typedef enum {_insqi_inserted_many, _insqi_not_inserted, _insqi_inserted_only} _INSQI_STATUS; _INSQI_STATUS _INSQHI (void *__new_entry, void *__head);
__new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
(You can achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
__head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary. (You can
achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
_insqi_inserted_many
(0) if the entry was inserted, but it was not the only entry in the list_insqi_not_inserted
(1) if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed_insqi_inserted_only
(2) if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.3.9. Insert Entry into Queue at Tail Interlocked ( _INSQTI)
The _INSQTI function inserts an entry at the end of a queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
typedef enum {_insqi_inserted_many, _insqi_not_inserted, _insqi_inserted_only} _INSQI_STATUS; _INSQI_STATUS _INSQTI (void *__new_entry, void *__head);
__new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted. The entry must be aligned on a quadword boundary.
(You can achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
__head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary. (You can
achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
_insqi_inserted_many
(0) if the entry was inserted, but it was not the only entry in the list_insqi_not_inserted
(1) if the entry was not inserted because the secondary interlock failed_insqi_inserted_only
(2) if the entry was inserted and it was the only entry in the list
6.2.3.10. Insert Entry in Queue ( _INSQUE)
The _INSQUE function inserts a new entry into a queue following an existing entry.
typedef enum { _insque_inserted_only, _insque_inserted_many} _INSQUE_STATUS; _INSQUE_STATUS _INSQUE (void *__new_entry, void *__predecessor);
__new_entry
A pointer to the new entry to be inserted.
__predecessor
A pointer to an existing entry in the queue.
_insque_inserted_only
(0) if the entry was the only entry in the queue_insque_inserted_many
(1) if the entry was not the only entry in the queue
6.2.3.11. Locate Character ( _LOCC)
The _LOCC function locates the first character in a string matching the target character.
unsigned short _LOCC (char __target, unsigned short __length, const char *__string, ...);
__target
The character being searched.
__length
The length of the searched string. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__string
A pointer to the searched string.
…
An optional position argument,
which is a pointer to a pointer to char
. If the searched
character is found, this output argument is updated to point to the character
found. If the character is not found, this argument is set to the address one
byte beyond the string.
If the target character is found, the return value is the number of bytes remaining in the string; otherwise, the return value is 0.
6.2.3.12. Move from Processor Register ( _MFPR)
The _MFPR function returns the contents of a processor register. This is a privileged function.
void _MFPR (int register_num, int *destination); void _MFPR (int register_num, unsigned int *destination);
register_num
The number of the privileged register to be read.
destination
A pointer to the location receiving the
value from the register. This location can be a signed
or
unsigned int
.
6.2.3.13. Move Character 3 Operand ( _MOVC3)
The _MOVC3 function copies a block of memory.
void _MOVC3 (unsigned short __length, const char *__src, char *__dest, ...);
__length
The length of the source string, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__src
A pointer to the source string.
__dest
A pointer to the destination memory.
…
endscr
A pointer to a pointer to
char
. The _MOVC3 function sets this output argument to the address of the byte beyond the source string. Although this is an optional argument, it is required if enddest is specified.enddest
A pointer to a pointer to
char
. The _MOVC3 function sets this output argument to the address of the byte beyond the destination string.
6.2.3.14. Move Character 5 Operand ( _MOVC5)
The _MOVC5 function allows the source string specified by the pointer and length pair to be moved to the destination string specified by the other pointer and length pair. If the source string is smaller than the destination string, the destination string is padded with the specified character.
void _MOVC5 (unsigned short __srclen, const char *__src, char __fill, unsigned short __destlen, char *__dest, ...);
__srclen
The length of the source string, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__src
A pointer to the source string.
__fill
The fill character to be used if the source string is smaller than the destination string.
__destlen
The length of the destination string, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__dest
A pointer to the destination string.
…
unmoved_src
A pointer to an
unsigned short
integer. The _MOVC5 function sets this output argument to the number of unmoved bytes remaining in the source string. This argument is optional if the endscr argument is not specified.endscr
A pointer to a pointer to
char
. The _MOVC5 function sets this output argument to the address of the byte beyond the source string. Although this is an optional argument, it is required if enddest is specified.enddest
A pointer to a pointer to
char
. The _MOVC5 function sets this output argument to the address of the byte beyond the destination string.
6.2.3.15. Move from Processor Status Longword ( _MOVPSL)
The _MOVPSL function stores the value of the Processor Status Longword (PSL).
void _MOVPSL (void *__psl);
__psl
The address of the location for storing the value of the PSL.
6.2.3.16. Move to Processor Register ( _MTPR)
The _MTPR function loads a value into one of the special processor registers. It is a privileged function.
int _MTPR (int src, int register_num);
src
The value to store into the processor register.
register_num
The number of a privileged register to be updated.
The return value is the V condition flag from the Processor Status Longword (PSL).
6.2.3.17. Probe Read Accessibility ( _PROBER)
The _PROBER function checks to see if you can read the first and last byte of the given address and length pair.
typedef enum { _probe_not_accessible, _probe_accessible} _PROBE_STATUS; _PROBE_STATUS _PROBER (char __mode, unsigned short __length, const void *__address);
__mode
The processor mode used for checking the access.
__length
The length of the memory segment, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, this parameter is the offset to the last byte in the memory segment, and not the memory segment length.
__address
The pointer to the memory segment to be tested for read access.
_probe_not_accessible
(0) if one or both bytes are not accessible_probe_accessible
(1) if both bytes are accessible
6.2.3.18. Probe Write Accessibility ( _PROBEW)
The _PROBEW function checks the write accessibility of the first and last byte of the given address and length pair.
typedef enum { _probe_not_accessible, _probe_accessible} _PROBE_STATUS; _PROBE_STATUS _PROBEW (char __mode, unsigned short __length, const void *__address);
__mode
The processor mode used for checking the access.
__length
On OpenVMS VAX systems, the length of the memory segment, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, this parameter is the offset to the last byte in the memory segment, and not the memory segment length.
__address
The pointer to the memory segment to be tested for write access.
_probe_not_accessible
(0) if one or both bytes are not accessible_probe_accessible
(1) if both bytes are accessible
6.2.3.19. Read General-Purpose Register ( _READ_GPR)
The _READ_GPR function returns the value of a general-purpose register.
int _READ_GPR (int register_num);
register_num
An integer constant expression giving the number of the general-purpose register to be read.
The return value is the value of the general-purpose register.
6.2.3.20. Remove Entry from Queue at Head Interlocked ( _REMQHI)
The _REMQHI function removes the first entry from the queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
typedef enum { _remqi_removed_more, _remqi_not_removed, _remqi_removed_empty, _remqi_empty} _REMQI_STATUS; _REMQI_STATUS _REMQHI (void *__head, void *__removed_entry);
__head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary. (You can
achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
__removed_entry
A pointer that _REMQHI sets to point to the removed entry.
_remqi_removed_more
(0) if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries_remqi_not_removed
(1) if the entry could not be removed because the secondary interlock failed_remqi_removed_empty
(2) if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty_remqi_empty
(3) if the queue was empty
6.2.3.21. Remove Entry from Queue at Tail Interlocked ( _REMQTI)
The _REMQTI function removes the last entry from the queue in an indivisible manner. This operation is interlocked against similar operations by other processors or devices in the system.
typedef enum { _remqi_removed_more, _remqi_not_removed, _remqi_removed_empty, _remqi_empty} _REMQI_STATUS; _REMQI_STATUS _REMQTI (void *__head, void *__removed_entry);
__head
A pointer to the queue header. The header must be aligned on a quadword boundary. (You can
achieve alignment using the _align
or
__align
storage-class modifier.)
__removed_entry
A pointer to a pointer that _REMQTI sets to point to the removed entry.
_remqi_removed_more
(0) if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries_remqi_not_removed
(1) if the entry could not be removed because the secondary interlock failed_remqi_removed_empty
(2) if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty_remqi_empty
(3) if the queue was empty
6.2.3.22. Remove Entry from Queue ( _REMQUE)
The _REMQUE function removes an entry from a queue.
typedef enum { _remque_removed_more, _remque_removed_empty, _remque_empty} _REMQUE_STATUS; _REMQUE_STATUS _REMQUE (void *__entry, void *__removed_entry);
__entry
A pointer to the queue entry to be removed.
__removed_entry
A pointer to a pointer that _REMQUE sets to the address of the entry removed from the queue.
_remque_removed_more
(0) if the entry was removed and the queue has remaining entries_remque_removed_empty
(1) if the entry was removed and the queue is now empty_remque_empty
(2) if the queue was empty
6.2.3.23. Scan Characters ( _SCANC)
The _SCANC function locates the first character in a string with the desired attributes. The attributes are specified through a table and a mask.
unsigned short _SCANC (unsigned short __length, const char *__string, const char *__table, char __mask, ...);
__length
The length of the string to be scanned, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__string
A pointer to the string to be scanned.
__table
A pointer to the table.
__mask
The mask.
…
An optional match argument,
which is a pointer to a pointer to char
. The _SCANC function
sets this output argument to the address of the byte that matched. (If no match
occurs, this argument is set to the address of the byte following the string.)
The return value is the number of bytes remaining in the string if a match was found; otherwise, the return value is 0.
6.2.3.24. Skip Character ( _SKPC)
The _SKPC function locates the first character in a string that does not match the target character.
unsigned short _SKPC (char __target, unsigned short __length, const char *__string, ... );
__target
The target character.
__length
The length of the string, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__string
A pointer to the string to be scanned.
…
An optional position argument,
which is a pointer to a pointer to char
. The _SKPC function
sets this
output argument to the address of the nonmatching character. (If all the
characters in the string match, this argument is set to the address of
the first byte beyond the string.)
The return value is the number of bytes remaining in the string if an unequal byte was located; otherwise, the return value is 0.
6.2.3.25. Span Characters ( _SPANC)
The _SPANC function locates the first character in a string without certain attributes. The attributes are specified through a table and a mask.
unsigned short _SPANC (unsigned short __length, const char *__string, const char *__table, char __mask, ...);
__length
The length of the string, in bytes. The length must be a value from 0 to 65,535.
__string
A pointer. It points to the string to be scanned.
__table
A pointer to the table.
__mask
The mask.
…
An optional position argument,
which is a pointer to a pointer to char
. The _SPANC function
sets this output argument to the address of the nonmatching character. (If all
the characters in the string match, this argument is set to the address of the
first byte beyond the string.)
The return value is the number of bytes remaining in the string if a match was found; otherwise, the return value is 0.
Appendix A. Migrating from VAX C
This appendix documents many features that distinguish VSI C for OpenVMS Systems from VAX C Version 3.2.
This appendix was written for the first ANSI C Standard conforming release of the VSI C compiler as a guide for installations migrating from VAX C to VSI C. It is not intended as a compendium of new features for all VSI C versions. For a summary of new features for the current version of the compiler, see the release notes and the New and Changed Features section in the Preface of this and the other VSI C manuals.
The major focus of VSI C for OpenVMS Systems is to bring it into full conformance with the C Standard. The language described by the C Standard differs in many ways from the language originally implemented by VAX C. These differences include additional language features and constructs, the removal of obsolete features and usages, and a number of other changes that generally involve a tightening up of semantic rules.
Some of the new C standard features have already been implemented in previous versions of VAX
C. Some of these are: support for function prototypes, the
const
and volatile
type
qualifiers, and the void
type specifier.
Although every attempt has been made to maintain compatibility with earlier versions of the VAX C compiler, many of the changes required to bring the compiler into conformance with the C Standard would introduce unavoidable incompatibilities with these earlier versions. For example, VAX C supports a number of language and semantic extensions that are not standard-conformant.
Strict ANSI C Standard mode, in which all nonstandard constructs and usages (including VAX C extensions) are diagnosed
Relaxed mode (the default on OpenVMS systems), in which the compiler follows the ANSI C standard but also accepts additional VSI keywords and predefined macros that do not begin with an underscore
VAX C mode, in which as many previously supported features as possible continue to be supported
Common mode, in which extensions to the ULTRIX portable C compiler (
pcc
) are supported
Note that some of the language changes dictated by the C Standard are present in VAX C mode. Some of these changes are quiet changes; that is, they cannot be detected as such by the compiler, so no diagnostic messages are issued. Also note that some extensions are permitted in the strict ANSI C mode. These extensions are diagnosed, but with no greater severity than Warning. Both types of changes are included in the following sections that describe all new and changed features.
A.1. Features Affecting the Compiler
This section describes VSI C compiler features. (Section A.2, “Features Affecting the VSI C Run-Time Library and Include Files” describes features that affect the VSI C run-time library and include files.)
A.1.1. VSI C Qualifiers
/[NO]ANSI_ALIAS (Alpha only)—Directs the compiler to assume the ANSI C aliasing rules. By so doing, the compiler has the freedom to generate better optimized code.
/ASSUME=(option,...)—Controls compiler assumptions.
/DECC—Invokes the VSI C compiler. For OpenVMS VAX systems, the default is set to either /DECC or /VAXC during installation.
For OpenVMS Alpha systems, specifying /DECC is equivalent to not specifying it; it is supported to provide compatibility with VSI C on OpenVMS VAX systems.
/ENDIAN=option (Alpha only)—Controls whether big or little endian ordering of bytes is carried out in character constants.
/EXTERN_MODEL—In conjunction with the /[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS qualifier, controls the initial extern model of the compiler. Also see
#pragma extern_model
./FLOAT—Controls the format of floating-point variables. It replaces the /[NO]G_FLOAT qualifier, which is retained for compatibility.
/GRANULARITY (Alpha only)—Determines how much memory to effectively cache for memory reference, by the combination of the compiler and the underlying system.
/IEEE_MODE=option (Alpha only)—Selects the IEEE floating-point mode to be used if /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT is specified.
/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=option (Alpha only)—Determines how the compiler interprets the
long double
type./[NO]MEMBER_ALIGNMENT—Controls alignment of data structure members. For OpenVMS Alpha systems, the default is /MEMBER_ALIGNMENT, which aligns structure members on the next boundary appropriate to the type of the member. For OpenVMS VAX systems, the default is /NOMEMBER_ALIGNMENT, which aligns structure members on byte boundaries.
/NAMES—Converts all definitions and references of external symbols and psects to the specified case (UPPERCASE or AS_IS).
/NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY[=option]—Controls the directories that the compiler searches when looking for nested include files that are included using the quoted form of the
#include
preprocessor directive./OPTIMIZE—Determines whether VSI C performs various code optimizations.
/[NO]PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE (Alpha only)—Provides improved optimization and code generation across file boundaries that would not be available if the files were compiled separately.
/[NO]PREFIX_LIBRARY_ENTRIES=(option,...)—Controls the VSI C Run-Time LIbrary (RTL) name prefixing.
/REENTRANCY[=option] (Alpha only)—Controls the type of reentrancy that reentrant VSI C RTL routines will exhibit. (See also the
decc$set_reentrancy
RTL routine.)/ROUNDING_MODE=option (Alpha only)—Lets you select an IEEE rounding mode, if /FLOAT=IEEE_MODE is specified.
/[NO]SHARE_GLOBALS—Specifies whether external objects are to be marked share or noshare. Used in conjunction with /EXTERN_MODEL to control the initial extern model of the compiler. Also see the
#pragma extern_model
preprocessor directive.- /[NO]STANDARD—Enhanced to include the following options (in addition to /STANDARD=PORTABLE):
ANSI89
RELAXED
COMMON
VAXC
MIA
/[NO]TIE (Alpha only)—Enables the compiled code to be used in combination with translated images, either because the code might call into a translated image or might be called from a translated image.
/[NO]UNSIGNED_CHAR—By default,
char
is a signed character type. The /UNSIGNED_CHAR qualifier lets you change this default to an unsigned character type, which causes all plainchar
declarations to have the same representation and set of values asunsigned char
declarations. The default is /NOUNSIGNED_CHAR./VAXC (VAX only)—Invokes the VAX C compiler. The default is set to either /DECC or /VAXC during installation.
A.1.2. Comment Processing
#define PASTE(X) X/* */1 int PASTE(VAR);
This example declares the variable VAR1
. Standard C requires that comments be
treated as if they were replaced by a single space. In VSI C, therefore, comments
cannot be used to concatenate tokens when /STANDARD=ANSI89 or /STANDARD=RELAXED is
specified. (The new operator ##
is provided to allow token
concatenation in macros).
VSI C for OpenVMS systems continues to replace comments with no characters when /STANDARD=VAXC or /STANDARD=COMMON is specified; and /WARN=ENABLE=CHECK provides a diagnostic to flag comments that are used to concatenate tokens.
For /STANDARD=COMMON and /STANDARD=RELAXED, C++ style comments (//) are supported.
A.1.3. String Literal Concatenation
fputs("This is really " "one string literal", stderr);
String literal concatenation works for both normal string literals and wide string literals.
A.1.4. Recursive main() Function
In VAX C, main
, or any function using the VAX C main_program
option,
is not recursively reentrant.
As required by standard C, the main function in VSI C can now be called recursively.
A.1.5. Trigraph Sequences
Trigraph |
Replacement |
---|---|
??= |
# |
??( |
[ |
??/ |
\ |
??) |
] |
??' |
^ |
??< |
{ |
??! |
| |
??> |
} |
??- |
~ |
Conceptually, every trigraph is removed from the file and its replacement is substituted. Each ? that does not begin one of the trigraphs is not changed. Trigraph processing occurs before tokenization takes place. Thus, even trigraphs in string constants have their replacements substituted.
Trigraph support has the potential to change the meaning of existing C code that unintentionally contains a trigraph in a string literal. However, since such conflicts will be quite rare, there is no facility for disabling trigraph support.
Trigraph support is available in strict and relaxed mode.
A.1.6. Alert Escape Sequence
As specified by standard C, VSI C defines a new escape sequence for the alert character. The
escape sequence \a
represents the ASCII BEL (Ctrl/G) character.
A.1.7. Hexadecimal Escape Sequence
VAX C limits hexadecimal escape sequences to at most 3 hex digits, but standard C allows an unlimited number of digits. VSI C removes the limit imposed by VAX C.
This can cause some programs to behave differently. The string "\x0012"
is
currently interpreted by VAX C as a string with two characters in it: a Ctrl/A
followed by the character “2”. Under standard C rules, the string
consists of a single character whose character code is hexadecimal 12 (Ctrl/R).
However, this problem is unlikely to occur in practice.
A.1.8. Invalid Escape Sequences
VSI C issues a warning message if it encounters an invalid escape sequence. VAX C did not diagnose such usage.
A.1.9. $ in Macro Names
The dollar sign ($) is not an element of the minimum basic character set allowed by the C standard. By a systemwide convention, the dollar sign identifies VSI reserved identifiers. VSI C for OpenVMS systems supplies header files containing many macros with dollar signs in their names, and the VAX C compiler predefines some macros with dollar signs in their names. In strict ANSI C mode, such macros trigger a warning.
A.1.10. Null Arguments to Macros
In VSI C, null arguments to a macro produce a BUGCHECK. VAX C allowed macro arguments to be null.
A.1.11. Standard C Name Space Conformance
Standard C strictly controls the name space of C programs, and prohibits compilers or their standard-specified header files from intruding on the name space reserved for user programs. Specifically, the C Standard requires that compiler extensions begin with an underscore followed by an uppercase letter or another underscore.
This affects VAX C extensions involving additional keywords and
predefined macros. It also affects the freedom of VSI C to add
additional macros, variables, and functions to the standard-specified header
files, such as <stdio.h>
.
The following sections describe how VSI C solves the reserved name space problem for extensions involving keywords, predefined macros, and header file contents.
A.1.11.1. Nonstandard Keywords
VAX C has several keywords that intrude into the user name space. The VSI C compiler in strict ANSI C mode (/STANDARD=ANSI89) does not recognize keywords that are VAX C-specific extensions to the language. They are recognized instead as identifier names. As a result, programs that use these extensions as keywords cannot be compiled in strict ANSI C mode without eliciting syntax errors.
Similarly, the VSI C compiler in VAX C mode and relaxed ANSI C mode does recognize keywords that are VAX C-specific extensions to the language. Therefore, programs that use these names as identifiers cannot be compiled in VAX C or relaxed mode without eliciting syntax errors. In relaxed mode, the compiler generates a warning for these keywords. When the /STANDARD=ANSI89 qualifier is used, the compiler strictly follows the ANSI C rules about the name space, and does not recognize the old spellings as keywords.
Keyword |
Corresponding Standard-Conforming Pragma |
---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A.1.11.2. Nonstandard Predefined Macros
Alternate spellings that follow standard C rules are added to VSI C for all VAX C predefined macros. For compatibility, both the old spellings of the predefined macros and the new spellings are recognized by the compiler. However, when the /STANDARD=ANSI89 qualifier is used, the compiler strictly follows the C standard's rules about the name space, and does not recognize the old spellings as predefined macros. You are encouraged to use the new standard C conformant spelling of the macros.
Traditional Spelling |
New Spelling |
---|---|
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
|
__ |
A.1.11.3. Nonstandard Identifiers in Standard-Specified Header Files
The C standard specifies exactly what identifiers in the normal name space are declared by the standard header files. A compiler is not free to declare additional identifiers in a header file unless the identifiers follow defined rules (the identifier must begin with an underscore followed by an uppercase letter or another underscore).
When running the VSI C compiler on OpenVMS systems in strict ANSI C mode (/STANDARD=ANSI89),
versions of the standard header files are included that hide many identifiers
that do not follow the rules. The <stdio.h>
header file, for
example, hides the definition of the macro TRUE
. The compiler
accomplishes this by predefining the macro __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
in strict ANSI C mode.
You can use the command-line qualifier /UNDEFINE="__HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES" to prevent the compiler from predefining this macro, thus including macro definitions of the forbidden names.
HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES
is undefined. For example,
<stdio.h>
might contain the following:
#ifndef __HIDE_FORBIDDEN_NAMES #define TRUE 1 #endif
A.1.12. VSI C Predefined Macros
- __
DECC
- __
alpha
- __
ALPHA
- __
Alpha_AXP
- __
32BITS
- __
mia
- __
STDC
__
A.1.13. VSI C Types
The following sections describe changes to the data types supported by VSI C.
A.1.13.1. signed Reserved Word
VSI C supports the new reserved word signed
to complement unsigned
.
The signed
keyword may be used with the char
,
short
, int
, and long
keywords to
specify the types signed char
, signed short
,
signed int
, and signed long
. (These types are
already supported by VAX C.) The signed
keyword can also be used
when declaring bit fields to specify explicitly that the bit field is
signed.
Standard C specifies that signed short
, signed int
, and
signed long
are the same types as short
,
int
, and long
, respectively. However, signed
char
is not the same type as char
, even though VSI C uses
the same representation for both of them. This does not affect normal mixing of
the two types, but it does mean that in VSI C a pointer to signed
char
is not compatible with a pointer to char
. Note that
programs that previously used signed
as an identifier will now be
in error, even in VAX C mode. The /[NO]UNSIGNED_CHAR qualifier can be used to
specify whether char
is signed or unsigned.
A.1.13.2. Removal of the long float Type
In VAX C, long float
is a synonym for double
. Since the C Standard
retires the long float
specification, VSI C in strict ANSI C mode
diagnoses any use of long float
as an error. The long
float
type is still accepted as a synonym for double
in
VAX C mode, but it elicits a warning diagnostic to the effect that this is an
obsolete usage.
A.1.13.3. Addition of the long double Type
On OpenVMS VAX systems, VSI C maps the standard C defined long double
type to the
G_floating or D_floating format, depending on the /FLOAT (or /[NO]G_FLOAT)
qualifier used. (VAX only)
On OpenVMS Alpha systems, the long double
type defaults to X_floating
(/L_DOUBLE_SIZE=128). If /L_DOUBLE_SIZE=64 is specified, the
long double
type is mapped to G_floating, D_floating, or
T-floating, depending on the /FLOAT (or /[NO]G_FLOAT) qualifier
used. (Alpha only)
The <float.h>
header file is modified to define the appropriate values to
describe the characteristics of this new data type.
A.1.13.4. Addition of Processor-Specific Integer Data Types
__int16
__int32
__int64
(Alpha only)
These data types are intended for applications that need integer data types of a specific size across platforms that support the data type.
The <ints.h>
header file contains typedef
s for
the signed and unsigned variations of these integer data types. For increased
portability, use these typedef
s rather than using the built-in data
types directly.
Note that the 64-bit integer types are available on OpenVMS Alpha systems but not on OpenVMS VAX systems.
<ints.h>
are:
#ifndef __INTS_LOADED #define __INTS_LOADED 1 /**************************************************************************** ** ** <ints.h> - Definitions for platform specific integer types ** ***************************************************************************** ** Header is nonstandard ***************************************************************************** #pragma __nostandard /* ** Ensure that the compiler will not emit diagnostics about "signed" ** keyword usage when in /STAND=VAXC mode (the reason for the diagnostics ** is that VAX C does not support the signed keyword). */ #if ((__DECC_VER >= 50600000) && !defined(__DECCXX)) # pragma __message __save # pragma __message __disable (__SIGNEDKNOWN) typedef signed char int8; typedef unsigned char uint8; # pragma __message __restore #else typedef signed char int8; typedef unsigned char uint8; #endif /* ** Define 16 and 32 bit integer types */ #if defined(__DECC) || (defined(__DECCXX) && defined(__ALPHA)) typedef __int16 int16; typedef unsigned __int16 uint16; typedef __int32 int32; typedef unsigned __int32 uint32; #else typedef short int int16; typedef unsigned short int uint16; typedef int int32; typedef unsigned int uint32; #endif /* ** Define 64 bit integer types only on Alpha */ #ifdef __ALPHA typedef __int64 int64; typedef unsigned __int64 uint64; #endif #pragma __standard #endif /* __INTS_LOADED */
A.1.14. Type Compatibility
VAX C mode treats
int
andlong
as exactly the same type. ANSI C mode differentiates betweenint
andlong
even if both types use the same underlying representation.VAX C mode treats
char
andsigned char
as exactly the same type. ANSI C mode differentiates betweenchar
andsigned char
, even though the same underlying representation is used for both types.VAX C mode treats two structure or union types as the same type if they have the same size in bytes. In ANSI C mode, a structure or union type is compatible only with itself.
VAX C mode, by default, treats all pointer types as if they were compatible. ANSI C mode defines two pointer types as being compatible only if they are identically qualified pointers to compatible types.
These rules cause the strict and relaxed modes to be much more strict than VAX C mode about type checking.
A.1.15. Composite Types
As required by the C standard, VSI C merges type information from two declarations of the same object in the same scope. The declarations are required to be type-compatible and the linkage of the declarations must be such that multiple declarations in the same scope are allowed.
The composite type (the merged type) can be formed only from array or function types. Array types can have their array bounds specified, and function types can have their arguments specified.
extern int f(int (*)(), double (*)[3]); extern int f(int (*)(char *), double (*)[]);
f
is:
extern int f(int (*)(char *), double (*)[3]);
The VAX C compiler did not support composite types, although it might have appeared to do so. For example, in VAX C, what appears to be a second declaration of a composite function type, is actually a redeclaration of the function. This might have an effect on the compilation. For example, if the first declaration has ellipses and the second declaration does not, a composite type cannot be formed (not allowed by the C Standard). However, a redeclaration is done.
Since the composite type feature of the C standard is important even to those programming in VAX C mode, it is supported in VAX C mode. Therefore, it is possible to encounter declaration combinations that compile under VAX C but not under VSI C in VAX C mode.
A.1.16. Enumerations Have Type int
For type-checking purposes, VAX C previously considered enumeration types to be distinct from each other, and from the integer types, even though enumeration constants and variables have always been usable as ordinary integers. Since the VAX C model of enumerations was overly restrictive even from the strong typing point of view, and since such checking is not common in modern C, VSI C does not treat enumerations as a special type.
A.1.17. long double Constants
As specified by standard C, VSI C floating-point constants suffixed by l
or
L
have type long double
. (Currently, VAX C gives such
constants type double
).
A.1.18. Implicit Unsigned Integer Constants
A.1.18.1. OpenVMS VAX Systems
The type of an unsuffixed decimal integer constant is the first type in the
following list that can represent its value: int
,
long int
, or unsigned long int
.
(VAX only)
The type of an unsuffixed octal or hex constant is the first type in the
following list that can represent its value: int
,
unsigned int
, long int
, or
unsigned long int
. (VAX only)
A.1.18.2. OpenVMS Alpha Systems
The type of an unsuffixed decimal integer constant is the first type in the
following list that can represent its value: int
,
long int
, unsigned long int
(only in VAXC,
COMMON, ANSI89, and MIA modes), long long int
,
unsigned long int
. (Alpha only)
The type of an unsuffixed octal or hex constant is the first type in the
following list that can represent its value: int
,
unsigned int
, long int
,
unsigned long int
, long long int
,
unsigned long long int
.
(Alpha only)
For more information, see the Integer Constants section in Chapter 1 of the VSI C Reference Manual.
A.1.19. Multibyte and Wide Character Support
To meet the needs of non-European languages with large character sets, the C standard includes a framework to support characters encoded in multiple bytes. This framework is general enough to support character-processing extensions and character-set encodings already used in Asia, and allows for support for the draft proposed ISO Standard 10646, a multiple octet-coded character set that supports dozens of natural languages.
Standard C supports natural languages with large character sets by recognizing that normal character constants and string literals can be used to represent multibyte characters. A multibyte character is an encoding of variable-length characters where one, two, or more bytes in the string represents a single character in the natural language. The encoding is allowed to support locking shift states that change the encoding of characters for as long as the shift state holds.
Multibyte characters can occur in comments, character constants, and string literals.
Because string manipulation is very difficult when the character size varies from character to character, Standard C supports a fixed-size representation where each character is stored in the same number of bytes. This representation is called wide character support. VSI C supports a new form of wide character constant and wide string literal.
A.1.19.1. The Wide Character Type
Standard C requires that wide characters be represented by an integral type,
and that there be a typedef
named wchar_t
for that
type in the header <stddef.h>
.
VSI C defines wchar_t
to be unsigned int
. This allows
all character sets supported by ISO 10646 to be supported simultaneously.
A.1.19.2. Multibyte Characters in Comments, Character Constants, and String Literals
Full multibyte support requires that the compiler be able to determine whether an individual byte in a multibyte string is a single byte character or part of a multiple byte character. For example, the compiler must be able to distinguish between the single byte quote ending a string literal and a quote that is embedded in a multiple byte character and does not end the string literal.
A.1.19.3. Wide Character Constants
As required by standard C, VSI C supports wide character constants. The form of
such a constant is the uppercase letter L
, followed by a single
quote, followed by a multibyte character, followed by a single quote.
The compiler collects the bytes making up the multibyte character into a
string, and then calls the VSI C RTL mbtowc
function to convert the
multibyte character into a wide character. The resulting value has type
wchar_t
.
A.1.19.4. Wide String Literals
As required by the C Standard, VSI C supports wide string literals. The form of
such a literal is the same as a normal string literal prefixed by the uppercase
letter L
.
The compiler collects the bytes making up the wide string literal into a
string, and then calls the VSI C RTL mbstowcs
function to convert the
multibyte characters into wide characters. The resulting wide character string
literal has type array of wchar_t
.
A.1.20. Usual Arithmetic Conversions
In VSI C, the usual arithmetic conversions now support
the long double
type: if either operand of a binary operator
that uses these conversions is long double
, then the other
operand is converted to long double
.
A.1.21. Indexing as a Commutative Operator
As required by the C Standard, VSI C now defines the array indexing operator, [], as
commutative. Thus, if a
is an array and i
is an integer,
both a[i]
and i[a]
are valid.
A.1.22. Cast Operators
Standard C specifies that result of the cast operator is not an lvalue. However, VAX C does allow the cast operator to produce an lvalue.
The VSI C compiler in VAX C mode allows the cast operator to produce an lvalue.
A.1.23. Function Calls
The following sections describe changes to function calls.
A.1.23.1. Assignment Compatibility Argument Checking
Standard C defines a function call made with a prototype in scope as assigning the arguments to the parameters of the function. This means that all of the normal type checking and implied conversions that occur during an assignment take place when calling a function.
VAX C currently follows this model with two exceptions. First, it only performs the required type checking if /STANDARD=PORTABLE is given. Second, the assignment compatibility rules used by VAX C are not as stringent as the rules required by standard C. For example, two structs are assignment-compatible in VAX C only if they are the same size.
The VSI C compiler in VAX C mode and common mode is compatible with VAX C in assignment compatibility rules. Other modes follow the stricter standard C rules, documented in Section A.1.27, “Assignment Compatibility” of this guide, and issue the required messages even when /STANDARD=PORTABLE is not specified.
A.1.23.2. Passing Narrow Types to Old Syntax Functions
Traditionally, a function written in C was always called with widened argument types.
(Arguments of narrow types like char
, short
, or
float
were passed as the widened types int
,
int
, and double
, respectively.) The C Standard
preserves this calling mechanism for functions declared using the old syntax.
Functions declared using the new prototype syntax may be called with narrow
argument types.
Tradition, however, did not specify how the compiler was to interpret a function definition
that declared formal arguments of narrow type. One interpretation was that the
widened types actually passed should be converted to the narrow type of the
formal declaration by the function in its prologue. Another interpretation was
that the compiler should rewrite the formal declarations to match the type of
the argument actually passed. For example, under this second interpretation, the
compiler would change a declaration of a formal argument of type
float
to a declaration of type double
.
Standard C has standardized the first interpretation of a function with formal arguments of narrow types. VSI C for OpenVMS systems uses the standard C interpretation in all modes.
A.1.24. “Address of” Operator
In VSI C, if the argument of the unary
&
operator is an array, the result now has the type
“pointer to array”. Previously, in VAX C, the result would
have the type “pointer to the element type of the array”.
A.1.25. Unary Plus
VSI C supports the new standard C operator, unary plus (+). This operator returns the value of its operand (possibly widened by the integral promotions).
A.1.26. Relational Operators
int (*f)(); if (f > NULL)
Note that it is valid to use the equality operators to compare function pointers.
A.1.27. Assignment Compatibility
An error is issued if a structure or union type is assigned to a different structure or union type, except in VAX C mode where it is allowed if the structure or union types have the same size.
An error is issued if a non-
void
pointer type is assigned to a different non-void
pointer type, except in VAX C mode where it is allowed.An error is issued if a
void
pointer type (except for a null constant pointer) is assigned to a pointer to a function (or vice versa), except in VAX C mode where it is allowed.
A.1.28. Declarations
Function prototype support, the new const
and volatile
type
qualifiers, and the void
type, were already implemented in VAX C. The
following sections describe the additional VSI C support that affects declarations.
References are to the relevant sections in the C Standard.
A.1.28.1. Implementation Limits
The C Standard requires that an implementation support certain minimum requirements; these are listed in the referenced section. In those cases where VAX C imposes a fixed limit, that limit has always met or exceeded the Standard's requirements, and programs that exceed any of these limits elicit the appropriate errors. In strict ANSI C mode, VSI C now issues diagnostics against any source program constructs that exceed any of the Standard limits as well.
A.1.28.2. Identifier Name Length
In strict ANSI C mode, VSI C now issues diagnostic messages against declarations of external names in excess of six characters, or external names that are intended to denote different objects but that have the same spelling, and ignores alphabetical case.
A.1.28.3. Diagnosing Empty Declarations
The C Standard invalidates empty declarations, except for two special cases: one involving structure/union tags and the other involving the enumeration type. In strict ANSI C mode, VSI C issues an error message against any declaration that does not declare at least one of the following: a declarator, a tag, or the members of an enumeration.
A.1.28.4. Restriction on Placement of Storage-Class Specifiers
The C Standard specifies that allowing the placement of any storage-class specifier other than at the beginning of a declaration is an obsolete feature. In strict ANSI C mode, VSI C now issues an informational diagnostic to that effect when appropriate.
A.1.28.5. Diagnosing Old-Style Function Declarations
The C Standard specifies that old-style function declarations and definitions (that is, those not using the function prototype format) are obsolete. Old-style function declarations and definitions cause an informational message to be issued in all modes except VAX C.
A.1.28.6. Function Definitions Using typedef-names
The C Standard restricts the form of the declarator in a function definition: the function
type itself may not be inherited from a typedef
-name; that is, the
declarator must explicitly contain a (possibly empty) parenthesized parameter
list. If not, VSI C in strict ANSI C mode issues an error message.
A.1.28.7. Initialization
VSI C for OpenVMS systems supports the initialization of unions.
In VAX C, an aggregate initializer consisting of a single item does not have to have the outer braces. The outer braces are required by the C Standard.
VSI C allows this case in VAX C mode.
A.1.29. Bit-Field Initialization
The VSI C compiler initializes bit-field structure members differently than VAX C does. See Section 4.7.2, “Bit-Field Initialization”.
A.1.30. The Preprocessor
The following sections describe the differences between the VAX C and the VSI C preprocessors. Most of these differences reflect the VSI C preprocessor's conformance to the C Standard. References are to the relevant sections in the C Standard.
Note that most VAX C-specific preprocessor extensions are unaffected by these changes. These extensions continue to be supported quietly in VAX C mode, but elicit appropriate diagnostics in strict ANSI C mode.
A.1.30.1. White Space Appearing Before the #
The C Standard removes the VAX C restriction that requires the #
character
introducing a preprocessor directive to always appear in column 1 of the source
line. In VSI C, white space and comments can now precede the #
on the
same line.
A.1.30.2. The #define Directive and Macro Substitution
Except when running in VAX C or common mode, macro arguments are not allowed to replace parameters appearing within character strings in the macro definition.
Except when running in VAX C or common mode, tokens within a macro definition are not concatenated if they were separated only by a comment; embedded comments are replaced by a blank.
In all modes, keywords are allowed to be defined as macros.
Macros are not replaced recursively in any mode except VAX C mode.
The
#
operator takes a macro parameter as its operand and creates a character string from it. Combined with the new rule that adjacent character strings are implicitly concatenated into a single string, this provides the same capability as allowing substitution within strings.The
##
operator concatenates the tokens on either side of it into a single token.
The C Standard also makes specific the sequence in which rescanning and further substitution is to take place, and under what conditions substitution does not take place. The C Standard also specifies under what circumstances a macro may be redefined: only benign redefinition is allowed, permitting a macro to be redefined only if the new definition is token-wise identical to the old definition.
A.1.30.3. The #line Directive
The C Standard specifies that macro substitution can occur on the operands of the
#line
directive, that the line number operand is restricted to
the range 1 to 32,767, and that the file name operand must be treated as any
character string literal. VAX C did not support macro substitution on this
directive, performed no range checking on the line number, and restricted the
length of the character string to 255.
VSI C supports macro substitution on the #line
directive, diagnoses an out-of-range
line number (in strict ANSI C mode only), and allows the file name character
string to be as long as the maximum length supported by the compiler for
ordinary strings. (Note that the C Standard requires support for a minimum of
509 characters in a string, and that VSI C supports strings up to 65,535
characters.)
A.1.30.4. The #error Directive
VSI C in both strict ANSI C mode and VAX C mode supports the new #error
directive
required by the C Standard.
A.1.30.5. The #pragma builtins Directive
The #pragma builtins
directive is provided for VAX C
compatibility.
VSI C implements #pragma builtins
by including the
<builtins.h>
header file, and is equivalent to
#include <builtins.h>
on OpenVMS systems.
This header file contains prototype declarations for the built-in functions
that allow them to be used properly. By contrast, VAX C implemented this pragma
with special-case code within the compiler, which also supported a #pragma
nobuiltins
preprocessor directive to turn off the special processing.
Because declarations cannot be "undeclared," VSI C does not support #pragma
nobuiltins
. Furthermore, the names of all the built-in functions use
a naming convention defined by standard C to be in a namespace reserved to the
C language implementation.
A.1.30.6. The #pragma dictionary Directive
The #pragma dictionary
preprocessor directive replaces the
#dictionary
directive, but the latter is still supported
in VAX C mode for compatibility.
The #pragma dictionary
and #dictionary
preprocessor directives now allow you to specify whether all string data type
variables should be null-terminated.
A.1.30.7. The #pragma extern_model Directive
The #pragma extern_model
directive is added to control the
compiler's interpretation of objects that have external linkage. This pragma
lets you choose the global symbol model to be used for external variables.
A.1.30.8. The #pragma linkage Directive (Alpha only)
The #pragma linkage
preprocessor directive allows you to
specify special linkage types for function calls.
A.1.30.9. The #pragma use_linkage Directive (Alpha only)
The #pragma use_linkage
directive associates a previously
defined special linkage with a function.
A.1.30.10. The #pragma message Directive
The #pragma message
directive controls the issuance of
individual diagnostic messages or groups of messages. Use of this pragma
overrides any command-line options that may affect the issuance of messages.
A.1.30.11. The #pragma module Directive
The #pragma module
preprocessor directive replaces the
#module
directive, but the latter is still supported
in VAX C mode for compatibility.
A.2. Features Affecting the VSI C Run-Time Library and Include Files
This section describes new features pertaining to the standard header files in the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL).
A.2.1. <stddef.h>
The wchar_t
type is now added to this header file. The declaration of
errno
is also removed.
A.2.2. <ctype.h>
Because the C Standard refers to the macros in <ctype.h>
as
functions, the <ctype.h>
header file now includes function
prototypes for functions in the VSI C RTL that perform the same operations as the
macros currently defined in this header file. These functions have been added to the
VSI C RTL.
The nonstandard toascii
macro remains because, according to the C
Standard, Section 4.14.2, names beginning with “to” are reserved by the
C Standard when <ctype.h>
is included.
A.2.3. <fp_class.h>
This header file containing IEEE floating-point class constants has been added to
support the new VSI C RTL functions fp_class
, fp_classf
, and
fp_classl
available on OpenVMS Alpha systems.
A.2.4. <locale.h>
The new standard header file <locale.h>
is now supported and
includes prototypes for the functions setlocale
and
localeconv
, which have been added to the VSI C RTL.
A.2.5. <math.h>
The functions cabs
and hypot
are no longer defined in
the <math.h>
header file when the compiler is run in strict ANSI C
mode.
A.2.6. <signal.h>
The SIGABRT
signal is implemented and defined in the
<signal.h>
header file. SIG_ATOMIC_T
is now defined
as char
. In strict ANSI C mode, the following are not declared:
ssignal
, gsignal
, kill
,
pause
, sleep
, sigvec
,
sigblock
, sigsetmask
, sigstack
, and
sigpause
.
In strict ANSI C mode, the names of the ILL_*
and FPE_*
macros are changed to begin with “SIG
” (for example,
SIGILL_RESAD_FAULT
, SIGFPE_INTOVF_TRAP
, and so on) or
be removed.
The BADSIG
macro is renamed to SIG_ERR
.
A.2.7. <stdio.h>
The <stdio.h>
header file now defines the type size_t
and no longer includes <stdarg.h>
. The v*printf
functions are now prototyped using the type that va_list
is defined to
be (that is, char *
).
In strict ANSI C mode, the following macros are not visible: TRUE
,
FALSE
, SEEK_EOF
, OPEN_MAX
,
L_ctermid
, L_cuserid
, L_lcltmpnam
,
L_nettmpnam
, and FILE_TYPE
. In strict ANSI C mode, the
following functions are not visible: fgetname
, fdopen
,
getw
, and putw
.
The rename
function is added.
The fflush
function is modified so that a null argument causes it to
flush all files.
printf
function is modified to provide the following support: The
%i
conversion is supported.The
"0"
flag works properly in conjunction with other flags and with all conversion specifiers. Thelong double
type and theh
modifier are now supported.The
%d
and%i
specifiers interpret the precision specification.
The scanf
function is modified to handle white space as specified by
the C Standard. The %p
specifier is added. The L
flag for
long double
is added.
clearerr
, feof
, and ferror
macros are
now provided as both macros and functions. By default, they are accessed as macros.
To access them as functions, perform an #undef
on the macro of the same
name. For example: #undef clearerr
A.2.8. <stdlib.h>
The <stdlib.h> header file is modified to define size_t
and
wchar_t
directly, rather than including <stddef.h>
.
The names of the DIV_T
and LDIV_T
structures now begin
with underscores.
The MB_CUR_MAX
macro is added.
The multibyte character and string functions mblen
,
mbtowc
, wctomb
, mbstowcs
and
wcstombs
are added as specified in Sections 4.10.7 and 4.10.8 of
the C Standard.
The abort()
function is changed to only raise a SIGABRT
signal.
A.2.9. <string.h>
The strcoll
and strxfrm
functions are added as specified
in the C Standard, Sections 4.11.4.3 and 4.11.4.5.
A.2.10. <time.h>
<time.h>
header file:CLOCKS_PER_SEC
is defined instead ofCLK_TCK
.The
size_t
andtime_t
types are defined, and the<types.h>
and<timeb.h>
header files are not included.The
times
andftime
functions, and thestruct tbuffer
,tbuffer_t
, andtm_t
types must not be defined in your source code.
The mktime
and strftime
functions are added as specified
in the C Standard, Sections 4.12.2.3 and 4.12.3.5, respectively.
A.3. Unsupported Features
- /[NO]PARALLEL
- /SHOW=NODECOMPOSITION
#pragma ignore_dependency
#pragma safe_call
#pragma sequential_loop
Appendix B. Common Pitfalls
This appendix contains some of the most common pitfalls you might encounter while using VSI C. Symptoms, examples, and solutions are described.
Symptom:
The compiler generates an "Insufficient Virtual Memory" error.
Solution:
Increase the PAGEFILEQUO process quota and/or the VIRTUALPAGCNT sysgen parameter.
Symptom:
The compiler does not recognize expected routine entry points.
Example:
$ type main.c main() { exit(1); } $ cc main.c exit(1); ..^ %CC-I-IMPLICITFUNC, In this statement, the identifier exit is implicitly declared as a function.
Solutions:
In ANSI mode, include function prototypes (such as
#include <stdlib.h>
) in this example.Compile using the /STANDARD=VAXC qualifier.
Symptom:
The compiler generates a %CC-E-NOTCOMPAT error message for seemingly correct code.
Example:
$ type main.c void foo(short a); void foo(a) short a; {} $ cc main.c void foo(a) .....^ %CC-E-NOTCOMPAT, In this declaration, the type of foo is not compatible with the types of previous declarations of foo.
a
gets widened to
int
on entry to foo
before being converted to type
short
:void foo(a) short a;
Consequently the compiler detects a type mismatch. The example can be generalized to
float
variables, or any combination of (unsigned
) char
or short
arguments.
Solutions:
- Replace the new-style function prototype with an old-style function definition:
void foo(); void foo(a) short a; {}
- Replace the old-style function declaration with a new-style function declaration:
void foo(short a); void foo(short a) {}
Symptom:
Include-file lookups do not include the anticipated files.
Example:
#include
statements they contain:
[]main.c #include "[.sub1]a.h" [.sub1]a.h #include "b.h" [.sub1]b.h "In [.sub1]" [.sub2]b.h "In [.sub2]"
[.sub2]b.h
header file:
cc/include=[.sub2]main.c
Solution:
Specify /NESTED_INCLUDE_DIRECTORY in order to first search the directory containing the
top-level source file (not the directory of the source file containing the #include
directive).
Symptom:
VAX C extensions to the language are not accepted by the compiler.
Example:
int _align (word) w1; ....^ %CC-W-ALIGNEXT, _align is a language extension.
Solution:
Compile using the /STANDARD=VAXC qualifier.
Symptom:
The compiler generates a ADDRCONSTEXT (warning in /STANDARD=RELAXED mode and error in /STANDARD=ANSI mode) for seemingly correct code.
Example:
$ type main.c struct dsc$descriptor_s { unsigned short dsc$w_length; unsigned char dsc$b_dtype; unsigned char dsc$b_class; char *dsc$a_pointer; }; main() { char name[5]; struct dsc$descriptor_s name_dsc = { sizeof(name)-1, 14, 1, name }; } $ cc main.c sizeof(name)-1, DSC$K_DTYPE_T, DSC$K_CLASS_S, name }; ..............................................^ %CC-W-ADDRCONSTEXT, In the initializer for name_dsc.dsc$a_pointer, "name" does not have a constant address, but occurs in a context that requires an address constant. This is an extension of the language.
Solution:
- Declare the array
name
to be static:static char name[5];
Compile in /STANDARD=VAXC mode.
Compile with /WARNING=DISABLE=ADDRCONSTEXT.
- Insert the
#pragma [no]standard
preprocessor directive to suppress the warning message:#pragma __nostandard struct dsc$descriptor_s name_dsc = { sizeof(name)-1, DSC$K_DTYPE_T, DSC$K_CLASS_S, name }; } #pragma __standard
Appendix C. Programming Tools
OpenVMS Debugger (Section C.1, “OpenVMS Debugger”)
OpenVMS Text Processing Utility (Section C.2, “OpenVMS Text Processing Utility ”)
Language-Sensitive Editor and Source Code Analyzer (Section C.3, “Language-Sensitive Editor and the Source Code Analyzer”)
CDD/Repository (Section C.4, “CDD/Repository”)
C.1. OpenVMS Debugger
A debugger is a tool to help you locate run-time errors quickly. It enables you to observe and manipulate the program's execution interactively, step by step, until you locate the point at which the program stopped working correctly.
The OpenVMS Debugger (provided with the OpenVMS operating system) is a symbolic debugger. You can refer to program locations by the symbols (names) you used for those locations in your program: the names of variables, routines, labels, and so on. You do not have to use virtual addresses to refer to memory locations.
If your program is written in more than one language, you can change from one language to another in the course of a debugging session. The current source language determines the format used for entering and displaying data, as well as other features that have language-specific settings (for example, comment characters, operators and operator precedence, and case sensitivity or insensitivity).
For information on the debugger, see the VSI OpenVMS Debugger Manual.
The following sections provide language-specific information on the OpenVMS Debugger.
C.1.1. Compiling and Linking to Prepare for Debugging
$
CC/DEBUG/NOOPTIMIZE INVENTORY
$
LINK/DEBUG INVENTORY
The /DEBUG qualifier on the CC command causes the compiler to write the debug symbol records associated with INVENTORY.C into the object module, INVENTORY.OBJ. These records allow you to use the names of variables and other symbols declared in INVENTORY with debugger commands. (If your program has several compilation units, you must compile each unit that you want to debug with the /DEBUG qualifier.)
You should use the /NOOPTIMIZE qualifier when you compile in preparation for debugging. Without this qualifier, the resulting object code is optimized, which may cause the contents of some program locations to be inconsistent with what you might expect from the source code. (After the program has been debugged, you will probably want to recompile it without the /NOOPTIMIZE qualifier, because optimization might reduce a program's size and increase the execution speed.)
The /DEBUG qualifier on the LINK command causes the linker to include all symbol information that is contained in INVENTORY.OBJ in the executable image. The qualifier also causes the OpenVMS image activator to start the debugger at run time. (If your program has several object modules, you might need to specify other modules in the LINK command.)
C.1.2. Starting and Terminating a Debugging Session
$
SHOW LOGICAL DBG$PROCESS
%SHOW-S-NOTRAN, no translation for logical name DBG$PROCESS
$
DEFINE DBG$PROCESS DEFAULT
$
RUN INVENTORY
%DEBUG-I-INITIAL, language is C, module set to 'INVENTORY'
DBG>
You can now enter debugger commands at the DBG> prompt. At this point, if you enter the GO command, program execution begins and continues until it is forced to pause or stop (for example, if the program prompts you for input, or an error occurs).
DBG>
GO
. . . (infinite loop)Ctrl/C
Interrupt
%DEBUG-W-ABORTED, command aborted by user request
DBG>
%DEBUG-I-EXITSTATUS, is '%SYSTEM-S-NORMAL, normal successful completion'
DBG>
DBG>
EXIT
$
C.1.3. Notes on VSI C Support
In general, the OpenVMS Debugger supports the data types and operators of VSI C and of the other debugger-supported languages. To get information on the supported data types and operators of any of the languages, enter the HELP LANGUAGE command at the DBG> prompt.
The following sections present VSI C specific debugging examples.
C.1.3.1. Debugger Command-Line Options
VSI C provides a set of debugger options that you can specify to the /DEBUG qualifier to the CC command. These options alter the types of information that the compiler places in the object module for use by the OpenVMS Debugger. The debugger options include using traceback records, using the symbol table, and enabling the debugger to step into inline functions. For information about these options, see Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”.
C.1.3.2. Accessing Scalar Variables
The EXAMINE command displays scalar variables of any VSI C data type. Reference scalar variables in the same case that you declare them, using the VSI C syntax for such references.
/* SCALARS.C This program defines a large number of * * variables to demonstrate the effect * * of the various STEP debugger commands. */ main() { static float light_speed; /* Define the variable. */ static double speed_power; static unsigned ui; static long li; static char ch; static enum primary { red, yellow, blue } color; static long *ptr; light_speed = 3.0e10; speed_power = 3.1234567890123456789e10; ui = -438394; li = 790374270; ch = 'A'; color = blue; ptr = &li; }
The following debugging examples are based on executing SCALARS.EXE and show the commands used to access variables of scalar data type.
DBG>
show symbol/type color
data SCALARS\main\color
enumeration type (primary, 3 elements), size: 4 bytes
main
:
DBG>
set break %line 22
DBG>
go
break at SCALARS\main\%LINE 22
22: }
char
variables are interpreted by the debugger as byte integers, not ASCII
characters:
DBG>
examine li, ui, light_speed, speed_power, ch, color, *ptr
SCALARS\main\li: 790374270
SCALARS\main\ui: 4294528902
SCALARS\main\light_speed: 3.0000001E+10
SCALARS\main\speed_power: 31234567890.12346
SCALARS\main\ch: 65
SCALARS\main\color: blue
*SCALARS\main\ptr: 790374270
ch
as a character, you must use the /ASCII qualifier:
DBG>
examine/ascii ch
SCALARS\main\ch: "A"
z
’ in the variable
ch
; the EXAMINE command shows that
single_quote>z
’ has replaced the previous contents of the
variable ch
. Again, use the /ASCII qualifier to translate the byte
integer into its ASCII equivalent:
DBG>
deposit/ascii ch = 'z'
DBG>
examine/ascii ch
SCALARS\main\ch: "z"
DBG>
C.1.3.3. Accessing Arrays
With the EXAMINE command, you can look at the values in arrays using VSI C syntax for array references. You can examine an entire array by giving the array identifier. You can examine individual elements of the array using the array operator ([ ]). Array elements can have any data type.
Consider the following declaration: int arr[10];
This declares an array of 10 elements, arr[0]
through arr[9]
.
/* ARRAY.C This program increments an array to * * demonstrate the access of arrays in VSI C. */ main() { int i; static int arr[10]; for (i=0; i<10; i++) arr[i]=i; }
The examples that follow are based on executing ARRAY.EXE and show the commands used to access variable arrays. (Note: Compile ARRAY.C with the /NOOPT qualifier for the examples to work as described).
DBG>
set br %line 10
DBG>
go
break at ARRAY\main\%LINE 10
10: }
DBG>
examine arr
ARRAY\main\arr
[0]: 0
[1]: 1
[2]: 2
[3]: 3
[4]: 4
[5]: 5
[6]: 6
[7]: 7
[8]: 8
[9]: 9
DBG>
examine arr[5]
ARRAY\main\arr[5]: 5
DBG>
examine
ARRAY\main\arr[6]: 6
DBG>
examine ^
ARRAY\main\arr[5]: 5
C.1.3.4. Accessing Character Strings
Character strings are implemented in VSI C as null-terminated ASCII strings (ASCIZ strings). To examine and deposit data in an entire string, use the /ASCIZ qualifier (abbreviated /AZ) so that the debugger can interpret the end of the string properly. You can examine and deposit individual characters in the string using the C array subscripting operators ([ ]). When you examine and deposit individual characters, use the /ASCII qualifier.
/* STRING.C This program establishes a string to * * demonstrate the access of strings in VSI C. */ main() { static char *s = "vaxie"; static char **t = &s; }
The following examples are based on executing STRING.EXE and show the commands used to manipulate C strings.
*s
and
**t
:DBG>
step
stepped to STRING\main\%LINE 8
8: }
DBG>
examine/az *s
*STRING\main\s: "vaxie"
DBG>
examine/az **t
**STRING\main\t: "vaxie"
*s
. The EXAMINE/AZ command displays the new contents of the
string:
DBG>
deposit/az *s = "VSI C"
DBG>
examine/az *s, **t
*STRING\main\s: "VSI C"
**STRING\main\t: "VSI C"
examine/ascii s[2]
STRING\main\s[2]: ' '
DBG>
deposit/ascii s[2] = "-"
DBG>
examine/az *s, **t
*STRING\main\s: "VSI-C"
**STRING\main\t: "VSI-C"
C.1.3.5. Accessing Structures and Unions
You can examine structures in their entirety or on a member-by-member basis, and deposit data into structures one member at a time.
To reference members of a structure or union, use the usual C syntax for such references. That
is, if variable p
is a pointer to a structure, you can reference
member y
of that structure with the expression p ->y
.
If variable x
refers to the base of the storage allocated for a
structure, you can refer to a member of that structure with the x.y
expression.
x.y
, y
need not
be a member of x
; it is treated as an offset with a type. When such
a reference is ambiguous—when there is more than one structure with a
member y
—the debugger attempts to resolve the reference
according to the rules that follow. The same rules for resolving the ambiguity
of a reference to a member of a structure or union apply to both
x.y
and p ->y
. If only one of the members,
y
, belongs in the structure or union,x
, that is the one that is referenced.If only one of the members,
y
, is in the same scope asx
, then that is the one that is referenced.
You can always give a path name with the reference to x
to
narrow the scope that is used and to resolve the ambiguity. The same path name
is used to look up both x
and y
.
/* STRUCT.C This program defines a structure and union * * to demonstrate the access of structures and * * unions in VSI C. */ main() { static struct { int im; float fm; char cm; unsigned bf : 3; } sv, *p; union { int im; float fm; char cm; } uv; sv.im = -24; sv.fm = 3.0e10; sv.cm = 'a'; sv.bf = 7; /* Binary: 111 */ p = &sv; uv.im = -24; uv.fm = 3.0e10; uv.cm = 'a'; }
The following examples are based on executing STRUCT.EXE and show the commands used to access structures and unions.
DBG>
show symbol * in main
routine STRUCT\main
type STRUCT\main\char
data STRUCT\main\__func__
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0002>.im
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0002>.fm
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0002>.cm
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0002>.cm
data STRUCT\main\sv
data STRUCT\main\p
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0001>.im
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0001>.fm
record component STRUCT\main\<generated_name_0001>.cm
data STRUCT\main\uv
sv
:
DBG>
set break %line 29
DBG>
go
break at STRUCT\main\%LINE 29
29: uv.im = -24;
sv.cm
has the char
data type, which is
interpreted by the debugger as a byte integer. The debugger also displays the
value of bit fields in decimal:
DBG>
examine sv
STRUCT\main\sv
im: -24
fm: .3000000E+11
cm: 97
bf: 7
char
data
type, use the /ASCII qualifier on the EXAMINE command. To display bit fields in
their binary representation, use the /BINARY qualifier:
DBG>
examine/ascii sv.cm
STRUCT\main\sv.cm: "a"
DBG>
examine/binary sv.bf
STRUCT\main\sv.bf: 111
char
, use the /ASCII qualifier and enclose the character in
either single or double quotation marks. To deposit a new binary value in a bit
field, use the %BIN keyword:
DBG>
deposit sv.im = 99
DBG>
deposit sv.fm = 3.14
DBG>
deposit/ascii sv.cm = 'z'
DBG>
deposit sv.bf = %BIN 010
DBG>
examine sv
STRUCT\main\sv
im: 99
fm: 3.140000
cm: 122
bf: 2
*p
and p ->bf
:
DBG>
examine *p
*STRUCT\main\p
im: 99
fm: 3.140000
cm: 122
bf: 2
DBG>
examine/binary p ->bf
STRUCT\main\p ->bf: 010
uv.im
is the only
valid value returned by the EXAMINE command; the other values are meaningless:
DBG>
step
stepped to STRUCT\main\%LINE 30
30: uv.fm = 3.0e10;
DBG>
examine uv
STRUCT\main\uv
[Displaying union member number 1]
im: -24
fm: -1.5485505E+38
cm: -24
DBG>
step
stepped to STRUCT\main\%LINE 31
31: uv.cm = 'a';
DBG>
examine uv.fm
STRUCT\main\uv.fm: .3000000E+11
DBG>
step
stepped to STRUCT\main\%LINE 32
33: }
DBG>
examine/ascii uv.cm
STRUCT\main\uv.cm: "a"
/* ARSTRUCT.C This program contains a structure definition * * and a for loop to demonstrate the debugger's * * support for VSI C operators. */ main() { int count, i = 1; char c = 'A'; struct { int digit; char alpha; } tbl[27], *p; for (count = 0; count <= 26; count++) { tbl[count].digit = i++; tbl[count].alpha = c++; } }
The following examples are based on executing ARSTRUCT.EXE and show the use of C expressions on the debugger command line. (Note: Compile ARSTRUCT.C with the /NOOPT qualifier for the examples to work as described).
count ==
2
) in a WHEN clause to set a conditional breakpoint:
DBG>
set break %line 20 when (count == 2)
DBG>
go
break at ARSTRUCT\main\%LINE 20
20: }
DBG>
evaluate &tbl
2146736881
DBG>
evaluate/address tbl
2146736881
DBG>
evaluate tbl[2].digit
3
DBG>
evaluate tbl + 4
%DEBUG-I-SCALEADD, pointer addition: scale factor of 5 applied to right argument
2146736901
DBG>
examine 2146736901
ARSTRUCT\main\tbl[4].digit: 5
DBG>
evaluate tbl[4].digit * 2
10
DBG>
evaluate 7 % 3
1
DBG>
evaluate count++
%DEBUG-W-SIDEFFECT, operators with side effects not supported (++, –)
C.1.3.6. Sample Debugging Session
/* POWER.C This program contains two functions: "main" and * * "power." The main function passes a number to * * "power", which returns that number raised to the * * second power. */ main() { static int i, j; int power(int); i = 2; j = power(i); } power(int j) { return (j * j); }
$
CC/DEBUG/NOOPTIMIZE POWER
$
LINK/DEBUG POWER
$
RUN POWER
%DEBUG-I-NOGLOBALS, some or all global symbols not accessible
OpenVMS I64 Debug64 Version E8.0
%DEBUG-I-INITIAL, Language: C, Module: 'POWER'
%DEBUG-I-NOTATMAIN, Type GO to reach MAIN program
DBG>
set break %LINE 13
DBG>
go
break at routine POWER\main
12: i = 2;
DBG>
go
break at POWER\main\%LINE 13
13: j = power(i);
DBG>
step/into
stepped to routine POWER\power
16: int j;
DBG>
step
stepped to POWER\power\%LINE 18
18: return (j * j);
DBG>
examine J
%DEBUG-W-NOSYMBOL, symbol 'J' is not in the symbol table
DBG>
examine j
POWER\power\j: 2
DBG>
step
stepped to POWER\main\%LINE 13+46
13: j = power(i);
DBG>
step
stepped to POWER\main\%LINE 14
14: }
DBG>
examine j
POWER\main\j: 4
DBG>
go
%DEBUG-I-EXITSTATUS, is '%SYSTEM-S-NORMAL, normal successful
completion'
DBG>
exit
$
To execute a program with the debugger, you must compile and link the program with the /DEBUG qualifier. The VSI C compiler compiles the source file with the /DEBUG=TRACEBACK qualifier by default. However, unless you compile your program with the /DEBUG qualifier, you cannot access all of the program's variables. Use the /NOOPTIMIZE qualifier to turn off compiler optimization that might interfere with debugging. | |
The OpenVMS Image Activator passes control to the debugger on
execution of the image. The debugger displays the current
programming language and the name of the object module that contains
the | |
You enter debugger commands at the following prompt:
The SET BREAK command defines a point in the program where the debugger must suspend execution. In this example, SET BREAK tells the debugger to stop execution before execution of line number 13. After the debugger processes the SET BREAK command, it responds with the debugger prompt. | |
The GO command begins execution of the image. | |
The debugger indicates that execution is suspended at line 13 of
the | |
The debugger displays the line of source text where it suspended execution. Refer to the source code listing in Example C.6, “Debugging Sample Program POWER.C” to follow the debugger as it steps through the lines of the program in this interactive debugging example. | |
The STEP/INTO command executes the first executable line in a function. The STEP command tells the debugger to execute the next line of code, but if the next line of code is a function call, the debugger will not step through the function code unless you use the /INTO qualifier. Use STEP/INTO to step through a user-defined or C RTL function. | |
When stepping through a function, the debugger specifies line numbers by displaying the object module, the C function, and %LINE followed by the line number in the source text, each delimited by a backslash. The code at that line number is then displayed. | |
The EXAMINE command displays the contents of a variable. | |
The debugger does not recognize the variable | |
Because the debugger supports the case sensitivity of C variables,
variable In response to the EXAMINE command, the debugger displays the
value of the variable | |
The value of variable | |
When execution is completed, the debugger displays the execution status (successful, in this example). | |
The EXIT command terminates the debugging session and returns to the DCL prompt. |
C.2. OpenVMS Text Processing Utility
The OpenVMS Text Processing Utility (TPU) (provided with the OpenVMS operating system) is a high-performance, programmable utility. TPU provides a number of special features, such as multiple buffers and windows, definable keys and key sequences, a procedural language, and a callable interface.
$
EDIT/TPU USER.C
To exit from EVE, press the Do key to get the Command: prompt. If you want to save modifications to your file, enter the EXIT command. If you do not want to save the file or any modification to the file, enter the QUIT command.
C.3. Language-Sensitive Editor and the Source Code Analyzer
The Language-Sensitive Editor (LSE) and the Source Code Analyzer (SCA) must be purchased separately from the OpenVMS operating system. LSE is a text editor intended specifically for software development. SCA is an interactive tool for program analysis.
These products are closely integrated; generally, SCA is invoked through LSE. LSE provides additional editing features that make SCA program analysis more efficient. In addition, LSE and SCA, in conjunction with the VSI C compiler, provide a set of new enhancements supporting source code design and review.
Formatted language constructs, or templates, for most VSI programming languages, including VSI C. These templates include the keywords and punctuation used in source programs, and use placeholders to indicate locations in the source code where additional text is optional or required.
Commands to compile, review, and correct compilation errors from within the editor.
Integration with the Code Management System (CMS) for OpenVMS Systems. You can enter CMS commands from within the editor to make source file management more efficient.
Cross-referencing, which supplies information about program symbols and source files.
Static analysis, which provides information on how subprograms, symbols, and files are related.
Pseudocode support, which includes a new LSE placeholder for delimiting pseudocode. Pseudocode is text that describes algorithms or design decisions. This feature allows you to write source code in shorthand, returning later to fill in code details.
Placeholder processing, in which language compilers accept LSE placeholders and pseudocode as valid program elements during compilation. This feature allows you to test the validity of algorithms while programs are still in shorthand form.
Comment processing, which includes design comment information in the SCA library. SCA performs cross-referencing and static analysis on this information in response to user queries.
View support, which provides a reverse-design facility. LSE commands compress program code into overview line summaries. If you choose to edit these overview lines, the modifications you make are reflected in the program code.
A report tool, callable through LSE, that can print views, standard design reports, and customized reports.
C.3.1. Preparing an SCA Library
- Create an OpenVMS directory for your SCA library. For example:
$
CREATE/DIRECTORY PROJ:[USER.LIB1]
- Initialize and set the library with the SCA CREATE LIBRARY command. For example:
$
SCA CREATE LIBRARY [.LIB1]
If you have an existing SCA library that has been initialized, you make its contents visible to SCA by setting it with the SCA SET LIBRARY command. For example:$
SCA SET LIBRARY [.EXISTING_SCA_LIBARAY]
A message appears in the message buffer, at the bottom of your screen, indicating whether your SCA library selection succeeded.
- Direct the VSI C compiler to generate data analysis files by appending the /ANALYSIS_DATA qualifier to the CC command. For example:
$
CC/ANALYSIS_DATA PG1,PG2,PG3
This command line compiles the input files PG1.C, PG2.C, and PG3.C and generates corresponding output files for each input file, with the file types OBJ and ANA. VSI C puts these files in your current default directory.
- Load the information in the data analysis files into your SCA library with the SCA LOAD command. For example:
$
SCA LOAD PG1,PG2,PG3
This command loads your library with the modules contained in the data analysis files PG1.ANA, PG2.ANA, and PG3.ANA.
Once the SCA library has been prepared, enter LSE to begin an SCA session. Within this context, the integration of LSE and SCA provides commands that can be used only within LSE.
C.3.2. Starting and Terminating an LSE or an SCA Session
$
LSEDIT USER.C
To end an LSE session, press Ctrl/Z to get the LSE> prompt. If you want to save modifications to your file, enter the EXIT command. If you do not want to save the file or any modification to the file, enter the QUIT command.
LSE>
command [parameter] [/qualifier...]
$
SCA command [parameter] [/qualifier...]
$
SCA
SCA>
command [parameter] [/qualifier...]
Typing EXIT (or pressing Ctrl/Z) ends an SCA subsystem session and returns you to the DCL level.
C.3.3. Programming Language Placeholders and Tokens
The LSE language-sensitive features simplify the tasks of developing and maintaining software systems. These features include language-specific placeholders and tokens, aliases, comment and indentation control, and templates for subroutine libraries.
You can use LSE as a traditional text editor. In addition, you can use the power of LSE's tokens and placeholders to step through each program construct and supply text for those constructs that need it.
Placeholders are markers in the source code that indicate where you can provide program text. These placeholders help you to supply the appropriate syntax in a given context. You do not need to type placeholders; they are inserted for you by LSE. Placeholders are surrounded by brackets or braces and at (@) signs.
Placeholders are either optional or required. Required placeholders, indicated by braces ({}), represent places in the source code where you must provide program text. Optional placeholders, indicated by brackets ([]), represent places in the source code where you can either provide additional constructs or erase the placeholder.
You can move forward or backward from placeholder to placeholder. In addition, you can delete or expand placeholders as needed.
Tokens typically represent keywords in VSI C. When expanded, tokens provide additional language constructs. You can type tokens directly into the buffer. You use tokens in situations, such as modifying an existing program, where you want to add additional language constructs and there are no placeholders. For example, typing IF and entering the EXPAND command causes a template for an IF construct to appear on your screen. You can also use tokens to bypass long menus in situations where expanding a placeholder, such as {@statement@}, will result in a lengthy menu.
You can use tokens to insert text when editing an existing file by typing the name for a function or keyword and entering the EXPAND command.
Command |
Key Binding |
Function |
---|---|---|
EXPAND |
Ctrl/E |
Expands a placeholder. |
UNEXPAND |
PF1-Ctrl/E |
Reverses the effect of the most recent placeholder expansion. |
GOTO PLACEHOLDER/FORWARD |
Ctrl/N |
Moves the cursor forward to the next placeholder. |
GOTO PLACEHOLDER/REVERSE |
Ctrl/P |
Moves the cursor backward to the next placeholder. |
ERASE PLACEHOLDER/FORWARD |
Ctrl/K |
Erases a placeholder. |
UNERASE PLACEHOLDER |
PF1-Ctrl/K |
Restores the most recently erased placeholder. |
[Enter] [Return] |
{ENTER | RETURN} |
Selects a menu option. |
LSE>
SHOW TOKEN
LSE>
SHOW PLACEHOLDER
LSE>
GOTO BUFFER $SHOW
LSE>
WRITE filename
To obtain a hard copy of the list, use the PRINT command at DCL level to print the file you created.
To obtain information about a particular token or placeholder, specify a token name or placeholder name after the SHOW TOKEN or SHOW PLACEHOLDER command.
C.3.4. Compiling Source Code
To compile your source code and to review compilation errors without leaving the editing session, use the LSE commands COMPILE and REVIEW. The COMPILE command issues a DCL command in a subprocess to invoke the VSI C compiler. The compiler then generates a file of compile-time diagnostic information that LSE uses to review compilation errors. The diagnostic information is generated with the /DIAGNOSTICS qualifier that LSE appends to the compilation command.
$
CC USER.C/DIAGNOSTICS=USER.DIA
LSE supports all the VSI C compiler's command qualifiers as well as user-supplied command procedures.
The REVIEW command displays any diagnostic messages that result from a compilation. LSE displays the compilation errors in one window and the corresponding source code in a second window. This multiwindow capability allows you to review your errors while examining the associated source code.
LSE>
COMPILE $/ANALYSIS_DATA/DESIGN
The /ANALYSIS_DATA qualifier generates a data analysis file containing source code analysis information. This information is provided to the SCA library.
The /DESIGN qualifier instructs the compiler to recognize placeholders and design comments as valid program elements. If the /ANALYSIS_DATA qualifier is also specified, the compiler includes information on placeholders and design comments in the data analysis file.
C.3.5. LSE Examples
The following examples show the expansions of VSI C tokens and placeholders. The intent is to show the formats and guidelines that LSE provides, not to fully expand all tokens and placeholders. An arrow (→) indicates where in the example an action occurred.
LSEDIT [/qualifier…] filename.C
C.3.5.1. Compilation Unit
{@compilation
unit@}
appears at the top of the screen:
-> {@compilation unit@} [End of file]
-> [@#module@] [@module level comments@] [@include files@] [@macro definitions@] [@preprocessor directive@]... [@data type or declaration@]...; [@function definition@]...;
C.3.5.2. Preprocessor Lines
[@#module@]
, [@module level comments@]
, [@include
files@]
, and [@macro definitions@]
. The cursor is then
positioned on [@preprocessor directive@]
. Expand
[@preprocessor directive@]
to duplicate it and display a menu.
Then select the #include
option: Use the up and down arrows on the keypad to position the displayed selection arrow next to
#include
.Press Return.
-> #include [@preprocessor directive@]... [@data type or declaration@]...; [@function definition@]...;
#include
option, another menu appears that lists the types of
#include
statements. Select the option #include {@module
name@}
. Your display now looks like this:
-> #include {@module name@} [@preprocessor directive@]... [@data type or declaration@]...; [@function definition@]...;
Type the value stdio
over the placeholder
{@module name@}
.
Experiment with the LSE editor to expand other placeholders, such as
[@data type or declaration@]
,
[@function definition@]
, and so on.
C.4. CDD/Repository
Note
CDD/Repository supports both the Common Data Dictionary and CDD/Plus interfaces. Older dictionary versions need to be converted to repository (CDD/Repository) format using a supplied conversion utility. For detailed information about CDD/Repository, see the CDD/Repository documentation.
C.4.1. Using CDD/Repository
CDD/Repository data definitions are organized hierarchically in the same way files are organized in directories and subdirectories. For example, a repository for defining personnel data might have separate directories for each employee type.
Descriptions of data definitions are entered into the dictionary in a special-purpose language called CDO (Common Dictionary Operator, which replaces the older interface called CDDL, Common Data Dictionary Language).CDD/Repository converts the data descriptions to an internal form—making them independent of the language used to access them—and inserts them into the repository.
To extract data definitions from CDD/Repository, include the
#pragma dictionary
preprocessor directive in your VSI C source
program. If the data attributes of the data definitions are consistent with VSI C
requirements, the data definitions are included in the VSI C program during
compilation. See Section 5.4.3, “#pragma dictionary Directive” for information about using
#pragma dictionary
.
CDD/Repository data definitions, in the form of VSI C source code, appear in source program listings if you specify the /SHOW=DICTIONARY qualifier on the CC command line.
The advantage in using CDD/Repository instead of VSI C source for structure declarations is that CDD/Repository record declarations are language-independent and can be used with several supported OpenVMS languages.
C.4.2. Accessing CDD/Repository from VSI C Programs
A repository or data administrator uses CDO to create repositories, define directory structures, and insert record and field definitions into the repository. Many repositories can be linked together to form one logical repository. If the paths are set up correctly, users can access definitions as if they were in a single repository regardless of physical location.
CDO also creates the record paths. Once established, records can be extracted from the
repository by means of the #pragma dictionary
preprocessor directive in
VSI C programs. At compile time, the record definition and its attributes are
extracted from the designated repository. Then the compiler converts the extracted
record definition into a VSI C structure declaration and includes it in the object
module.
The #pragma dictionary
preprocessor directive incorporates CDD/Repository data
definitions into the VSI C source file during compilation. The #pragma
dictionary
directive can be embedded in a VSI C structure declaration. See
Section 5.4.3, “#pragma dictionary Directive” for sample usage of #pragma
dictionary
.
C.4.3. Support for CDD/Repository Data Types
VSI C never attempts to approximate a data type that is not supported by the C language.
Instead of approximating a data type, VSI C uses its own structure data type to represent all types (except for excessively long bit strings) not supported by the C language; specifically, VSI C creates structures of arrays of type
char
that are large enough to represent the data structure.Bit strings (aligned or unaligned) can be up to 32 bits long, as defined by the VSI C language. Bit strings longer than 32 bits are broken into increments of 32-bit strings or smaller so that the structure is correct with respect to size. However, the long bit string cannot be accessed as one unit.
All row-major arrays are represented as zero-origin arrays of the appropriate size. An informational message is issued if the record description specifies nonzero-origin dimension bounds. The compiler adjusts the upper bound appropriately to maintain the correct number of elements relative to a lower bound of zero. Column-major arrays are converted to one-dimensional arrays containing the same total number of elements.
The compiler applies various consistency checks to the record attributes extracted from CDD/Repository, particularly the field data-type attributes. An error message is issued when a record description does not pass the consistency checks. An informational message is issued when VSI C is confronted with facility-independent attributes that are not supported. An error message is issued when an attribute that is required by VSI C is not present, even if the attribute is optional in CDD/Repository record protocol.
The compiler synthesizes names for unnamed and filler fields. If CDD/Repository does not specify a name and a name is required by the syntax of the VSI C language, the compiler synthesizes the name cc_cdd$_unnamed_nnnnn. When CDD/Repository specifies a filler or a name that VSI C does not support, the compiler synthesizes the name cc_cdd$_filler_#nnnnn, which includes the pound sign character (#). The string nnnnn represents a unique integer. The # is not a valid character in an identifier, so you cannot reference these fields.
struct { char Cname [s]; } CDDname;
The CDDname is the name of the member in the CDD/Repository record. Cname is an identifier of the form cc_cdd_$_unsupported_#nnnnn, where nnnnn is a unique integer, and s is the size of the data item, in bytes.
VSI C generates variant_struct
or
variant_union
declarations for unnamed CDD/Repository
structures and unions, so you do not have to specify these references.
CDD/Repository Data Type |
C Data Type |
---|---|
Unspecified Unsigned byte Unsigned word Unsigned longword Unsigned quadword Unsigned octaword |
Unsupported
Unsupported Unsupported |
Signed byte Signed word Signed longword Signed quadword Signed octaword |
Unsupported Unsupported |
F_floating D_floating G_floating H_floating |
Unsupported |
F_floating complex D_floating complex G_floating complex H_floating complex |
Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported |
Text Varying text? |
Unsupported |
Numeric string: Unsigned Left separate Left overpunch Right separate Right overpunch Zoned sign |
Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported Unsupported |
Packed decimal string |
Unsupported |
Bit Bit unaligned |
Bit field? Bit field? |
Date and time |
Unsupported |
Date Virtual field Varying string? |
Unsupported Ignored Unsupported |
Appendix D. VSI C Compiler Messages
This appendix lists the VSI C compiler diagnostic messages.
For each message, this appendix gives the mnemonic and the message text, an explanation of the message, and suggested actions to be taken to avoid the message. For more information about the format of compiler diagnostic messages, see Section 1.3.5, “Compiler Diagnostic Messages”.
$
HELP CC MESSAGE mnemonic
(Alpha, I64)$
HELP CC/DECC MESSAGE mnemonic
(VAX only)
$
HELP CC MESSAGE
(Alpha, I64)$
HELP CC/DECC MESSAGE
(VAX only)
Some messages substitute information from the program into the message text. In this appendix, the portion of the text to be substituted is shown in italics.
In this declaration,
In the initializer for,
In the declaration of "name",
In the definition of the function "name",
In the declaration of an unnamed object,
In this statement,
You can control the messages issued with the /[NO]WARNINGS command-line qualifier (Section 1.3.4, “CC Command Qualifiers”) and the #pragma message
preprocessor directive (Section 5.4.14, “#pragma message Directive”).
DECDEC, In this declaration,
DECINITVR, In the initializer for,
DECNAMDEC, In the declaration of "name",
DECNAMFUNDEF, In the definition of the function "name",
DECUNDEC, In the declaration of an unnamed object,
PASSTA, In this statement,
ABSTRACTDCL, Invalid abstract declarator.
Description
An identifier was encountered in an abstract declarator. An abstract declarator is used to specify a type only and must not contain an identifier that specifies a declarator.
User Action
Correct the abstract declarator.
ADDRARRAY, context& before array "expression" is ignored.
Description
In certain modes, VSI C will ignore an address-of operator used on an entire array. This is for compatibility with other compilers that have this behavior.
User Action
Remove the address-of operator.
ADDRCONSTEXT, context"name" does not have a constant address, but occurs in a context that requires an address constant. This is an extension of the language.
Description
The C89 standard requires that an initializer for a pointer-type member of an automatic aggregate or union-type object have an initializer that is an address constant. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
ADDRESSOFVOID, contexttaking the address of a void type is a language extension.
Description
The VSI C compiler will allow taking the address of a void type for compatibility with other compilers. This is an extension to the standard. Other compilers may reject this.
User Action
Be aware of this if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
ADDRSUBCONST, contextaccepting the expression "expr" as a constant is a language extension.
Description
In many cases VSI C accepts the subtraction of two addresses within the same array or struct/union as a constant. The C standard does not consider such an expression to be a constant. Therefore, this program does not conform to the standard and may be rejected by other compilers.
User Action
Change the expression to be a constant.
ALIGNCONFLICT, contextthe address "expr" has alignment of align which is less than the alignment requirements of the destination pointer. Dereferencing the destination pointer may cause an alignment fault.
Description
The compiler has detected a situation where a pointer to an aligned data type is being assigned an address that may not be properly aligned. A later dereference of this pointer could cause an alignment fault.
User Action
There are a number of possible actions. The best is to correct the condition that is causing the source to have the wrong alignment, as access to an unaligned data structure involves additional run-time overhead. Other options would be to modify the declaration of the destination pointer such that its referenced type has the __unaligned type qualifier, or use the compiler option that tells the compiler to assume all pointer references are unaligned. It is also possible to cast the source to the destination type to silence this message. However, that solution will not correct any unaligned access.
ALIGNCONFLICT1, contextthe address "expr" has alignment of align which is less than the alignment requirements of the pointer type it is cast to. Dereferencing the resulting pointer may cause an alignment fault.
Description
The compiler has detected a situation where an address is being cast to a pointer type with a greater alignment requirement than the type of the address expression implies. A later dereference of this pointer type value could cause an alignment fault.
User Action
There are a number of possible actions. The best is to correct the condition that is causing the source to have the wrong alignment, as access to an unaligned data structure involves additional run-time overhead. Other options would be to change the type of the pointer used in the cast such that its referenced type has the __unaligned type qualifier, or use the compiler option that tells the compiler to assume all pointer references are unaligned. It is also possible to cast the address expression to (void *) before casting it to the specified type to silence this message. However, that solution will not correct any unaligned access.
ALIGNCONST, Integer constant alignment number is not necessarily supported on all platforms.
Description
Although the specified alignment value is valid on this system, it might not be valid on other systems. For example, 16 is a valid alignment value on Alpha systems but would not be valid on VAX systems.
User Action
Be aware of this potential portability issue.
ALIGNEXT, _align is a language extension.
Description
The _align storage class modifier is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
ALIGNPOP, This "restore" has underflowed the member alignment's stack. No corresponding "save" was found.
Description
The member_alignment stack, managed by the #pragma member_alignment and #pragma environment directives, contains more restores than saves. This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each restore has a corresponding save.
ALREADYTLS, The identifier "name" has already appeared in an omp threadprivate directive.
Description
The same identifier appears more than once in a single omp threadprivate directive, or appears in more than one omp threadprivate clause.
User Action
Remove the duplicate identifiers
ANSIALIASCAST, contexta pointer to type1 is being cast to a pointer to type2. Using ANSI aliasing rules, the compiler may subsequently assume that the two pointer types are pointing to different storage locations.
Description
The C standard allows a compiler to assume that these two pointer types will point to different storage locations. The compiler will make this assumption whenever ansi aliasing is enabled on the command line, either directly or via another switch. The cast in itself does not violate aliasing rules, e.g. you might cast the pointer value back to an allowed type before you use it to access memory. But the compiler cannot generally determine whether or not you do that. If your code accesses the memory designated by this pointer value using both of these pointer types, you may get unexpected results when ansi aliasing is enabled.
User Action
Casting through pointer to void will silence this message. But if the end result is that the same memory still gets accessed through different types that are not permitted under the aliasing rules, you may still get unexpected results. If compiling without ansi aliasing corrects the behavior of your program, your code almost certainly violates the aliasing rules in a way that the compiler cannot detect.
ARGADDR, contexttaking the address of the constant expression "expression" in an argument list is a language extension.
Description
The VSI C compiler will allow the address of a constant to be passed as an argument to a function call. This is an extension to standard C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Assign the constant to a variable, and pass the address of the variable.
ARGLISGTR255, contextthe function call specifies an argument list whose length exceeds maximum specified by the calling standard. Any use of va_count by the called function will be wrong.
Description
The OpenVMS calling standard uses a byte-sized field to specify the size of the argument list. The argument list to this function call requires more storage than can be represented in this size. As a result, any use of va_count in the called function will return inaccurate information.
User Action
Either reduce the size of the argument list, or do not use va_count in the called function.
ARGSIZE, context the argument being passed to this function is too small.
Description
A function parameter of array type has been declared with the keyword "static" in its outermost bound to indicate that the function may generate code that assumes that when it is called the actual argument will have at least as many elements as specified in the parameter declaration. The argument provided in this call has fewer array elements than specified in the parameter declaration with static bound.
User Action
Check the size of the argument passed to the function and/or modify or remove the static bound on the function parameter.
ARRAYBRACE, context a required set of braces is missing.
Description
The initializer for this array was not enclosed in braces. While some compilers allow this, standard C requires braces around the initializer.
User Action
Enclose the initializer in braces.
ARRAYLIMITSUP, context VSI C provides only limited support for array types larger than n bytes.
Description
This array type is larger than can be represented by size_t. While VSI C will allow a type declared to be this size, uses of the type are not fully supported and may cause unpredictable behavior.
User Action
Reduce the size of the array type. It may be possible to use a pointer type instead of a large array. The storage can still be accessed using array syntax.
ARRAYOVERFLOW, Integer overflow occurred when computing the size of an array type.
Description
An array type is larger than allowed on this platform.
User Action
Reduce the size of the array type. It may be possible to use a pointer type instead of a large array. The storage can still be accessed using array syntax.
ARRNOTLVALUE, contextaccepting a non-lvalue array in a subscript operator is an extension to the C89 standard.
Description
The C89 standard states that one of the operands to the subscript operator must be a pointer. However, the array used in this operator could not be converted to a pointer because it is not an lvalue. Therefore this code does not conform to the C89 standard and may not be accepted by other compilers. Note that the C99 standard allows this because all arrays are converted to pointers, not just lvalue arrays.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
ASMCOMEXP, Comma expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a comma, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMENDEXP, Semicolon or asm end expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a semicolon to end an instruction, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMFIMMDOTS, Floating point load-immediate instructions require a .s file
Description
Using a floating point load immediate instruction in this asm directive will require the compiler to produce an .s file and invoke the assembler to process this source.
User Action
Do not use floating point load immediate instructions in asm directives.
ASMFREGEXP, Float register expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a valid floating register, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMHINTDOTS, Hint on text instruction requires a .s file
Description
Using a hint in a transfer instruction in this asm directive will require the compiler to produce an .s file and invoke the assembler to process this source.
User Action
Do not use hints in asm directives.
ASMICONEXP, Integer constant expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a valid integer constant, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMIDEXP, Identifier expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting an identifier, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMINSTEXP, Instruction mnemonic expected (found text)
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting an instruction mnemonic, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMLABEXP, Label expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a label, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMLABMULDEF, Multiple definitions of label in asm (text)
Description
The asm directive parser has detected the same label defined more than once.
User Action
Change one of the label names.
ASMLABUNDEF, Reference to undefined label in asm (text)
Description
The asm directive parser has detected a reference to an undefined label.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMLDGPDOTS, Unusual ldgp requires a .s file
Description
This indicates that a ldgp pseudo-instruction was encountered in an unusual place or with unusual arguments. The assembler will be invoked on the .s file.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMLPAREXP, Left paren expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a left paren, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMNOTAVAIL, In-line assembly code directive name is not available on this platform.
Description
In-line assembly code is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
See documentation for alternatives.
ASMNOTINST, text instruction is not supported in asms on text
Description
The asm directive parser does not recognizes a pseudo-opcode on this platform.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMNOTREG, text is not a register name on text
Description
The asm directive parser has noticed that a special register used in the directive is not valid on this platform.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMNOTSUP, Support for text (text) in asms is not implemented on text
Description
The asm directive parser does not support the feature in question on this platform.
User Action
Rewrite the asm so that the feature is not used.
ASMPALTRUNC, PALcode function has been truncated to number
Description
The asm directive call_pal instruction is followed by an integer beyond the range of call_pal values expected by the compiler.
User Action
Use a valid call_pal argument.
ASMRAWREG, text uses text before it is defined
Description
The asm directive parser has noticed that an instruction uses a register as a source before it is given a value.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMREGEXP, Fixed register expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a valid integer register, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMREGOVRLAPSC, Destination register overlaps input for text (software completion) instruction
Description
An asm directive contains an instruction that may require a software completion routine in case of a runtime exception. Such an instruction requires that the result register be different than any input register.
User Action
Modify the asm so that the destination register is different than the sources.
ASMRPAREXP, Right paren expected while processing text instruction
Description
The asm directive parser was expecting a right paren, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMSYMDOTS, Use of symbolic addresses with text instruction requires a .s file
Description
Using a symbolic operand in this asm directive will require the compiler to produce an .s file and invoke the assembler to process this source.
User Action
Do not use symbolic operands in asm directives.
ASMUNKNOWNARCH, Unknown architecture (text) specified in text assembler directive
Description
The asm directive parser has detected an unexpected argument to a .tune or .arch directive.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASMUNKSETOPT, Unsupported or illegal .set option (text)
Description
The asm directive parser has detected an unexpected argument to a .set directive.
User Action
Correct the asm directive.
ASSERTFAIL, The assertion "assertion" was not true, reason.
Description
The expression in a #pragma assert non_zero(expression) directive was found to be zero.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the expression to be zero.
ASSERTION, text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
ASSIGNEXT, contextrelaxed struct or union type compatibility is a language extension.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow assignments or comparisons between structs or unions of different types if their sizes are the same. This is an extension to standard C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Recode the operation to use one of the memxxx run-time library functions.
ASSUMEONEELEM, The type of the tentatively-defined array "name" is incomplete at the end of the compilation unit. The compiler will assume one array element.
Description
The C standard requires that the type of all tentative definitions must be completed before the end of the compilation unit. For compatibility with some other C compilers, VSI C will give the array one element.
User Action
Complete the type.
AUTOEXTERNAL, contexta storage class of "auto" or "register" is illegal at file scope.
Description
The storage classes auto and register can only be used in a declaration that appears inside a function. They cannot be used in a declaration at file scope.
User Action
Remove the storage class specifier or move the declaration inside a function body.
BADALIAS, Reference through restricted pointer text uses a pointer value based on different restricted pointer, text
Description
The C language requires that restricted pointers always point to different storage. The compiler has detected a case where an access using a restricted pointer is referencing memory pointed to a different restricted pointer. This may cause unexpected behavior.
User Action
Make sure restricted pointers point at unique storage.
BADALIGN, Invalid alignment boundary.
Description
The _align storage class modifier was given an invalid value. See documentation for valid values on each platform.
User Action
Supply a correct value or remove the _align storage class modifier.
BADANSIALIAS, This statement accesses an object frag1. The statement at loc accesses the same storage location frag2.
Description
The standard allows a compiler to assume that since these two statements use different types, these two statements reference different storage locations. The VSI C compiler does so whenever ansi aliasing is enabled. Since your code relies on these two statements accessing the same storage location you should disable ansi aliasing. If you do not do so, optimization may cause your program to behave unexpectedly.
User Action
Specify noansi_alias on the command line.
BADBOUNDCHK, contextpointer arithmetic was performed more than once in computing an array element. The bounds checking code output by the compiler will only verify the "expr" expression.
Description
When an array is accessed using pointer arithmetic and run-time array bounds checking is enabled, the VSI C compiler is only able to output the checking code for the first pointer arithmetic operation performed on the array. This can result in an incorrect check if the resulting pointer value is again operated on by pointer arithmetic. Consider the expression a = b + c - d; where a is a pointer, b an array, and c and d integers. When bounds checking is enabled the compiler will output a check to verify that c within the bounds of the array. This will lead to an incorrect runtime trap in cases where c is outside the bounds of the array and c - d is not.
User Action
Recode the pointer expression so that the integer part is in parenthesis. This way the expression will contain only one pointer arithmetic operation. In the earlier example the expression would be changed to a = b + (c - d);
BADBOUNDS, contextthe array bounds are incorrectly specified.
Description
A multi-dimensional array declaration contains a missing dimension specifier in a dimension other than the first.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
BADBREAK, This break statement is not within a for, while, do, or switch statement.
Description
A break statement can only appear inside a for, while, do, or switch statement.
User Action
Remove the break statement, or replace it with a goto statement.
BADC99PRAGOP, Invalid syntax for the C99 _Pragma operator, its operands cannot be recognized.
Description
After macro expansion and whitespace has been removed, the C99 _Pragma keyword must be followed by exactly three tokens: left-parenthesis, string-literal (or wide-string), right-parenthesis. Any other sequence cannot be processed, and will likely produce other spurious compile-time diagnostics.
User Action
Correct the syntax, or compile in a language mode that does not recognize the C99_Pragma operator (e.g. if your code has used this reserved identifier for some other purpose).
BADCHARSINHDR, Illegal characters after header name.
Description
While processing an #include directive whose argument did not start with either a '<' or '"' character, the compiler encountered a character it did not expect. This most often occurs when the directive argument is a macro and there is an error during the expansion of that macro.
User Action
Correct the argument to the #include directive.
BADCMMNTPSTNG, Token concatenation with comments might not be portable – use ## operator.
Description
A macro body contains a comment between two tokens with no white space either before or after the comment. Older C compilers allowed this as a form of token pasting. This type of token pasting might not give the desired results with newer compilers.
User Action
Use the standard C form of token pasting by replacing the comment with the ## token pasting operator.
BADCOMLITTYPE, contextthe type "type" cannot be used to specify the type of a compound literal.
Description
The type of a compound literal must be an object type or an array of unknown size.
User Action
Use a valid type.
BADCOMPLEXTYPE, context"spelling" is an invalid complex type specifier.
Description
The valid complex type specifiers are float _Complex, double _Complex, and long double _Complex.
User Action
Use on of the valid complex type specifiers.
BADCONDIT, contexta common type could not be determined for the 2nd and 3rd operands ("true expression" and "false expression") of a conditional operator.
Description
The types of the second and third operands of the conditional operator must conform to a set of rules that define what the type of the result of the conditional operator itself will be. If the types of these operands do not conform to those rules, the compiler cannot determine the type of the result, which is an error. Refer to the language documentation for a complete list of valid combinations of types for the second and third operands of the conditional operator.
User Action
Modify the conditional expression so that the types of the second and third operands conform to the language rules.
BADCONSTEXPR, Syntax error in constant expression.
Description
A preprocessing constant expression contained a syntax error. The preprocessor was expecting to find a constant value or a left parenthesis. The preprocessor will assume a value of zero was encountered.
User Action
Correct the preprocessing constant expression.
BADCONTINUE, This continue statement is not within a for, while, or do statement.
Description
A continue statement can only appear inside a for, while, or do statement.
User Action
Remove the continue statement, or replace it with a goto statement.
BADCONVSPEC, contextthis argument to function name contains a bad conversion specification "incorrect conversion" that will cause unpredictable behavior.
Description
The compiler has detected an illformed conversion specification (flags, width, precision, length modifier) or an unknown conversion specifier (not diouxefgcspn...) that will cause unpredictable behavior. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Review the documentation for this function and modify the conversion specification as appropriate.
BADDCL, The name "name" cannot be undefined.
Description
The code has tried to #undef a macro that is predefined by the C standard. This is not allowed. The #undef will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the #undef directive.
BADDECLSPEC, Invalid argument to __declspec. Valid arguments are "thread" or "__thread".
Description
The only valid arguments to the __declspec storage class modifier are "thread" or "__thread".
User Action
Either use one of the valid arguments, or remove the storage class modifier.
BADDEFARG, Bad argument for "defined" operator.
Description
The defined preprocessing operator was given an invalid argument. The operator expects an identifier optionally enclosed in parenthesis. The value of the operator is undefined.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the preprocessing operator.
BADENUM, Invalid enumerator.
Description
While processing an enumerator list, the compiler was expecting to encounter an identifier, but it found something else instead.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
BADENUMREDECL, contextthe enum "tag" cannot be given a type other than signed int because the tag was declared earlier at where.
Description
This enum tag would normally be given a type other than signed int because the enumeration constants used in the declaration exceed the range of signed int. The compiler cannot use the extended type because the enum tag was declared earlier, and given signed int type at that point.
User Action
Remove the earlier tag declaration.
BADEXPR, Invalid expression.
Description
An invalid expression was encountered.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
BADFATCOMMENT, The compiler cannot recover.
Description
In certain cases, the compiler cannot proceed after an unterminated comment. In these cases this message will be issued. Note that this message is always output after the opencomment error has been output.
User Action
Terminate the comment before the end-of-file.
BADFBDAT, text contains invalid feedback data
Description
A feedback file contains data, but it was corrupt and could not be used.
User Action
Create a new feedback file.
BADFBFILE, Invalid feedback file: text
Description
The compiler was unable to read information from the specified feedback file.
User Action
Make sure the feedback file contains valid feedback information.
BADFBTYP, Unexpected file type for feedback file text
Description
The file specified in the -feedback option does not have the file type expected by the compiler.
User Action
Use a valid feedback file.
BADFLOATTYPE, contextthis floating point type "type" is not supported on this platform.
Description
The IEEE floating types __s_float and __t_float are not supported on the VAX platform.
User Action
Change the type to a floating type that is supported on VAX, or compile the application on a platform that does support IEEE floating.
BADFORMALPARM, This token may not appear in a formal parameter list.
Description
While processing the formal parameter list of a macro definition, the compiler encountered an invalid formal parameter specifier. The macro will be be defined and this token will ignored, but that may not have been what you intended.
User Action
Correct the formal parameter list so that it consists of a comma separated list of identifiers.
BADFORSTOCLS, The declaration in a for loop can only have storage class auto or register.
Description
The declaration in a for loop contains a storage class specifier other than auto or register. This is not allowed.
User Action
Correct the storage class.
BADFUNCSTOCLS, The storage class of function name cannot be storage_class. This storage class has been changed to 'extern'.
Description
The globalref storage class cannot be used with a function declaration. The compiler will use the storage class extern.
User Action
Remove the globalref storage class from the function declaration.
BADGLOBALTYPE, This declaration has type "type", which is invalid for a globalvalue. The extern_model strict_refdef will be used instead.
Description
An object with globalvalue storage class can only have a type of integer, enum, or pointer type. In other cases, the compiler will change the storage class from globalvalue to strict_refdef.
User Action
Change the data type to be one that is valid for a globalvalue.
BADHEADERNM, Invalid include file or header name specification.
Description
An #include directive was not followed by a valid argument. The directive will be ignored. The #include directive should be followed by either a file specification enclosed in angle brackets, a file specification enclosed in quotes, or an identifier that specifies a text module (OpenVMS only), or a macro to be expanded.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the #include directive.
BADHEXCONST, Hex constant value too large.
Description
A hex constant used in a preprocessor directive is too large. The value of the constant will be undefined.
User Action
Decrease the value of the constant.
BADIDENTUCN, Invalid UCN encountered in an identifier.
Description
An identifier contained a Universal Character Name (UCN) that did not conform to the requirements of C99 Annex D for use of UCNs in identifiers.
User Action
Specify a valid UCN sequence.
BADIFDEF, An #ifdef or #ifndef is not followed by an identifier.
Description
An #ifdef or #ifndef preprocessing directive was not followed by an identifier. The compiler will consider the preprocessor argument to be an identifier that is not defined. Therefore, in these cases an #ifdef will always be FALSE, and an #ifndef will always be TRUE.
User Action
Supply a valid identifier to the directive.
BADIFNDEFARG, #ifndef argument is not an identifier.
Description
An #ifndef preprocessing directive was not followed by an identifier. The compiler will consider this to be a TRUE condition.
User Action
Supply a valid identifier to the directive.
BADINCLDIR, The #pragma include_directory must not appear after an #include directive or in a /FIRST_INCLUDE file after the first /FIRST_INCLUDE file has been processed. The directive will be ignored.
Description
There are several restrictions on the placement of the #pragma include_directory directive. It must not appear after any #include directive has been encountered. Also, if /FIRST_INCLUDE is specified on the command line, all #pragma include_directory directives must be placed in the first file in the /FIRST_INCLUDE list (if there is more than one in the list) or in the the main source before any #include directives (if there is only one file in the /FIRST_INCLUDE list).
User Action
Place the directive in a valid location.
BADINCLDIRSIZE, The include_directory string length must be at least one and must be less than max. The directive will be ignored.
Description
The #pragma include_directory directive does not support an empty string argument. Also the directory must not exceed the longest directory specification supported on this platform.
User Action
Specify a valid length string.
BADINCLUDE, An #include directive has illegal syntax.
Description
An #include directive was not followed by a valid argument. This message occurs when the argument starts with a '<' or '"' character, but does not end with a matching delimiter. In this case the compiler will add the matching delimiter to the end of the argument and process the directive normally.
User Action
Correct the argument to the #include directive.
BADLINEDIR, Missing argument for #line directive.
Description
An argument was not supplied to a #line preprocessing directive. This directive must be followed by a digit sequence that specifies the line number or a macro that expands to a digit sequence. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the directive.
BADLINEDIRTV, Illegal token in #line directive.
Description
A #line directive was followed by an invalid argument. The #line directive should be followed by either a digit sequence or a digit sequence followed by a string literal. The #line directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the #line directive.
BADLINKREG, Invalid register "register" for linkage pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler encountered bad register specifier in a #pragma linkage directive. The message should point at the offending specifier. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADLINNUM, Ignoring the line number for the #line directive – too small.
Description
A #line preprocessing directive specified a line value that is either zero or less than zero. This is not valid. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the directive or supply a positive value to the line specifier.
BADLOCALE, The compiler could not set its locale to either the locale-specific native environment or the "C" locale.
Description
During start-up, the compiler was unable to set its locale. As part of its initialization, the compiler will issue the call setlocale(LC_ALL, ""). If this call fails, the compiler will try to issue the call setlocale(LC_ALL, "C"). If this call also fails, the compiler will issue this message and abort.
User Action
The best way to determine why the compiler is failing is to write a small program that contains the same library calls the compiler is making and then examine the return values.
BADMACROINLN, Illegal token from macro call in #line directive.
Description
A #line directive was followed by a macro whose expansion did not form a valid argument to the directive. The #line directive should be followed by either a digit sequence or a digit sequence followed by a string literal. The #line directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the #line directive.
BADMACRONAME, "directive" directive is not followed by an identifier and is being ignored.
Description
A #define or #undef preprocessing directive was not followed by an identifier. The first argument to these directives must be an identifier that specifies the macro to define or undefine. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Correct the argument to the preprocessing directive.
BADMBCOMMENT, An invalid multibyte character was encountered in a comment.
Description
An invalid multibyte character was found in a comment. While this will not affect the program execution, it might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Correct the multibyte character.
BADMCRORECURS, Recursive expansion of macro "name" exceeded num levels and was terminated.
Description
In certain cases, the compiler will allow a macro to be recursively expanded. In these cases, the compiler limits the level of the recursion to prevent the compiler from looping to the point where it consumes all available memory. When this level has been reached, this message is output.
User Action
Rewrite either the macro definition or the macro invocation so that the recursion ends before the compiler limit is reached. Note that the use of recursive macros is not a feature of the C standard, and most other C compilers will not support this.
BADMEMBER, Invalid member declaration.
Description
A struct or union contains an invalid member declaration. In most cases this error occurs when a semi-colon was omitted from the previous member declaration.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
BADMEMOFF, contextmultiple definitions of member "name" found with different offsets.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow a struct or union reference whose right operand is not a member of the struct or union type of the left operand. This is allowed for compatibility with other compilers. However, in these cases the right operand must specify a member name that is declared with the same type and at the same offset in every struct or union type that declares it. This message is issued when the compiler finds member name it is looking for declared with a different offset in more than one struct or union type.
User Action
VSI recommends that the left operand or a struct or union reference specify a member that is a member of the type of the struct or union specified by the right operand. If this modification cannot be made then the member specified by the left operand must be declared at the same offset and with the same data type in all struct or union declarations that declare that member.
BADMEMTYP, contextmultiple definitions of member "name" found with different types.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow a struct or union reference whose right operand is not a member of the struct or union type of the left operand. This is allowed for compatibility with other compilers. However, in these cases the right operand must specify a member name that is declared with the same type and at the same offset in every struct or union type that declares it. This message is issued when the compiler finds a member name it is looking for declared at the same offset but with different types in more than one struct or union type.
User Action
VSI recommends that the left operand or a struct or union reference specify a member that is a member of the type of the struct or union specified by the right operand. If this modification cannot be made then the member specified by the left operand must be declared at the same offset and with the same data type in all struct or union declarations that declare that member.
BADMODULEID, Invalid identifier found immediately following "#pragma module" or "#module" directive.
Description
The #pragma module or #module directive must be followed by an identifier that specifies the module name used by the linker.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADMULTIBYTE, An invalid multibyte character was encountered in type of construction.
Description
An invalid multibyte character was encountered. The message will provide additional information about the location and attempted use of the character.
User Action
Correct the multibyte character.
BADNUM, text Qualifier value 'text' is not an integer
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
BADOCTCONST, Octal constant value too large.
Description
An octal constant used in a preprocessor directive is too large. The value of the constant will be undefined.
User Action
Decrease the value of the constant.
BADOPCCAP, text instruction used is not in the selected instruction set
Description
The compiler has output an instruction that is not in the instruction set selected on the command line. One way this can happen is to compile a program which contains a floating point operation and specifying that no floating point instructions should be generated.
User Action
Either modify the source so the instruction will not be necessary, or use a different instruction set.
BADOPENBRACE, This open brace may be missing a close brace and causing the syntax error at location.
Description
This message is always output to the terminal after another syntax error. It is intended to provide the programmer with additional information that may identify the cause of the syntax error. This message may, or may not, provide useful information. In general, the more consistent the coding style in the source function, the more likely this message will be accurate.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
BADPARSEDECL, In this declaration, "id" must specify a type.
Description
In processing a declaration, the type of the declarator has not been declared as a typedef.
User Action
Either declare the type as a typedef, or correct the spelling of the type specifier in this declaration.
BADPARSEPARAM, In this parameter list, "param" must either be a type or must be followed by a ",".
Description
In processing a function declaration, the compiler has found a case where the parameter list begins with two identifiers not separated by a comma and where the first identifier is not a type specifier. If this is an old-style declaration the two identifiers must be separated by a comma. If this is a prototype declaration, the first identifier must specify a type.
User Action
Correct the function parameter specifiers.
BADPPDIR, File ends in an unfinished pp directive.
Description
An unexpected end-of-file was encountered during a preprocessing directive.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADPRAGMAARG, Unexpected or missing argument to #pragma pragma name. Pragma is ignored.
Description
An argument to a #pragma preprocessing directive is either missing or is not correct. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADPRAGMAARG1, Unexpected token encountered in pragma. Found "found" when expecting expecting. The pragma will be ignored.
Description
While parsing a #pragma directive, the compiler has encountered something unexpected. The message will contain information about what the compiler was expecting as well as what it found.
User Action
Correct the offending directive.
BADPRAGMALINK, A bad linkage pragma was specified. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler encountered a bad #pragma linkage directive. The error message should point to the place in the pragma that the compiler considers bad. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADPRAGNAMES, Invalid argument to the pragma names directive. Pragma is ignored.
Description
An invalid argument has been specified for the #pragma names preprocessing directive.
User Action
Correct the argument to the pragma.
BADPREFIX, Argument to extern_prefix is not a recognized keyword or a quoted string. Pragma is ignored.
Description
An invalid argument has been specified for the #pragma extern_prefix preprocessing directive. The directive expects either the identifiers "save", "__save", "restore", "__restore", or a string constant that specifies the external prefix to use. The compiler will ignore the pragma.
User Action
Correct the argument to the pragma.
BADPROTYP, Unexpected file type for profile file text
Description
The file specified in the -feedback option does not have the file type expected by the compiler.
User Action
Use a valid feedback file.
BADPTRARITH, contextperforming pointer arithmetic on a pointer to void or a pointer to function is not allowed. The compiler will treat the type as if it were pointer to char.
Description
Pointer arithmetic is not allowed on pointers to function or void types For compatibility with some other compilers, an output file is still created. The result produced will be the same as if the pointer were a pointer to char. This may or may not be compatible with other compilers that accept this syntax.
User Action
Cast the pointer type to a pointer to object type before performing the arithmetic.
BADREGISTER, context"name" has register storage class, but occurs in a context that precludes register storage. The storage class has been changed to auto.
Description
An object that was declared with register storage class has been referenced in a way that is not valid for a register. The most common example is taking the address of an object declared with register storage class. As certain array accesses also require taking the address of an array, this message can also be output for accessing the element of an array declared with register storage class. The compiler will change the storage class from register to auto.
User Action
Either remove the register storage class from the declaration, or change the reference to be one that is valid for objects with register storage class.
BADRETURNTYPE, contexta function cannot return type type.
Description
A function return type cannot be an array or function type.
User Action
Correct the function declaration so that the return type is valid.
BADSEVERITY, The severity of message id name cannot be made less severe. The severity for this message was not changed.
Description
The severities of the compiler's error and fatal messages cannot be changed to a severity that is less severe. The compiler's fatal messages cannot be changed to any other severity. The compiler's error messages can only be changed to fatals.
User Action
Remove the pragma or compiler option that tried to change the severity.
BADSTATICCVT, contextthe address cannot be converted to the destination type.
Description
A static initialization tried to convert a link-time address to another type. However, the linker on this platform will not support such a conversion.
User Action
Rewrite the static initialization, or perform the initialization using runtime code.
BADSTDLINKAGE, If standard_linkage is used, it must be the only characteristic specified.
Description
The standard_linkage characteristic cannot be used with any other linkage characteristic.
User Action
Correct the pragma.
BADSTMT, Invalid statement.
Description
An invalid statement was encountered. The most common cause of this error is when a declaration appears after the first statement in a compound statement.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
BADSTMT1, Invalid statement. This condition may have been caused by an open brace without a matching close brace. The compiler will attempt to identify open braces that might be missing a close brace.
Description
An invalid statement was encountered. This condition may have been caused missing close brace. This message is followed by some number of additional messages that attempt to identify
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
BADSUBSCRIPT, contextan array subscript expression is either less than zero or greater than the largest value that can be represented by the size_t type.
Description
The compiler has detected an array subscript expression that is outside the bounds of any valid array. The array access might cause unpredictable behavior.
User Action
Specify a valid array subscript.
BADTARGMACRO, The target macro "name" does not match the compiler's target. This will likely cause incorrect code paths to be taken.
Description
On OpenVMS I64, some users have tried defining the macro __ALPHA explicitly using /DEFINE or a #define in a /FIRST_INCLUDE file as a quick way to deal with source code conditionals that assume that if __ALPHA is not defined then the target must be a VAX. Defining __ALPHA will cause many of the CRTL and other OpenVMS headers to take the wrong path for I64.
User Action
Remove any definitions of Alpha target macros, and if necessary correct the preprocessor conditionals that seemed to require an Alpha target macro to get the desired effect. E.g. change "#ifdef __ALPHA" to "#ifndef __VAX" or "#if defined(__ALPHA) || defined(__ia64)".
BADTKEN, Lexically invalid token.
Description
An invalid token was encountered in a preprocessing directive.
User Action
Correct the preprocessing directive.
BADUNKNOWNVLA, contexta "*" bounds specifier is invalid. Using a "*" to specify a variable-length array of unknown size is only valid in declarations with function prototype scope.
Description
Using a "*" as a bounds specifier to designate a variable-length array with unknown size is only valid in declarations with function prototype scope.
User Action
Supply a valid bound specifier.
BADUNROLLVAL, The #pragma unroll directive takes a value from zero to 255. The value "val" is outside that range. The directive will be ignored.
Description
The value supplied to a #pragma unroll is outside the range allowed for the directive. The #pragma directive will be ignored.
User Action
Use a valid value for the unroll count.
BADUSELINK, A bad use_linkage pragma was specified. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler encountered a bad #pragma use_linkage directive. The error message should point to the place in the pragma that the compiler considers bad. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
BADUSERMACRO, The name "name" cannot be a user-defined macro.
Description
The code has tried to #define either a macro that is predefined by the C standard or the DEFINED preprocessing keyword. This is not allowed. The #define will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the #define directive.
BADVASTART, contextold-style parameter "name", with type that requires default argument promotion, cannot be used with va_start.
Description
It is invalid for the parameter specified in va_start to be one that requires default argument promotion.
User Action
The recommended fix is to recode the function definition to use a prototype-format definition. It is also possible to change the parameter declaration to use one of the default types, for example double.
BIFENABLED, The function "routine name" is a builtin function reserved to the compiler, and does not require a #pragma intrinsic. The function will continue to be treated as a builtin.
Description
A function identifier specified in a #pragma function intrinsic is the name of a builtin function. These functions cannot be explicitly enabled, they are always handled as builtin functions.
User Action
Remove the inappropriate use of the pragma.
BIFNEEDSSTD, contextuse of "function" is not allowed in a function with a non-standard linkage. This function was given the linkage "name" by a #pragma use_linkage directive.
Description
Certain built-ins that return information about a function call require that the function be called with standard linkage. Because this function appears in a #pragma use_linkage directive naming a linkage that specifies attributes other than standard_linkage, these builtins cannot be called from this function.
User Action
Use a standard linkage on this function, remove the calls to the builtins, or move them to a different function that is called with standard linkage.
BIFNOTAVAIL, Built-in function name is not available on this platform.
Description
This Alpha built-in function is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
See documentation for alternatives.
BIFPROTO, contextthe built-in function, "name", requires a prototype declaration from filename.
Description
Invoking a built-in function requires that the function be declared before it is invoked. This should be done by including the header file noted in the message.
User Action
Include the header file before the function is invoked.
BITARRAY, The CDD description for name specifies that it is an array of bitfields; It has been converted to a scalar bitfield.
Description
VSI C does not allow arrays of bitfields. The resulting C declaration will be a bitfield of the same total size as that specified in the CDD description.
User Action
If a bitfield type is acceptable, then no user action is necessary. If, however, the bitfield type is not acceptable, then the CDD description should be altered.
BITBADREP, contextthe bitfield type is not an integral type.
Description
A bitfield has been declared with a non-integral type. Standard C requires that all bitfields be declared with either int, unsigned int, or signed int type.
User Action
Change the type of the bitfield.
BITCONSTSIGN, contextthe integer constant "constant" does not have the same sign as the 1-bit bitfield it is being converted to.
Description
Either an unsigned 1-bit bitfield was assigned -1, or a signed 1-bit bitfield was assigned 1. This may not be what you intended.
User Action
Change the constant to be the appropriate sign.
BITFIELDSIZE, The CDD description for bitfield name specifies a size greater than 32; The excess is declared separately.
Description
VSI C does not allow individual bitfields larger than 32. As a result, a series of bitfields have been declared whose total size matches that of the CDD definition.
User Action
If the generated definitions are acceptable, then no user action is necessary. If, however, the generated definitions are not acceptable, then the CDD description should be altered.
BITNOTINT, contextthe bitfield type is not an int, signed int, unsigned int or _Bool.
Description
A bitfield has been declared with a type other than int, signed int, unsigned int or _Bool. This is not allowed by the C standard.
User Action
Change the declaration to use one of the allowed types or compile with a standard mode that allows this behavior.
BITWIDTH, contextthe bitfield width expression "expression" is outside the range lower to upper.
Description
A bitfield width specifier was either less than zero, or is greater than the number of bits in an int. In some modes, the compiler will assume a width specifier equal to the number of bits in an int.
User Action
Use a valid bitfield width specifier.
BITWIDTHTYP, contextthe bitfield width expression "expression" does not have an integral type.
Description
A bitfield width specifier does not have an integral type. A bitfield width specifier must be an integral constant expression.
User Action
Correct the width specifier.
BLOCKEXTVLA, contextthe block scope identifier "name" cannot be declared with a variably modified type because it has extern storage class.
Description
Only ordinary identifiers with block scope and without storage class extern, or ordinary identifiers with function prototype scope can be declared with a variably modified type.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
BLOCKINL, Block level declarations of inline functions are not allowed.
Description
In C99 standard, block level declaration of inline functions are prohibited.
User Action
Move the inline function declaration to file scope.
BLTINARGCNT, contextan incorrect number of arguments were passed to the builtin function, "function expression".
Description
This message is output on OpenVMS systems when the number of arguments passed to the builtin function is not one.
User Action
Correct the call to the builtin function.
BLTINIMPLRET, contextfor the function "name", the implicit return type of "type" is not consistent with the expected type of "type". It will be treated as an ordinary implicitly defined external function.
Description
A function that could be handled internally by the compiler has not been declared, so an implicit declaration has been created for the function. The return value for the function is being used, and the implicit return type does not agree with what the compiler expected to see. In such cases, the function will not be handled internally, but will instead be called at run time in the usual manner. This could result in a performance loss, or possibly incorrect results if the implicit return type is incorrect.
User Action
If the function is intended to refer to the runtime library routine, the appropriate header file should be included in the source. Alternatively, a correct prototype could be provided privately in the source file. If the function is intended to be a replacement for the runtime library routine, disable the intrinsic version by specifying "#pragma function(function_name)" in the source file.
BOOLEXT, The _Bool data type is a new feature in the C99 standard. Other C compilers may not support this feature.
Description
This is a new language feature in C99. While having a standard specification for portability, the feature may not yet be available in all of the compilers you use.
User Action
Determine whether or not the use of this feature will cause portability problems for this code.
BOOLNA, The _Bool keyword is not supported in this language mode. It will be treated as an identifier in this compilation.
Description
Support for the _Bool keyword is only available in certain language modes. Support is not present when the compiler is in VAX C, K & R (common), or strict ANSI89 standard modes. In these language modes _Bool will be treated as an identifier.
User Action
Compile using one of the other compilation modes.
BOUNDADJ, The CDD description for name specifies non-zero-origin dimension bound(s); The bound(s) are adjusted to zero-origin.
Description
The CDD description specifies lower bounds(s) for an array that is non-zero. The resulting C definition will have the upper bound(s) adjusted for lower bound(s) of zero.
User Action
Verify that all subscript expressions are referencing the correct array element(s).
BOUNDNOTINT, contextthe array bound "expression" does not have an integral type.
Description
The compiler has encountered an array-bounds specifier that is not an integral type. Array-bounds specifiers must be positive integer constants.
User Action
Correct the array-bounds specifier
BUGCHECK, Compiler bugcheck. Submit a problem report with a problem description.
Description
An unexpected condition occurred in the compiler. This is most likely caused by a compiler bug.
User Action
Reduce the program that is causing the failure as much as possible. This often leads to a small test case. Please submit a problem report containing enough information for Engineering to reproduce the problem. The problem report should include the small test case.
CALLNEEDSFUNC, context"expression" is not a function.
Description
In what appears to be a function call, the expression denoting the the function to call is neither the identifier for a function nor an expression of type pointer to function.
User Action
Correct the expression denoting the function. If the expression is a simple identifier, perhaps a function-like macro definition is missing.
CANNOTREDEF, Cannot #define a macro that is currently expanding.
Description
The program is trying to #define the same macro it is currently expanding. The #define will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the #define, or move it after the expansion of the macro.
CANNOTUNDEF, Cannot #undef a macro that is currently expanding.
Description
The program is trying to #undef the same macro it is currently expanding. The #undef will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the #undef, or move it after the expansion of the macro.
CANTDISABLE, The message id name cannot be disabled.
Description
The compiler's error and fatal messages cannot be disabled.
User Action
Remove this message id from the list of messages being disabled on the command line or in the #pragma message line.
CANTMKRPSTORY, Attempt to create repository "string" for shortend names failed; OpenVMS status: reason.
Description
A compilation that used the /NAMES=SHORTENED qualifier could not open the repository used to store the shortened names. This could be because an invalid name was specified in the /REPOSITORY qualifier. The message will give additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct whatever caused the failure.
CDDATTR, One or more field descriptions in this CDD record specify an attribute that is being ignored.
Description
The CDD description specifies an attribute that is not supported in VSI C. The attribute is ignored.
User Action
No action is required.
CDDBADID, An invalid identifier, name, is being ignored in the dictionary directive.
Description
An unexpected identifier follows the dictionary pathname in a dictionary preprocessing directive. The identifier is ignored.
User Action
Remove the invalid identifier(s) in the dictionary directive.
CDDEXT, #dictionary is a language extension.
Description
The #dictionary directive is an extension of VSI C on OpenVMS. The program might not compile with other compilers or on other platforms.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
CDDPATH, A valid CDD pathname was not found. The CDD directive has been ignored.
Description
The #dictionary preprocessing directive was not followed by an argument. The directive must be followed by a character string that gives the path name of a CDD record, or a macro that expands to the path name of the record.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to #dictionary. VSI also recommends that the #dictionary preprocessing directive be replaced by the #pragma dictionary operator.
CDDTOODEEP, The attributes for the Common Data Dictionary record description name exceed the implementation's limit for record complexity.
Description
The CDD description specifies more attributes than the interface between the CDD and the compiler can handle.
User Action
Simplify the record description.
CHARCONST, Ill-formed character constant.
Description
An invalid character constant was encountered.
User Action
Correct the character constant.
CHAROVERFL, A character constant value requires more than sizeof(int) bytes of storage.
Description
A character constant is too long to fit in an int. The compiler will ignore the extra characters.
User Action
Remove the extra characters from the character constant.
CHKEXPAND, number integrity check error(s) after IL expansion of routine text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
CHKINIT, number integrity check error(s) in initial IL & ST for module text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
CHKOPT, number integrity check error(s) after text optimization phase for routine text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
CLASSNOINIT, contextthe struct or union object "name" is uninitialized and has a const member.
Description
An object of struct or union type has a const member and has not been initialized. This might not have been what you intended. VSI recommends that you initialize all objects with the const attribute. The missing initializer will make this an invalid declaration in C++.
User Action
Initialize the struct or union object.
CLOSBRACKET, Missing "]".
Description
The compiler was expecting a closing bracket, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
CLOSEBRACE, Missing "}".
Description
The compiler was expecting a closing brace, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
CLOSECOMMENT, This unmatched comment delimiter is ignored.
Description
An unmatched comment delimiter (*/) is an illegal combination of unary indirection and binary division operators that would have caused your compilation to fail.
User Action
Remove the comment delimiter.
CLOSEPAREN, Missing ")".
Description
The compiler was expecting a closing parenthesis, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
CMPPTRFUNVOID, contextaccepting the [in]equality comparison of a pointer to void and a pointer to function type is a language extension.
Description
Under the C standard, it is a constraint violation to perform an [in]equality comparison between a pointer to void and a pointer to function type. Therefore this code may not be accepted by other compilers.
User Action
Cast one of the pointers to the type of the other.
COLMAJOR, The CDD description for name specifies that it is a column-major array; It has been converted to a one-dimensional array.
Description
The VSI C compiler supports only row-major arrays. Therefore the column-major array description in the CDD has been converted to a one-dimensional array of the same total size and with the same total number of elements.
User Action
Verify that all subscript references to the array reference the correct array element.
COMMANDMACRO, Extraneous text "text" at the end of the command line macro "macro" is ignored.
Description
A command line macro define contains an invalid macro name. The compiler will define the macro name listed in the message.
User Action
Correct the command line invocation.
COMPILERBUG, Bug found in compiler: bug.
Description
This message indicates that the compiler detected a bug within itself.
User Action
Please report the compiler bug and include an example program that reproduces the problem.
COMPLEXEXT, The complex data type is a new feature in the C99 standard. Other C compilers may not support this extension.
Description
This is a new language feature in the C99 revision of the standard. While having a standard specification for portability, the feature may not yet be available in all of the compilers you use.
User Action
Determine whether or not the use of this feature will cause portability problems for this code.
COMPLEXNA, The complex data types are not supported in this language mode. This will be treated as an identifier in this compilation.
Description
Support for the complex data types is only available in certain language modes. Support is not present when the compiler is in VAX C, K & R (common), or strict ANSI89 standard modes. In these language modes _Complex and _Complex_I will be treated as identifiers.
User Action
Compile using one of the other compilation modes.
COMPLEXNA1, The complex data types are not supported on this platform. This will be treated as an identifier in this compilation.
Description
The complex data type is not supported on the VAX platform.
User Action
Remove use of the complex types or compile the application on a platform that does support the complex data types.
CONFLICTHINTS, contextthis hint value contridicts a related hint at where. The hints will be ignored.
Description
This program has supplied hints for either both branches of an if/else or both the second and third operand of a conditional operator. In these cases the two hint values must add to one.
User Action
Correct the hints.
CONLINKREG, Conflicting register usage between "first set" and "second set". Pragma is ignored.
Description
The same register was specified in two different register lists of a #pragma linkage directive. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
CONPSECTATTR, Conflicting psect attribute overrides previous attribute.
Description
A psect attribute specified in a #pragma extern_model directive contradicts an attribute specified earlier in the directive. This attribute will override the one specified earlier.
User Action
Remove one of the contradictory psect attributes.
CONSTCOMPLIT, contextaccepting a compound literal as a constant is a language extension. The compound literal will be treated as a cast expression.
Description
A compound literal appears in a context where a constant expression is required. The C standard does not list compound literals as a form of operand that is allowed in a constant expression, so using a compound literal in this context is not maximally portable. The compiler will treat the compound literal as if it were a cast expression, which is a form of operand that the standard lists as being allowed in constant expressions.
User Action
For maximum portability, replace the compound literal with a cast expression.
CONSTFOLDNS, contextthe libraries on this platform do not yet support compile-time evaluation of the constant expression "expression".
Description
Compile-time evaluation of constant expressions requires underlying support in the libraries available to the compiler at compile-time, and this expression contains an operator that is not yet implemented in those libraries.
User Action
If possible, replace part of the constant expression with a variable of the same value.
CONSTFUNC, Ignoring const type qualifier in declaration of name.
Description
The const type qualifier cannot be used with a function type. The compiler will ignore the type qualifier.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier.
CONSTINWRT, Const variable resides in wrt extern model.
Description
The current extern model places all external objects in a modifiable section. Placing an object with a const type qualifier in such a section means that there is no run-time protection against writing to the object. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Place const objects in sections that cannot be modified.
CONSTNOINIT, contextthe const object "name" is uninitialized.
Description
A defined or tentatively-defined const object has not been initialized. This would not be valid in C++. It is also considered good programming practice to initialize all const objects with their value.
User Action
Either remove the const type modifier, or supply an initializer for the object.
CONSTSTOCLS, contextthe const object "name" has no explicit storage class. In C, its storage class defaults to "extern"; in C++, it defaults to "static". Add an explicit "extern" or "static" keyword.
Description
One of the more signifcant and confusing differences between C and C++ is their treatment of file scope const objects declared without a storage class. C will give the object extern storage class, making the object visible in other compilation units. C++ will give the object static storage class. This can cause an undefined symbol error when other compilation units try to reference the symbol.
User Action
Add an explicit "extern" or "static" keyword to the declaration.
CONTFILE, A file ends with a continuation character.
Description
All source files, even those included via the #include preprocessing directive, must not end with a backslash continuation character.
User Action
Either remove the continuation character or add an additional line to the source program that does not end in a continuation character.
CONTROLASSIGN, contextthe assignment expression "expression" is used as the controlling expression of an if, while or for statement.
Description
A common user mistake is to accidentally use assignment operator "=" instead of the equality operator "==" in an expression that controls a transfer. For example saying if (a = b) instead of if (a == b). While using the assignment operator is valid, it is often not what was intended. When this message is enabled, the compiler will detect these cases at compile-time. This can often avoid long debugging sessions needed to find the bug in the user's program.
User Action
Make sure that the assignment operator is what is expected.
CONVARASLIT, context the use of the const variable "name" in place of a literal constant is a language extension.
Description
VSI C will allow a non-volatile const variable that has been initialized to be used in contexts where a constant is required. For example, as the bounds specifier to a file scope array. This is an extension to standard C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Use the constant value instead of the variable.
CRXCOND, Common Data Dictionary description extraction condition.
Description
Something went wrong while trying to get the CDD record description from the CDD. The error message that follows gives more information about the nature of the problem.
User Action
If necessary, correct the indicated condition in the CDD record description or with the user environment.
CVIDXOVFL, module uses more than 65536 CodeView type indices
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
CVTDIFTYPES, context"expression" of type "type", is being converted to "target type".
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow assignments or comparisons between pointer and integer types. This is an extension to standard C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Use a cast operator to convert one operand to the other.
CVTU32TO64, contextan unsigned 32-bit integer constant that has its high-order bit set has been converted to a signed 64-bit type. The conversion will not sign-extend.
Description
This message indicates a conversion that may produce unexpected results on this platform because the destination type is a 64-bit type instead of a 32-bit type.
User Action
If this is the intended behavior, first cast the constant to an unsigned 64-bit type.
CXXCOMMENT, C++ style comments (//) may not be portable.
Description
C++ style comments have been detected on this line. Although they have been accepted by VSI C in this language mode, they will not be accepted by all compilers or by VSI C in strict C89 standard mode.
User Action
Replace C++ style line comments (//) with equivalent C comments (/* ... */) if portability is a concern.
CXXKEYWORD, "C++ keyword" is a keyword in C++. Using it as an identifier in your C program will prevent porting your program to C++.
Description
This identifier is a keyword in C++. The program is, therefore, not a valid C++ program.
User Action
Choose a different name for the identifier.
CXXPRAGMANA, The VSI C++ pragma "pragma name" is not supported by VSI C. The pragma will be ignored.
Description
The compiler has encountered a pragma that is supported by VSI C++ but is not supported by VSI C. The compiler will ignore the pragma.
User Action
Remove the pragma or compile the program with VSI C++.
DCLMISMATLNK, The declaration of "name" has number parameter(s) but its linkage "name" has number. Standard linkage will be used.
Description
The number of parameters specified in a declaration does not match the number of parameters specified by the special linkage associated with this function or typedef. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the number of parameters specified by the special linkage match the number of parameters in the function.
DCLMISMATLNK0, The declaration of "name" has an unknown number of parameters and cannot be used with the linkage "name". Standard linkage will be used.
Description
If a special linkage specifies parameter information, the declaration must not specify an unknown or variable number of parameters. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the number of parameters specified by the special linkage match the number of parameters in the function type.
DCLMISMATLNK1, where "name" modifierhas a floating type but its linkage "name" specifies an integer register. Standard linkage will be used.
Description
A parameter or return value of a function type is a floating type, but the corresponding parameter or return value in the special linkage specifies an integer register. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the register specified by the special linkage matches the type of of the corresponding parameter and return value of the function type.
DCLMISMATLNK2, where "name" modifierrequires an integer register but its linkage "name" specifies a floating register. Standard linkage will be used.
Description
A parameter or return value of a function type is an integer type, but the corresponding parameter or return value in the special linkage specifies a floating register. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the register specified by the special linkage matches the type of of the corresponding parameter and return value of the function type.
DCLMISMATLNK3, where "name" has a size that is incompatible with the number of registers specified by its linkage "name". Standard linkage will be used.
Description
The size of a parameter or return value of a function type is incompatible with the size specified by the special linkage. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the number of registers specified by the special linkage match the type of the corresponding parameter and return value.
DCLMISMATLNK4, where "name" modifierhas a type that is not allowed because the it has the linkage "name". Standard linkage will be used.
Description
Using a special linkage places certain restrictions on the type of a function's parameters and return value. In general, the type must be a scalar type that can be represented by a register or registers on this platform. In cases where some other type is used, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Either remove the name from the #pragma use_linkage directive that specified the special linkage, or modify the type to be acceptable to the special linkage.
DCLMISMATLNK5, "name" has a void return type but its linkage "name" specifies a return location. Standard linkage will be used.
Description
If a special linkage specifies return value information, the declaration must not specify a void return type. The special linkage was specified via the #pragma use_linkage directive. Because of this mismatch, the compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Make sure the return value specified by the special linkage matches the return type.
DCLMISMATLNK6, where "name" modifierhas float _Complex or double _Complex type. The corresponding floating point registers in linkage "name" must be consecutive. Standard linkage will be used.
Description
Using a special linkage places certain restrictions on the type of a function's parameters and return value. Whenever float _Complex or double _Complex types are used, they linkage must specify two consecutive floating point registers. The compiler will ignore the special linkage and use the standard linkage instead.
User Action
Either remove the name from the #pragma use_linkage directive that specified the special linkage, or modify the linkage to use consecutive floating point registers.
DECCONSTLARGE, Decimal constant value too large.
Description
A decimal constant used in a preprocessor directive is too large. The value of the constant will be undefined.
User Action
Decrease the value of the constant.
DECLAFTERSTMT, Placing a declaration after a statement is a new feature in the C99 standard. Other C compilers may not support this feature.
Description
This is a new language feature in the C99 revision of the standard. While having a standard specification for portability, the feature may not yet be available in all of the compilers you use.
User Action
Determine whether or not the use of this feature will cause portability problems for this code.
DECLARATOR, Invalid declarator.
Description
A declaration did not contain an identifier that specifies the item to be declared.
User Action
Specify a declarator in the declaration.
DECLINFOR, Placing a declaration in a for loop is a new feature in the C99 standard. Other C compilers may not support this extension.
Description
This is a new language feature in the C99 revision of the standard. While having a standard specification for portability, the feature may not yet be available in all of the compilers you use.
User Action
Determine whether or not the use of this feature will cause portability problems for this code.
DECLSPECEXT, __declspec is a language extension.
Description
The __declspec storage class modifier is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
DEFINOTHER, Another file in this compilation contains an external definition of a function named "name", or declares it as a variable with external linkage, at where.
Description
In a compilation where interfile optimization has been selected (-ifo on UNIX, /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on OpenVMS), the compiler has detected more than one definition of a function using the same external name, or has found that a function and a variable have the same external name. An external function can have only a single definition. And a given identifier with external linkage can refer either to a function or to a variable, but not both.
User Action
Remove or rename one of the names.
DEFINOTHER1, The external variable "name" was defined as an external function in another module of this compilation at where.
Description
In a compilation where interfile optimization has been selected (-ifo on UNIX, /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on OpenVMS), the compiler has detected a name with external linkage defined as a variable in one compilation unit and a function in another.
User Action
Remove or rename one of the definitions.
DEFINOTHER2, This declaration of "name" specifies a different type than the declaration in another module of this compilation at where.
Description
In a compilation where interfile optimization has been selected (-ifo on UNIX, /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on OpenVMS), the compiler has detected a name with external linkage declared with different types in two different modules. Although the runtime behavior may be as intended and match the behavior when the modules are separately compiled without interfile optimization, the behavior is not well defined unless the types are compatible.
User Action
Modify one or more of the declarations to make the types compatible.
DEFINOTHER3, This declaration of "name" specifies a different thread-local attribute than a declaration in another module of this compilation at where.
Description
In a compilation where interfile optimization has been selected (-ifo on UNIX, /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on OpenVMS), the compiler has detected a name with external linkage declared thread-local in one module and not thread-local in another. This can lead to unexpected results at runtime.
User Action
Modify one the declarations to make the thread-local attributes match.
DEFPARMTYPE, There is no declaration for the old-style function parameter "name". Type defaulted to int. This is a violation of the C99 standard.
Description
The parameter of an old-style function definition was not declared. It will default to int type. Omitting the type specifier is not valid in C99, and is often considered poor programming practice.
User Action
Declare the parameter. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
DEFRETURNTYPE, The type of the function name defaults to "int".
Description
A function definition did not include a type specifier for the function's return value. It will default to int. This might not be what you intend. This is also a violation of the C99 Standard.
User Action
It is a good programming practice to give all function definitions explicit return types.
DESIGBADARR, context, a struct/union designator cannot be used with an object of array type.
Description
An initialization designator must match the type of the object being initialized. In this initialization, the current object is an array so a struct/union designator is not allowed.
User Action
Correct the initialization.
DESIGBADCOMP, context, an array designator cannot be used with an object of struct or union type.
Description
An initialization designator must match the type of the object being initialized. In this initialization, the current object is a struct or union, so an array designator is not allowed.
User Action
Correct the initialization.
DESIGBADIND, context, the constant expression "expression" in an array element designator is not a positive integer.
Description
An array-element designator must be an constant expression that yields a positive integer value.
User Action
Correct the element designator.
DESIGBADIND1, context, the array element designator "[expression]" specifies an element beyond the end of the array.
Description
An array element designator must specify a valid array element.
User Action
Correct the element designator.
DESIGNATIONNA, The use of a designation in an initializer list is not supported in this compilation mode.
Description
Initializer lists that contain designations are a new feature in the C99 revision of the C standard. VSI C will only support this extension in relaxed mode and strict c99 mode.
User Action
Use a compilation mode that supports the use of designations.
DESIGNATORUSE, The use of a designation in an initializer list is a new feature in the C99 standard.
Description
Initializer lists that contain designations are a new feature in the C99 revision of the C standard. Other compilers may not support this feature.
User Action
Be aware of this portablility issue.
DESIGNOMEMB, context, the component designator "name" is not a member of the current structure or union object being initialized.
Description
An initialization designator specifies a struct or union member that is not a member of the current struct or union object.
User Action
Correct the initialization.
DESIGSCALAR, context, a designator cannot be used with an object of scalar type.
Description
An initialization designator can only be used on objects of array, structure, or union type. In this initialization, the current object being initialized is a scalar type so a designator is not allowed.
User Action
Correct the initialization.
DIFFEXMODEL, This redeclaration of "name" specifies a different extern model than a previous declaration of the variable at location.
Description
Two declarations of the same variable use different extern models. The extern model is specified by a #pragma extern_model directive that appears before the declaration in the source. This redeclaration may cause unexpected behavior.
User Action
All declarations of a variable should use the same extern model.
DIFFTYPEQUALS, contextthe type of "name" has different type qualifiers than the previous declaration at location. The resulting type will be the composite of the two types.
Description
The C standard permits redeclaration and formation of a composite type only when the two types being considered are compatible, and types with different type qualifiers are not compatible. VSI C allows this redeclaration for consistency with some other C compilers, and will form a composite type with all of the type qualifiers from both declarations. Be aware that these declarations may not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Modify the declarations so that they use identically qualified types.
DIRECTVNOCPP, "Directive text" is not recognized as a preprocessing directive in nopreprocessing mode, and is being ignored.
Description
An invalid preprocessing directive was encountered in a compilation performed with the -nocpp option. When using the -nocpp option, only a limited number of preprocessing directives, such as #pragma and #line, can appear in the program. The compiler will ignore the rest of the line.
User Action
Either remove the directive or compile without the -nocpp option.
DISREDECL, contextthe type of the external "name" is not compatible with the type of a declaration of "name" in another name scope at location.
Description
The same external identifier has been declared in different scopes with incompatible types. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Change all declarations of the same external identifier to use the same type.
DOLLARID, Extension: A '$' was encountered in an identifier.
Description
Accepting a "$" character in an identifier is an extension of VSI C. The program might not compile with other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
DONOTAPPLY, linkage, assert or hint information for built-in function name is ignored.
Description
A built-in function is always handled specially. There is no actual function call to which linkage, assert or hint information could be applied.
User Action
Remove the name of the built-in function from this pragma.
DUPCASE, The switch statement containing this case label already has a case label for "number".
Description
A switch statement contains more than one case label for the same case value.
User Action
Remove the duplicate case label.
DUPDEFAULT, The switch statement containing this default label already has a default label.
Description
A switch statement can contain only one default label.
User Action
Remove the duplicate default label.
DUPENUM, contextthe enumerator "name" is not unique.
Description
An enumerator constant is declared more than once with the same value. While this is accepted by VSI C, it is not allowed by the C standard.
User Action
Either use a different enumerator name or remove the previous declaration of the name.
DUPEXTERN, The declaration of "name1" will map to the same external name as the declaration of "name2" at where.
Description
The compiler has detected a case where two different names in a program will map to the same external name in the output object file. This can cause unpredictable results at runtime. This will most often happen when the /NAMES=UPPERCASE or /NAMES=LOWERCASE qualifier causes two names with different case spellings to map to the same external name.
User Action
Either use the /NAMES=AS_IS qualifier, or modify one of the names.
DUPLABEL, The label "name" is already defined in this procedure at location.
Description
A label has already been defined. Each function can define each label only once.
User Action
Remove the duplicate label definition.
DUPLINK, Duplicate linkage pragmas for linkage name "linkage name".
Description
The same linkage specifier has been defined in more than one #pragma linkage directive.
User Action
Declare each linkage only once.
DUPLPRAGASS, #pragma assert directive specified for the function name name while different #pragma assert was specified for its type.
Description
Duplicate assertion can't be specified for a function. Check whether #pragma assert was mistakenly specified for the same function more than once, or function's type is declared in a typedef which in turn has its own #pragma assert directive.
User Action
Either remove duplicate #pragma assert directive, or change assertions, or fix spelling of the function name or typedef.
DUPPARM, context"name" is a duplicate parameter name.
Description
The parameter identifier list of an old-style function definition uses the same identifier more than once.
User Action
Each identifier in the parameter list must be unique. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
DUPSTATIC, There is a redundant use of the keyword "static" in this array declaration.
Description
In C99 the keyword "static" may appear at most once in the outermost array-bounds specifier of a function parameter in a function prototype.
User Action
Remove redundant occurrences(s) of "static" from the array declaration
DUPSTORCLS, contextthe same storage class modifier occurs more than once.
Description
This declaration specifies the same storage class modifier more than once.
User Action
Remove the extra uses of the storage class modifier.
DUPTYPEDEF, context"name" has a duplicate typedef at where. This might not be portable.
Description
The same typedef has been declared to the same type more than once. Standard C does not allow this and other compilers might not accept it.
User Action
Remove the redundant declaration.
DUPTYPESPEC, contextthe same type specifier occurs more than once.
Description
The same type specifier appears more than once in the same declaration. The redundant specifier will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the duplicate type specifier.
DUPTYPQUAL, contextthere is a redundant use of type qualifier "const or volatile".
Description
The same type qualifier appears more than once in a type specifier. This violates the C89 standard. Other compilers may not accept this program. Note that C99 will allow redundant qualifiers.
User Action
Remove the redundant type qualifier.
ELIFIGNORED, Out of place #elif directive ignored.
Description
An #elif preprocessing directive was encountered outside of an #if/#endif body. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the directive.
ELLIPSEARG, Standard C does not permit the use of an ellipsis as an only argument.
Description
Standard C requires at least one formal parameter be declared before the ellipses. This declaration might not be portable to other C compilers.
User Action
Recode the function declaration to contain at least one formal parameter.
ELLIPSEPARM, contexta parameter with type "type" matches an ellipsis in previous declaration at location.
Description
A function that has been previously declared as taking variable arguments is now redeclared as using a different number of formal parameters before the start of the variable argument list. This redeclaration might not be portable to other C compilers.
User Action
Recode the function declarations to match each other.
ELLIPSISEND, No tokens may follow ... in a formal parameter list.
Description
The ellipsis may only appear at the end of a formal parameter list. Everything after that is being ignored.
User Action
Remove the unexpected token.
ELSEIGNORED, Out of place #else directive ignored.
Description
An #else preprocessing directive was encountered outside of an #if/#endif body. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the directive.
EMBEDCOMMENT, A comment is neither preceded nor followed by white space.
Description
A comment is neither preceded nor followed by white space. In certain modes the compiler will paste the tokens before and after the comment together to form a single token. This behavior is not valid in standard C. Writing programs that rely on this behavior might prevent the program from being compiled on other platforms.
User Action
Add white space before or after the comment, or use the ## operator to paste tokens together.
EMPTYCHARCONST, Empty character constant.
Description
In some modes the VSI C compiler will allow a null character constant. The compiler will give this constant a value of zero. Accepting an empty character constant is a language extension. Empty character constants are not valid in standard C. Writing programs that rely on this behavior might prevent the program from being compiled on other platforms.
User Action
Replace the empty character constant with '\0'.
EMPTYFILE, Source file does not contain any declarations.
Description
This source file contains no declarations. This might not have been what you intended. For example, perhaps a necessary macro was not defined.
User Action
Every source program should contain at least one declaration.
EMPTYINIT, An initializer list without an expression is not valid. The compiler will replace the empty expression with the constant 0.
Description
The C standard requires that an initializer list contain an expression. The compiler has encountered one without an expression. The compiler will treat the empty list ({}) as if it contained a single zero ({0}). This is for compatibility with some other C compilers. Be aware that this syntax may not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Supply an expression to the initializer.
EMPTYOBJ, Empty object file due to errors.
Description
An earlier condition will cause an empty object module to be created.
User Action
Correct the condition that was reported earlier.
EMPTYSTRUCT, Allowing struct/union type with no members is a language extension.
Description
The C standard requires that a struct/union type have at least one member. The VSI C compiler will accept this for compatibility with older compilers. The struct/union type will be treated as if it were declared { : 0; }
User Action
Provide at least one member for the struct/union.
ENUM16BIT, contextthe enumeration constant name is out of the range -32768 to 32767. This might not be portable.
Description
An enum constant is larger than can be represented in 16 bits. This would not be portable to a system with an int size of 16 bits.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port to a system with an int size of 16 bits.
ENUMCALC, contextthe enum variable "expression" is used in an arithmetic operation.
Description
An enumerated type variable was used in an arithmetic operation. While this is valid in C, it might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Verify the use of the enum variable.
ENUMINIT, contextthe enumerator "name" is initialized to the nonintegral value "expression".
Description
An enum declaration contains an enumeration constant initializer that does not have an integer type. The initializer for an enumeration constant must be an integral constant expression.
User Action
Correct the initializer.
ENUMRANGE, contextthe enumeration constant "name" is out of range INT_MIN to INT_MAX and will be truncated.
Description
An enumeration constant must be representable as an int type. The specified value is outside the range of an int. In modes where this is a warning, the compiler will use the low-order bits to form the int value.
User Action
Use a valid constant value.
ENUMSANDINT, contextallowing an enumeration type and a signed int to be compatible may not be portable.
Description
The standard states that enumeration types shall be compatible with an integer type. VSI C, along with most other C compilers, has chosen the signed int type to be compatible with enumeration types. Other compilers may chose another type such as unsigned int (the C standard even allows an implementation to choose different integer types depending on the values of the enumeration constants defined for the type). Therefore this program may not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Insert a cast to make the types the same.
ENUMSNOTCOMPAT, contextallowing two different enumeration types to be compatible is a language extension.
Description
The VSI C compiler allows two objects of different enumeration types to be compatible. The C standard specifies that enumeration types are distinct types. Therefore this program is not standard compliant and other C compilers may not accept it.
User Action
Use the same enumeration type or cast one type to the other.
ENUMUSED, contextthe enumerator name "name" has been used previously.
Description
The specified enumerator name has been previously declared as something other than an enumerator.
User Action
Either use a different enumerator name or remove the previous declaration of the name.
ENVIRSTKDIRTY, At the end of the compilation the pragma name stack was not empty. This may indicate a coding error.
Description
The program being compiled has saved the named pragma state more often than it has restored it. Good coding practice calls for the pragma state to be restored some point after it has been saved. This condition may indicate the accidental failure to restore the state.
User Action
Make sure each pragma save has a corresponding pragma restore.
ERRORLIM, diagnostic message limit exceeded
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
ERRORMESSAGE, #errorerrormsg
Description
An #error directive was encountered. This message will include the text that follows the directive in the source program.
User Action
Remove the #error directive, or supply the proper macro definitions so that the compiler will skip the directive.
ESCOVERFL, Invalid escape sequence encountered.
Description
An escape sequence in a character or string literal specifies a value outside the range of a character or wide character.
User Action
Specify a valid escape sequence.
EXPANDEDDEFINED, Macro expansion includes the token "defined", which will be treated as an operator. This might not be portable.
Description
A macro expanded during the processing of a preprocessor #if directive included the token "defined". The VSI C compiler will treat this as the defined preprocessing operator. Other compilers might treat this differently.
User Action
Rewrite the macro not to use the "defined" operator.
EXPNOTRES, expression does not contribute to result
Description
The compiler has detected a source expression that does not contribute to the result. This may not be what you expected.
User Action
Verify the expression is what you intend.
EXPRCVTINT, The expression "expression" has been converted to integer.
Description
In certain modes, VSI C will allow switch expressions or case constants to be non-integer types. The expression or constant will be converted to int. In one of these cases, this warning will be issued.
User Action
Cast the switch expression to an integer type or use an integer case constant.
EXPRNOTINT, The expression "expression" has type type, which is not integral.
Description
An expression that is required to have an integer type had a type that is not integral. This is not valid. An example of a situation where an integer is required is that in most modes VSI C requires that the switch control expression have integer type.
User Action
Modify or cast the expression so that it has integer type.
EXPRNOTUSED, contextthe expression "expr" is never used.
Description
The compiler has detected an expression that is not used, and might not have a side-effect. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
If the expression has a desired side-effect, the message can be ignored. Otherwise, you might want to consider removing the expression.
EXTENDTYPE, This platform specific type is a language extension.
Description
The use of the types __int8, __int16, __int32, __int64, or other type specifiers beginning with leading double underscores might not be portable to other platforms or to other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this portability concern.
EXTERNINIT, VSI C allows the initialization of a variable with extern storage class. This differs from the VAX C behavior.
Description
VAX C does not allow a variable with extern storage class to be initialized. VSI C will allow this, even in vaxc mode.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to compile the source with VAX C.
EXTERNPOP, This "restore" has underflowed the extern model's stack. No corresponding "save" was found.
Description
The extern_model stack, managed by the #pragma extern_model and #pragma environment directives, contains more restores than saves. This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each restore has a corresponding save.
EXTPREAFTER, This directive will not set the extern_prefix of "name" because there is a previous declaration of the identifer with external linkage at where.
Description
When an identifier is specified in a #pragma extern_prefix, the declaration of that identifier must appear after the #pragma.
User Action
Reorder the declaration and the #pragma so that the #pragma comes first.
EXTPREAGAIN, This directive overrides the extern_prefix for "name" specified by an earlier #pragma extern_prefix at where.
Description
Two #pragma extern_prefix directives have specified different non-empty extern_prefixes for the same identifier. In such cases the later directive will set the extern_prefix for the identifier.
User Action
If it is necessary to respecify the extern_prefix for an identifier, first remove the prefix (by setting it to an empty string) and then specify the new prefix in a subsequent #pragma.
EXTPRENODECL, There is no identifier named "name" with external linkage declared in this compilation unit.
Description
A #pragma extern_prefix directive specifies an extern prefix for an identifier that is not declared with external linkage in the compilation unit. This may not have been what you intented.
User Action
Remove the identifier from the #pragma extern_prefix, or declare it with external linkage, or set the prefix for this identifier to an empty string.
EXTRABRACES, context, the value is enclosed within too many pairs of braces.
Description
An initializer contains too many open braces for the object being initialized.
User Action
Reduce the number of braces.
EXTRAMODULE, Redundant "#pragma module" or "#module" directive ignored.
Description
A compilation unit can contain only one #pragma module or #module directive. All subsequent directives will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the extra directives.
EXTRAPRAGARGS, Extra pragma arguments to #pragma pragma were found. Pragma is ignored.
Description
Unexpected arguments were found at the end of a #pragma directive. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the extra arguments.
EXTRASEMI, Extraneous semicolon.
Description
An extra semicolon was found at the end of a declaration. It will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the extra semicolon.
FALLOFFEND, The last statement in non-void function "name" is not a return statement.
Description
A function that returns a value does not end with a return statement. If function execution reaches the end of the function, the implied return statement that executes will return an undefined value. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
End the function with a return statement that specifies a return value.
FBFILENOTFOUND, Feedback file not found: text
Description
The specified feedback file could not be found by the compiler.
User Action
Specify the correct file name.
FILECLOSE, An error occurred while attempting to close a source file: problem.
Description
An unexpected error occurred while closing a source file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
FILENOTFOUND, File not found: text
Description
The specified file could not be found by the compiler.
User Action
Specify the correct file name.
FILEREAD, An error occurred while attempting to read a source file: problem.
Description
An unexpected error occurred while reading a source file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
FILESCOPEVLA, contextthe file-scope identifier "name" cannot be declared with a variably modified type.
Description
Only ordinary identifiers with block scope and without storage class extern, or ordinary identifiers with function prototype scope can be declared with a variably modified type.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
FINBRANCH, A goto to the label "label" branches into a finally handler.
Description
A goto statement tried to transfer into a finally handler. This is illegal.
User Action
Modify the goto or move the label outside the handler.
FLEXARRAYELEM, contextallowing an array element to be a struct with a flexible array member is a language extension.
Description
The C99 standard allows the final element of a struct with more than one named member to have incomplete array type. Such a member is called a flexible array member. The standard does not allow such a struct (and any union containing, possibly recursively, a member that is such a struct) to be an array element. Other C compilers may not support this extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
FLEXARRAYMEM, contextallowing the struct member, "name" to be a struct with a flexible array member is a language extension.
Description
The C99 standard allows the final element of a struct with more than one named member to have incomplete array type. Such a member is called a flexible array member. The standard does not allow such a struct (and any union containing, possibly recursively, a member that is such a struct) to be a member of another structure. Other C compilers may not support this extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
FLOATCONSQUAL, The float_const_qual is not valid in strict ANSI mode and will be ignored.
Description
The -float_const option cannot be used in strict ANSI mode. The option will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the -float_const option or use a different mode.
FLOATCONST, Ill-formed floating constant.
Description
An invalid floating constant was encountered.
User Action
Correct the floating constant.
FLOATERR, contexta floating point error occurs in evaluating the expression "expression".
Description
A floating-point error occurred while evaluating a constant expression. This is often caused by an invalid floating-point number. The value of the expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the floating-point constant expression.
FLOATOVERFL, contextfloating-point overflow occurs in evaluating the expression "expression".
Description
A floating-point overflow occurred while evaluating a constant expression. The value of the expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the floating-point constant expression.
FLOATTOINT, context"expr" is being converted from type type to int type.
Description
The C language requires that this expression be of integer type. In most cases the compiler will emit an error for this case. In VAX C mode, the compiler emits this warning and converts the expression to int type. This matches the behavior of VAX C.
User Action
If the VAX C behavior is what you intended, cast the expression to int to silence the diagnostic. Otherwise, recode the expression to reflect your intent.
FMTNOTSTR, argument number of this function is not of type char * but corresponds to the format string specified by the #pragma assert directive at location. The format func_attr will be ignored.
Description
The format attribute causes the format string to be checked if it is a string constant. The format parameter can't be a format string because it is not declared as a char * type. The format attribute will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the format assertion from the directive, correct the position of the format argument in the assertion, or declare the format argument as a "char *" in the proper position in the function prototype.
FNAMETOOLONG, The file name "name" in this directive is too long.
Description
A preprocessing directive has specified a file name that is too long for this platform.
User Action
Supply a valid file name
FORMATATTR, contextthe arguments to function name do not match the assertions of its format attribute. The format argument or the argument preceeding the first argument to check is missing.
Description
The format attribute of this function asserts that the format argument exists and will be checked if it is a string constant. The first argument to check, if non-zero, identifies the argument corresponding to the ellipsis in the function declaration and asserts that the argument preceeding it exists.
User Action
Modify either the function call or the format attribute so that they match.
FOUNDCR, A carriage-return character was encountered; it is being treated as white space.
Description
The compiler encountered a carriage-return character some place other than inside a character or string constant. The compiler will treat the carriage-return as white space.
User Action
The source might have been created by some non-standard means. If possible, replace all carriage-return characters outside of character or string constants with white space.
FREGNEEDSIEEE, Use of the floating register "regnum" in a #pragma linkage directive requires the /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT qualifier.
Description
On IA64, VAX floating-point data is passed in general registers. VSI C requires that any program that uses a floating point register in a linkage directive must be compiled with IEEE floating-point.
User Action
Compile with IEEE floating-point. Another option would be to remove the floating point registers from the linkage.
FUNCELEMENT, contextthe element type of an array type is a function type.
Description
The compiler has encountered an array with an element type of function. An array element must be an object type.
User Action
Change the type of the array element.
FUNCIDLIS, contextthe identifier "id" is not the name of a type. All parameter information in this declaration will be ignored.
Description
The declaration is most likely a malformed prototype-style function declaration. In a prototype-style declaration, each parameter must have a type. The identifier named in the message might be intended to be the (optional) name of a formal parameter and the type specification was mistakenly omitted, or it might be intended to be the name of a type but no typedef declaration for it is visible. Alternatively, the declaration might be intended to correspond to an old-style function definition, and mistakenly contains a formal parameter name in the declaration. Old-style function definitions list the names of formal parameters (without types) inside the parentheses, but old-style function declarations contain nothing inside the parentheses.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
FUNCINIT, The declaration of the function "name" includes an initializer.
Description
A function declaration cannot contain an initializer.
User Action
Remove the initializer from the declaration.
FUNCMEM, The member name has a function type.
Description
A struct or union member is declared with function type. This is not valid.
User Action
Correct the member declaration.
FUNCMIXPTR, contextfunction types differ because this declaration specifies "type1" and a previous declaration specifies "type2".
Description
A function redeclaration differs from an earlier declaration of the same function because the pointer size of one of the arguments or the return result is different.
User Action
Use the same pointer size for all declarations of the function.
FUNCNOTDEF, The function "name" has non-extern storage class, occurs in a context that requires its definition, and has no definition. The storage class has been changed to extern.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow a static function to be declared within the scope of another function. If this function is referenced, then it must also be defined in the compilation unit. If the function is not defined, this message will be output, and the earlier static declaration will be changed to extern.
User Action
Define the static function with compilation unit.
FUNCNOTFUNC, In this function definition, "name" has type type instead of a function type.
Description
A function definition does not have a function type. This can occur if the definition did not contain an open/close parenthesis pair.
User Action
Change the definition to specify a function type.
FUNCREDECL, contextfunction types differ because one has no argument information and the other has an ellipsis.
Description
Two function types, used in an operation or a redeclaration of a function, are different because one uses ellipses and the other does not. Older compilers will accept this, but it is not valid standard C.
User Action
If used in an operation, a cast should be inserted. If used in a redeclaration, the redeclaration should be removed or modified.
FUNCSTORCLS, contexta function has an explicit storage class other than "static" or "extern".
Description
This declaration specifies a storage class that is not valid for a function. If an explicit storage class is used in a function declaration, it must be either static or extern.
User Action
Either remove the storage class specifier, or use one of the valid storage classes.
FUNCSTORMOD, contexta function cannot have this storage class modifier. Modifier ignored.
Description
A function cannot be declared with this storage class modifier. The only valid storage class modifier for a function declaration is __inline. The modifier is ignored by the compiler.
User Action
Remove the storage class modifier from the function declaration.
FUNCSTRCLS, The block-level declaration of the function "name" specifies an explicit storage class other than extern.
Description
A block-level declaration of a function has specified an explicit storage class other than extern. VSI C will change the storage class to extern.
User Action
Either remove the storage-class specifier, or change it to extern.
FUTUREKEYWD2, "inline" is a keyword in the C99 revision of the C standard. Using it as an identifier will prevent your program from conforming to that standard.
Description
The token inline has been selected as a keyword in the C99 release of the C standard. Because the program uses it as an identifier, the program will not conform to that standard.
User Action
Change the name of the identifier.
FUTUREKEYWORD, "restrict" is a keyword in the C99 revision of the C standard. Using it as an identifier will prevent your program from conforming to that standard.
Description
The token restrict has been selected as a keyword in the C99 release of the C standard. Because the program uses it as an identifier, the program will not conform to that standard.
User Action
Change the name of the identifier.
GBLOUTSIDEINT, context the globalvalue constant value is outside the range of type int. This may cause unexpected results.
Description
The C compiler does not support globalvalue constants larger than int. The compiler preserves only the low-order 32 bits of the value, which will be sign-extended by the linker if the symbol is used in a certain contexts requiring a 64-bit value. This may cause unexpected results.
User Action
Use constants within the range of type int to initialize globalvalues, or use more portable constructs such as macro definitions or global const-qualified variables to share constant values among compilation units.
GBLREFINIT, The declaration of "name" specifies the globalref storage class and includes an initializer.
Description
A declaration with storage class globalref cannot include an initializer.
User Action
Either remove the initializer or use a storage class that will allow an initializer.
GCCINLINE, The inline and __inline keywords will be interpreted with GCC style semantics. To get C99 semantics, please specify -accept nogccinline.
Description
The C99 standard has a slightly different interpretation of the keyword inline than in GCC. The GCC __inline keyword also differs from the VSI C __inline keyword.
User Action
Use the command line specifier -accept nogccinline.
GEMARGSIZE, contextthe size of "expression" exceeds the implementation's limit of 2147483647 bytes on the size of a function argument.
Description
The size of a function argument exceeds the VSI C implementation limit.
User Action
Either reduce the size of the argument or consider passing it by reference.
GLOBALEXT, A storage class of globaldef, globalref, or globalvalue is a language extension.
Description
These storage classes are language extensions of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
globaldef int var1; globalref int var2; globalvalue int var3;
#pragma extern_model save #pragma extern_model strict_refdef int var1; extern int var2; #pragma extern_model globalvalue extern int var3; #pragma extern_model restore
For more information, consult the #pragma extern_model documentation.
GOTSZOVFL, GOT table overflow for module text
Description
The object file required for this module is too complex.
User Action
Break the source program into several pieces so the individual objects will be simpler.
HEXOCTSIGN, In VAX C mode, the compiler will give this constant a signed type for compatibility with VAX C. This differs from the behavior specified in the C standard, which would give this constant an unsigned type.
Description
The C standard specifies that an octal or hexadecimal integer constant has an unsigned type when its value cannot be represented in a signed integer type, but can be represented in the corresponding unsigned integer type. Some older compilers, such as VAX C, will treat this constant as having a signed type. In VAX C mode, the compiler matches the behavior of VAX C. In other modes the compiler matches the behavior specified in the standard.
User Action
Be aware that this difference may cause porting problems if this program is compiled in a mode other than VAX C mode, or with a compiler that does not support this old behavior.
HEXOCTUNSIGN, The VSI C compiler conforms to the C standard and will give this constant an unsigned type. Some older compilers may give this constant a signed type.
Description
The C standard specifies that an octal or hexadecimal integer constant has an unsigned type when its value cannot be represented in a signed integer type, but can be represented in the corresponding unsigned integer type. Some older compilers will treat this constant as having a signed type.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to an older compiler.
HINTNOTFUNC, The identifier "ident" is not a declared function. It will be ignored in this #pragma hint func_attrs list.
Description
The identifiers in a #pragma hint func_attrs must be declared functions.
User Action
Either declare the function prior to the pragma or remove the identifier from the pragma.
HINTTOOBIG, contextthis hint value must not be greater than one. The hint will be ignored.
Description
This #pragma hint directives must take positive floating point values which is not greater than one.
User Action
Correct the hint.
IDEXPECTED, Identifier expected but not found.
Description
The compiler was expecting an identifier, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
IDINPARENSEXT, contextaccepting an identifier enclosed in parentheses as the second argument to va_start is a language extension.
Description
The C standard states that the second argument to va_start must be an identifier. For compatibility with other C compilers, VSI C will accept an identifier enclosed in parentheses. Be aware that this program does not conform to the standard and may be rejected by other compilers.
User Action
Remove the parentheses.
IDPACKPOPPRAG, The identifier name from the pragma pack pop directive was not found on the top of the pragma pack stack.
Description
The identifier specified in the #pragma pack (pop, <identifier>) directive was not found on the top of the pragma pack stack. A previous #pragma pack pop or #pragma member_alignment restore may have already popped this identifier off the stack, the identifier may not have been previously pushed onto the stack, or extra elements are pushed on the stack on the top of element with the identifier, or the identifer may be spelled incorrectly.
User Action
Check the spelling of the identifier. Verify that the identifier was previously pushed onto the pack stack and not popped off by another #pragma pack pop or #pragma member_alignment restore, and all elements pushed on the top of the identifier are popped. Correct the directive(s).
IEEEASSUMED, Use of /ROUNDING_MODE qualifier implies /FLOAT=IEEE. Compilation will be performed as if /FLOAT=IEEE were specified on the command line.
Description
This compilation has specified an IEEE floating-point rounding mode without specifying /FLOAT=IEEE on the command line. The compiler will set the floating-point type to IEEE floating.
User Action
Specify /FLOAT=IEEE on the command line.
IEEEASSUMED1, Use of /IEEE_MODE qualifier implies /FLOAT=IEEE. Compilation will be performed as if /FLOAT=IEEE were specified on the command line.
Description
This compilation has specified an IEEE floating-point mode without specifying /FLOAT=IEEE on the command line. The compiler will set the floating-point type to IEEE floating.
User Action
Specify /FLOAT=IEEE on the command line.
IGNORECALLVAL, contextthe value returned from the function "expression" is not used - if this is intended, it should be cast to "void".
Description
A function that returns a value has been invoked, yet the value was not used. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Cast the function to void to suppress the message.
IGNOREEXTRA, Spurious token(s) ignored on preprocessor directive line.
Description
A preprocessing directive was supplied more arguments than it expects. The extra arguments will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the extra arguments.
IGNORETAG, contextthe tag "name" is redeclared, but will be ignored.
Description
The "struct" or "union" before the tag used in this declaration does not match that in the declaration of the tag. The "struct" or "union" at the earlier declaration of the tag will be used in this declaration.
User Action
Either change the current declaration to match the declaration of the tag, or create a new tag containing the different type.
IGNORETOKENS, # not in column 1 is ignored, skipping to end of line.
Description
In K & R mode, white space is not allowed before a preprocessing directive. The compiler will ignore this source line.
User Action
Either remove the white space or compile in a mode other than K & R.
IGNORSYSREG, Ignoring system register specified in routine's linkage.
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
IMAGINARYNA, The _Imaginary keyword is not supported by VSI C. It will be treated as an identifier in this compilation.
Description
Support for the _Imaginary keyword is an optional extension to the C standard. VSI C does not support this extension. All occurrences of _Imaginary will be treated as an identifier.
User Action
Do not use the _Imaginary type.
IMPFNCFALLOFF, The last statement in non-void function "name" is not a return statement.
Description
This message indicates that a function with an implicit return type of it does not end with a return statement. If function execution reaches the end of the function, the implied return statement that executes will return an undefined value. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Consider declaring the function to be a void function. If it is supposed to return a value, add a return statement with the value the function is to return.
IMPFNCMSSNGRET, Non-void function "name" with implicit return type int does not contain a return statement.
Description
This message indicates that a function with an implicit return type of int does not contain a return statement. This message is not issued for functions with an explicit return type. See message MISSINGRETURN.
User Action
Consider declaring the function to be a void function. If it is supposed to return a value, add a return statement with the value the function is to return.
IMPLICITFUNC, contextthe identifier "name" is implicitly declared as a function.
Description
A expression contained a reference to a function that has not been declared. The C99 standard requires that all referenced functions must be declared before they are referenced.
User Action
Declare the function before it is referenced.
INCARGTYP, Type of actual argument inconsistent with formal parameter declaration in text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
INCARRAYPARM, contextusing array syntax to declare a parameter that is a pointer to an incomplete array type may not be portable.
Description
Although this array parameter declaration conforms to the C standard (since it is equivalent to a pointer to the inner array), other C compilers may not accept it.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
INCARRAYPARM1, contextallowing an array parameter that has more than two unspecified element counts is a language extension.
Description
Because this parameter declaration will cause an array of incomplete types to be created, it does not conform to the C standard. Although some other C compilers will accept this declaration, many compilers will reject it.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
INCLUDENOPEA, A non-default pointer size or member alignment is specified, and the header files in directory are not protected. This might yield unpredictable results. The protect_headers_setup script can help. See the protect_headers_setup(8) man page for details.
Description
Using a non-default pointer size or member alignment can cause unpredictable results for system header files that are not protected and that rely on the default pointer size or alignment.
User Action
Examine the man page referenced in the message for more information.
INCLUDEOPEN, An error occurred while attempting to open the include file name: problem.
Description
An unexpected error occurred during the opening of an include file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
INCLUDEPROEPI, Cannot include files in a prologue or epilogue file.
Description
It is not possible for a prologue or epilogue file to perform an #include directive. This might lead to nested inclusion.
User Action
Remove the #include directive from the prologue/epilogue file.
INCOMPARRY, contextthe member name has incomplete array type. This is not strictly conformant with the C standard and might not be portable.
Description
The compiler has detected an array without a bounds specifier to be part of a struct or union type. The C89 standard does not allow members of this type. The C99 standard will allow only the final member of a struct with more than one named member to be of this type. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Specify the bounds if possible.
INCOMPARRY1, contextthe last member of a union, or a struct with only one named member, name, has incomplete array type. This is not strictly conformant with the C standard and might not be portable.
Description
The compiler has detected an array without a bounds specifier to be part of a struct or union type. The C89 standard does not allow members of this type. The C99 standard will allow only the final member of a struct with more than one named member to be of this type. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
INCOMPARRY2, contextthe last member of a struct with more than one named member, name, has incomplete array type. This does not conform to the C89 standard.
Description
The C89 standard does not allow struct members to be an array without a bounds specifier. The C99 standard will allow the final member of a struct with more than one named member to be an incompete type. Other C compilers may not support this C99 extension.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the code to a compiler that does not support C99.
INCOMPCALL, contextthe return type of "expression" is incomplete.
Description
A function with an incomplete return type other than void cannot be invoked.
User Action
Complete the function return type before the function is invoked.
INCOMPDEREF, context"expression" is a pointer to an incomplete struct or union and should not be used as the left operand of a member dereference.
Description
In certain modes, VSI C will allow the struct or union specifier of a member dereference operator (->) to specify a struct or union that does not contain the element specified by the right operand. While this is considered poor programming practice, it was common with older C compilers. In cases where the left operand is a pointer to an incomplete type, the practice is considered even worse. While VSI C will accept the construct in certain modes, the code should be modified. Further, this program does not conform to the C standard and might not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
INCOMPELINIT, context, an array's element type is incomplete, which precludes its initialization.
Description
In order to initialize an array, the array element type must not be incomplete.
User Action
Either remove the initializer or complete the array element type before this point in the program.
INCOMPELMNT, contextthe element type of an array type is incomplete.
Description
The element type of an array type is incomplete at the point in the program where the array is declared. While VSI C will allow this if the element type is completed later, other compilers might require the type to be complete at this point in the program.
User Action
Either complete the type before the array declaration, or be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
INCOMPMEM, The member "name" has an incomplete type.
Description
A struct or union member must not have an incomplete type. An exception is that VSI C will accept a member that is an array with unspecified bounds, although warnings are often generated for this case.
User Action
Complete the type before it is used in as a member of a struct or union.
INCOMPNOLINK, In this declaration, "name" has no linkage and is of an incomplete type.
Description
A declaration with no linkage cannot specify an incomplete type. Incomplete types can only be used for identifiers with external or internal linkage.
User Action
Either complete the type before the declaration or modify the declaration to specify an external or internal linkage.
INCOMPPARM, In the definition of the function "function name", the parameter "parameter name" has an incomplete type.
Description
This function definition contains a parameter with an incomplete type other than an array whose bounds are not specified. This is not valid.
User Action
Complete the type before the function definition.
INCOMPRETURN, In the definition of the function "name", the return type is an incomplete type other than void.
Description
A function definition cannot specify a return type that is an incomplete type except for the void type.
User Action
Complete the type before the function definition.
INCOMPSTAT, The static declaration of "name" is a tentative definition and specifies an incomplete type.
Description
This file scope static declaration declares an identifier with incomplete type. This is not valid because a static declaration will allocate storage for the object, but the object's size is not known at this point in the compilation.
User Action
Complete the type before the static declaration.
INCOMPSTATARR, Allowing the declaration of a static array with an incomplete type is a language extension.
Description
The VSI C compiler will allow an incomplete array type to appear in a static file scope declaration for compatibility with other compilers. This is an extension to the standard. Other compilers may reject this declaration.
User Action
Either use a complete type in this declaration, or change the storage class to extern.
INCOMPTENT, The type of the tentatively-defined variable "name" is incomplete at the end of the compilation unit.
Description
This file-scope declaration with no storage-class specifier declares an identifier with incomplete type. The type must be completed before the end of the compilation unit.
User Action
Complete the type.
INCOMPVALUE, context"expression" has incomplete type, and so cannot be used as an rvalue.
Description
It is not possible to get the value of an expression with incomplete type.
User Action
Complete the type before its value is used.
INCOMPVOID, contextthe element type of an array type is incomplete. The void type cannot be completed.
Description
The compiler has encountered an array with an element type of void. An array element must be an object type.
User Action
Change the type of the array element.
INCONSASSFUN, A function "name" appeared in more than one #pragma assert/hint func_attrs specifying the same assertion/hints.
Description
A function can appear on more than one #pragma assert or #pragma hint func_attrs as long as each #pragma specifies a different assertion/hint about the function. The assertion will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the #pragma, or remove the function name from the pragma, or correct its spelling.
INITCONFLICT, Overlapping static storage initializations detected at Psect text + number
Description
The compiler back-end as detected a case where the same storage location has been initialized to more than one value. This can occur when inter-file optimization has been enabled.
User Action
Remove one of the initializers.
INITOVERLAP1, context, this initializer list will provide a value for a subobject that was initialized by the earlier initializer "init".
Description
This initializer list will provide a value for a subobject that has already been initialized. While this is valid, it might not have been what was intended.
User Action
Initialize each subobject only once.
INITVLA, A variable-length array declaration cannot contain an initializer. The initializer will be ignored.
Description
A variable-length array declaration cannot contain an initializer.
User Action
Initialize the array using assignment statements after the declaration.
INLINEIG, An inline specifier may only be used to declare an identifier for a function. The inline keyword will be ignored.
Description
The inline, __inline or __forceinline keywords have been used on a non-function type. Or a non-function type has been listed in a #pragma inline or #pragma forceinline directive
User Action
Remove the keyword or remove the identifier from the pragma.
INLINESTOCLSMOD, The __inline or __forceinline storage class modifier is a language extension and might not be portable.
Description
The __inline and __forceinline storage class modifiers are an extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
INPTRTYPE, contextthis argument to function name is of "type name" type and is not appropriate for the conversion specifier "incorrect conversion". The value may overwrite other data or produce unexpected results.
Description
The compiler has detected an input conversion specifier that does not match its corresponding argument. The corresponding argument may not be a pointer or may point to data that is wider or narrower than that specified by the conversion specifier. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Modify either the argument or the conversion specifier so that they match.
INSUFALN, Alignment specified for extern model is insufficient for variable. Extern model alignment updated.
Description
The current extern model places all external objects in a section whose alignment is not sufficient for the alignment of an object being placed in that section. The compiler will update the alignment of the section so that it is adequate for the object.
User Action
Either increase the alignment of the section or move the object to another section.
INTBADLINKAGE, #pragma use_linkage was applied to the intrinsic function "routine name". The function will be treated as an ordinary external function.
Description
Trying to optimize a pointer argument passed to an intrinsic function, the compiler discovered that #pragma use_linkage had been applied to the function declaration. The intrinsic function of this name that is understood by the compiler does not allow you specify a linkage. Therefore the compiler must assume that you are supplying your own function definition, and treat this as a call to an external function with no special properties.
User Action
If you want to call the intrinsic function, remove the #pragma use_linkage directive. If you are supplying your own function definition, you may want to rename the function or add a #pragma function directive for it.
INTCONCASTSGN, contextcasting of the constant "constant" to type type will cause a change in sign.
Description
Either a negative constant value has been cast to an unsigned type, or a positive value has been cast to a signed type and will be treated as a negative number after the cast.
User Action
Change the constant so that the sign will match the type of the cast.
INTCONCASTTRU, contextcasting of the constant "constant" to type type will cause data loss.
Description
A constant is cast to a type that is too small to hold the constant value. Data will be lost in the conversion.
User Action
Remove the cast, or use a smaller constant.
INTCONST, Ill-formed integer constant.
Description
An invalid integer constant was encountered.
User Action
Correct the integer constant.
INTCONSTSIGN, contextconversion of the constant "constant" to type type will cause a change in sign.
Description
Either an unsigned type was assigned a negative constant value, or a signed type was assigned a positive contant value which will be evalated as a negative number after the assignment. Note that this message is not output for assignments to 1-bit bitfields. The message bitconstsign is generated in that case.
User Action
If this is what you intended, cast the constant to the desired type. You might also want to change the constant to the correct signed or unsigned value in order to avoid the optional message intconcastsgn, which reports sign changes caused by casts.
INTCONSTSIGNED, This integer constant value will be given the type long long int. This is compatible with the C99 standard. Older versions of the compiler would have given this unsigned long int type.
Description
With the introduction of the long long int type, the C99 standard changed the rules for how the type of certain integer constants are determined. Unsuffixed decimal constants which are too large for long int, but could fit in an unsigned long int are given the type long long int in C99. Prior to C99 these would be given unsigned long int type.
User Action
Be aware of this difference.
INTCONSTTOOBIG, This integer constant is too large for the long long type. It will be given the unsigned long long type.
Description
The C99 standard specifies that a decimal constant must fit in a signed type. This constant is too large for the long long int type. For compatibility with older versions of the compiler, the constant will be given the unsigned long long type.
User Action
Append a 'U' suffix to the constant. This will force it to be unsigned.
INTCONSTTRUNC, contextconversion of the constant "constant" to type type will cause data loss.
Description
A constant is converted to a type that is too small to hold the constant value. Data will be lost in the conversion.
User Action
If this is what you intended, cast the constant to the desired type. You might also want to mask off the high-order bits before casting in order to avoid optional message intconcasttru, which reports data loss caused by casts.
INTCONSTUNSIGN, This integer constant value will be given the type unsigned long int. This is compatible with the C89 standard and older compilers. The C99 standard requires this to be a signed long long int.
Description
With the introduction of the long long int type, the C99 standard changed the rules for how the type of certain integer constants are determined. Unsuffixed decimal constants which are too large for long int, but could fit in an unsigned long int are given the type long long int in C99. Prior to C99 these would be given unsigned long int type.
User Action
Be aware of this difference.
INTERNALPRAGMA, This is an internal pragma which should only be used by the compiler development team. It should not appear in user programs as it may cause unexpected behavior.
Description
This pragma exists only to allow the compiler developers to test certain functionality of the compiler. Its use outside the development team is unsupported.
User Action
Remove the pragma.
INTIMPLIED, In the declaration of "name", no type was specified. Type defaulted to int. This is a violation of the C99 standard.
Description
The declaration contains a storage-class specifier, but no type was specified. The compiler will assume a type of int. Omitting the type specifier is not valid in C++ or in C99, and is often considered poor programming practice.
User Action
Add a type specifier to the declaration.
INTOVERFL, contextinteger overflow occurs in evaluating the expression "expression".
Description
An integer overflow occurred while evaluating a constant expression. The value of the expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the constant expression so that it does not overflow.
INTRINSICCALL, contextan apparent invocation of intrinsic function "name", problem. It will be treated as an ordinary external call.
Description
A function that could be handled internally by the compiler has been called in a manner that is inconsistent with expected usage. In such a case, the compiler will generate a run-time call to the function. This could result in performance loss.
User Action
If the function is intended to refer to the runtime library routine, the appropriate header file should be included in the source to provide the full function prototype and allow certain types of argument conversions. Alternatively, call arguments could be type cast as specified in the error message, or the function prototype could be added by hand. If the function is not intended to refer to the runtime library routine, the intrinsic version can be disabled by means of the "#pragma function (function_name)" directive.
INTRINSICDECL, contextthe declaration for intrinsic function "name" referenced at location, problem. It will be treated as an ordinary external function.
Description
A function that could be handled internally by the compiler has been declared with a prototype that does not agree with what the compiler expected to see, or has been declared at block scope instead of file scope. The function might in fact be a similarly-named replacement for the expected function, or the prototype might be incorrect or misplaced. In such cases, the function will not be handled internally, but will instead be called at run time in the usual manner. This could result in a performance loss.
User Action
If the function is intended to refer to the runtime library routine, the appropriate header file should be included in the source (note that it is not portable to include standard headers at other than file scope). Alternatively, the prototype could be modified as specified in the error message. If the function is intended to be a replacement for the runtime library routine, disable the intrinsic version by specifying "#pragma function(function_name)" in the source file.
INTRINSICDECLER, contextthe declaration for the prototyped intrinsic function "name" is incorrect: problem.
Description
A function that could be handled internally by the compiler and requires a prototype, has been declared with a prototype that does not agree with what the compiler expected to see. The function might be intended as a similarly-named replacement for the compiler-known function, or the prototype might be incorrect. The source must be modified to specify the intended behavior.
User Action
If the function is intended to refer to the compiler-known routine, the appropriate header file should be included in the source. Alternatively, the prototype could be modified as specified in the error message. If the function is intended to be a replacement for the compiler-known routine, disable the intrinsic version by specifying "#pragma function(function_name)" in the source file.
INTRINSICINT, contextthe place type for intrinsic "name" is being changed from "size_t" to "int".
Description
A function that is handled internally by the compiler expects an argument type or return type of "size_t", but the prototype for the function uses "int". The compiler will use "int" in this case.
User Action
Declare the function by including the appropriate header file. Alternatively, provide a private declaration (or modify an existing private declaration) with "size_t" in the appropriate location(s), and with "size_t" defined as it is in the standard system header files. If the function is not intended to refer to the runtime library routine, the intrinsic version can be disabled by means of the "#pragma function (function_name)" directive.
INTUNDFUN, There is no function declaration visible for the identifier "name" at the point of this #pragma pragma type.
Description
An identifier specified in a #pragma intrinsic or #pragma function directive must refer to a function declaration visible at the point of the pragma. The identifier will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the identifer from the pragma, correct its spelling, or reorder the source to ensure that a declaration of the identifier as a function is visible at the point of the pragma.
INVALIDARG, Invalid argument to pragma pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
An invalid argument has been specified for a pragma directive. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Correct the directive.
INVALIDSTR, The # operator produced an invalid string.
Description
During the expansion of a macro, the # stringize operator produced a token that is not a valid string. The operand to the stringize operator must contain characters that form a valid string.
User Action
Correct the operand to the stringize operator.
INVALTOKEN, Invalid token discarded.
Description
An unexpected token was encountered by the compiler. The token has been ignored. An example is the preprocessing operator "#" appearing outside a macro body (int #a;).
User Action
Remove the unexpected token.
INVCPPINARGS, Possible directive "#directive" within a macro argument list. The directive is treated as part of the argument list, and not as a preprocessing directive.
Description
The compiler has encountered a directive as part of the argument list of a macro invocation. This directive will be treated as part of the argument list, and not as a preprocessing directive. The behavior might be different than other compilers.
User Action
Rewrite the macro invocation so that it does not include the directive.
INVDUPENUM, contextthe value of the enumerator "name" conflicts with a previous declaration.
Description
The specified enumerator name has been previously declared with a different value.
User Action
Either use a different enumerator name or remove the previous declaration of the name.
INVNOMEMPRAG, Invalid argument to nomember_alignment pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler was unable to parse a #pragma nomember_alignment directive. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Correct the directive.
INVPACKPRAG, Invalid pack pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler was unable to parse a #pragma pack directive. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Correct the directive.
INVPPDIRPEA, The preprocessor directive name is not allowed in a prologue or epilogue file. The directive is ignored.
Description
It is not possible for a prologue or epilogue file to have this preprocessor directive in it.
User Action
Remove the offending preprocessor directive from the prologue/epilogue file.
INVSTATIC1, context the keyword "static" and/or type qualifiers may appear only in the outermost array-bounds specifier of a function parameter. Keyword/qualifier ignored.
Description
The keyword "static" or a type specifier appeared in an array-bound specifier that was either not part of the declarator for a function parameter or it was not the outermost array-bound specifier of a function parameter.
User Action
Remove the keywords or confine them to use in the outermost array-bound specifier of a function parameter.
INVSTATIC3, The keyword "static" may not appear in an array-bound specifier for a declaration of an array of unknown size. Keyword ignored.
Description
The keyword "static" appeared in the declaration of an array whose size was not known, either because array has in incomplete type or because the array has a star bounds specifier.
User Action
Remove the keyword.
INVSTATIC4, An expression specifying the bound is required when the keyword "static" is used in an array-bounds specifer. Keyword ignored.
Description
The keyword "static" appeared in an array-bounds specifier that did not have an expression describing the array bound. The keyword tells the compiler that actual arguments passed to this parameter will always have at least as many elements as specified in the formal parameter. It is inconsistent to specify the keyword without also supplying a value for the bound.
User Action
Remove the keyword or supply a value for the bound.
INVSTATIC5, context the static bound value differs from the static bound value in another declaration at location. The smaller static bound value will be used.
Description
In a previous declaration of a function one or more parameters with array type were declared with a different static bound value than in the current declaration. This can occur if one of the sizes of the corresponding static arrays differ between the two declarations.
User Action
Remove the keyword "static" from the declarations, or give all function declarations the same static bound value.
INVSTATIC6, context neither the keyword "static" nor a type qualifier may be used in array-bounds for old-style function parameters. Keyword/qualifiers ignored.
Description
Use of the keyword "static" or a type specifier within the outermost array bound specifier of a formal parameter is a new feature in the C99 statndard. It cannot be used in old-style function definitions.
User Action
Remove the keywords or convert the code to use prototype-style function declarations and definitions.
IVDEPNOFOR, This #pragma directive was not followed by a for statement. The directive will be ignored.
Description
The #pragma ivdep and #pragma unroll directives modify the for loop which follows them. The compile has encoutered one of the directives without a following for loop. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the directive.
KEYCOMB, Illegal combination of keywords.
Description
An invalid combination of Microsoft keywords was encountered during a declaration. In most cases this is because the keywords contradict each other. One example would be using the __fastcall and __stdcall modifiers in the same function declaration. This message is only output when the compiler is in Microsoft mode.
User Action
Remove one of the contradictory modifiers.
KNRFUNC, The function "name" is defined using the old style K&R syntax. The C standard has marked this syntax as obsolescent, and it is not supported in C++. Consider using the standard C prototype syntax.
Description
The function uses an old style function definition. VSI recommends that old style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
User Action
Recode the function definition to use the recommended prototype-format definition.
LABELWOSTMT, Accepting a label without a following statement is a language extension.
Description
The C standard states that a label must be followed by a statement. For compatibility with other C compilers, VSI C will accept a label without a statement. Be aware that this program does not conform to the standard and may be rejected by other compilers.
User Action
Add a semicolon after the label to create a null statement.
LCRXCOND, Common Data Dictionary description extraction condition. msg.
Description
Something went wrong while trying to get the CDD record description from the CDD. The error message that follows gives more information about the nature of the problem.
User Action
If necessary, correct the indicated condition in the CDD record description or with the user environment.
LDCOMPLEXNYI, contextthe type long double _Complex is not fully supported on this platform. The type is only accepted when the compilation specifies the option to make the long double type 64-bits in size.
Description
On some platforms VSI C does not support the long double _Complex type where the real and imaginary component are 128-bits in size. As VSI C requires that each component of a long double _Complex be the same size as a long double, this compilation must specify the option to treat long double as 64-bits.
User Action
Either specify the correct compiler option or use the double _Complex type instead of the long double _Complex type.
LEXNESTPAR, Lexically nested parallel at scope text is not supported
Description
Nested parallel directives are not supported.
User Action
Remove the nested parallel directive.
LISTOPEN, An error occurred while attempting to open the listing file: reason.
Description
An unexpected error occurred during the creation of the listing file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
LOCALEXTINI, The block-level declaration of "name" includes an initializer and specifies storage class extern.
Description
A block-level declaration with extern storage class cannot contain an initializer.
User Action
Remove the initializer from the declaration or move the declaration to file scope.
LONGDEBUG, The identifier name exceeds number characters; name passed to the debugger will be truncated to "truncated spelling".
Description
On some platforms, the name length supported by the compiler is greater than the length supported by the debugger. In this case the compiler must truncate the name when it is output to the debugger symbol table for this compilation.
User Action
Reduce the size of the name.
LONGDOUBLENY1, contexttype long double has the same representation as type double on this platform and is treated as a synonym for type double in this compilation mode.
Description
VSI C does not support the long double type on this platform. In this compilation mode, the compiler will treat the long double type as a synonym for the double type.
User Action
Be aware of this.
LONGDOUBLENYI, contexttype long double has the same representation as type double on this platform.
Description
Although VSI C will recognize the long double type as a different type than double in this compilation mode, on this platform they will both use the same representation. Using long double will not provide any additional precision or range.
User Action
Be aware of this.
LONGEXTERN, The external identifier name exceeds number characters; truncated to "truncated spelling".
Description
The length of an identifier with external linkage exceeds the maximum allowed on this platform. The name used in an output object file will be truncated to meet the platform restrictions. Note that the debugger name will be unchanged.
User Action
Reduce the size of the name. On OpenVMS platforms the /NAMES=SHORTENED qualifier can also be used. When the qualifier is specified, the compiler will encode long external names instead of truncating them.
LONGFLOATEXT, contextlong float as a synonym for double is a language extension.
Description
Certain standard modes allow the use of the long float type as a synonym for double. This is not allowed by the C standard. This message indicates this use of long float as a potential portability problem.
User Action
Change long float to double.
LONGLINE, A type source line longer than number characters was encountered.
Description
The length of a source line has exceeded the maximum length supported by the VSI C compiler.
User Action
Reduce the size of the line.
LONGLONGSUFX, The integer constant is of type "type", which is a new feature of C99 might not be portable.
Description
The use of the suffix ULL or LL on an integer constant does not conform to the C89 standard and might not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
LONGLONGTYPE, contexttype "type" is a new feature in C99.
Description
On some platforms, VSI C will accept the [unsigned] long long type as a way to declare [unsigned] 64-bit integers. The long long int type is a new feature of C99 and other compilers might not accept this declaration.
User Action
Be aware of this portability concern.
LONGMODULEID, Identifier "name" in a #pragma module or #module directive exceeds 31 characters.
Description
A module or identification name specified in the #pragma module or #module directive must be less than 32 characters. The compiler will truncate the name to the first 31 characters specified.
User Action
Shorten the module or identification name.
LONGMODULESTR, The identification string string in a #pragma module or #module directive exceeds 31 characters. The compiler will ignore the directive.
Description
An identification string specified in the #pragma module or #module directive must be less than 32 characters. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Shorten the identification string.
LONGPREFIX, Prefix string too long. Truncated to "newprefix".
Description
The specified prefix to the #pragma extern_prefix directive is too large for this platform. The prefix will be truncated.
User Action
Reduce the size of the specified extern prefix.
LONGPSECT, Psect name is too long (maximum is 31 characters).
Description
The psect name specified in a globaldef declaration was longer than 31 characters. This exceeds the maximum allowed length.
User Action
Either reduce the psect name to 31 characters or remove the psect specifier.
LONGTOKEN, An individual token longer than number characters was encountered.
Description
The length of an individual token has exceeded the maximum length supported by the VSI C compiler.
User Action
Reduce the size of the token; perhaps it can be converted into two or more smaller tokens.
LVALUECAST, contextthe result of the cast "cast" is used as an lvalue.
Description
The result of a cast has been used as an lvalue. This is a language extension of VSI C. The program does not conform to the C standard, and might not be accepted by other compilers.
User Action
Remove the cast.
MACROREDEF, The redefinition of the macro "name" conflicts with a current definition because reason. The redefinition is now in effect.
Description
A macro has been redefined with either different formal parameters and/or a different body than a previous definition of the macro.
User Action
Either make all definitions of the same macro identical, or undefine the macro using the #undef preprocessing directive before it is redefined.
MACROREDEFIN, Macro redefined.
Description
A #define preprocessing directive has redefined a macro whose previous definition contained an error or warning. Normally, the compiler will issue a warning if a macro is redefined to something other than the previous definition. However, if the previous definition caused a warning or error to be generated, this informational message is output instead.
User Action
Do not redefine a macro without first undefining it.
MAINNOTINT, Strict standard C extension: The declaration of the "main" function has a return type other than int.
Description
Standard C requires that the "main" function be defined with a return type of int. VSI C will accept other return types, but the program does not conform to the C standard. The status value returned to the environment may not be what you expect, and other C compilers may not accept the definition as written.
User Action
Define the "main" function with a return type of int for maximal portability.
MAINPARM, Strict standard C extension: The declaration of the "main" function has more than two parameters.
Description
Standard C requires that the "main" function takes no more than two parameters. VSI C will accept more, but the program does not conform to the C standard.
User Action
Modify the declaration if you want the program to be standard conformant.
MAINPROGEXT, MAIN_PROGRAM is a language extension.
Description
The use of MAIN_PROGRAM to designate a function as the main program is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
The main program should be declared by naming the function main.
MAPREGIGNORED, The linkage register "registers" has no effect on Alpha and will not be mapped to any register on IA64. This condition may cause the SHOWMAPLINKAGE message output for this directive to be incorrect.
Description
The use of an Alpha argument register (R16-R21) in a linkage characteristic other than "parameters" or "results" has no effect on Alpha. No mapping to an IA64 register will be done for this register. This may cause the mapped linkage shown in the showmaplinkage message to be incorrect.
User Action
Remove the register from the characteristic.
MATHERRNO, contextfunction name is defined to set errno when a domain error or range error occurs. As an intrinsic, it may not be able to do so.
Description
Any code that tests the value of errno set by this function may not work properly due to the optimizations that are possible when this function is an intrinsic.
User Action
If the value of errno set by this function is ignored, tell the compiler via its command line qualifiers to assume nomath_errno. Otherwise, disable the intrinsic by using a #pragma function(func-name).
MAYHIDELOSS, context"expression" has a larger data size than "target type". The use of a cast operator can suppress the message that this assignment might result in data loss.
Description
In a cast of a pointer to one of the integer types, or a cast of one of the integer types to a pointer, or a cast of one pointer type to another, the size of the source is greater than the size of the type being cast to. This cast could result in a loss of data if it is used as the source of an assignment. This potential loss of data can be verified by removing the cast and seeing if the compiler emits a loss of data message on the assignment.
User Action
If the cast cannot lose precision, it is safe to ignore this warning.
MAYLOSEDATA, context"expression" has a larger data size than "target type". Assignment can result in data loss.
Description
In an assignment of a pointer to one of the integer types, or one of the integer types to a pointer, the size of the source is greater than the size of the destination. The assignment can result in a loss of data. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
If this was the intended operation, cast the source to the type of the destination before the assignment.
MAYLOSEDATA2, context"expression" has a larger data size than "target type". Assignment can result in data loss.
Description
In an assignment of two pointers, the size of the source is greater than the size of the destination. The assignment can result in a loss of data. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
If this was the intended operation, cast the source to the type of the destination before the assignment.
MECHMISMATCH, Argument passing mechanism does not match formal parameter mechanism for text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
MEMBERVLA, contextthe struct or union member "name" cannot be declared with a variably modified type.
Description
Only ordinary identifiers with block scope and without storage class extern, or ordinary identifiers with function prototype scope can be declared with a variably modified type.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
MISALGNDMEM, This member is at offset offset, which is not a multiple of the member's alignment of align. Consider padding before this member, rearranging the order of member declarations, or using #pragma member_alignment.
Description
A member of a struct or union requires an alignment for efficient access but will be allocated at an offset that is not a multiple of that alignment.
User Action
Use one of the suggestions made in the message.
MISALGNDSTRCT, This member requires align1 alignment for efficient access, but is contained in a struct containing align2 alignment. Consider using #pragma nomember_alignment align1.
Description
A member of a struct or union requires an alignment for efficient access that is more strict than the alignment of the enclosing struct or union. Even though this member is correctly aligned within the struct or union, if the struct or union is enclosed within another type, the member in question might be placed at a position with incorrect alignment for its type.
User Action
Use either the #pragma member_alignment directive or #pragma nomember_alignment directive with an argument equal to or greater than the alignment of the member.
MISDEFARG, Missing argument for "defined" operator.
Description
The defined preprocessing operator was not supplied with an argument. The operator expects an identifier optionally enclosed in parenthesis. The value of the operator is undefined.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the preprocessing operator.
MISDEFPAR, Missing right parenthesis for "defined" operator.
Description
The defined preprocessing operator began with a left parenthesis, but no matching right parenthesis was found. The value of the operator is undefined.
User Action
Add the right parenthesis after the preprocessing operator argument.
MISMATPARAM, contextparameter number has a different type than specified in an earlier declaration of this function.
Description
A function has been redeclared with a parameter whose type is different than the type specified in a previous declaration of the function. This generally leads to additional errors.
User Action
Correct the function declarations so that the parameter information is the same in each declaration.
MISMATPRSRET, "name" has a non-void return type but its linkage "name" preserves the return register(s). Standard linkage will be used.
Description
The function or typedef's special linkage specifies that the register(s) used to return the function value are to be preserved. This is invalid as the register can either be preserved, or hold the return value, but not both.
User Action
Modify the #pragma linkage directive to either remove the register from the preserved list or to specify another register to hold the return value.
MISMATTHREAD, contextthe __declspec(thread) storage class modifier of "name" is different from a previous declaration of "name" at location.
Description
If an object is declared with thread-local storage, then all declarations of that object must declare it with thread-local storage.
User Action
Either remove the invalid redeclaration or modify it to match the previous declaration.
MISPARAMCOUNT, contextthe number of parameters differs from an earlier declaration of this function.
Description
A function has been redeclared with a different number of parameters than a previous declaration of the function. This message generally proceeds additional errors.
User Action
Correct the function declarations so that the parameter information is the same in each declaration.
MISSINGCASE, Was the 'case' keyword omitted? Within a switch statement, "label" defines an unreferenced label that matches an enumeration constant.
Description
This user label has been defined, but there are no references to it. As the label is defined inside a switch statement, and the label name matches an enumumeration constant name, there is a chance you intended this to be a case label.
User Action
Remove the label or add the 'case' keyword before it.
MISSINGCOMMA, This parameter is not preceded by a comma.
Description
The compiler has encountered a parameter specifier that is missing a preceding comma. The parameter will be defined anyway, though this may not have been what you intended.
User Action
Correct the formal parameter list so that it consists of a comma separated list of identifiers (possibly followed by ", ...").
MISSINGFUNC, The function "name" has internal linkage, occurs in a context that requires its definition, and has no definition.
Description
The program has referenced a function declared with static storage class, but the function is not defined in the compilation unit. If a program references a static function, the function must be defined in the compilation unit.
User Action
Either define the function or change the function declaration to have extern storage class.
MISSINGLABEL, The label "label name" is the target of a goto statement within the function "function name", but has no definition within "function name".
Description
Every label referenced in a goto statement must be defined in the same function.
User Action
Either change the name of the label in the goto statement, or define the label.
MISSINGRETURN, Non-void function "name" does not contain a return statement.
Description
This message indicates that a function with an explicit return type does not contain a return statement. This message is not issued for functions with an implicit return type of int. See message IMPFNCMSSNGRET.
User Action
Consider declaring the function to be a void function. If it is supposed to return a value, add a return statement with the value the function is to return.
MISSINGTYPE, Missing type specifier or type qualifier.
Description
The compiler was expecting a type specifier or type qualifier, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
MISSPELLDEF, The user label "label", defined within a switch statement, is never referenced.
Description
This user label has been defined, but there are no references to it. As the label is defined inside a switch statement, there is a chance this is a misspelling of "default".
User Action
Remove the label or correct the spelling.
MIXALLOCAVLA, contextthis call to __ALLOCA occurs in a block that contains vlaallocafrag1. The storage allocated by this __ALLOCA call will vlaallocafrag2vla or aligned automatic declaration was at where.
Description
Storage allocated for arrays of variable length and for automatics whose alignment is greater than octaword have their storage deallocated when the block they are declared in exits. Storage allocated by __ALLOCA is not normally deallocated until function exit. VSI C cannot support both types of deallocation in the same block. Therefore, when both appear in the same block, the storage for both will be deallocated with the block exits.
User Action
Be aware of this. If the storage allocated for __ALLOCA must remain allocated until function exit, move the __ALLOCA call outside the block declaring the vla or the aligned auto.
MIXFUNCVOID, contextcompatibility of a pointer to void and a pointer to a function is not portable under the C standard.
Description
The C standard defines pointer to void as being assignment compatible only with pointers to object or incomplete types. An implementation may represent function pointers in a way that cannot be stored in a pointer to void (or vice-versa). Thus even an explicit cast between a function pointer and a pointer to void is not portable.
User Action
If a generic pointer to function is needed, declare a typedef for some pointer to function type, and always use explicit casts to assign to and from that type.
MIXINLINE, The function name is declared both this and that.
Description
A function is declared with more than one of the forceinline, inline, or noinline attributes. It will be given the attribute that will provide the most optimization.
User Action
Make sure each function has only one of the attributes.
MIXLINKAGE, context"name" is declared with both internal and external linkage. The previous declaration is at location.
Description
This warning is output in certain cases when the linkage of a declaration conflicts with the linkage specified in an earlier declaration.
User Action
Change one of the declarations so that the linkages match.
MIXLINKAGE1, context"name" is declared with both internal and external linkage. The previous declaration is at location.
Description
This informational is output when a function previously declared to have extern storage class is redeclared to have internal storage class and the mode of the compiler is common (K & R) mode.
User Action
Change one of the declarations so that the linkages match.
MIXOLDNEW, The definition of the function name includes both a prototype and a declaration list.
Description
A function has been defined using both a declaration list and a prototype. This is not valid.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
MIXSTORCLS, contexta storage class has already been specified. This storage class is ignored.
Description
The same declaration contains more than one storage class specifier. The compiler will ignore all storage class specifiers after the first one.
User Action
Change the declaration to use only one storage class specifier.
MIXVLAALLOCA, Declaring vlaallocafrag1 in the same block as a call to __ALLOCA will cause the storage allocated by any __ALLOCA call to vlaallocafrag2previous call to __ALLOCA was at where.
Description
Storage allocated for arrays of variable length and for automatics whose alignment is greater than octaword have their storage deallocated when the block they are declared in exits. Storage allocated by __ALLOCA is not normally deallocated until function exit. VSI C can not support both types of deallocation in the same block. Therefore, when both appear in the same block, the storage for both will be deallocated with the block exits.
User Action
Be aware of this. If the storage allocated for __ALLOCA must remain allocated until function exit, move the __ALLOCA call outside the block declaring the vla or the aligned auto.
MODNOIDSTR, Invalid identifier or character-string constant specification.
Description
If specified, the second argument to the #pragma module or #module directive must be either an identifier or a string constant.
User Action
Correct the directive.
MODSTORCLS, Storage class modifier noshare has no meaning with this storage class. Modifier is ignored.
Description
The storage class modifier noshare is only valid for variables with a storage class of static, extern, or globaldef. It is ignored for other storage classes.
User Action
Remove the noshare storage class modifier.
MODULEFIRST, "#pragma module" or "#module" directive must precede any language text.
Description
The #pragma module or #module directive must appear before any declarations. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Move the directive to the top of the compilation unit.
MSGPOP, This "restore" has underflowed the message stack. No corresponding "save" was found.
Description
The message stack, managed by the #pragma message and #pragma environment directives, contains more restores than saves. This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each restore has a corresponding save.
MSGSFRMEXLCODE, Enabling this message may cause additional messages from excluded code to be output.
Description
This message is never output by the compiler. Instead it is used to control whether other messages will be output. Normally, the compiler will not output some messages when it is processing code that it knows will never be executed. One example of this would be the second operand of the conditional operator when the first operand is FALSE. This suppression of these messages can be overridden by enabling this message.
User Action
Decide if you want the additional messages.
MULTICHAR, A character constant includes more than one character or wide character.
Description
A character constant includes more than one character. While this is valid, it might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Verify that the constant should contain more than one character.
MULTILINK, Multiple linkage pragmas specified for "routine name".
Description
The same routine appeared in more than one #pragma use_linkage directive. Each routine can only be given one linkage.
User Action
Remove the routine from all but one #pragma use_linkage directive.
MULTILINKREG, The register "register" is specified more than once in the linkage pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The same register was specified more than once in the same register list in a #pragma linkage directive. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
MULTIMAIN, More than one main program has been defined.
Description
The compiler has encountered more than one main program in this compilation unit. Each program can have only one main program.
User Action
Remove one of the main programs.
MULTIPSECTNAME, Multiple psect_type names specified. The name "new_name" supersedes "old_name".
Description
More than one #pragma code_psect or #pragma linkage_psect was encountered. The psect specified by the later #pragma supersedes the one specified earlier. This message is only output for C compilers on OpenVMS Alpha.
User Action
Each program should contain at most one #pragma code_psect and one #pragma linkage_psect.
NAMESHORTENED, The external identifier or module name "name" exceeds 31 characters. The name has been shortened to "shortened spelling".
Description
A compilation that used the /NAMES=SHORTENED qualifier or #pragma names shortened directive has encountered a name that needs to be shortened. The external name will be different than the internal name. Also, because the external name exceeds the length specified by standard C as the minimum external length an implementation must support, this program does not strictly conform to standard C and might not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of these items.
NAMESLOWER1, The /NAMES=LOWERCASE qualifier is no longer supported. The qualifier /NAMES=AS_IS will be used.
Description
While the C language has always required identifiers with internal linkage to be treated case sensitively. It traditionally permitted implementations to monocase identifiers with external linkage. Modern standards require C/C++ implementations to preserve the case of identifiers with external linkage. As VMS and other operating systems that traditionally implemented monocasing chose uppercase as the convention, /NAMES=LOWERCASE runs contrary both to the C and C++ standards and to traditional conventions. Continued support for this option interferes with support for compatibility between old code compiled with /NAMES=UPPERCASE and new code compiled with /NAMES=AS_IS.
User Action
Use /NAMES=AS_IS, making source code changes as needed.
NEEDADDRCONT, context"name" does not have a constant address, but occurs in a context that requires an address constant.
Description
A variable with static storage has been initialized to the address of an object whose address is not constant. This can happen if a static pointer variable is initialized to the address of an automatic variable.
User Action
Either make the initialize a constant, or, if possible, initialize the static storage using a run-time assignment.
NEEDARITH, context"expression" has type type, which is not arithmetic.
Description
An expression that must be an arithmetic type was not an arithmetic type. For example, the operands of an arithmetic operator such as * must be arithmetic type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is an arithmetic type.
NEEDCONSTEXPR, context"name" is not constant, but occurs in a context that requires a constant expression.
Description
An expression that must evaluate to a compile-time is not a constant.
User Action
Modify the constant expression so that it will evaluate as a compile-time constant.
NEEDCONSTEXT, context"name" is not constant, but occurs in a context that requires a constant expression. This is an extension of the language.
Description
The C89 standard requires that an initializer for an automatic aggregate or union type object have an initializer that is a list of constant expressions. VSI C allows non-constants in these initializers. This is an extension to C89. Although this is allowed by the C99 standard, other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
NEEDDFLOAT, The CDD description for name specifies the D_Floating data type. The data can only be represented when compiling with /FLOAT=D_FLOAT.
Description
The /FLOAT command-line qualifier specified a floating type other than D_floating format. The CDD description specified was D_floating type, which did not match the floating type specified on the command line.
User Action
Specify the correct command-line qualifier, or change the description of the item in the CDD.
NEEDFUNCPTR, context"expression" points to type type, but occurs in a context that requires a pointer to a function type.
Description
An expression that must be a pointer to a function type is a pointer to an object or incomplete type. For example, if a function invocation expression is a pointer, it must be a pointer to a function type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is a pointer to a function type.
NEEDGFLOAT, The CDD description for name specifies the G_Floating data type. The data can only be represented when compiling with /FLOAT=G_FLOAT.
Description
The /FLOAT command-line qualifier specified a floating type other than G_floating format. The CDD description specified was G_floating type, which did not match the floating type specified on the command line.
User Action
Specify the correct command line qualifier, or change the description of the item in the CDD.
NEEDIEEE, The CDD description for name specifies a VAX floating data type. The data cannot be represented when compiling with /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT.
Description
The command-line qualifier /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT was specified, indicating that all floating-point data should be represented in IEEE-floating format, yet the CDD description specified a non-IEEE_floating type.
User Action
Specify the correct command-line qualifier, or change the description of the item in the CDD.
NEEDIEEE1, The CDD description for name specifies an IEEE floating data type. The data can only be represented when compiling with /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT.
Description
The CDD description for an item specifies an IEEE floating point type. However this module was not compiled with the /FLOAT=IEEE_FLOAT qualifier.
User Action
Specify the correct command-line qualifier, or change the description of the item in the CDD.
NEEDINTEXPR, context"expression" has type type, which is not integral.
Description
An expression that must be an integer type was not integral. For example, an array-index specifier must be an integral type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is an integral type.
NEEDLVALUE, context"expression" is not an lvalue, but occurs in a context that requires one.
Description
An expression that must be an lvalue was not an lvalue. For example, the operand of the address-of operator must be an lvalue.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is an lvalue.
NEEDMEMBER, context"name" is not a member of "struct or union expression".
Description
The second operand of a . or -> operator specifies a member name that is not a member of the struct or union type specified by the first operand. Note that in certain modes, VSI C will search all other visible struct/union types for a matching member name. If it finds one, a diagnostic will be issued, and the offset of that name will be used.
User Action
Specify a valid member name.
NEEDNONBLTIN, context"name" is a builtin and cannot be used in this context.
Description
A program has used a builtin function in a way that is invalid for builtin functions. For example, a program cannot take the address of a builtin.
User Action
Remove the improper use of the builtin.
NEEDNONCONST, context"expression" has const-qualified type, but occurs in a context that requires a modifiable lvalue.
Description
The code has attempted to modify an object that is either a const-qualified type or has been declared with the readonly storage-class modifier. This is not valid. A typical example is assigning a value to a const variable.
User Action
Either remove the const qualifier from the object's type, remove the readonly storage-class modifier from the object declaration, or rework the code so that the object is not written to.
NEEDNONVOID, context"expression" has void type, but occurs in a context that requires a non-void result.
Description
An expression that must not be a void type was void. For example, the control expression for an if statement must not have void type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it has the required type.
NEEDPOINTER, context"expression" has type type, but occurs in a context that requires a pointer.
Description
An expression that must be a pointer type was not a pointer type. For example, the operand of the dereference operator must be a pointer type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it has a pointer type.
NEEDPTROBJ, context"expression" does not point to an object type.
Description
An expression that must be a pointer to an object type is a pointer to a function or incomplete type. For example, if a pointer is the operand of the postincrement operator, it must point to an object type.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is a pointer to an object type.
NEEDSCALAR, context"expression" has type type, which is not scalar.
Description
An expression that must be a scalar type was not scalar. For example, only scalars can be cast to other types.
User Action
Modify the expression so that it is a scalar type.
NEEDSCALARTYP, context"source type" is type type, which is not scalar.
Description
In a cast expression, the destination type of the cast is not a scalar type. This is not valid. Both the source and target type of a cast must be scalars.
User Action
Modify the cast destination type so that it is a scalar type.
NEEDSIMPLEASM, This asm is unsupported or illegal.
Description
The argument to the asm intrinsic is invalid.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the asm instrinsic.
NEEDSTRCONST, context"name" is not a legal asm string, a string constant is required.
Description
The argument to the asm intrinsic must be a string constant.
User Action
Change the argument to be a string constant.
NEEDSTRUCT, context"expression" has type type, but occurs in a context that requires a union or struct.
Description
The left operand of the . or -> operator does not have struct or union type.
User Action
Correct the operand.
NEGATIVEHINT, contexta negative hint value is not allowed. The hint will be ignored.
Description
All #pragma hint directives must take positive floating point values.
User Action
Correct the hint.
NESTEDCOMMENT, Opening comment delimiter found inside a delimited comment; a previous comment may be missing its closing delimiter.
Description
C comments delimited by /* */ do not nest. When /* is encountered inside a delimited comment it usually means that the previous comment is missing its terminating */ or that the user has ill-advisedly attempted to "comment out" a section of code that contains a delimited comment.
User Action
It is traditional in C to use #if 0 to conditionalize out large sections of code. You may also want to consider //-style comments if the compiler modes you care about recognize them.
NESTEDENUM, The type "type" is declared nested within "enclosing type". In C, the nesting is ignored and type and its enumerator constants can be accessed as if they were not nested. However, the type and its enumerators are members in C++. Fix.
Description
C allows types to be declared within other types. For example: struct S { int a; enum E { first, second, third} b; int c; }; In C++ the enum E would not be accessible without using the :: operator.
User Action
Declare the nested type before declaring the enclosing type.
NESTEDTYPE, The type "type" is declared nested within "enclosing type". In C, the nesting is ignored and type can be accessed as if it were not nested. However, the type is a member in C++. Fix.
Description
C allows types to be declared within other types. For example: struct S { int x; struct S1 { int a; int b; } y; }; In C++ the struct S1 would not be accessible without using the :: operator.
User Action
Declare the nested type before declaring the enclosing type.
NESTINCL, Files included by this file are referenced. However nothing else appears to be referenced from this file.
Description
When compiling with the current set of compilation options, to improve compilation efficiency, you may wish to include the files which this file includes directly, rather than including them from this file.
User Action
For compilation efficiency, you may exclude this include file when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
NEWLOCALE, The compiler could not set its locale to the locale-specific native environment. This problem might be caused by an incorrect value for a name defined in your process environment such as "LC_ALL" or "LANG". The "C" locale will be used.
Description
During start-up, the compiler was unable to set its locale to the locale-specific environment. As part of its initialization, the compiler will issue the call setlocale(LC_ALL, ""). If this call fails, the compiler will set its locale to the "C" locale. In general, this message is output because the locale-specific native environment has been set incorrectly.
User Action
The best way to determine why the compiler was unable to set the locale is to write a small program that contains the library call setlocale(LC_ALL, "") and then examine the return value from the call.
NLCHAR, An unexpected newline character is present in a character constant.
Description
An end of line was encountered during the scanning of a character constant.
User Action
Terminate the character constant with a closing single quote character before the end of line.
NLHEADER, A newline occurs inside of a header name.
Description
An end of line was encountered before the closing double quote or angle bracket of an #include directive.
User Action
Terminate the directive argument properly.
NLSTRING, An unexpected newline character is present in a string literal.
Description
An end of line was encountered during the scanning of a string literal.
User Action
Terminate the string constant with a closing double quote character before the end of line, or continue the line with a continuation character.
NOADD, context"expression1" and "expression2" cannot be added.
Description
Because of their types, the two expressions cannot be used as the operands of the addition operator. Either both operands must be arithmetic type, or one operand must be a pointer to an object type and the other must be an integral type.
User Action
Modify the addition to use valid types.
NOBIFDISABLE, The function "routine name" is a builtin function reserved to the compiler, and cannot be used with #pragma function. The function will continue to be treated as a builtin.
Description
A function identifier specified in a #pragma function directive is the name of a builtin function. These functions cannot be explicitly disabled, they are always handled as builtin functions.
User Action
Remove the inappropriate use of the pragma, and change the name of the function in order to have it treated as an ordinary callable function.
NOBITFIELD, context"expression" is a bitfield, but occurs in a context that precludes bitfields.
Description
An expression that must not be a bitfield was a bitfield. For example, the operand of the address-of operator must not be a bitfield.
User Action
Modify the expression so that its type is not a bitfield type.
NOCASEHERE, This case label occurs outside of any switch statement.
Description
A case label can only occur inside of a switch statement.
User Action
Remove the case label.
NOCDDHERE, CDD is not available on this platform. The #dictionary directive has been ignored.
Description
The #dictionary directive requires CDD to be present on the platform. This directive will only be recognized on OpenVMS systems.
User Action
Remove the directive.
NOCOLON, Missing ":".
Description
The compiler was expecting a colon, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOCOLONINEXPR, Missing colon for conditional expression.
Description
A conditional expression that occurs as part of a preprocessing expression was missing the ":" that separates the second from the third operand. The value of the resulting expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the conditional expression.
NOCOMMA, Missing ",".
Description
The compiler was expecting a comma, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOCONDEXPR, Missing #if conditional expression.
Description
An argument was not supplied to an #if or #elif preprocessing directive. The missing argument will cause the compiler to consider these as FALSE conditionals.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the directive.
NOCONVERT, context"expression" is of type "type", and cannot be converted to "target type".
Description
An expression of one type cannot be converted to the type required by this expression. This most often occurs when the source type of an assignment or cast cannot be converted to the destination type. The rules for which types can be converted are rather complicated and differ based upon the compiler mode. Refer to the language documentation for a complete list of valid combinations.
User Action
Modify the conversion to use valid types.
NOCONVERTCLS, context"expression" is of type "type", and cannot be converted to a different "type" type.
Description
A struct or union of one type cannot be converted to a different struct or union type.
User Action
Modify the conversion to use valid types.
NODCL, contextnothing is declared.
Description
The C standard requires that a declaration must declare at least a tag, an enumeration constant, or a declarator. This declaration contains none of these. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Correct or remove the declaration.
NODEFAULTHERE, This default label occurs outside of any switch statement.
Description
A case default label can only occur inside of a switch statement.
User Action
Remove the case default label.
NOENDIF, Missing #endif directive.
Description
The compiler encountered an #if, #ifdef, or #ifndef preprocessing directive without a matching #endif. This might not have been what you intended. The compiler will add the necessary #endif directive at the end of the compilation unit.
User Action
Make sure every #if, #ifdef and #ifndef has a matching #endif.
NOEQUAL, Missing "=".
Description
The compiler was expecting to see an "=" after the secondary_name specification of a #pragma weak or #pragma external_name directive. This message is only output on UNIX.
User Action
Correct the #pragma directive.
NOEQUALITY, context"expression1" and "expression2" cannot be compared for equality or inequality.
Description
Because of their types, the two expressions cannot be compared for equality or inequality. The rules for which types can be compared are rather complicated and differ based upon the compiler mode. Refer to the language documentation for a complete list of valid combinations.
User Action
Modify the comparison to use valid types. This can often be done by casting one of the expressions to the type of the other.
NOEXCEPTFLTR, context this exception handling call is not within an exception filter of a try block.
Description
The exception handling call must appear within an exception filter of a try statement block.
User Action
Either remove the exception handling call, or place it in a try statement block.
NOFBDAT, text does not contain feedback data
Description
The file indicated by the -feedback switch exists, but does not contain feedback data. This is probably an error on the users part, although it might be seen as part of the bootstrapping process.
User Action
Create a valid feedback file
NOFBFIL, Feedback file text does not exist
Description
The file specified after the -feedback option does not exist. This is normal during the bootstrapping process.
User Action
Either correct the spelling of the feedback option, or create the required feedback file.
NOFBOPT, Compilation will proceed without feedback optimizations
Description
A condition has occurred that has prevented the compiler from using feedback optimizations. This message is most often preceded by another message that will provide additional information.
User Action
Correct the condition that prevented the feedback optimizations.
NOFBRTN, Feedback inactive for text in this compilation
Description
Feedback information has gone stale for a particular routine (the source for the routine has changed). Feedback optimizations will not be applied to this routine.
User Action
Create a new feedback file
NOFIFILE, Cannot find include file filename specified on the command line.
Description
The header file name specified in the UNIX -FI command line option or the OpenVMS /FIRST_INCLUDE qualifier was not found using the search rules in effect for the quoted form of #include directives.
User Action
Either change the name of the file following the option or create the file.
NOFNTPDEFDECL, There is no identifier named "name" declared as a function or function typedef in this compilation unit.
Description
A #pragma assert and/or #pragma linkage directive(s) contains an identifier that is not declared as a function or function typedef in the compilation unit. This may not have been what you intented.
User Action
Remove the identifier from the #pragma assert and/or #pragma linkage, or declare it as a function or function typedef. empty string.
NOFORMALPARM, Missing formal parameter specifier.
Description
While processing the formal parameter list of a macro definition, the compiler encountered a missing formal parameter specifier. The macro will be be defined and this parameter ignored, but that may not have been what you intended.
User Action
Correct the formal parameter list so that it consists of a comma separated list of identifiers.
NOFUNC, There is no function named name defined in this compilation unit.
Description
A function that appears in a #pragma weak and is not defined in the compilation unit.
User Action
Either define the function or remove the function name from the pragma.
NOFUNC1, There is no definition for the inline function named name in this compilation unit.
Description
A function that appears in a #pragma inline or #pragma noinline, or is declared with the __inline or __forceinline storage class modifier, is not defined in the compilation unit.
User Action
Either define the function or remove the function name from the pragma, or remove the storage class modifier or the function specifier from the declaration.
NOIDFOUND, contextan identifier was expected but not found.
Description
The compiler was expecting an identifier, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOIDINPACKPOP, pragma pack pop directive has no identifier name which was found on the top of the pack stack.
Description
The #pragma pack (pop) directive has no identifier specified while the top element of the pack stack has one. Either this #pragma pack pop should have the identifier found on the stack, or this is an extra pragma pack pop, or the identifier should not be pushed by the corresponding #pragma pack push.
User Action
Check whether the pragma pack pop should have the identifier. Verify that there's no extra #pragma pack pop or #pragma member_alignment restore which popped the identifier to the top of the pack stack. Correct the directive(s).
NOINCLFILE, Cannot find file filename specified in #include directive.
Description
The specified include file does not exist.
User Action
Either change the name of the file in the #include preprocessing directive, or create the include file.
NOINCLFILEF, Cannot find file filename specified in #include directive.
Description
The specified include file does not exist.
User Action
Either change the name of the file in the #include preprocessing directive, or create the include file.
NOINCLUDEARG, #include directive missing argument.
Description
An argument was not supplied to an #include preprocessing directive. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the directive.
NOINIT, The type of variable does not permit initialization.
Description
This type cannot be initialized. Only objects and arrays of unknown size can be initialized.
User Action
Remove the initializer.
NOINLFUNC, There is no definition for the inline function named name in this compilation unit.
Description
A function is declared with an __inline or inline keyword and is not defined in the compilation unit.
User Action
Either define the function or remove the __inline or inline keyword from the declaration.
NOINLINEM, The main function cannot be inlined.
Description
The C99 standard prohibits the inline keyword from being used on the main function.
User Action
Remove the inline keyword.
NOINLINEREF, context "name" has internal linkage and is referenced from an an inline auxiliary function. This is a violation of the C99 Standard.
Description
A function declared with the inline keyword and without a declaration containing the keyword, extern, or without a declaration which lacks the inline keyword and the static keyword declares an auxiliary inline declaration. A definition of an auxiliary inline shall not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static storage duration, and shall not contain a reference to an identifier with internal linkage.
User Action
Remove the inline keyword from all declarations of the parent function, or if it is appropriate, change the declaration of the referenced item to a declaration which has something other than internal linkage.
NOINLINEST, In an inline auxiliary function, the modifiable object "name" is declared with static storage duration. This is a violation of the C99 standard.
Description
A function declared with the inline keyword and without a declaration containing the keyword, extern, or without a declaration which lacks the inline keyword and the static keyword declares an auxiliary inline declaration. A definition of an auxiliary inline shall not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static storage duration, and shall not contain a reference to an identifier with internal linkage.
User Action
Remove the inline keyword from all declarations of the parent function, or if it is appropriate, add the const keyword to the declaration to create an non-modifiable object.
NOLEAVETARG, This leave statement is not within a try statement.
Description
The exception handling statement leave must appear within a try statement block.
User Action
Either remove the leave statement, or place it in a try statement block.
NOLEFTOPERND, Token pasting operator missing left operand.
Description
The preprocessing token pasting operator "##" appears in a macro body without the preceeding token argument.
User Action
Either remove the operator or supply it with two tokens that will be pasted together.
NOLINKAGE, context"name" has no linkage and has a prior declaration in this scope at where.
Description
A declaration within a function body redeclares an identifier declared earlier in the current scope, and both declarations did not have the extern storage class.
User Action
Either remove the extra declarations, or have all declarations for the identifier use the extern storage class.
NOMACRONAME, #define directive is missing macro name identifier.
Description
The #define preprocessing directive was not supplied with an argument. The directive should be followed with an identifier that specifies the macro name to be defined. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply a valid argument to the preprocessing directive.
NOMAINUFLO, No main function encountered within module. /IEEE_MODE=UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO is ignored.
Description
Use of the /IEEE_MODE=UNDERFLOW_TO_ZERO is only meaningful for compilation units that contain a main program. The compiler will ignore the qualifier.
User Action
Remove the qualifier from the command line.
NOMAPPOSSIBLE, The register "register" cannot be mapped to a register on the target platform.
Description
The pragma linkage directive contains architecture-specific information. The Alpha register conventions are different from the IA64 registers conventions. The compiler will normally try to map the Alpha registers to the corresponding registers on IA64. In this case this register cannot be mapped because there is no corresponding IA64 register.
User Action
Update the linkage to use a register that can be mapped, or specify the linkage to use the linkage_ia64 directive.
NONAMEMEMBERS, contexta struct or union has no named members. This is undefined behavior according to the C standard.
Description
The C standard requires that a struct or union contain at least one named member. Because this struct/union contains no named members, it does not conform to the C standard and might not be portable.
User Action
Make sure at least one member has a name.
NONATOMIC, Unable to generate code for atomic access
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
NONEWTYPE, The type "type" is being declared as part of context. C++ does not permit a new type to be declared in this context. Fix.
Description
C++ does not allow types to be declared in certain contexts that are valid in C. One example is the declaration of a type within a function prototype.
User Action
Declare the type before its use.
NONGRNACC, Unable to generate code for requested granularity
Description
The compiler has generated a call a routine that performs longword operations on some data that is requested to be accessed with byte granularity. Because of this, the requested granularity will not be met for this data access. This routine may be generated for a memory copy routine (such as memcpy). The call can also be generated for certain struct assignments.
User Action
If the data must be accessed with byte granularity then write your own routine that does the required action using byte objects. If byte granularity is not needed at this point, the message can be ignored.
NONINTENUM, contextthe enumeration type, and all associated enumeration constants will have type type because at least one enumeration constant had a value that could not be represented in the type signed int.
Description
The standard requires that enumeration constants have a value representable as an int. Other C compilers will allow enumeration constants to have values outside this range. In some modes the VSI C compiler will allow this extension. To identify exactly which constants are outside the range, enable the nonintenumcon message.
User Action
Be aware that other compilers may not support this extension.
NONINTENUMCON, contextallowing an enumeration constant outside the range of signed int is a language extension.
Description
The standard requires that enumeration constants have a value representable as an int. Other C compilers will allow enumeration constants to have values outside the range. In some modes the VSI C compiler will allow this extension.
User Action
Be aware that other compilers may not support this extension.
NONINTENUMCON1, contextthis enumeration constant and its associated enumeration type will not have the type signed int. This behavior differs from earlier versions of the compiler.
Description
This message will only be output when the "enumrange" message is disabled. This version of the VSI C compiler will allow enum constants to have a type other than signed int. This is for compatibility with other compilers. Programs that rely on the compiler to truncate enum constants may not work as expected. For more information, enable the nonintenum message.
User Action
If your program relies on this truncation, cast the constant to int.
NONLBEFOREEOF, File does not end in unescaped newline.
Description
The final character of a file was not a newline character. This could indicate that the file has been corrupted. The compiler will insert a newline character at this point in the input stream.
User Action
Update the source file so that it ends with a newline.
NONMULTALIGN, The size of this structure is size bytes, which is not a multiple of its alignment of align. Respecify the alignment of the structure or add bytes bytes of additional padding.
Description
The size of a struct or union is not a multiple of its alignment. This could cause unaligned accesses if an array of these structs or unions is declared.
User Action
Modify the struct/union or the alignment so that the size of the struct or union is a multiple of the alignment.
NONOCTAL, An octal constant contains non-octal digits.
Description
An octal constant contains a non-octal digit. The compiler will convert this non-octal digit to its corresponding octal value and use that value instead. For example, 0190 will be converted to 0210 (decimal 136) as the non-octal digit 9 is converted to the octal 11.
User Action
Correct the octal constant to use only octal digits.
NONPORTDEFINED, "defined" is treated as an identifier here, not an operator.
Description
For compatibility with older C compilers, in certain modes the compiler will treat #ifdef defined(foo) as #ifdef defined, and #ifndef defined(foo) as #ifndef defined. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Do not mix #ifdef/#ifndef with the defined operator.
NONPORTLINEDIR, Non-standard #line directive.
Description
Accepting the line directive without the "line" preprocessing keyword is an extension of VSI C. The program does not conform to the C standard, and might not be accepted by other compilers.
User Action
Add the "line" preprocessing keyword to the directive.
NONSTANDCAST, context"expression" of type "type", is being converted to "target type". Such a cast is not permitted by the standard.
Description
The standard only permits casts from a pointer to an object incomplete type to another pointer to an object or incomplete type, or from a pointer to function type to another pointer to function type. Note that void is considered an incomplete type, so casts between pointer to void and pointer to function types are not permitted by the C standard.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
NONULINIT, context, there is no room for the terminating '\0'. Standard C allows this, but C++ does not.
Description
This declaration initializes an object to a strict literal. Although the object is large enough to hold the characters in the literal, it is not large enough to hold the terminating null character. This might not have been what you intended. This practice is also not valid in C++.
User Action
Increase the size of the object, or reduce the size of the initializer.
NOOPERAND, Stringization operator missing operand.
Description
The preprocessing stringization operator "#" appears in a macro body without a token argument after the operator.
User Action
Either remove the operator or supply it with a token that will be stringized.
NOOPERANDS, Token pasting operator missing both operands.
Description
The preprocessing token pasting operator "##" appears in a macro body without either the preceeding or following token arguments.
User Action
Either remove the operator or supply it with two tokens that will be pasted together.
NOPARENARGLST, Missing right parenthesis for macro argument list.
Description
A macro invocation's argument list did not end in a right parenthesis.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOPARM, This declaration does not declare a parameter.
Description
The parameter declaration list of an old-style function definition included a type but no parameter identifier.
User Action
Replace the old-style function definition with the recommended prototype-format declaration. If this is not possible, include the correct identifier after the parameter type.
NOPARMLIST, The declaration of function has an empty parameter list. If the function has parameters, they should be declared here; if it has no parameters, "void" should be specified in the parameter list.
Description
The recommended way to declare a function that takes no parameters is to use "void" in the parameter list.
User Action
Make the recommended change.
NOPRAGARG, No argument for #pragma pragma was found. Pragma is ignored.
Description
A #pragma directive was not followed by one of the expected arguments. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Supply all required arguments to the directive.
NOPSECT, Missing psect name.
Description
The psect specifier in a globaldef declaration must be a string constant.
User Action
Either make the psect a string constant or remove the psect specifier.
NOREGAVAIL, Unable to satisfy program register allocation requirements.
Description
The compiler is unable to allocate all the registers requested by the program. This most often happens when asm directives require too many registers.
User Action
Rework the asm directives so they use fewer registers
NORELATIONAL, context"expression1" and "expression2" cannot be compared with a relational operator.
Description
Because of their types, the two expressions cannot be used as the operands of a relational operator. The rules for which types can be used in a relational are rather complicated and differ based upon the compiler mode. Refer to the language documentation for a complete list of valid combinations.
User Action
Modify the relational to use valid types. This can often be done by casting one of the expressions to the type of the other.
NORETNONVOID, noreturn assertion of #pragma assert directive can't be specified for non-void function.
Description
noreturn assertion was specified in #pragma assert directive for non-void function; the noreturn assertion will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove noreturn assertion from the directive, or change return type for the function to void.
NORETURNVAL, The function "name" returns a value, but no value is given in this return statement.
Description
A function that returns a value contains a return statement that is missing a return value. Therefore, the returned value will be undefined. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Supply a return value for the return statement.
NORETURNVAL1, The function "name" has an implicit return type of int, but no value is given in this return statement.
Description
A function that has an implicit return type of int contains a return statement that is missing a return value. Therefore, the returned value will be undefined. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Supply a return value for the return statement or define the function with a void return type.
NORETVAL, routine text does not return a value
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
NORGHTPAREN, No right parenthesis for parameter list.
Description
A macro definition's formal parameter list did not end in a right parenthesis. A right parenthesis has been assumed.
User Action
End the formal parameter list with a right parenthesis.
NORIGHTOPERND, Token pasting operator missing right operand.
Description
The preprocessing token pasting operator "##" appears in a macro body without a token argument after the operator.
User Action
Either remove the operator or supply it with two tokens that will be pasted together.
NORIGHTPAREN, Missing ")".
Description
A right parenthesis was expected at this point in the program, but none was found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOSEHHAND, Missing exception handler.
Description
The __builtin_try clause must specify an exception handler of either __builtin_finally or __builtin_except. This message is only generated on UNIX systems.
User Action
Correct the __builtin_try clause.
NOSEMI, Missing ";".
Description
The compiler was expecting a semicolon, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOSEMI1, Missing ";". This condition may have been caused by an open brace without a matching close brace. The compiler will attempt to identify open braces that might be missing a close brace.
Description
The compiler was expecting a semicolon, but one was not found. This condition may have been caused missing close brace. This message is followed by some number of additional messages that attempt to identify the bad open brace.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOSEMISTRUCT, Missing ";" after last structure or union member.
Description
Accepting a struct/union type without a semicolon after the last member specifier is a language extension of VSI C provided for compatiblity with older C compilers. This syntax is not valid in standard C, and may not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Add the semicolon at the end of the last member.
NOSFILE, Cannot create .s file: overlapping static storage initializations at Psect text + number
Description
When producing an output assembly file, the compiler back-end as detected a case where the same storage location has been initialized to more than one value. This can occur when inter-file optimization has been enabled.
User Action
Remove one of the initializers.
NOSHAREEXT, noshare is a language extension.
Description
The noshare storage class modifier is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
NOSHRINSHR, Noshare variable resides in shr extern model - noshare ignored.
Description
The current extern model places all external objects in a shareable section. Placing an object with a noshare type qualifier in such a section is invalid. The compiler will ignore the noshare type qualifier
User Action
Place noshare objects in sections with the noshare attribute.
NOSTRING, Missing string literal.
Description
The compiler was expecting a string literal, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
NOSUBTRACT, context"expression2" cannot be subtracted from "expression1".
Description
Because of their types, the two expressions cannot be used as the operands of the subtraction operator. Either both operands must be arithmetic type, or both operands must be pointers to qualified or unqualified versions of compatible object types, or the left operand must be a pointer type and the right operand must be an integral type.
User Action
Modify the subtraction to use valid types.
NOTADDRCAST, contextthe address constant "expression" can be cast only to a pointer type, but "type" is type class type.
Description
An address constant can only be cast to a pointer type.
User Action
Correct the cast.
NOTAREDUCTION, bad reduction path from fetch of text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
NOTCOMPAT, contextthe type of "name" is not compatible with the type of a previous declaration of "name" at location.
Description
The same identifier has been redeclared with a type that is incompatible with the type given in a previous visible declaration. In some modes, the compiler will use the redeclared type as the type of the identifier.
User Action
Change the declarations to use compatible types.
NOTCOMPATIMP, contextthe type of the function "name" is not compatible with the earlier implicit declaration of "name" at location.
Description
The declared type of a function does not match the type given to the function by its earlier implicit declaration. This may cause unexpected behavior.
User Action
Make sure that a valid function declaration is visible at the point in the source where the function is first called.
NOTCOMPFUNC, context an invalid redeclaration of "name" to or from a function type is being ignored.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow an identifier to be redeclared with a different type. In this case, the type of the redeclaration is used. However, in cases where the identifier is redeclared to or from a function type, the redeclaration is ignored.
User Action
Remove the redeclaration of the identifier.
NOTCONSTQUAL, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is const, but the referenced type of the target of this assignment is not.
Description
In an assignment of two pointer types, the type pointed to by the destination operand must have all the type qualifiers of the type pointed to by the source operand. In this case, the type pointed to by the source has the const type qualifier, but the type pointed to by the destination does not.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand.
NOTEXPECTING, Error parsing what. Found "found" when expecting expecting.
Description
While parsing the program, the compiler has encountered something unexpected. The message will detail what the compiler was trying to parse and the item that was invalid, and will also produce a list of those items it was expecting to find.
User Action
Correct the offending section of the program.
NOTINCRTL, Identifier "id" is reserved by the C89|C99|C2010... standard and will be mapped to "name" although it is not available in the CRTL available to the compiler.
Description
The specified identifier is reserved for use as an identifer with external lingage in the specified version of the C standard. But according to the CRTL mapping table available to the compiler, that identifier is not defined in the CRTL you expect to link against. This may be because the function or object is not yet implemented in the current DECC$SHR, or because you have used logical DECC$CRTLMAP to specify a CRTL mapping table for a version of the CRTL that does not implement it.
User Action
If you intended to use the identifier as defined by the C standard, and you have not defined the logical DECC$CRTLMAP, then the identifier is not defined in the DECC$SHR available to the compiler. If this is the latest released DECC$SHR, then the identifier is not yet implemented and you need to consider workarounds; otherwise you should upgrade to the latest available CRTL that does implement it. If you did not intend to use the identifier as defined by the C standard (i.e. it is an identifier you expected to be defined by your application), then you have a name clash with the specified version of the standard and you should change the spelling of the identifier; alternatively, you could disable prefixing for it using /PREFIX=EXCEPT=, or specify an older version of the standard with either /PREFIX= or /STANDARD=.
NOTINTRINSIC, The function "routine name" is not a known intrinsic function and cannot be used with #pragma function. The function is unaffected by this pragma.
Description
A function identifier specified in a #pragma function directive is not a valid intrinsic function on this platform. The function is thus never treated as an intrinsic, and so #pragma function can never be applicable to it. Perhaps the name was misspelled, or perhaps the function was thought to be intrinsic, possibly because it is intrinsic on some other platform. In the latter case, the desired result, that the function not be treated as intrinsic, would happen with or without the pragma.
User Action
Either correct the identifier spelling or remove the use of the pragma.
NOTLOCALPARM, context"identifier" is not a local parameter.
Description
The second argument to the variable argument list va_start macro is not a formal parameter of the current function. The second argument to va_start should be the rightmost parameter in the function definition.
User Action
Correct the second argument to va_start.
NOTONEORZERO, contextthe value of "expression" is neither 0 nor 1.
Description
The __builtin_va_start macro has been used incorrectly.
User Action
Correct the use of the macro.
NOTPARM, contextname is not a parameter.
Description
The identifier name in the parameter declaration does not match a name in the identifier list of an old-style function definition.
User Action
Correct either the identifier in the declaration or in the identifier list so that they match. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
NOTPOSINT, contextthe array bound "expression" is not a positive integer.
Description
The compiler has encountered an array-bounds specifier that is either zero or negative. Array-bounds specifiers must be positive integer constants.
User Action
Correct the array-bounds specifier
NOTRESTQUAL, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is restrict, but the referenced type of the target of this assignment is not.
Description
In an assignment of two pointer types, the type pointed to by the destination operand must have all the type qualifiers of the type pointed to by the source operand. In this case, the type pointed to by the source has the restrict type qualifier, but the type pointed to by the destination does not.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand. Note that care should be taken in assigning to a restricted pointer type.
NOTRIGHTMOST, context"identifier" is not the rightmost parameter to "function".
Description
The second argument to va_start was not the rightmost parameter in the variable parameter list in the function definition. This is an invalid argument to va_start. Other compilers might not accept this program.
User Action
Update the second argument to va_start to use the rightmost parameter.
NOTSCALARCTRL, The controlling expression "expression" has type type, which is not scalar.
Description
An execution control expression does not have scalar type. This is not valid. An example of an execution control expression is the expression following the while keyword in a while statement.
User Action
Change the control expression to have scalar type.
NOTTYPEDEF, context"name" does not name a type.
Description
This message is output when the compiler encounters an identifier that it believes is a typedef and no valid typedef by this name is defined in the current scope. This most often occurs when there was an error in the declaration of the typedef name.
User Action
Correct the declaration of typedef.
NOTUNALQUA, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is __unaligned, but the referenced type of the target of this assignment is not.
Description
In an assignment of two pointer types, the type pointed to by the destination operand must have all the type qualifiers of the type pointed to by the source operand. In this case, the type pointed to by the source has the __unaligned type qualifier, but the type pointed to by the destination does not.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand.
NOTVOLQUAL, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is volatile, but the referenced type of the target of this assignment is not.
Description
In an assignment of two pointer types, the type pointed to by the destination operand must have all the type qualifiers of the type pointed to by the source operand. In this case, the type pointed to by the source has the volatile type qualifier, but the type pointed to by the destination does not.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand.
NOTYPES, Declaration has no type or storage class.
Description
A file-scope declaration contains no type and no storage-class specifier. In some modes, the VSI C compiler will treat this as a tentative definition of an int variable. Accepting this declaration is an extension to standard C provided for compatibility with other compilers.
User Action
Rewrite the declaration to contain a data type and/or storage class.
NOUNIQFORMALS, Non-unique formal parameter definition.
Description
The same name has been used for more than one formal parameter in a macro definition. Any occurrence of the name in the macro body will correspond to the last formal parameter given this name.
User Action
Each macro formal parameter should have a unique name.
NOWHILE, Missing "while".
Description
While processing a do statement, the compiler did not find a while clause.
User Action
Supply a while clause for the do statement.
NOWRTWRITTEN, Readonly psect text is written
Description
The compiler has detected an attempt to write to read-only storage.
User Action
Either remove the write or make the storage read/write.
OBJECTTOOBIG, The size of "name" exceeds the maximum size of an object allowed on this platform which is size bytes.
Description
An object has been declared with a size that is too large for this platform.
User Action
Reduce the size of the object.
OKCPPINARGS, "#directive" directive within a macro argument list is not portable.
Description
VSI C will allow certain directives to appear within the argument list of a macro invocation. This might not be portable.
User Action
If possible, rewrite the macro invocation.
OPENBRACE, Missing "{".
Description
The compiler was expecting an open brace, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
OPENCOMMENT, A comment is not terminated.
Description
The end of a file was reached while within a comment. The message will indicate the start of the comment. All source files, even those included via the #include preprocessing directive, must not end in a pending comment.
User Action
Terminate the comment before the end of the source file.
OPENPAREN, Missing "(".
Description
The compiler was expecting an open parenthesis, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
OPTIMIZEPOP, This "restore" has underflowed the pragma optimize stack. No corresponding "save" was found.
Description
The optimize stack, managed by the #pragma optimize and #pragma environment directives, contains more restores than saves. This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each restore has a corresponding save.
OPTLEVEL, Invalid optimization level number, defaulted to number.
Description
An optimization level that is outside the range of valid optimization levels has been specified. The compiler will default to the stated level.
User Action
Supply a valid optimization level on the command line.
OTHERDECLUSED, context"name" is not declared in a scope active at this point in the compilation. However, there is a declaration of this identifer with extern storage class in another scope at where. This declaration will be used.
Description
In some modes, if the compiler cannot find the declaration of an object in the current scope, it will search other scopes for extern declarations of that object. If it finds such a declaration, it will be used. Note that this is a language extension provided for compatibility with other compilers.
User Action
Declare the object so that it is visible at all places it is referenced.
OTHERMEMBER, context"name" is a member of another struct or union.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow a struct or union reference whose right operand is not a member of the struct or union type of the left operand. This is allowed for compatibility with other compilers.
User Action
Correct the struct or union reference so that the member specifier is a member of the type of the left operand.
OUTARGPREC, contextthe type of this argument to function name is not appropriate for the precision argument of the conversion specifier "incorrect conversion". Behavior can be unpredictable.
Description
This argument corresponds to an output precision specification. C requires that this argument have integer type, and it does not.
User Action
Cast the argument to an int type.
OUTARGWIDTH, contextthe type of this argument to function name is not appropriate for the width argument of the conversion specifier "incorrect conversion". Behavior can be unpredictable.
Description
This argument corresponds to an output width specifier. C requires that this argument have integer type, and it does not.
User Action
Cast the argument to an int type.
OUTFLOATINT, contextthis argument to function name and conversion specifier "incorrect conversion" combine integer and floating-point types. Behavior can be unpredictable.
Description
The compiler has detected an output conversion specifier whose data type does not match its corresponding argument in a way that will cause unpredictable behavior.
User Action
Modify either the argument or the conversion specifier so that they match.
OUTSTRINGTYPE, contextthis argument to function name is of "type name" type and is not appropriate for the conversion specifier "incorrect conversion". The value will be formatted in an unintended manner.
Description
The compiler has detected a string conversion specifier that does not match its corresponding argument. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Modify either the argument or the conversion specifier so that they match.
OUTTOOFEW, contextthe number of conversion specifiers to function name exceeds the number of values to be converted. Conversion specifiers from "last valid conversion" onward will process meaningless and perhaps invalid data.
Description
The number of conversion specifiers is greater than the number of values to be converted as specified in the parameter list. This is probably not what you intended.
User Action
Make sure the number of conversion specifiers match the values to be converted.
OUTTOOMANY, contextadditional arguments to function name are provided for which there are no conversion specifiers in the format string. Arguments from "last expression" onward will be evaluated, but not processed by function name.
Description
The number of conversion specifiers is less than the number of values to be converted as specified in the parameter list. This is probably not what you intended.
User Action
Make sure the number of conversion specifiers match the values to be converted.
OUTTYPELEN, contextthis argument to function name is of "typeclass" type and is not appropriate for the conversion specifier "incorrect conversion". The value might be truncated or formatted in an unintended manner.
Description
The compiler has detected an output conversion specifier that does not match its corresponding argument. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Modify either the argument or the conversion specifier so that they match.
OUTVARORDER, contextvariable ordering is used in a conversion specifier for function name. If variable ordering is used, it must be specified for all conversions.
Description
A conversion specification can contain only one type of conversion specification - % or %n$. Mixing them will cause unpredictable behavior.
User Action
Change the format specification to use only one type of conversion specification.
PACKSTACKPOP, This "pop" has underflowed the pragma stack name stack. No corresponding "push" was found.
Description
The member_alignment/pack stack, managed by the #pragma pack and #pragma member_alignment directives, contains more pops/restores than pushes/saves, This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each pop/restore has a corresponding push/save.
PARAMREDECL, context"name" overrides a formal parameter declared at where.
Description
A declaration within a function body redeclares a formal parameter.
User Action
Change the name of either the formal parameter or the declared variable.
PARENLITERAL, contextaccepting a string literal in parentheses as the initializer for a character array is a language extension.
Description
The compiler accepts this kind of initializer for compatibility with many other C compilers. According to the C standard, a string literal in parentheses is a character pointer. Therefore, this program does not conform to the standard and may be rejected by other compilers.
User Action
Remove the parentheses.
PARMINCOMP, contextthe parameter name has an incomplete type.
Description
The parameter of an old-style function definition has an incomplete type. This is not valid.
User Action
Complete the type before the declaration of the parameter. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
PARMINIT, contexta parameter declaration cannot include an initializer.
Description
The parameter declaration list of an old-style function definition included an initializer. This is not valid.
User Action
Remove the initializer from the declaration and initialize the parameter in the function body. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
PARMSTORCLS, contexta parameter has an explicit storage class other than "register".
Description
The only storage class that can be specified for a formal parameter is "register".
User Action
Either remove the storage class or use "register" if that is desired.
PARMSTORMOD, contexta parameter cannot have a storage class modifier.
Description
A formal parameter cannot be declared with a storage class modifier.
User Action
Remove the storage class modifier.
PARMTYPLIST, Ill-formed parameter type list.
Description
While processing a function declaration, an invalid parameter type list was encountered.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
PARNOIDENT, Missing identifier.
Description
While processing an old-style function definition, the compiler was expecting an identifier, but one was not found.
User Action
Correct the program syntax. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
PDBOPERR, Error opening PDB file text: text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PDBTYPERR, Error adding type record to PDB file: text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PDOINDEXNOTPRIV, index variable of PDO text is not a private variable
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PDONEINSTATIC, pdone text in statically-scheduled PDO will be ignored
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PDONENOTINPDO, pdone text is not nested in a PDO
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PLUSWSTOCLS, The use of the spelling option has prevented this redeclaration of "variable" from changing its linkage. The linkage will be that specified by the earlier declaration at location.
Description
In many cases, the compiler will allow a redeclaration of an item to change its linkage. For example, in most modes, if an object is declared with extern linkage and later with static linkage, the compiler will give it static linkage. This changing of linkage usually causes a warning to be issued. However, in cases where interfile optimization has been selected (-ifo on UNIX, /PLUS_LIST_OPTIMIZE on OpenVMS), the compiler cannot allow a later declaration to modify the linkage of a previous declaration.
User Action
Change all declarations to use the same linkage.
POINTERINTCAST, contextthe 64-bit pointer "expression" is being cast to an integer type that is only size bits in size. This behavior is undefined.
Description
Casting a 64-bit pointer to a shorter integer type is undefined behavior. This also could indicate code that relies on pointers and integers being the same size. The code will cause an unexpected loss of data on 64-bit platforms.
User Action
If this is the intended behavior, first cast the pointer to a 64-bit integer, then cast the result to the desired integer type.
POPMISMATCH, The member alignment popped/restored with pragma pragma name was saved using pragma pragma name. The member alignment restored will take effect.
Description
VSI C supports two forms of the member alignment directives. One begins with #pragma pack, the other with #pragma member_alignment. A program has mixed the pack and the member_alignment form of the directives in a way that is not recommended. This might indicate a programming error.
User Action
If a member alignment has been saved by one form of the member-alignment directive, it should be restored by the same form of the directive.
PRAGIGNORE, The pointer size control name pragma is not active. Pragma is ignored.
Description
Either one of the pragmas that used to control pointer size has been specified on a platform that does not support mixed pointer sizes, or the #pragma pointer_size directive has been used without the appropriate command-line option or qualifier. In all cases, the directive is ignored.
User Action
Either remove the directive or add the appropriate command-line option.
PRAGMA, Strict standard C extension: A #pragma directive was encountered.
Description
As the purpose of a #pragma directive is to specify implementation-defined behavior, it is likely that other C compilers will not treat this pragma in the same way VSI C will.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
PRAGMAIDENT, Please use the preferred "#pragma ident" directive in place of the "#ident" directive.
Description
The #ident directive is a language extension. Other C compilers might not accept it.
User Action
Use the portable #pragma ident directive instead.
PRAGMAINBLK, The pragma name cannot be used inside a function block.
Description
This #pragma directive is only permitted at file scope, outside of all function definitions.
User Action
Move the directive to file scope, preceding the function definition that is to be affected. To limit the pragma to just that particular function, sandwich the #pragma and the function definition between a pair of matching pragmas with the save and restore keywords.
PRAGMAMOD, Please use the preferred "#pragma module" directive in place of the "#module" directive.
Description
The #module directive is a language extension. Other C compilers are unlikely to accept it.
User Action
Use the portable #pragma module directive instead.
PRAGMAOPTDUP, This #pragma optimize has already modified this optimization setting. This setting will replace the old.
Description
A #pragma optimize has specified the same optimization setting more than once. The later setting will replace the previous one.
User Action
Remove the earlier setting.
PRAGMAOPTLVL, The level set by a #pragma optimize directive must be between 0 and 5. Pragma is ignored.
Description
A #pragma optimize has tried to set the optimization level to a value outside the valid range. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Set the optimization level to a number from 0 to 5.
PRAGMAOPTSPEC, Setting speculation control is not available on this platform. The setting will be ignored.
Description
Setting speculation control in only available on certain platforms. Trying to modify the setting on other platforms will have no effect.
User Action
Remove the speculation setting.
PRAGMAOPTZERO, If a #pragma optimize specifies level=0, that must be the only optimization setting specified by the pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
If a #pragma optimize specifies level=0, that must be the only optimization setting specified by the pragma. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Remove the other settings specified by the directive.
PREOPTE, An error was detected in the processing of a option spelling option: #define or #undefine problem
Description
An error was encountered during the processing of a macro definition specified on the command line. The message should provide additional information about the error.
User Action
Correct the command line argument.
PREOPTW, A problem was detected in the processing of a option spelling option: #define or #undefine problem
Description
A problem was encountered during the processing of a macro definition specified on the command line. The message should provide additional information about the problem.
User Action
Correct the command-line argument.
PREPROCOUT, An error occurred while attempting to open either the preprocessor output file or the dependency file: problem.
Description
An unexpected error occurred during the creation of a preprocessor output file or a dependency file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
PRIVATENOTSHARE, variable text on a local or lastlocal list is not declared in a shared scope.
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
PROMOTMATCH, contextthe promoted type of name is incompatible with the type of the corresponding parameter in a prior declaration.
Description
The promoted type of a parameter of an old-style function declaration does not match the type given earlier in a prototype declaration of the function.
User Action
Correct the data types so they match. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
PROMOTMATCHW, contextthe promoted type of name is incompatible with the type of the corresponding parameter in a prior declaration.
Description
The promoted interger or floating type of a parameter of an old-style function declaration does not match the integer or floating type given earlier in a prototype declaration of the function.
User Action
Correct the data types so they match. VSI also recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions.
PROTOF, An error occurred while attempting to open the prototype output file: problem.
Description
An unexpected error occurred during the creation of a prototype output file. The message text will contain additional information about the failure.
User Action
Correct the condition that caused the failure.
PROTOSCOPE, The type "type" has been declared within and is limited to a function prototype scope. It will not be compatible with an identical type declared in another scope. This might not be what you intended.
Description
A type is declared within a function prototype. The type is local to the function prototype and will not be visible outside the prototype. This might cause unexpected errors later in the compilation.
User Action
Declare the type before the function prototype.
PROTOSCOPE2, contextthe struct type was previously declared with prototype scope in this function. Now it is declared with a different prototype scope.
Description
This function declaration contains a parameter that is a pointer to a type that has prototype scope, and an earlier declaration of the function contains a parameter that is also a pointer to a type that has a different prototype scope. In most compiler modes this will cause the function redeclarations to differ.
User Action
Avoid declaring types with function prototype scope.
PROTOSCOPE3, contextthe struct type was previously declared in this function with prototype scope. Now it is declared with file scope.
Description
This message is generated when the compiler first encounters a function prototype that declares a type with prototype scope, and then later sees a second declaration or definition of that same function with the parameter declared using the same type declared at file scope. For example: void foo(struct S { int a; int b;} *s); struct S { int a; int b;} s; void foo(struct S *s);
User Action
Declare the type at file scope before the first prototype declaration.
PROTOSTATIC, The extracted header file contains prototypes for static functions, which should be removed before including the header in a source file other than the originator.
Description
When extracting function prototype declarations, the compiler has encountered a static function. The prototype declaration placed in the output .H file should be removed if the .H file is included in any source other than that used to create the .H file. This is because those static functions may not be declared in the other files. This message can only be generated when the compiler has been invoked with the option to extract function prototype declarations, and the suboption to generate prototypes for static functions has also been specified.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to use the output .H file in a file other than the one from which the .H file was generated.
PROTOTAG, The extracted header file contains prototypes with tag names, which should be moved to after the tag name declaration.
Description
When extracting function prototype declarations, the compiler has encountered a parameter type specifier that references a tag. Because the created prototype will use this tag, it should be moved after the tag declaration in the final compilation source. This message can only be generated when the compiler has been invoked with the option to extract function prototype declarations.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to use the output .H file.
PROTOTYPEDEF, The extracted header file contains prototypes with typedefs, which should be moved to after the typedef declaration.
Description
When extracting function prototype declarations, the compiler has encountered a parameter type specifier that is defined by a typedef. Because the created prototype will use this typedef, it should be moved after the typedef declaration in the final compilation source. This message can only be generated when the compiler has been invoked with the option to extract function prototype declarations.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to use the output .H file.
PROTOVLA, The extracted header file contains prototypes for functions which have formal parameters with variably modified type. All variable length bound specifiers have been replaced by a "*" signifying a variable length array of unspecified size.
Description
When extracting function prototype declarations, the compiler has encountered a function or functions which have a formal parameter with variably modified type. The compiler is unable to recreate the source that specified the number of array elements. Instead, the output prototype will use the "*" bounds specifier. Note that the output prototype is valid for the function.
User Action
Be aware that the compiler has made this minor change to the function declaration.
PSECTFIRST, "#pragma psect_type" directive must precede any declarations.
Description
The #pragma code_psect or #pragma linkage_psect directives must appear before any function or external data definitions.
User Action
Place the directive earlier in the source program.
PSECTTOOLONG, Psect name is too long (maximum is 31 characters). Pragma is ignored.
Description
A psect name specified in a #pragma code_psect, #pragma linkage_psect, or #pragma extern_model directive must be less than 32 characters in length. The compiler will ignore the directive.
User Action
Shorten the psect name.
PTRINTTOLONG, context"expression", a pointer to a 32-bit integer, is being cast to a pointer to a 64-bit integer. This may lead to unintended results.
Description
On many platforms long integers are the same size as integers, and casting a pointer to int to a pointer to long int is not a problem. On this platform long integers are 64-bits. This cast could indicate a potential porting problem.
User Action
Verify that this is the intended behavior.
PTRLONGTOINT, context"expression", a pointer to a 64-bit integer, is being cast to a pointer to a 32-bit integer. This may lead to unintended results.
Description
On many platforms long integers are the same size as integers, and casting a pointer to long int to a pointer to int is not a problem. On this platform long integers are 64-bits. This cast could indicate a potential porting problem.
User Action
Verify that this is the intended behavior.
PTRMISMATCH, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is "type", which is not compatible with "target type".
Description
In a pointer assignment, the type pointed to by the source pointer is different than the type pointed to by the destination pointer.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand.
PTRMISMATCH1, contextthe referenced type of the pointer value "expression" is "type", which is not compatible with "target type" because they differ by signed/unsigned attribute.
Description
In a pointer assignment, the type pointed to by the source pointer is different than the type pointed to by the destination pointer. In this case the types differ because the signed/unsigned type attributes are different.
User Action
Correct the assignment to use compatible types. This can be done by inserting a cast operand.
QUALAFTCOMMA, Type qualifier(s) after a comma ignored.
Description
In Microsoft mode, the compiler used to accept a type qualifier after a comma used for separating declarators. Because Microsoft no longer accepts this type of declaration, VSI C will no longer accept it. The type qualifier is ignored.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier.
QUALFUNCRET, The return type of "name" is a qualified type. Type qualifiers have no meaning for function return values.
Description
A type qualifier has been used as part of the type of a function return value. The type qualifiers have no meaning for function return values.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier.
QUALISPTR, context"expression" has a pointer type, but occurs in a context that expects a struct or union.
Description
The left operand of the struct/union member operator (.) is a pointer type instead of a struct or union type.
User Action
Specify the correct struct or union type object as the left operand. In cases where the left operand is a pointer to a struct or union, it might be possible to use the struct/union pointer operator (->) instead of the member operator.
QUALNA, The qualifier name qualifier is not available on this platform and will be ignored.
Description
The specified qualifier is not supported on this platform.
User Action
Remove the qualifier from the command line.
QUALNOTUS, contextthe qualifier for "name" is not a struct or union.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will allow the left operand of a struct/union member reference to be certain types other than a struct or union type. In these cases the compiler will issue a warning that this non-standard syntax is being accepted.
User Action
Modify the left operand to be a struct or union type.
QUESTCOMPARE, contextthe unsigned expression "expr" is being compared with a relational operator to a constant whose value is not greater than zero. This might not be what you intended.
Description
An ordered comparison between an unsigned value and a constant that is less than or equal to zero often indicates a programming error. Humans consider an unsigned value to be larger than any negative value. But in C a negative value is converted to an unsigned value before the comparison, so any negative value compares larger than most unsigned values. An ordered comparison of an unsigned value to zero suggests a programming error because the value can only be greater than or equal to zero. If the code is correct, the comparison could be more clearly coded by testing for equality with zero.
User Action
Cast (or otherwise rewrite) one of the operands of the compare to match the signedness of the other operand, or compare for equality with zero.
QUESTCOMPARE1, contextthe unsigned expression "expr" is being compared with an equality operator to a constant whose value is negative. This might not be what you intended.
Description
An unsigned value and a signed constant whose value is negative are being compared for equality. Logically, these value would never be equal. But in C the negative constant value is converted to an unsigned value before the comparison, and may well compare equal.
User Action
Cast (or otherwise rewrite) one of the operands of the compare to match the signedness of the other operand.
QUESTCOMPARE2, contextthe unsigned expression "expr" is being tested to see if it is greater than zero. This might not be what you intended.
Description
An ordered comparison between an unsigned value and a constant that is zero may indicate a programming error. Often C programmers do not realize that an expression has an unsigned type. If the code is correct, the comparison could be more clearly coded by testing for equality with zero.
User Action
Cast (or otherwise rewrite) one of the operands of the compare to match the signedness of the other operand, or compare for equality with zero.
READONLYEXT, readonly is a language extension.
Description
The readonly storage class modifier is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Be aware of this extension if you wish to port the code.
REDECLNOPARAM, contextthe declaration of the function "name" containing no parameter information replaces an earlier declaration of "name" at location.
Description
A function which was previously declared with a function prototype has been redeclared without parameter information. This is a violation of the C standard. The VSI C compiler will accept this for compatibility with older compilers.
User Action
Remove one of the declarations.
REDEF, This declaration contains a redefinition of "name". The previous declaration is at location.
Description
This declaration has tried to redefine an identifier that was defined earlier. This is not valid.
User Action
Remove one of the definitions.
REDEFSTRUCT, contextthe struct "name" is redefined.
Description
The struct tag declared in this declaration is already declared as a struct tag by another declaration.
User Action
Change the name of the struct tag.
REDEFTAG, contextthe tag "name" is redeclared.
Description
The tag declared in this declaration is already declared.
User Action
Change the name of the tag.
REDEFUNION, contextthe union "name" is redefined.
Description
The union tag declared in this declaration is already declared as a union tag by another declaration.
User Action
Change the name of the union tag.
REFBEFORETLS, contextthe reference to the variable "var" lexically precedes its use in a #pragma omp threadprivate directive. This is not allowed.
Description
An OpenMP threadprivate directive must lexically precede all references to any varible in its variable list. The compiler had detected a reference to a variable which appears in a subsequent threadprivate directive.
User Action
Move the threadprivate directive before the reference.
REGCONFLICT, Conflicting required uses of register(s): text
Description
The special linkage associated with a function has specified that one of the standard calling convention registers be used in a nonstandard way without also replacing its standard use with another register. An example would be a function that returns an int value using a special linkage that states R0 is not used, and does not specify another register to hold the return value.
User Action
Correct the #pragma linkage directive that specifies the special linkage.
REGNOSHARE, contextnoshare cannot be used with the register storage class. Modifier noshare is ignored.
Description
The storage class modifier noshare is meaningless for objects declared with register storage class. The compiler ignores the noshare.
User Action
Remove the noshare storage class modifier.
RELOCALIGNMENT, An initialization requiring relocation is not correctly aligned at Psect text + number
Description
On some platforms, initializing an object to an address requires that the object be aligned on a natural boundary.
User Action
Either remove the static initializer or align the object being initialized.
RESMISMATCH, The pointer size restored with pragma pragma name was saved using pragma pragma name. The pointer size restored will take effect.
Description
VSI C supports two forms of the pointer-size directives. One begins with #pragma pointer_size, the other with #pragma required_pointer_size. A program has mixed the required_pointer_size and the pointer_size form of the pointer-size directives in a way that is not recommended. This might indicate a programming error.
User Action
If a pointer size has been saved by one form of the pointer-size directive, it should be restored by the same form of the directive.
RESTRICTEXT, The __restrict type qualifier is a language extension.
Description
The use of the __restrict type qualifier might not be portable to other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this portability concern.
RESTRICTEXT1, Placement of the __restrict qualifier within the array-bound specifier of a formal parameter declaration is a language extension.
Description
The use of the restrict type qualifier within the array bound specifier of a formal parameter is a language extension supported by VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this extension.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
RESTRICTEXT2, The restrict type qualifier is a new feature in C99. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses this feature.
Description
The use of the restrict type qualifier might not be portable to other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this portability concern.
RESTRICTNOP, The restrict type qualifier can only be applied to a pointer type that points to an object or incomplete type. Qualifier is ignored.
Description
The restrict type qualifier has been used with an invalid type. Only pointers to object or incomplete types can have the restrict type qualifier. The compiler will ignore the type qualifier in all other cases.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier or change the type to one that accepts the qualifier.
RETLOCALADDR, This return statement returns the address of a local variable. The address returned cannot be used by the caller in any meaningful way.
Description
The storage for all local variables is undefined after a function has returned. Returning the address of a local variable will cause undefined behavior when the return value is used in the calling program.
User Action
Either change the variable to have static storage duration, use malloc to allocate the storage (and free it after its use), or change the interface to have the caller pass in the address at which data is to be stored.
RETRYCONV, Built-in function retry-name is not available on this platform. It has been converted to nonretry-name by ignoring the retry count and setting the retry status to 1.
Description
The version of this built-in function with retry capability is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
Use the non-retry version of this built-in function.
RETRYNOTAVAIL, Built-in function name with retry count is not available on this platform. The retry count is ignored.
Description
The retry capability of this built-in function is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
Remove retry count from built-in function call.
RETVALTOOBIG, The size of return value of "name" exceeds the maximum size of an object allowed on this platform which is size bytes.
Description
A function's return value is too large for this platform.
User Action
Reduce the size of the return value.
RIGHTSHIFTOVR, contextthe right shift count "number" is greater than or equal to the size of the unpromoted operand "expression".
Description
The compiler has detected a right shift count that is greater than or equal to the size of the operand to be shifted (before application of the integral promotions). This might not be what you intended, as the result contains none of the original bits of the operand. For an unsigned operand, the result is always 0. For a signed operand, the result is either 0 or -1, depending on whether or not the operand had a negative value. The same result would be achieved by shifting a signed operand one fewer bits.
User Action
Correct the shift count (or replace the expression by 0 if appropriate).
RTEXCEPT, contextthe floating-point constant named "name" will cause an exception at runtime.
Description
The IEEE trap mode of this program will cause an exception at runtime if this floating-point constant is used in an expression.
User Action
If you do not choose to cause a runtime exception, replace the named constant with a conventional floating point constant. The HUGE_VAL macros defined by <math.h> may be used in place of IEEE Infinities with any floating-point representation.
RTLMAPNOTFOUND, C RTL mapping information for RTL name not found. Could not access image_name.
Description
In most cases, the VSI C compiler will automatically map names of C standard library functions to their corresponding names in the VSI C RTL shareable image. In many cases, this is done simply by adding a "DECC$" prefix to the name. In order for this mapping to work, the compiler accesses an RTL mapping table. This message is issued if the compiler was unable to open the mapping table. In these cases, no name mapping will be performed. The most common cause of this message is specifying bad name in the /PREFIX=RTL="name" compiler qualifier.
User Action
Specify a valid RTL on the /PREFIX=RTL qualifier. If no qualifier was used, it might be necessary to reinstall the compiler and/or RTL. For more information consult the VSI C Run-time Library Manual for OpenVMS Systems.
RTLMISMATCH, VSI C RTL prefix table version mismatch: RTL table is Vmajor.minor, compiler needs Vmajor.minor.
Description
In most cases, the VSI C compiler will automatically map names of C standard library functions to their corresponding names in the VSI C RTL shareable image. In many cases, this is done simpl by adding a "DECC$" prefix to the name. In order for this mapping to work, the compiler accesses an RTL mapping table. The compiler also requires that the version of the RTL mapping table be compatible with the version of the compiler. In cases where the versions are incompatible, this message is generated. In these cases, no name mapping will be performed. The most common cause of this message is specifying an old RTL name in the /PREFIX=RTL="name" compiler qualifier.
User Action
Specify a new RTL on the /PREFIX=RTL qualifier. If no qualifier was used, it might be necessary to reinstall the compiler and/or RTL. For more information, consult the VSI C Run-time Library Manual for OpenVMS Systems.
SAMEASTYPEDEF, contextthe extern has the same name as a file-scope typedef. This is a language extension.
Description
The program has declared an extern inside a function whose name matches a file-scope typedef. This is not allowed by the C standard, but is accepted for compatibility with other C compilers.
User Action
Change the name of the variable or the typedef.
SCACALL, This function contains too many parameters for SCA to handle. Function parameter info will be truncated.
Description
The parameter information for this function contains more data than SCA can process. The compiler will truncate the parameter information. Be aware that the parameter information will be incomplete.
User Action
Simplify the parameter information.
SCAID2LONG, The identifier exceeds the SCA limit of number characters. In the SCA file the name will be truncated to "truncated spelling".
Description
The length of an identifier supported by SCA is less than the length of an identifier supported by the VSI C compiler. Because of this, the compiler will truncate an identifier name to fit the SCA limits.
User Action
Either reduce the identifier name, or be aware of this when using SCA.
SCALEFACTOR, The CDD description for name specifies a scale factor of number. The scale factor is being ignored.
Description
VSI C does not support scaled arithmetic.
User Action
Verify that all computations involving this item are correctly scaled.
SCAOVFLO, Compiler Internal Error: SCA event buffer overflowed. Please submit a problem report.
Description
When building SCA information, the compiler overflowed its internal buffer. This should not happen.
User Action
Please submit a problem report detailing the failure.
SEQUENCEEXT, contextallowing a comma operator is a language extension.
Description
In this context the C standard does not allow the comma (sequence) operator. VSI C allows this syntax for compatibility with some other C compilers. Be aware that this syntax may not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
If the intent is to use an expression that is not necessarily a constant expression, then enclose it in parentheses. But if the intent of the declaration is to use a constant expression, then the comma operator cannot be used.
SESEMULTIEXITS, parallel directive scope text has multiple exits
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
SESEMULTIPREDS, parallel directive scope text has multiple entry paths
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
SESEVFLOW, parallel directive scope text is crossed by a VBRANCH
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
SHARECONST, In this declaration, noshare has been ignored due to the presence of const or readonly.
Description
A variable declared with the readonly storage class modifier, or the const type modifier cannot also have the noshare storage class modifier. The compiler will ignore the noshare storage class modifier.
User Action
Remove either the noshare storage class modifier or the const or readonly modifiers.
SHIFTCOUNT, contextthe shift count "number" is negative or is greater than or equal to the promoted size of the operand "expression".
Description
The compiler has detected a shift count that is negative or is greater than or equal to the promoted size of the operand to be shifted. This behavior is undefined.
User Action
Correct the shift count.
SHORTCIRCUIT, contextpotential side effects from the evaluation of "operand" will not take place. This is because the first operand of a logical operator is a constant whose value requires that this expression must not be evaluated.
Description
The C language requires that if the first operand of a logical || or && operator determines the result of the expression, the second operand must not be evaluated. This behavior is different from other operators. The compiler has noticed that the second operand will generate code that may produce side effects that the programmer expects to take place. This message is to inform the user that the code generated for the second operand will not be executed.
User Action
Replace the logical expression with its first operand.
SHOWMAPLINKAGE, The linkage has been mapped to: #pragma linkage_ia64 name = (stuff).
Description
The pragma linkage directive contains architecture-specific information. The Alpha register conventions are different from the IA64 register conventions. The compiler will try to map the Alpha registers to the corresponding registers on IA64. This message details the mapping.
User Action
Replace the linkage directive with the linkage_ia64 directive that appears in the message.
SIGNEDKNOWN, contextHP C recognizes the standard keyword "signed". This differs from the VAX C behavior.
Description
VAX C does not recognize the "signed" keyword. VSI C will allow this, even in vaxc mode.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to compile the source with VAX C.
SIGNEDMEMBER, contextHP C recognizes the standard C keyword "signed" in member declarations. The VAX C compiler does not and would treat the member as unsigned.
Description
VAX C does not recognize the "signed" keyword in a member declaration. VAX C will treat the member as an unsigned type. VSI C will recognize the keyword and declare the member as a signed type.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to compile the source with VAX C.
SIMPLEMESSAGE, user text
Description
The compiler has encountered a #pragma message () directive. It will output the message in the quoted string.
User Action
Remove the pragma message.
SIZEBIT, context"expression" is a bitfield, and so has no size.
Description
A bitfield expression cannot be used as the argument to the sizeof operator or the __builtin_alignof builtin.
User Action
Pass an expression with a valid type to the operator or builtin.
SIZEINCOMP, context"expression" is of an incomplete type, and so has no size.
Description
An expression that has incomplete type has no size and therefore cannot be used as the argument to the sizeof operator.
User Action
Pass an expression with a valid type to the sizeof operator.
SIZEINCOMPTYP, context"type" is an incomplete type, and so has no size.
Description
A incomplete type has no size and therefore cannot be used as the argument to the sizeof operator.
User Action
Pass a valid type to the sizeof operator.
SIZFUNVOIDTYP, context"type" has function or void type and may not appear in this context. The compiler will treat the type as if it were char.
Description
A function or void type cannot be used as the argument of the sizeof operator or the __builtin_alignof builtin. For compatibility with some other compilers, an output file is still created. The result produced will be the same as if a char type was passed. This may or may not be compatible with other compilers that accept this syntax.
User Action
Pass a valid type to the operator or builtin.
STACKPOP, This "restore" has underflowed the pragma stack name stack. No corresponding "save" was found.
Description
One of the pointer-size stacks, managed by the #pragma pointer_size, #pragma require_pointer_size, #pragma required_vptr_size, and #pragma environment directives, contains more restores than saves. This could signify a coding or logic error in the program.
User Action
Make sure each restore has a corresponding save.
STATICIFLOAT, contextconversion of a link-time address constant to a floating type is required. This is not allowed.
Description
The initialization of an object with static extent requires a value that is a link-time constant expresion. Link-time constant expressions cannot involve values of floating types (other than floating constants that are the immediate operands of casts).
User Action
Remove the floating point types from the initialization.
STATICVLA, contextthe static object "name" cannot be a variable length array.
Description
Only ordinary identifiers with block scope and without storage class extern or static, or ordinary identifiers with function prototype scope can be declared as variable-length arrays.
User Action
Correct the declaration.
STATINITWARN, contextthe linker will be unable to perform this static initialization if the initializer is defined in a sharable image.
Description
A static initialization will require that a link-time constant be truncated. If the constant is resolved in a sharable image, the linker will issue a diagnostic and be unable to perform the initialization. This message is output on OpenVMS systems only.
User Action
Rewrite the static initialization so that the link-time constant will not be truncated.
STDARG, contextstdarg.h macros might be required if the address of the parameter name is used to index through a parameter list.
Description
Some older C programs will traverse a function's parameter list by taking the address of one of the parameters and then adjusting it to get to subsequent parameters. In most cases, this technique will not produce the desired results on Alpha. This message is specific to UNIX, and is only output if -varargs option is specified.
User Action
If the address is used to walk the parameter list, recode the function to use the standard stdarg.h macros.
STKALLEXC, Allocations to stack exceeded maximum stack size
Description
A routine uses more stack space than is available on this platform. This is most often caused by declaring too many large automatic variables.
User Action
Reduce the size required by the automatic variables.
STOALNERR, Psect text alignment is insufficient for allocation of text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
STONOTFIRST, The placement of a storage-class specifier other than at the beginning of the declaration specifiers in a declaration is an obsolescent feature.
Description
The standard states that this style of declaration is obsolescent.
User Action
Place the storage-class specifier first in the declaration.
STORCLSDCL, contexta storage class without a declarator is meaningless.
Description
This message is generated when the compiler encounters certain declarations that contain a storage class but no declarator. For example: extern struct S { int a;};
User Action
Either remove the storage class or add a declarator to the declaration.
STOREBIF, Built-in function store-bif is not available on this platform. It may be converted to swap-bif if the source and dest parameters are identical.
Description
The STORE version of this built-in function is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
Use the SWAP version of this built-in function.
STOREQEXC, Allocations to text section exceeded growth bounds
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
STORISSTAT, This redeclaration of the static initialized variable "name" will have static storage class that differs from the VAX C behavior. The previous declaration is at location.
Description
In VAX C mode, if a variable is first declared static and then declared extern, the variable will be given extern storage class. This matches the VAX C behavior. If, however, the static variable is initialized, the storage class will remain static.
User Action
Be aware of this difference.
STORMODDCL, contexta storage class modifier without a declarator is meaningless.
Description
This message is generated when the compiler encounters certain declarations that contain a storage class modifier but no declarator. For example: readonly struct S { int a;};
User Action
Either remove the storage class modifier or add a declarator to the declaration.
STRCTPADDING, An additional number bytes of padding have been implicitly inserted prior to this member for proper alignment of this member.
Description
The compiler has added pad bytes before a member so that it will be accessed efficiently. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Consider rearranging the order of member declarations.
STRINGCONST, Ill-formed string constant.
Description
An invalid string constant was encountered.
User Action
Correct the string constant.
STRUCTBRACE, context a required set of braces is missing.
Description
The initializer for this struct was not enclosed in braces. While some compilers allow this, standard C requires braces around the initializer.
User Action
Enclose the initializer in braces.
STRUCTLIMITSUP, contextHP C provides only limited support for struct/union types larger than n bytes.
Description
This struct/union type is larger than can be represented by size_t. While VSI C will allow a type declared to be this size, uses of the type are not fully supported and may cause unpredictable behavior.
User Action
Reduce the size of the type.
STRUCTOVERFLOW, Integer overflow occurred when computing the size of a struct or union type.
Description
An struct or union type is larger than allowed on this platform. Note that as the compiler computes the size of the type in bits, the limit on the size of struct/union types is eight times smaller than the size of other types.
User Action
Reduce the size of the struct/union type.
SUBINVALIDCHR, Parameter substitution produced an invalid character constant.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will replace identifiers found within a character constant if they match a macro argument name. This form of "old-style stringization" is provided for compatibility with older C compilers. This message is output if this replacement forms an invalid character constant.
User Action
Modify the macro argument so that a valid character constant is formed.
SUBINVALIDSTR, Parameter substitution produced an invalid string literal.
Description
In certain modes, the compiler will replace identifiers found within a string literal if they match a macro argument name. This form of "old-style stringization" is provided for compatibility with older C compilers. This message is output if this replacement forms an invalid string literal.
User Action
Modify the macro argument so that a valid string is formed. VSI also recommends that the macro body be rewritten to use the standard C stringize operator (#).
SUBSCRBOUNDS, contextan array is being accessed outside the bounds specified for the array type.
Description
The compiler has detected an array access that is outside the bounds of the array. The array access might cause unpredictable behavior. Note that in C, an array is declared using the number of elements, but the first element has subscript 0. It is a common coding error to attempt to access the last element of an array of "n" elements using a subscript of "n" instead of "n - 1". However, there are two common practices that intentionally employ out-of-bounds subscripts to useful/correct effects that are not reported by this message, but have separate optional messages. First, taking the address of an array element that is exactly one beyond the last element of an array is completely valid in standard C as long as the address is not used to access memory. The optional subscrbounds2 message can be enabled to report taking the address of the array element exactly one beyond the last element. Second, it is a somewhat common practice to declare the last member of a struct as an array with one element, and then allocate such structs at runtime with different sizes, recording the actual size in an earlier member of the struct. The optional subscrbounds1 message can be enabled to report subscripts greater than zero applied to arrays declared with only one element.
User Action
Specify an array subscript that is within the bounds of the array type.
SUBSCRBOUNDS1, contextan array type declared with one element is being accessed beyond the end of the array.
Description
An array declared with one element is being accessed beyond the end of the array. The array access can cause unpredictable behavior. Note that in C, an array is declared using the number of elements, but the first element has subscript 0. It is a common coding error to attempt to access the last element of an array of "n" elements using a subscript of "n" instead of "n - 1".
User Action
Specify an array subscript that is within the bounds of the array type.
SUBSCRBOUNDS2, contextaccessing the address of an array element that is exactly one beyond the end of the array might not be what you intended.
Description
Accessing the address of an array element that is exactly one beyond the end of the array might be a coding error (e.g. if the address is then used to access memory), or it might be fully correct (e.g. to compute a pointer value to be used as the upper bound on a loop).
User Action
Specify an array addressthat is within the bounds of the array type.
SWAPBIF, Built-in function store-bif is not available on this platform. The compiler was able to convert it to swap-bif because the source and dest parameters are identical.
Description
The STORE version of this built-in function is not available on the IA64 platform.
User Action
Use the SWAP version of this built-in function.
SWITCHLONG, The signed or unsigned long expression "expression" is used in a switch statement.
Description
A switch value has an integer type of signed or unsigned long int. While this is perfectly portable under the C standard, the original K&R definition of C required that the expression have type int. VSI C accepts this usage in all modes, but there may be older C compilers that require type int in this context.
User Action
Be aware that older, non-standard compilers might not accept this construct, or force the result to type int.
SYSREGUSED, System register specified as external register.
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
SYSTEM, text
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
TAGDIFFER, contextthe tag "name" differs from the tag "name" used in an earlier declaration of this function.
Description
This function declaration contains a parameter that is a pointer to a struct or union type whose tag differs from the tag of the struct or union type referenced by a pointer type in an earlier declaration of this function. In most modes of the compiler, this will cause the function declarations to be incompatible.
User Action
Multiple declarations of a function should use exactly the same parameter types.
TAGORBRACE, Missing tag or "{".
Description
The enum, struct, and union keywords must be followed by either an open brace or a tag.
User Action
Correct the program syntax.
TENTREDEF, This definition or tentative definition of "name" is redefining the definition or tentative definition on location. This is not allowed in C++. compiler__declare_tent_redef1.
Description
C will allow a tentative definition to be redefined later in the compilation unit. C++ does not have the concept of a tentative definition. Therefore this redefinition is invalid in C++.
User Action
Either remove the previous tentative definition, or modify it to match the later redefinition.
TEXTARRAY, The CDD description for name specifies that it is text 1; It has been translated into an array of char.
Description
When the CDD type "TEXT" is of length one, VSI C will normally convert this to type "char" in order to be compatible with VAX C. If however, the nullterminate or text1toarray keywords are specified in a VSI C dictionary directive, the CDD type TEXT will be converted to type "array of char".
User Action
No action is necessary as long as the type "array of char" is the desired datatype.
TEXTARRAYN, The CDD description for name specified that it is text 1; It has been translated into an array of char because null_terminate was used.
Description
The CDD type "TEXT" is of length 1 and has been converted to the C type "array of char" of size 2 because the null_terminate keyword was specified on the dictionary directive.
User Action
No action is necessary as long as the type "array of char" of size two is the desired C datatype.
TEXTCHAR, The CDD description for name specified that it is text 1; It has been translated into a type char.
Description
When the CDD type "TEXT" is of length one, VSI C will normally convert this to type "char" in order to be compatible with VAX C. However, when the length of the CDD type "TEXT" is greater than one, the C type "array of char" is generated. This means that CDD type "TEXT" will result in different C datatypes depending upon the length of the TEXT stored in the dictionary.
User Action
No action is necessary as long as the type "char" is the desired datatype.
TEXTMODULE, The text library module form of #include is an extension.
Description
On OpenVMS systems, an #include directive whose file specifier is not enclosed in either quotation marks or angle brackets denotes an include from a text library. This is an extension of VSI C. This directive will not work as expected on non-VMS systems.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
THREADFUNC, contextthe __declspec(thread) storage class modifier cannot be used with a function type. Modifier is ignored.
Description
Only objects can be declared with thread-local storage. The storage class modifier is ignored when applied to an identifier with function type.
User Action
Either remove the storage class modifier or change the type to one that is valid for __declspec(thread).
THREADNYI, contextthe __declspec(thread) storage class modifier is not implemented on this platform. It will be ignored except to verify correct compile-time usage.
Description
Thread-local storage is only supported on UNIX platforms. The compiler will ignore the storage class modifier except to verify that it is correctly used.
User Action
Remove the __declspec(thread) storage class modifier or compile the program on a platform that supports the modifier.
THREADSTO1, contextthe __declspec(thread) storage class modifier requires a storage class of extern, static, or none. Modifier is ignored.
Description
Declaring a file-scope object with thread-local storage requires that the object have a storage class of extern, static or none. In other cases, the compiler will ignore the __declspec(thread) storage class modifier.
User Action
Either remove the storage class modifier or change the storage class to one that is valid for __declspec(thread).
THREADSTO2, contextthe __declspec(thread) storage class modifier requires a storage class of extern, or static. Modifier is ignored.
Description
Declaring a local object with thread-local storage requires that the object have a storage class of extern, or static. In other cases, the compiler will ignore the __declspec(thread) storage class modifier.
User Action
Either remove the storage class modifier or change the storage class to one that is valid for __declspec(thread).
TLSANDSTATIC, contextthe storage class modifier __declspec(thread) cannot be used with the -static option. The storage class modifier is ignored.
Description
Thread-local storage cannot be declared in compilations that are performed with the -static option. The compiler will ignore the __declspec(thread) storage class modifier.
User Action
Either remove the __declspec(thread) storage class modifier or do not compile with the -static option.
TOOFEWACTUALS, Too few actual parameters in the invocation of the macro "name".
Description
A macro invocation supplied fewer actual arguments than the macro expects. The macro arguments not specified in the call will be given a null value.
User Action
Supply all arguments in the macro invocation.
TOOFEWARGS, context"function expression" expects correct number arguments, but actual number are supplied.
Description
A function has been invoked with fewer arguments than it expects. In some modes this is a warning message, and the compiler will compile the program. In this case, the function being called might not produce the expected results.
User Action
Make sure the number of arguments passed to a function match those specified in the function declaration.
TOOFEWARGSO, context"function expression", which was declared with an old-style function definition, expects correct number arguments, but actual number are supplied.
Description
A function that was declared with an old-style function definition has been invoked with fewer arguments than it expects. While this is valid C, it might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Make sure the number of arguments passed to a function match those specified in the function declaration. If the function is to be called with a variable number of arguments, it should use the facilities of for old-style definitions. VSI generally recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions, in which case variable argument lists are specified using the ... notation and the definition uses the facilities of .
TOOLONG, context, "expression" is too long by count character(s).
Description
A string initializer for a char array contains more characters than the array can hold. This is not valid.
User Action
Reduce the number of characters to be less than or equal to the number of elements in the char array.
TOOMANY, context, there are actual number elements, which is extra number too many. The extra initializers will be ignored.
Description
An initializer list contains more initializers than there are objects to be initialized. This is not valid.
User Action
Reduce the number of initializers to be less than or equal to the number of objects being initialized.
TOOMANYACTLS, Too many actual parameters in the invocation of the macro "name".
Description
A macro invocation supplied more actual arguments than the macro expects. The additional arguments will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the extra arguments from the macro invocation.
TOOMANYARGS, context"function expression" expects correct number arguments, but actual number are supplied.
Description
A function has been invoked with more arguments than it expects. In some modes this is a warning message, and the compiler will compile the program.
User Action
Make sure the number of arguments passed to a function match those specified in the function declaration.
TOOMANYARGSO, context"function expression", which was declared with an old-style function definition, expects correct number arguments, but actual number are supplied.
Description
A function that was declared with an old-style function definition has been invoked with more arguments than it expects. While this is valid C, it might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Make sure the number of arguments passed to a function match those specified in the function declaration. If the function is to be called with a variable number of arguments, it should use the facilities of for old-style definitions. VSI generally recommends that old-style function definitions be replaced by prototype-format definitions, in which case variable argument lists are specified using the ... notation and the definition uses the facilities of .
TOOMANYERR, More than number errors were encountered in the course of compilation.
Description
After emitting a certain number of errors, the compiler will stop the compilation and issue this message. The number of errors output before the compilation stops can be changed using the /ERROR_LIMIT qualifier on OpenVMS systems, or the -error_limit option on UNIX systems.
User Action
Either reduce the number of errors generated by the program or give a larger value for the error limit.
TOOMANYGATES, only 64 gates maybe be used within a parallel region
Description
For each parallel region there is a limit of 64 different gates that can be specified in a #pragma enter gate/#pragma exit gate pair.
User Action
Reduce the number of gates
TOOMANYTOKENS, Too many tokens in macro expansion.
Description
An argument to the #line preprocessing directive contained a macro whose expansion generated more tokens than the #line directive expects.
User Action
Either modify the macro definition or change the arguments to the #line directive.
TOOMANYTXTLIB, Too many text libraries. Library library name and subsequent will not be searched.
Description
The compiler has tried to open more text libraries than it can support in its internal data structures. The specified library, and all subsequent libraries will not be opened.
User Action
Reduce the number of text libraries the compilation requires.
TOOMNYREL, Object file section text has number relocations; maximum allowed is number
Description
This message is emitted by the code generator. It should never be output when compiling a C program.
User Action
Please submit a problem report if you encounter this message when compiling a C program.
TRAILCOMMA, Trailing comma found in enumerator list.
Description
Accepting an enumerator list that contains a trailing comma is an extension of VSI C provided for compatibility with other C compilers. An enumerator list with a trailing comma is not valid in C89, nor in C++. The C99 standard does permit this syntax.
User Action
Remove the trailing comma.
TRUNCFLTASN, context"expression" has more precision than "target type". Assignment might result in loss of precision and/or range.
Description
The destination of a floating-point assignment has less range and/or precision than the expression being assigned to the destination. Because of this, the assignment might cause a loss of range and/or precision.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the assignment. If not, cast the expression to the type of the destination.
TRUNCFLTINT, context"expression" is a floating-point type being assigned to an integer type. The assignment might result in data loss.
Description
A floating-point expression is being assigned to an integer type. This assignment might cause a loss of range and/or precision.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the assignment. If not, cast the expression to the type of the destination.
TRUNCINTASN, context"expression" has a larger data size than "target type". Assignment might result in data loss.
Description
The destination of an integer or pointer assignment is smaller than the expression being assigned to the destination. Because of this, the assignment might cause data to be lost.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the assignment.
TRUNCINTCAST, context"expression" has a larger data size than "target type". Cast might result in data loss.
Description
An integer or pointer expression is being cast to a size that is smaller than the expression. Because of this, the cast might cause data to be lost.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the cast.
TRUNCLONGCAST, context"expression", a 64-bit integer, is being cast to a 32-bit integer. The cast might result in data loss.
Description
On many platforms long integers are the same size as integers. On this platform long integers are 64-bits. This cast could indicate a potential porting problem.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the cast.
TRUNCLONGINT, context"expression", a 64-bit integer, is being assigned to a 32-bit integer. Assignment might result in data loss.
Description
On many platforms long integers are the same size as integers. On this platform long integers are 64-bits. This assignment could indicate a potential porting problem.
User Action
Verify that no unexpected data can be lost by the assignment.
TUNEOVERRIDE, tune setting text overridden by arch setting text, tune forced to text
Description
The program has specified a tune architecture that is older than the arch setting. The arch setting is the oldest architecture that the code should ever run on. Asking the compiler to tune for an even older architecture is not reasonable. The compiler will use the arch setting for the tune option as well
User Action
Specify a tune architecture that is at least as new as the arch architecture.
TYPEALIGN, context_align cannot be used with the typedef storage class. Modifier _align is ignored.
Description
The storage class modifier _align is meaningless for typedefs. The compiler ignores the _align.
User Action
Remove the _align storage class modifier.
TYPECONFLICT, context"typespec1" cannot be combined with "typespec2".
Description
Two type keywords used in the same type specifier cannot be combined. In some modes, the compiler will use the most recent keyword as the type specifier.
User Action
Correct the type specifier.
TYPEDEFFUNC, In this function definition, "name" acquires its type from a typedef.
Description
A function definition acquires its type from a typedef. This is not allowed.
User Action
Correct the function definition.
TYPEDEFINIT, The declaration of the typedef "name" contains an initializer. The initializer is ignored.
Description
A typedef declaration must not contain an initializer.
User Action
Remove the initializer from the declaration.
TYPEDEFNA, Accepting an old-style parameter name that matches a typedef is a language extension.
Description
The VSI C compiler will allow old-style parameters to have the same name as a typedef. Many other compilers will not allow this.
User Action
Recode the function definition to use the standard C prototype syntax.
TYPEDEFNOTDEF, In this declaration, "name" appears to be used as if it named a type, but there is no declared type of that name visible.
Description
The compiler has encountered what appears to be a typedef declaration that provides a new name for an existing type, but the identifier used to specify the existing type is not the name of a type that is visible.
User Action
Declare the identifier for the first type, or correct its spelling.
TYPEEXPR, context"name" is declared as a label, tag, or typedef, and so cannot occur as an expression.
Description
An identifier declared as a typedef has been used in an expression when an object or function was required.
User Action
Correct the expression.
TYPEOFEXT, The use of __typeof__ is a language extension.
Description
Support for __typeof__ is a language extension provided for compatibilty with some other C compilers. Although some other C compilers will accept this syntax, many compilers will reject it.
User Action
Be aware of this difference if you plan to port this source to another compiler.
TYPQUALNOT, A type qualifier is not allowed in this context.
Description
In Microsoft mode, the compiler used to accept a type qualifier after a comma used to separate declarators. This was refered to as a local type qualifier. This message is output when a local type qualifier is applied to a declarator that can not be qualified.
User Action
Remove the local type qualifier because this is no longer accepted.
TYPQUALNOT2, Use of the keyword "static" or a type qualifier within the outermost array-bounds specifier of a formal parameter declaration is a new feature in the C99 standard.
Description
The C99 construct may not be available in other compilers you use to build your application, in which case they will likely report it as a syntax error.
User Action
You may want to conditionalize your code with the preprocessor so that you can take advantage of the feature on platforms that support it, without getting syntax errors from older compilers or language modes that do not support it.
TYPQUALNOT3, Use of the keyword "static" or a type qualifier in an array-bounds specifier is invalid in this compilation mode. Keyword/qualifier ignored.
Description
Use of the keyword "static" or a type qualifier within the outermost array bound specifier of a formal parameter is a new feature in the C99 standard and is not supported in this language mode.
User Action
Either compile in a mode that supports C99 features, or remove the construct from your code.
TYPQUALNOT4, Use of this type qualifier in an array-bounds specifier is invalid. Qualifier ignored.
Description
Use of this type qualifier is not a permitted in the array bound specifier of a formal parameter.
User Action
Remove the keyword.
UABORT, Compilation terminated by user.
Description
This message is often output when the compilation was aborted by the user by hitting Control C.
User Action
Do not abort the compilation.
UCNICONVOPN, The call iconv_open(CODESET, "UCS-4") failed because: STRERROR. UCNs will not be mapped to the native character set.
Description
To translate Universal Character Name escape sequences to the codeset of the current locale, the compiler needs to call the iconv_open library routine with the specified parameters. This call failed, for the reason shown. Thus no UCN escape sequences in this program can be translated.
User Action
Make sure your system has the specified codeset converter installed, or set your locale to use a codeset for which a converter from UCS-4 is available. Alternatively, change your code to avoid the use of UCNs, e.g. using hexadecimal escape sequences.
UCNNOMAP, A UCN escape sequence was recognized, but there was no translation for it into the current codeset. The escape sequence will be used verbatim.
Description
A Universal Character Name (UCN) escape sequence was recognized, but there was no translation for it into the current codeset using the iconv library routine. The complete escape sequence itself, including the backslash, will be used in the object module.
User Action
Make sure your locale is set at compile-time to use a codeset for which a converter from UCS-4 is available, and which supports all of the characters that are expressed as UCNs in your program. Alternatively, change your code to avoid the use of UCNs, e.g. using hexadecimal escape sequences.
UCNUNSUPP, An apparent UCN escape sequence was encountered, but UCNs are not supported in this language mode. The backslash will be ignored.
Description
Universal Character Name (UCN) escape sequences were added to C in the C99 standard. The language mode of the current compilation does not process UCNs, so they will be treated as unrecognized escape sequences, which ignore the backslash.
User Action
Compile in a mode that processes UCNs (C99, or the default "relaxed" mode), or remove the backslash. Relying on apparent escape sequences to be unrecognized is not good practice.
UCNUSED, A UCN escape sequence was encountered.
Description
Universal Character Name (UCN) escape sequences were added to C in the C99 standard, and are processed in this language mode. C compilers and dialects that do not specifically process UCNs will treat them as unrecognized escape sequences, and may silently ignore the backslash.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
UNALIGNEDFUNC, Ignoring __unaligned type qualifier in declaration of name.
Description
The __unaligned type qualifier has no meaning for function types. It is being ignored.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier.
UNALIGNEXT, The __unaligned type qualifier is a language extension.
Description
The use of the __unaligned type qualifier might not be portable to other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this portability concern.
UNAVAILPRAGMA, The pragma "pragma name" is not available on this platform.
Description
The compiler has encountered a pragma that is not currently supported on this platform. The compiler will ignore the pragma.
User Action
Compile the program on a platform that does support the pragma. Otherwise, understand that this pragma will have no effect.
UNAVOLACC, volatile access appears unaligned, but must be aligned at run-time to ensure atomicity and byte granularity
Description
The compiler has detected an unaligned access to a volatile variable. In order to meet atomicity and granularity requirements of volatile, the access will be done using an aligned instruction. This may cause an alignment fault at runtime if the access is unaligned.
User Action
Make sure volatile objects are aligned on a natural boundary.
UNCALLED, routine text can never be called
Description
The compiler has detected a static function that is never referenced.
User Action
Remove the unused function.
UNDECLARED, context"name" is not declared.
Description
An identifier used in an expression has not been declared. The only time an identifier can be used and not previously declared is when the identifier specifies the function name in a function call.
User Action
Either declare the identifier or remove its use.
UNDECLFUN, There is no function declaration for the identifier "name" at the point of this #pragma pragma type attributes.
Description
An identifier specified in a #pragma assert/hint func_attrs directive must refer to a function declaration at the point of the pragma.
User Action
Either remove the identifer from the pragma, correct its spelling, or reorder the source to ensure that a declaration of the identifier as a function is visible at the point of the pragma. Identifier must be a function declaration; no other kind of declaration (i.e. typedef, var, etc.) is allowed for func_attrs.
UNDECLVAR, There is no global declaration visible for the variable "name" at the point of this #pragma assert global_status_variable.
Description
An identifier specified in a #pragma assert directive must refer to a global variable declaration visible at the point of the pragma. The identifier will be ignored.
User Action
Either remove the identifer from the pragma, correct its spelling, or reorder the source to ensure that a declaration of the identifier as a global_variable is visible at the point of the pragma.
UNDEFENUM, contextthe enum "name" is not defined.
Description
The enum tag used to declare an enum variable is not defined at this point in the compilation.
User Action
Define the enum tag before using it.
UNDEFESCAP, An undefined escape sequence was encountered; the backslash is being ignored.
Description
The character or characters following a backslash do not form a valid escape sequence. The compiler will ignore the backslash.
User Action
Correct the escape sequence.
UNDEFINEDTYPE, The compiler was expecting a "token", but one was not found. This condition could have occured because "id" is used in what might be a type cast, but there is no declared type of that name visible.
Description
The compiler has discoverd a syntax error. This error may have been caused because a cast operator used an unknown type.
User Action
Correct the syntax error.
UNDEFVARFETCH, contextthe expression "expr" modifies "var", and fetches its value in a computation that is not used to produce the modified value without an intervening sequence point. This behavior is undefined.
Description
The compiler has detected a case where the same variable has been modified and fetched in a computation that does not later modify that same variable. Because the order of the variable fetch and store is not defined, this expression might produce different results on different platforms.
User Action
Rewrite the expression so that if a variable is stored to, it is fetched only to determine the value to be stored.
UNDEFVARMOD, contextthe expression "expr" modifies the variable "var" more than once without an intervening sequence point. This behavior is undefined.
Description
The compiler has detected a case where the same variable has been modified more than once in an expression without a sequence point between the modifications. Because what modification will occur last is not defined, this expression might produce different results on different platforms.
User Action
Rewrite the expression so that each variable is modified only once.
UNDERFLOW, contextunderflow occurs in evaluating the expression "expression".
Description
A floating-point underflow occurred while evaluating a constant expression. The value of the expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the floating-point constant expression.
UNINIT1, The scalar variable "var"declared in is fetched but not initializedinlineinfo. And there may be other such fetches of this variable that have not been reported in this compilation.
Description
A variable's value has been used without being set. This might not have been what you intended. The algorithms that detect this situation only report it once for a given variable, and not necessarily at the first use of the uninitialized value.
User Action
Provide the variable with a value before the variable is used. If you only provide a value for the use reported here, you may find that when you recompile your program another uninitialized use is detected. It is best to initialize variables as close as possible to the point of declaration.
UNINIT2, Part or all of the non-scalar variable "var"declared in is fetched but not initializedinlineinfo. And there may be other such fetches of this variable that have not been reported in this compilation.
Description
A non-scalar variable has had its value used and some or all of the variable has not been given a value. This might not have been what you intended. The algorithms that detect this situation only report it once for a given variable, and not necessarily at the first use of the uninitialized value.
User Action
Provide the variable with a value before the variable is used. If you only provide a value for the use reported here, you may find that when you recompile your program another uninitialized use is detected. It is best to initialize variables as close as possible to the point of declaration.
UNINIT3, Variable "var"declared in is fetched but not initializedinlineinfo. And there may be other such fetches of this field that have not been reported in this compilation.
Description
The specified member of a struct variable has been used without being set. This might not have been what you intended. The algorithms that detect this situation only report it once for a given field, and not necessarily at the first use of the uninitialized value.
User Action
Provide the struct member with a value before the variable is used. If you only provide a value for the use reported here, you may find that when you recompile your program another uninitialized use is detected. It is best to initialize variables as close as possible to the point of declaration.
UNINIT4, Byte offsets start to end of "var"declared in are fetched but not initializedinlineinfo. And there may be other such fetches of this field that have not been reported in this compilation.
Description
The specified byte offsets of a variable have been used without being set. This might not have been what you intended. The algorithms that detect this situation only report it once for a given field, and not necessarily at the first use of the uninitialized value.
User Action
Provide the full variable with values before the variable is used. If you only provide a value for the use reported here, you may find that when you recompile your program another uninitialized use is detected. It is best to initialize variables as close as possible to the point of declaration.
UNINIT5, fragment uninit5ainlineinfo. Also the variable itself is not initialized. And there may be other fetches of this variable that have not been reported in this compilation.
Description
The specified storage location has been used without being set. This might not have been what you intended. In addition, as this fetch is outside the storage allocated to the variable, the behavior is undefined.
User Action
First verify that the fetch is correct(code that uses the address of a declared object to access memory outside the address range allocated to that object is not likely to be reliable). Then initialize the storage being fetched and, if necessary, the variable noted in the message. If you only provide a value for the use reported here, you may find that when you recompile your program another uninitialized use is detected, since the algorithms that detect this situation only report it once for a given variable, and not necessarily at the first use of the uninitialized value. It is best to initialize variables as close as possible to the point of declaration.
UNIONBRACE, context a required set of braces is missing.
Description
The initializer for this union was not enclosed in braces. While some compilers allow this, standard C requires braces around the initializer.
User Action
Enclose the initializer in braces.
UNKEXTMOD, Unknown extern model. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler was unable to parse a #pragma extern_model directive. The extern_model must be an identifier that specifies one of the valid extern models. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Correct the directive.
UNKINTRIN, The function "routine name" is not a known intrinsic function and cannot be used with #pragma intrinsic. Pragma not applied to this function.
Description
A function identifier specified in a #pragma intrinsic directive is not a valid intrinsic function on this platform. The pragma will not be applied to this identifier, leaving it to be treated as an ordinary function.
User Action
Either correct the function name to specify an intrinsic supported for this platform, or remove it from the pragma.
UNKMSGCMD, Bad or missing command in pragma message. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The #pragma message directive must be followed by an identifier that specifies message-related action for the compiler to perform. Either something other than an identifier was found, or the identifier did not specify one of the valid actions. The compiler will ignore the pragma.
User Action
Specify a valid action for #pragma message.
UNKMSGID, Unknown message id or group "id" is ignored.
Description
A message identifier in a #pragma message directive did not specify a valid message id or message group. The identifier will be ignored.
User Action
Update the identifier so that it specifies a valid message id or message group.
UNKNOWNLINK, The specified linkage is undefined. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The linkage specified in a #pragma use_linkage directive has not been defined by an earlier #pragma linkage directive. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Either define the linkage first or change the linkage name.
UNKNOWNMACRO, "name" is not currently defined as a macro. It has been replaced by the constant zero.
Description
An identifier found in an #if or #elif is not defined. This might not have been what you intended. The compiler will replace the identifier with the constant zero.
User Action
Verify the use of the identifier.
UNKNOWNPRAGMA, The pragma "pragma text" is unrecognized.
Description
A pragma that has no meaning to VSI C was encountered. The pragma will be ignored.
User Action
Make sure that you did not misspell the pragma. Also, make certain you are running the correct version of VSI C. If the spelling and compiler version are correct, understand that this pragma will have no effect.
UNKNOWNPRGMA, Unrecognized #pragma directive.
Description
This #pragma preprocessing directive is not recognized by VSI C. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Make sure that this is the intended behavior.
UNKPSECTATTR, Unknown psect attribute for extern model. Attribute is ignored.
Description
A psect attribute specified in a #pragma extern_model is invalid. In general, the psect attributes accepted by VSI C match those accepted by the assembler. The psect attribute will be ignored.
User Action
Correct the psect attribute.
UNMATCHENDIF, Out of place #endif directive ignored.
Description
An #endif preprocessing directive was encountered without a previous #if directive. The directive will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the directive.
UNNAMEDMEM, An unnamed member does not have a bitfield, struct, or union type. Member is ignored.
Description
An unnamed member of a struct or union type has no meaning unless it is a bitfield or a struct/union type. The compiler will ignore this member.
User Action
If the member is desired, give it a name. Otherwise remove the unnamed member.
UNNAMEPARM, In the definition of the function name, a parameter has no name.
Description
This function declaration contained a parameter type but no parameter name.
User Action
Provide a name for the formal parameter.
UNNECCDD, It is not necessary to include this dictionary directive, if other unused dictionary directives and unused include directives are removed.
Description
There is some reference to this file from an unused include file or from an unused dictionary directive when using the current set of compilation options. If you remove the unused include files and unused dictionary directives, this dictionary directive could also be eliminated when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
User Action
When compiling with the current set of compilation options, to increase compilation efficiency you may exclude this dictionary directive if you also remove other unused files.
UNNECINCL, It is not necessary to include this file, if other unused include directives are removed.
Description
There is some reference to this file from another include file or dictionary directive that is not used when using the current set of compilation options. If you remove the unused include files and unused dictionary directives, this include file could also be eliminated when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
User Action
When compiling with the current set of compilation options, to increase compilation efficiency you may exclude this include file if you also remove other unused files.
UNREACHCODE, Code at or just after this location can never be executedinline info.
Description
The compiler has detected code that can never be executed. Often unreachable code represents a real coding error such as a label that is incorrectly spelled, or a statement that was inserted on the wrong line. But sometimes it occurs in good code as a result of logical expressions that depend only on the values of constants (typically through macro expansion).
User Action
Usually any code correction is obvious. And often it is straightforward to rewrite compile-time logical expressions in terms of preprocessing constructs to avoid this diagnostic. But in some programs it may be necessary to suppress this informational message explicitly in order to obtain a diagnostic-free compilation of production code, since rewriting the expression not to be evaluated at compile time would impact performance.
UNREFADECL, This local identifier is declared but not referenced in this module.
Description
A declaration was found for an identifier which is not referenced in this module
User Action
Examine your code to determine if this declaration is needed in this module.
UNREFDECL, This identifier is declared but not defined or referenced in this module.
Description
A declaration was found for an identifier which is not defined or referenced in this module
User Action
Examine your code to determine if this declaration is needed in this module.
UNREFLABEL, The user label "label" is never referenced.
Description
This user label has been defined, but there are no references to it.
User Action
Remove the label.
UNREFSDECL, A static variable is declared but never referenced in this module.
Description
This identifier is defined but never referenced when using the current set of compilation options.
User Action
Examine your code to determine if this definition is needed in this module.
UNREFSFUNC, A static function definition or prototype is found, but never referenced.
Description
A static function declaration was found in this module, but is unused when compiling with the current settings.
User Action
Examine your code to determine if this function is needed in this module.
UNREFTYP, This type is never referenced in this module.
Description
A type is declared but never referenced when using the current set of compilation options.
User Action
Examine your code to determine if this declaration is needed in this module.
UNRLINKATTR, Unrecognized attribute for linkage pragma. Pragma is ignored.
Description
The compiler encountered an attribute in a #pragma linkage directive that it did not recognize. The message should point to the offending attribute. The compiler will ignore the entire pragma.
User Action
Correct the directive.
UNSIGNEDPRES, contextthe conversion of the unsigned char/short value "expression" to unsigned int shows one example of this program's use of unsigned-preserving integral promotion. This differs from the value-preserving semantics of standard C compilers.
Description
This expression shows one of possibly many places where this compilation uses unsigned-preserving semantics for small integer promotions rather than value-preserving semantics required of standard C compilers. In cases where an unsigned char or unsigned short int is promoted to an integer, there are two different ways the convert could happen. Standard C requires that the type be converted to a signed int (value-preserving semantics) while some older compilers will convert to an unsigned int (unsigned-preserving semantics). The difference in the choice of int or unsigned int can have an impact on results of expressions that use the converted value. The compiler cannot determine whether or not a particular instance of this usage will cause an observable behavior difference in the program. For more information, consult Section 3.2.1.1 of the Rationale for ANSI C.
User Action
Be aware that standard compilers might interpret this expression differently.
UNSTRUCTMEM, The declaration of a member that is an unnamed struct or union type is an extension and might not be portable.
Description
VSI C allows a member of a struct or union to be an unnamed struct or union type. This is an extension of VSI C that other compilers might not support. In addition this behavior does not conform to the C standard.
User Action
If portability is desired, provide a name for the struct/union member.
UNSUPCONV, Hexadecimal floating point constants are not yet implemented.
Description
Hexadecimal floating point constants are a new C99 feature that is not yet supported on this platform.
User Action
Please use traditional syntax for floating point numbers.
UNSUPCONVSPEC, contextthis argument to function name has a conversion specification "incorrect conversion" that is not supported or not fully supported on this platform.
Description
The compiler has detected a conversion specification that will not work as specified on this platform.
User Action
Review the documentation for this function and modify the conversion specification as necessary to accomplish your objective.
UNSUPCONVV, Hexadecimal floating point constants are not supported on this platform.
Description
Hexadecimal floating point constants are a new feature in C99 that is not being implemented on the VAX platform.
User Action
Please use traditional syntax for floating point numbers.
UNSUPIEEE, The _FASTMATH version of this function has been specified, but _FASTMATH routines do not support the IEEE behaviors requested and will simply trap and terminate when given arguments or computing values outside the normal range.
Description
The compiler has recognized a math intrinsic function that has a _FASTMATH version and the compilation has defined the macro _FASTMATH, but command line options have also specified IEEE trapping behaviors other than the default of flushing underflow to zero and aborting on all others.
User Action
If the body of your code relies on IEEE denormals, infinities, or nans, but is careful to condition the arguments to math library functions to avoid passing or computing these values, you may ignore or suppress this warning. Otherwise, you should either remove the options specifying non-default IEEE behavior or else undefine the _FASTMATH macro.
UNSUPPTYPE, The CDD description for name specifies a data type not supported in C.
Description
There is no VSI C datatype to exactly represent this type. VSI C has created a declaration of the same total size as the unsupported data type.
User Action
If the type provided by the VSI C compiler is not satisfactory, change the CDD description to one that the compiler can represent more exactly.
UNUSEDCDD, This CDD record appears to be unused.
Description
The contents of this CDD record are not used by the rest of the compilation.
User Action
For compilation efficiency, you can exclude this dictionary directive when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
UNUSEDINCL, This nested include file appears to be unused.
Description
The contents of this include file are not used by the rest of the compilation.
User Action
For compilation efficiency, you can exclude this include file when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
UNUSEDTOP, This include directive does not contribute to the compilation, perhaps because the file has already been included.
Description
The contents of this top-level include file are not used by the rest of the compilation. This message can occur when the include file has already been included, perhaps by a nested include file.
User Action
For compilation efficiency, you can exclude this include file when compiling with the current set of compilation options.
USELESSALIGN, context_align cannot be used with the class storage class. Modifier _align is ignored.
Description
The storage class modifier _align is meaningless for objects declared with register, globalref, or globalvalue storage class. The compiler ignores the _align.
User Action
Remove the _align storage class modifier.
USELESSSTOMOD, contextnoshare or readonly cannot be used with the typedef storage class. Modifier is ignored.
Description
The storage class modifiers noshare and readonly are meaningless for typedefs. The compiler ignores the storage class modifier.
User Action
Remove the storage class modifier.
USELESSTYPED, This typedef declaration is useless because it does not declare a typedef name.
Description
This typedef declaration does not declare a typedef name. This case can occur when a declaration tries to declare both a tag and a typedef, but the name of the typedef is not included.
User Action
Either remove the typedef keyword or add a typedef name.
USELESSTYPEQUAL, contextthis type qualifier will have no effect.
Description
A type qualifier is applied only to the declarators in a declaration. Declarations that lack declarators are permitted if they declare a tag or an enumeration constant, but in such cases type qualifiers are not useful.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier, or change this to a typedef declaration that declares a name for the type and use that typedef name to refer to the qualified type.
VAARGSBODY, __VA_ARGS__ may not appear except in a function-like macro that uses the ellipsis notation in the parameters.
Description
The identifier __VA_ARGS__ may only appear in the replacement list of a function-like macro definion that uses ellipsis notation in the parameters.
User Action
Either remove __VA_ARGS__ or change its spelling.
VAARGSFORMAL, __VA_ARGS__ may not be used as a formal parameter.
Description
The identifier __VA_ARGS__ may only appear in the replacement list of a function-like macro definion that uses ellipsis notation in the parameters.
User Action
Rename the formal parameter.
VALUENOTSUP, contextthe floating-point constant named "name" is not supported in "fpmode" representation.
Description
The representation of an IEEE Infinity or NaN has no special meaning when used with non-IEEE floating-point operations.
User Action
Replace the named constant with a conventional floating point constant. The HUGE_VAL macros defined by <math.h> may be used in place of IEEE Infinities with any floating-point representation.
VALUEPRES, contextthe conversion of the unsigned char/short value "expression" to signed int shows one example of this program's use of value-preserving integral promotion. This differs from the unsigned-preserving semantics of some older C compilers.
Description
This expression shows one of possibly many places where this compilation uses value-preserving semantics for small integer promotions rather than unsigned-preserving semantics used by some older compilers. In cases where an unsigned char or unsigned short int is promoted to an integer, there are two different ways the convert could happen. Standard C requires that the type be converted to a signed int (value-preserving semantics) while some older compilers will convert to an unsigned int (unsigned-preserving semantics). The difference in the choice of int or unsigned int can have an impact on results of expressions that use the converted value. The compiler cannot determine whether or not a particular instance of this usage will cause an observable behavior difference in the program. For more information, consult Section 3.2.1.1 of the Rationale for ANSI C.
User Action
Be aware that older, non-standard compilers might interpret this expression differently.
VARIANTDCL, A declaration of a variant struct or variant union must have a single declarator that is an identifier.
Description
A variant_struct or variant_union member was either not followed by a declarator or followed by more than one declarator. This is not valid.
User Action
Declare the variant_struct or variant_union member with a single identifier.
VARIANTDUP, The anonymous struct or union member "member name" duplicates the name of a member in the enclosing struct or union.
Description
As members of an anonymous structure or union are promoted to membership of the enclosing struct/union type, the names of each element of the anonymous struct/union must not match an element name in the enclosing struct/union. This message can also be output when the variant_struct or variant_union syntax is used instead of the anonymous struct/union.
User Action
Choose a new name for either the offending anonymous struct/union member or the matching member of the enclosing type.
VARIANTEXT, variant struct or union is a language extension.
Description
Declaring a member to be a variant_struct or variant_union is a language extension of VSI C. Other C compilers might not successfully compile a program that uses the extension.
User Action
Consider using an anonymous struct or union (one without a tag or declarator) instead: anonymous structs/unions are supported by VSI C and some other vendors' C compilers.
VARIANTTAG, A variant struct or union cannot have a tag.
Description
A variant_struct or variant_union declaration specified a tag name. This is not allowed.
User Action
Either remove the tag or change the declaration to be a regular struct or union instead of a variant struct or union.
VARNOMEM, A variant struct or variant union can occur only as a member of a struct or union.
Description
A declaration contained a variant_struct or variant_union in some place other than a member of a struct or union. This is not valid.
User Action
Correct the offending declaration.
VERTICALSPDIR, Vertical whitespace within pp directive.
Description
Unexpected vertical white space as been encountered within a preprocessing directive.
User Action
Remove the vertical white space from the directive.
VLAEXTENSION, contextvariable length arrays are a new feature in the C99 standard. Other C compilers may not support this extension.
Description
This is a new language feature in the C99 revision of the standard. While having a standard specification for portability, the feature may not yet be available in all of the compilers you use.
User Action
Determine whether or not the use of this feature will cause portability problems for this code.
VOIDRETURN, The function "name" has return type void, and so must not contain a return statement with an expression.
Description
The current function was declared with a void return type. The expression specified in the return value will be evaluated but will not be returned to the caller.
User Action
Either change the return type in the function declaration or remove the return value from the return statement.
VOIDRETURN1, The function "name" has return type void. The return statement must not specify a return value even if the return expression has void type.
Description
The current function was declared with a void return type. Although some C compilers allow such a function to return a void expression, this is a violation of the C standard and may not be portable.
User Action
Modify the program so that the return statement does not specify a return value.
VOLATILEFUNC, Ignoring volatile type qualifier in declaration of name.
Description
The volatile type qualifier cannot be used with a function type. The compiler will ignore the type qualifier.
User Action
Remove the type qualifier.
WCHARCAT, A character string literal was concatenated with a wide string literal.
Description
The C99 standard defines the behavior of adjacent string concatenation between character string literals and wide string literals, basically promoting the character string to a wide string before forming the wide string result. The older C90 standard gave this construct undefined behavior - it only defined concatenation between adjacent strings of the same kind (all character or all wide). Although this version of VSI C always gives the C99 behavior with diagnostics optional, some compilers (including previous versions of VSI C) may give more severe diagnostics and/or different behaviors.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
WRTINNOWRT, Writable variable resides in nowrt extern model.
Description
The current extern model places all external objects in a read-only section. An object without a const type qualifier in such a section means that while the compiler will not diagnose writes to the object, any attempt to modify the object at runtime will cause the program to fail. This might not have been what you intended.
User Action
Place non-const objects in sections that can be modified.
XFERINTOVLA, This statement performs an invalid transfer into a block that declares a variably modified type or object. The identifier "name" is variably modified, and declared at where.
Description
It is invalid to transfer control into a block after that block declares a variably modified type.
User Action
Either remove the transfer, or move the declaration of the variably modified type.
XTRALARGE, Line number is greater than the 32767 specified by the C standard and might not be portable.
Description
A #line preprocessing directive specified a line value that is greater than 32767. While the value is supported by VSI C, the C89 standard specifies that the value must not be greater than 32767. Therefore, this program does not conform to the C89 standard, and the directive might not be accepted by other C compilers.
User Action
Be aware of this if you wish to port the program.
ZERODIV, contextdivision by zero occurs in evaluating the expression "expression".
Description
A divide by zero occurred while evaluating a constant expression. The value of the expression is undefined.
User Action
Correct the constant expression so that it does not contain a division by zero.
ZERODIVIDE, Division by zero in expression.
Description
A divide by zero occurs in a preprocessor constant expression. The result of the divide will be zero.
User Action
Correct the preprocessor constant expression.
ZEROELEMENTS, contextzero cannot be used as an element count specifier. The specifier will be ignored, (leaving the member/parameter with an incomplete array type) in this context.
Description
The C standard states that if an element count specifier is a constant expression then it shall have a value greater than zero. For compatibility with some other C compilers, VSI C will accept a zero element count specifier. When appearing in a struct/union member or a parameter, the specifier will be ignored.
User Action
Remove the zero.
ZEROELEMENTS1, contextzero cannot be used as an element count specifier. It will be replaced with the constant one in this context.
Description
The C standard states that if an element count specifier is a constant expression then it shall have a value greater than zero. For compatibility with some other C compilers, VSI C will accept a zero element count specifier. When appearing outside a struct/union member or a parameter, the compiler will replace the zero with the value one. This may or may not be compatible with the behavior of other C compilers.
User Action
Use a valid element count specifier.
Appendix E. VSI C Limits
The <float.h>
and <limits.h>
header
files define several macros that expand to various implementation-specific
limits and parameters. This appendix contains the contents of these header
files for VSI C for OpenVMS systems.
E.1. Contents of <float.h>
<float.h>
header file has the following contents:
#ifndef __FLOAT_LOADED #define __FLOAT_LOADED 1 /**************************************************************************** ** ** <float.h> - Characteristics of floating types ** ***************************************************************************** ** Header introduced by the ANSI C Standard ***************************************************************************** ** ** Copyright 2001, 2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. ** ** Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP required for ** possession, use or copying. Consistent with FAR 12.211 and 12.212, ** Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and ** Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S. ** Government under vendor's standard commercial license. ** ****************************************************************************** */ #include <decc$types.h> #pragma __nostandard #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /* ** The following literals and routines are available on OpenVMS for ** Alpha, but only after OpenVMS V7.1 or with C++. */ #if defined __ALPHA && !defined _ANSI_C_SOURCE # if (defined(__DECCXX) || (__CRTL_VER >= 70100000)) /* ** Values for the IEEE Rounding Modes (IEEE ANSI Values) ** ** RZ = Round toward zero (chopped) ** RN = Round toward nearest (default, normal) ** RP = Round toward plus infinity ** RM = Round toward minus infinity */ # define FP_RND_RZ 0 # define FP_RND_RN 1 # define FP_RND_RP 2 # define FP_RND_RM 3 /* ** IEEE Constants */ # ifdef _IEEE_FP # pragma __extern_model __save # pragma __extern_model __strict_refdef extern double decc$gt_dinfinity; extern double decc$gt_dqnan; extern double decc$gt_dsnan; extern float decc$gs_sinfinity; extern float decc$gs_sqnan; extern float decc$gs_ssnan; # if __X_FLOAT # if (__CRTL_VER >= 60200000) extern long double decc$gx_long_dbl_infinity; # endif extern long double decc$gx_long_dbl_qnan; extern long double decc$gx_long_dbl_snan; # endif # pragma __extern_model __restore # define DBL_INFINITY decc$gt_dinfinity # define LDBL_INFINITY DBL_INFINITY # define DBL_QNAN decc$gt_dqnan # define DBL_SNAN decc$gt_dsnan # define FLT_INFINITY decc$gs_sinfinity # define FLT_QNAN decc$gs_sqnan # define FLT_SNAN decc$gs_ssnan # if __X_FLOAT # if (__CRTL_VER >= 60200000) # define LDBL_INFINITY decc$gx_long_dbl_infinity # else # define LDBL_INFINITY DBL_INFINITY # endif # define LDBL_QNAN decc$gx_long_dbl_qnan # define LDBL_SNAN decc$gx_long_dbl_snan # else # define LDBL_INFINITY DBL_INFINITY # define LDBL_QNAN DBL_QNAN # define LDBL_SNAN DBL_SNAN # endif # endif /* ** Macros to get decc$ names */ # if (__CRTL_VER < 70100000) # define write_rnd(__p1) decc$write_rnd(__p1) # define read_rnd decc$read_rnd # endif /* ** Functions to read and write floating point rounding mode */ unsigned int write_rnd(unsigned int __rnd); unsigned int read_rnd(void); # endif #endif /* ** Rounding mode for floating point addition: */ #ifdef __BIASED_FLT_ROUNDS # define FLT_ROUNDS (__BIASED_FLT_ROUNDS-1) /* use compiler generated value, if present */ #else # define FLT_ROUNDS 1 #endif /* ** Radix of exponent representation: */ #define FLT_RADIX 2 /* ** Number of FLT_RADIX digits in the mantissa including the hidden bit: */ #define __F_FLT_MANT_DIG 24 #define __G_DBL_MANT_DIG 53 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MANT_DIG 24 #define __T_FLT_MANT_DIG 53 #define __X_FLT_MANT_DIG 113 #endif /* ** Number of decimal digits of precision: */ #define __F_FLT_DIG 6 #define __G_FLT_DIG 15 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_DIG 6 #define __T_FLT_DIG 15 #define __X_FLT_DIG 33 #endif /* ** Minimum negative integer such that FLT_RADIX raised to that power ** minus 1 is a normalized floating-point number: */ #define __F_FLT_MIN_EXP (-127) #define __G_FLT_MIN_EXP (-1023) #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MIN_EXP (-125) #define __T_FLT_MIN_EXP (-1021) #define __X_FLT_MIN_EXP (-16381) #endif /* ** Minimum negative integer such that 10 raised to that power is in the ** range of normalized floating-point numbers: */ #define __F_FLT_MIN_10_EXP (-38) #define __G_FLT_MIN_10_EXP (-308) #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MIN_10_EXP (-37) #define __T_FLT_MIN_10_EXP (-307) #define __X_FLT_MIN_10_EXP (-4931) #endif /* ** Maximum integer such that FLT_RADIX raised to that power minus 1 is a ** representable finite floating point number: */ #define __F_FLT_MAX_EXP 127 #define __G_FLT_MAX_EXP 1023 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MAX_EXP 128 #define __T_FLT_MAX_EXP 1024 #define __X_FLT_MAX_EXP 16384 #endif /* ** Maximum integer such that 10 raised to that power is in the range of ** representable finite floating-point numbers: */ #define __F_FLT_MAX_10_EXP 38 #define __G_FLT_MAX_10_EXP 307 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MAX_10_EXP 38 #define __T_FLT_MAX_10_EXP 308 #define __X_FLT_MAX_10_EXP 4932 #endif /* ** Maximum representable finite floating-point number: */ #define __F_FLT_MAX 1.7014117e+38f #define __G_FLT_MAX 8.98846567431157854e+307 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MAX 3.40282347e+38f #define __T_FLT_MAX 1.79769313486231570e+308 #define __X_FLT_MAX 1.189731495357231765085759326628007016196477e4932l #endif /* ** The difference between 1.0 and the least value greater than 1.0 that ** is representable in the given floating-point type ** (i.e. 1.0 + epsilon != 1.0): */ #define __F_FLT_EPSILON ((float)(1.0 / (1 << 23))) #define __G_FLT_EPSILON (1.0 / (1 << 30) / (1 << 22)) #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_EPSILON 1.19209290e-07f #define __T_FLT_EPSILON 2.2204460492503131e-16 #define __X_FLT_EPSILON 1.9259299443872358530559779425849273185381e-34l #endif /* ** Minimum normalized positive floating-point number: */ #define __F_FLT_MIN ((float) 2.93873587705571877e-39) #define __G_FLT_MIN 5.56268464626800346e-309 #ifdef __ALPHA #define __S_FLT_MIN 1.17549435e-38f #define __T_FLT_MIN 2.2250738585072014e-308 #define __X_FLT_MIN ((long double) 3.3621031431120935062626778173217526025981e-4932l) #endif /* ** Define the FLT values to be either the __S or __F values based on IEEE */ #if __IEEE_FLOAT # define FLT_MANT_DIG __S_FLT_MANT_DIG # define FLT_DIG __S_FLT_DIG # define FLT_MIN_EXP __S_FLT_MIN_EXP # define FLT_MIN_10_EXP __S_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define FLT_MAX_EXP __S_FLT_MAX_EXP # define FLT_MAX_10_EXP __S_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define FLT_MAX __S_FLT_MAX # define FLT_EPSILON __S_FLT_EPSILON # define FLT_MIN __S_FLT_MIN #else # define FLT_MANT_DIG __F_FLT_MANT_DIG # define FLT_DIG __F_FLT_DIG # define FLT_MIN_EXP __F_FLT_MIN_EXP # define FLT_MIN_10_EXP __F_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define FLT_MAX_EXP __F_FLT_MAX_EXP # define FLT_MAX_10_EXP __F_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define FLT_MAX __F_FLT_MAX # define FLT_EPSILON __F_FLT_EPSILON # define FLT_MIN __F_FLT_MIN #endif /* ** Define the DBL values to be either the __S or __F values based on IEEE */ #if __IEEE_FLOAT # define DBL_MANT_DIG __T_FLT_MANT_DIG # define DBL_DIG __T_FLT_DIG # define DBL_MIN_EXP __T_FLT_MIN_EXP # define DBL_MIN_10_EXP __T_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define DBL_MAX_EXP __T_FLT_MAX_EXP # define DBL_MAX_10_EXP __T_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define DBL_MIN __T_FLT_MIN #elif __G_FLOAT # define DBL_MANT_DIG __G_DBL_MANT_DIG # define DBL_DIG __G_FLT_DIG # define DBL_MIN_EXP __G_FLT_MIN_EXP # define DBL_MIN_10_EXP __G_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define DBL_MAX_EXP __G_FLT_MAX_EXP # define DBL_MAX_10_EXP __G_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define DBL_MIN __G_FLT_MIN #else # define DBL_MANT_DIG 56 # define DBL_DIG 16 # define DBL_MIN_EXP __F_FLT_MIN_EXP # define DBL_MIN_10_EXP __F_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define DBL_MAX_EXP __F_FLT_MAX_EXP # define DBL_MAX_10_EXP __F_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define DBL_MIN 2.93873587705571877e-39 #endif #if __IEEE_FLOAT # define DBL_MAX __T_FLT_MAX #elif __G_FLOAT # define DBL_MAX __G_FLT_MAX #else # ifndef __ALPHA # define DBL_MAX 1.70141183460469229e+38 # else # define DBL_MAX 1.70141183460469213e+38 # endif #endif #if __IEEE_FLOAT # define DBL_EPSILON __T_FLT_EPSILON #elif __G_FLOAT || (__D_FLOAT && defined(__ALPHA)) # define DBL_EPSILON (1.0 / (1 << 20) / (1 << 16) / (1 << 16)) #else # define DBL_EPSILON (1.0 / (1 << 23) / (1 << 16) / (1 << 16)) #endif /* ** Define the LDBL values based on __X_FLOAT */ #if __X_FLOAT # define LDBL_MANT_DIG __X_FLT_MANT_DIG # define LDBL_DIG __X_FLT_DIG # define LDBL_MIN_EXP __X_FLT_MIN_EXP # define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP __X_FLT_MIN_10_EXP # define LDBL_MAX_EXP __X_FLT_MAX_EXP # define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP __X_FLT_MAX_10_EXP # define LDBL_MAX __X_FLT_MAX # define LDBL_EPSILON __X_FLT_EPSILON # define LDBL_MIN 3.3621031431120935062626778173217526025981e-4932l #else # define LDBL_MANT_DIG DBL_MANT_DIG # define LDBL_DIG DBL_DIG # define LDBL_MIN_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP # define LDBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_10_EXP # define LDBL_MAX_EXP DBL_MAX_EXP # define LDBL_MAX_10_EXP DBL_MAX_10_EXP # define LDBL_MAX DBL_MAX # define LDBL_EPSILON DBL_EPSILON # define LDBL_MIN DBL_MIN #endif #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif #pragma __standard #endif /* __FLOAT_LOADED */
E.2. Contents of <limits.h>
<limits.h>
header file has the following contents:
#ifndef __LIMITS_LOADED
#define __LIMITS_LOADED 1
/****************************************************************************
**
** <limits.h> - Sizes of integral types
**
*****************************************************************************
** Header introduced by the ANSI C Standard
*****************************************************************************
**
** Copyright 2001, 2004 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P.
**
** Confidential computer software. Valid license from HP required for
** possession, use or copying. Consistent with FAR 12.211 and 12.212,
** Commercial Computer Software, Computer Software Documentation, and
** Technical Data for Commercial Items are licensed to the U.S.
** Government under vendor's standard commercial license.
**
******************************************************************************
** Note
******************************************************************************
**
** Section 2.2.4.2 of the Rationale states "The limits for the maxima and
** minima of unsigned types are specified as unsigned constants..."
**
** The alert reader will notice there are no minima for the unsigned
** types, but we will follow the Rationale's advice anyway.
**
******************************************************************************
** Implementors Note
******************************************************************************
**
** Some constants in this file such as INT_MIN is defined in terms of an
** expression involving an INT_MAX which is a constant value. Please do
** not be tempted to speed processing up by evaluating those expressions
** into constant values. This will cause things to not work correctly.
******************************************************************************
*/
#include <decc$types.h>
#pragma __nostandard
/*
** Number of bits for the smallest object that is not a bit-field (byte)
*/
#define CHAR_BIT 8
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "signed/unsigned char"
*/
#define UCHAR_MAX 255u
#define SCHAR_MAX 127
#define SCHAR_MIN (-SCHAR_MAX - 1)
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "char" affected by /unsigned_char qualifier
*/
#ifdef __UNSIGNED_CHAR
#define CHAR_MIN 0
#define CHAR_MAX UCHAR_MAX
#else
#define CHAR_MIN SCHAR_MIN
#define CHAR_MAX SCHAR_MAX
#endif
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "signed/unsigned short int"
*/
#define USHRT_MAX 65535u
#define SHRT_MAX 32767
#define SHRT_MIN (-SHRT_MAX - 1)
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "signed/unsigned int"
*/
#define UINT_MAX 4294967295u
#define INT_MAX 2147483647
#define INT_MIN (-INT_MAX - 1)
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "signed/unsigned long int"
*/
#define ULONG_MAX 4294967295u
#define LONG_MAX 2147483647
#define LONG_MIN (-LONG_MAX - 1)
/*
** Minimum and maximum values for "signed/unsigned __intxx"
*/
#define __UINT16_MAX 65535u
#define __INT16_MAX 32767
#define __INT16_MIN (-__INT16_MAX - 1)
#define __UINT32_MAX 4294967295u
#define __INT32_MAX 2147483647
#define __INT32_MIN (-__INT32_MAX - 1)
#ifdef __ALPHA
#define __UINT64_MAX 18446744073709551615u
#define __INT64_MAX 9223372036854775807
#define __INT64_MIN (-__INT64_MAX - 1)
#endif
#if __CRTL_VER < 60200000
# define MB_LEN_MAX 1 /* Before OpenVMS V6.2 */
#else
# define MB_LEN_MAX 8 /* After OpenVMS V6.2 */
#endif
/*
** Limits which changed beginning with OpenVMS V6.2
*/
# if defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE) || !defined(_ANSI_C_SOURCE)
# define COLL_WEIGHTS_MAX 5 /* Max collate weights */
# define NL_TEXTMAX 8192
# define NL_SETMAX 65535
# define NL_MSGMAX 65535
# define CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX 14
# define NL_ARGMAX 9
# define NL_LANGMAX 14
# define TZNAME_MAX 15
# define SSIZE_MAX INT_MAX
/*
** Limits needed to support *conf() functions.
*/
# define BC_BASE_MAX -1 /* Max ibase and obase values
** for bc not implemented */
# define BC_DIM_MAX -1 /* Max num elements in array
** for bc not implemented */
# define BC_SCALE_MAX -1 /* Max scale value allowed by
** bc not implemented */
# define BC_STRING_MAX -1 /* Max len of string constant
** by bc not implemented */
# define EXPR_NEST_MAX (-1) /* Max num expression nested
for expr */
# define LINE_MAX (-1) /* Max len of utility input
** line */
# define RE_DUP_MAX (-1) /* Max num repeated reg for
** interval */
# define NGROUPS_MAX 0 /* User can be in no extra groups */
# define PASS_MAX 31 /* Max bytes in a password */
# define ARG_MAX 4096 /* Max len of arg to exec rtns */
/*
** These are used by pathconf() as well as others
*/
# define LINK_MAX 1 /* Only 1 link to a file */
# define MAX_CANON 511 /* Max bytes in terminal canonical
** input */
# define MAX_INPUT 511 /* Max bytes required as input
** before reading */
# define NAME_MAX 255 /* Max bytes in filename */
# define PATH_MAX 255 /* Max bytes in pathname */
# define PIPE_BUF 512 /* Max atomic bytes on write to pipe */
/*
** New limits with DEC C V5.2
*/
# define _POSIX_PIPE_BUF 512
#endif /* XOPEN_SOURCE */
#if defined(_XOPEN_SOURCE_EXTENDED) || !defined(_ANSI_C_SOURCE)
# define ATEXIT_MAX 32767 /* Max number of functions that
** may be registered with atexit().
** essentially unlimited
*/
# define IOV_MAX (-1) /* Maximum number of iovec
** structures that one process
** has available for use with
** readv() or writev() */
#endif
/*
** Macros defined by the POSIX 1003.1c-1995 formally approved at
** the June 1995 meeting of the IEEE Standards Board. The correct
** feature test macro for strictly conforming POSIX 1003.1c-1995
** applications is:
**
** #define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199506L
*/
#if _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506 || !defined _ANSI_C_SOURCE
# ifndef _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
# define _POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS 4
# endif
# ifndef _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX
# define _POSIX_THREAD_KEYS_MAX 128
# endif
# ifndef _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX
# define _POSIX_THREAD_THREADS_MAX 64
# endif
# ifndef PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
# define PTHREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
_POSIX_THREAD_DESTRUCTOR_ITERATIONS
# endif
# ifndef PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX
# define PTHREAD_KEYS_MAX 255
# endif
# ifndef PTHREAD_STACK_MIN
# if defined __ALPHA
# define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 8192
# else
# define PTHREAD_STACK_MIN 1024
# endif
# endif
#endif /* _POSIX_C_SOURCE >= 199506 */
#pragma __standard
#endif /* __LIMITS_LOADED */
VSI C Glossary
- additive operator
An operator that performs addition (+) or subtraction ( – ). These operators perform arithmetic conversion on each of the operands, if necessary.
See Also arithmetic conversion rules.
- aggregate
A data structure (array, structure, or union) composed of segments called members. You declare the members to be of either a scalar or aggregate data type. Members of an array are called elements and must be of the same data type. A structure has named members that can be of different data types. A union is a structure that is as long as its longest declared member and that contains the value of only one member at a time.
- ampersand (&)
As a unary operator, computes the address of its operand. As a binary operator, performs a bitwise AND on two operands; both must be of an integral type. As an assignment operator (&=), performs a bitwise AND on two expressions and assigns the result to the left object. The double ampersand (&&), a binary operator, performs a logical AND on two operands.
See Also binary operator, bitwise operator, logical operator, unary operator.
- argument
An expression that appears within the parentheses of a function call. The expression is evaluated and the result is copied into the corresponding parameter of the called function. and .
See Also parameter, argument passing.
- argument passing
The mechanism by which the value of the argument in a function call is copied to a parameter in the called function. In C, all arguments are passed by value; that is, the parameter receives a copy of the argument's value. Therefore, a function called in C cannot modify the value of an argument except by using its address. In general, addresses are passed using the ampersand operator (&) in the function call or by passing a pointer variable. In addition, using an array or function name (an array with no brackets or function identifier with no parentheses) as an argument results in the passing of the address of the array or function.
See Also ampersand (&).
- arithmetic conversion rules
The set of rules that govern the changing of a value of an operand from one data type to another in arithmetic expressions. Conversions take place in assignments by changing the type of the right operand's result to that of the object referred to by the left operand; the resultant type also applies to the assignment expression. Conversions are also performed when arguments are passed to functions.
- arithmetic operator
A C operator that performs a mathematical operation. In an expression, certain operations take precedence (are performed first) over other operations. The unary minus operator ( – ) is at the highest level of precedence. At the next level are the binary operators for multiplication (*), division (/), and mod (%). At the next level are addition (+) and subtraction ( – ). There is no unary plus operator, and there is no exponentiation operator. If necessary, all the binary operators perform the arithmetic conversions on their operands.
See Also arithmetic conversion rules.
- arithmetic type
One of the integral data types, enumerated types,
float
, ordouble
.)- array
An aggregate data type consisting of subscripted members, called elements, all of the same type. Elements of an array can be one of the fundamental types or can be structures, unions, or other arrays (to form multidimensional arrays).
- assignment expression
An expression that has the following form:
E1 asgnop E2
.Expression E1 must evaluate to an lvalue, the asgnop operator is an assignment operator, and E2 is an expression. The type of an assignment expression is that of its left operand. The value of an assignment expression is that of the left operand after the assignment takes place. If the operator is of the form op=, then the operation E1 op (E2) is performed, and the result is assigned to the object referred to by E1; E1 is evaluated once.
- assignment operator
The combination of an arithmetic or bitwise operator with the assignment symbol (=); also, the assignment symbol by itself.
See Also assignment expression.
- asterisk (*)
As a unary operator, treats its operand as an address and results in the contents of that address. As a binary operator, multiplies two operands, performing the arithmetic conversions, if necessary. As an assignment operator (*=), multiplies an expression by the value of the object referred to by the left operand, and assigns the product to that object.
See Also binary operator, unary operator.
- binary operator
An operator that is placed between two operands. The binary operators include arithmetic operators, shift operators, relational operators, equality operators, bitwise operators (AND, OR, and XOR), logical connectives, and the comma operator, in that order of precedence. All binary operators group from left to right. VSI C has no exponentiation operator. The
exp
library function must be used instead.- bitwise operator
An operator that performs Boolean algebra on the binary values of two operands, which must be integral. If necessary, the operators perform the arithmetic conversions. Both operands are evaluated. All bitwise operators are associative, and expressions using them may be rearranged. The operators include, in order of precedence, the single ampersand (&) (bitwise AND), the circumflex (^) (bitwise exclusive OR), and the single bar (|) (bitwise inclusive OR).
- block
See compound statement.
- block activation
The run-time activation of a block or function, in which local
auto
andregister
variables are allocated storage and, if they are declared with initializers, given initial values. Variables of storage classstatic
,extern
,globaldef
, andglobalvalue
are allocated and initialized at link time. The block activation precedes the execution of any executable statements in the function or block. Functions are activated when they are called. Internal blocks (compound statements) are activated when the program control flows into them. Internal blocks are not activated if they are entered by agoto
statement, unless thegoto
target is the label of the block rather than the label of some statement within the block. If a block is entered by agoto
statement, references toauto
andregister
variables declared in the block are still valid references, but the variables may not be properly initialized. Blocks that make up the body of aswitch
statement are not activated;auto
orregister
variables declared in the block are not initialized.- built-in functions
The function definitions that are part of the VSI C compiler for OpenVMS systems. A call to one of these functions does not call a function in a run-time library or in your program. Most of the built-in functions access the VAX hardware instructions to perform operations quickly that are cumbersome, slow, or impossible in the C language.
- cast
An expression preceded by a cast operator of the form (type_name). The cast operator forces the conversion of the evaluated expression to the given type. The expression is assigned to a variable of the specified type, which is then used in place of the whole construction. The cast operator has the same precedence as the other unary operators.
- CDD/Repository
An optional OpenVMS software product, available under a separate license, that maintains a set of data structure definitions that many programs on a system, written in many languages, can access. The language-independent definitions are translated into the target language when they are included in the program stream. You can include the CDD records in VSI C programs using the
#dictionary
preprocessor directive. This directive is specific to VSI C for OpenVMS systems, and is not portable.- character
A member of the ASCII character set.
An object of type
char
, which is stored in a single byte of memory. An object of typechar
always represents a single character, not a string.A constant of type
char
consisting of up to four ASCII characters enclosed in apostrophes (’ ’) not quotation marks (" ").
See Also string.
- comma operator
A C operator used to separate two expressions as follows:
E1, E2
.The expressions E1 and E2 are evaluated left to right, and the value of E1 is discarded. The type and value of the comma expression are those of E2.
- comment
A sequence of characters introduced by the pair /* and terminated by */. Comments are ignored during compilation. They may not be nested.
- Common Data Dictionary (CDD)
See CDD/Repository.
- compilation unit
All the source files compiled to form a single object module. In other C documentation, the term source file is synonymous with the OpenVMS compilation unit, which is not necessarily a single source file. Declarations and definitions within a compilation unit determine the lexical scope of functions and variables.
- compound statement
Valid C statements enclosed in braces ({ }). Compound statements can also include declarations. The scope of these variables is local to the compound statement. A compound statement, when it is not the body of a function, is called a block.
- conditional operator
The C operator (?:), which is used in conditional expressions of the following form:
E1 ? E2 : E3
.E1, E2, and E3 are valid C expressions. E1 is evaluated, and if it is nonzero, the result is the value of E2; otherwise, the result is the value of E3. Either E2 or E3 is evaluated, but not both.
- constant
A primary expression whose value does not change. A constant may be literal or symbolic.
- constant expression
An expression involving only constants. Constant expressions are evaluated at compile time so they may be used wherever a constant is valid.
- conversion
The changing of a value from one data type to another. Conversions take place in assignments by changing the type of the right operand's result to that of the object referred to by the left operand; the resultant type also applies to the assignment expression. Conversions are also performed when arguments are passed to functions:
char
andshort
becomeint
;unsigned char
andunsigned short
becomeunsigned int
if no function prototype is in scope;float
becomesdouble
. Conversions can also be forced by means of a cast. Conversions are performed on operands in arithmetic expressions by the arithmetic conversions.- conversion characters
A character used with the C RTL Standard I/O functions that is preceded by a percent sign (%) and specifies an input or output format. For example, letter d instructs the function to input/output the value in a decimal format.
- Curses
A screen management package comprised of C RTL functions and macros that create and modify defined sections of the terminal screen, and optimize cursor movement. Curses defines rectangular regions on the terminal display that you may write upon, rearrange, move to new positions on the screen, and delete from the screen. These rectangular regions are called windows. To use any of the Curses functions or macros, you must include the
<curses.h>
header file using the#include
preprocessor directive.- data definition
The syntax that both declares the data type of an object and reserves its storage. For variables that are internal to a function, the data definition is the same as the declaration. For external variables, the data definition is external to any function (an external data definition).
- data-type modifier
Keywords that affect the allocation or access of data storage. The two data-type modifiers are
const
andvolatile
.- declaration
A statement that gives the data type and possibly the storage class of one or more variables.
- DEC/Shell
An optional OpenVMS software product available under a separate license that is a command-language interpreter based on the UNIX Version 7.0 Bourne Shell with commands for interactive program development, device and data file manipulation, and interactive and batch execution. DEC/Shell RTL functions were added to the C RTL so that valid DEC/Shell file specifications could be used in VSI C for OpenVMS source programs.
See Also file specification.
- dictionaries
A hierarchical organization, similar to the organization of directories and subdirectories, of data structure definitions in the CDD/Repository.
See Also CDD/Repository.
- directives
- elements
Members of an array.
See Also aggregate.
- enumerated type
A type defined (with the
enum
keyword) to have an ordered set of integer values. The integer values are associated with constant identifiers named in the declaration. Althoughenum
variables are stored internally as integers, use them in programs as if they have a distinct data type named in theenum
declaration.)- equality operator
One of the operators equal to (==) or not equal to (!=). They are similar to the relational operators, but at the next lower level of precedence.
- exponentiation operator
The C language does not have an exponentiation operator. Use the C RTL function
exp
.- expression
A series of characters that the compiler can use to produce a value. Expressions have one or more operands and, usually, one or more operators. An identifier with no operator is an expression that yields a value directly. Operands are either identifiers (such as variable names) or other expressions, which are sometimes called subexpressions.
- external storage class
A storage class that permits identifiers to have a link-time scope that can possibly span object modules. Identifiers of this storage class are defined outside of functions using no storage-class specifier, and are declared, optionally, throughout the program using the
extern
specifier. External variables provide a means other than argument passing for exchanging data between the functions that comprise a C program.See Also link-time scope.
- file descriptor
In the UNIX environment, the integer that identifies a file.
- file specification
An identifier that specifies an existing file. There are two types of valid file specifications in VSI C: OpenVMS specifications and DEC/Shell specifications. DEC/Shell specifications are a subset of UNIX specifications.)
- floating type
One of the data types
float
ordouble
, representing a single- or double-precision, floating-point number. There are two implementations of the data typedouble
: D_floating and G_floating. The range of values for the D_floating variables is the same as that forfloat
variables, but the precision is 16 decimal digits, as opposed to 7. Programs that use G_floating variables must use the /FLOAT=G_FLOAT (or /G_FLOAT) command-line qualifier. A G_floating variable has considerably greater range, but has less precision.)- function
The primary unit from which C programs are constructed. A function definition begins with a name and parameter list, followed by the declarations of the parameters (if any) and the body of the function enclosed in braces ({ }). The function body consists of the declarations of any local variables and the set of statements that perform its action. Functions do not have to return a value to the caller. All C functions are external; that is, a function may not contain another function.
See Also function call.
- function call
A primary expression, usually a function identifier followed by parentheses, that is used to invoke the function. The parentheses contain a (possibly empty) comma-separated list of expressions that are the arguments to the function. Any previously undeclared identifier followed immediately by parentheses is declared as a function returning
int
. Any function may call itself recursively.- function inline expansion
A replacement of a function call with code that performs the actions of the defined function. This process reduces execution time. By default, VSI C attempts to expand inline all functions. You can use the
#pragma inline
directive to provide inline expansion for functions that VSI C does not expand inline by default.See Also pragma.
- function unrolling
- fundamental type
The set of arithmetic data types plus pointers. In general, the fundamental types comprise those data types that can be represented naturally on a VAX processor; usually, this means integers and floating-point numbers of various machine-dependent sizes, and machine addresses.
- global storage class
A storage class that permits identifiers to have a link-time scope that can possibly span object modules. Identifiers of this storage class are defined using the
globaldef
storage-class specifier, and are declared, optionally, throughout the program using theglobalref
specifier. You can use theglobalvalue
specifier to define a global symbol, or constant. Global variables provide a means other than argument passing for exchanging data between the functions that comprise a VSI C program.See Also link-time scope.
- identifier
A sequence of letters and digits, the first 255 of which must be unique. The underscore (_) and dollar sign ($) are letters in this context. The first character of an identifier must be a letter. Upper- and lowercase letters specify different identifiers in VSI C. However, all external names are converted to uppercase to be consistent with the OpenVMS environment and are only 31 characters in length.
- initializer
The part of a declaration that gives the initial value(s) for the preceding declarator. An initializer consists of an equal sign (=) followed by either a single expression or a comma-separated list of one or more expressions in braces.
- inline expansion
- integral type
One of the data types
char
orint
(all sizes, signed or unsigned).- internal storage class
A storage class that permits identifiers declared inside of a function body to be recognized only from the declaration to the end of the immediately enclosing block. Identifiers of the internal storage class are declared using the
auto
andregister
storage-class specifiers.See Also scope.
- keyword
A character string that is reserved by the C language and cannot be used as an identifier. Keywords identify statements, storage classes, data types, and the like. Library function names are not C keywords; you may redefine function names.)
- lexical scope
The area in which the compiler recognizes a declared identifier within a given compilation unit.
See Also scope.
- License Management Facility (LMF)
A process by which you register and use some OpenVMS software products. See your VSI C installation guide for more information.
- lifetime
The length of time for which storage for a variable is allocated.
See Also external storage class, internal storage class, program section (psect).
- link libraries
The libraries searched by the OpenVMS Linker to resolve external references. Depending on the needs of your program, you have to specify certain libraries in a specific order so that your program links properly. For more information, see Chapter 1, Developing VSI C Programs.)
- link-time scope
The area in which the OpenVMS Linker recognizes an identifier within a given program.
See Also scope.
- literal
A constant whose value is written explicitly in the program. Literal values have type
int
ordouble
, depending on their forms. Character constants have typeint
. Floating constants have typedouble
. Character-string constants have type array ofchar
.)- local variable
A variable declared inside a function body.
See Also internal storage class.
- logical expression
An expression made up of two or more operands separated by a logical operator. Each operand must be a fundamental type or must be a pointer or other address expression. Operands do not have to be the same type. Logical expressions always return 1 or 0 (type
int
) to indicate a true or false value, respectively. Logical expressions are always evaluated from left to right, and the evaluation stops as soon as the result is known.- logical operator
One of the binary operators logical AND (&&) and logical OR (||).
- loop
A construct that executes a single statement or a block repeatedly until a given expression evaluates to false. The single statement or block is called the loop body. The C language has three types of loops: one that evaluates the expression before executing the loop body (the
while
statement), one that evaluates the expression after executing the loop body (thedo
statement), and one that executes the loop body a specified number of times (thefor
statement).- lvalue
The address in memory that is the location of an object whose contents can be assigned or modified. In this guide, the term describes a category in C grammar. An expression evaluating to an lvalue is required on the left side of an assignment operator (hence its name) and as the operand of certain other operators, such as the increment (++) and decrement (− −) operators. A variable name is an example of an expression evaluating to an lvalue, since its address can be taken (with &), and values can be assigned to it. A constant is an example of an expression that is not an lvalue.
See Also rvalue.
- macro
A text substitution that is defined with the
#define
preprocessor directive and can include a list of parameters. The parameters in the#define
directive are replaced at compile time with the corresponding arguments from a macro reference encountered in the source text.- main_program option
A tag that can be placed on a separate line between the function parameter list and the rest of a function definition to tell the OpenVMS image activator to begin program execution with this function. You can use the
main_program
identifier when there is no function namedmain
; it is not a keyword; it can be spelled in upper- or lowercase; and it is specific to VSI C for OpenVMS systems.- members
Segments of the aggregate data structures (arrays, structures, or unions) that are declared to be of either scalar or aggregate data type.
See Also aggregate.
- module
The object code produced and placed into a file with a .OBJ extension after a compilation unit has been compiled. The object file is the file name with the .OBJ extension; the object module is the system-recognized name (usually the same as the object-file name without an extension).
A segment of object code located in an object library.
- multiplication operator
An operator that performs multiplication (*), division (/), or modular arithmetic (%). If necessary, it performs the arithmetic conversions on its operands. The mod operator (%) yields the remainder of the first operand divided by the second.
- null pointer
A pointer variable that has not been assigned an lvalue and whose value has been initialized to 0. If you use a null pointer in an expression that needs a value, the compiler will let you try to access memory location 0, which will cause the ACCVIO hardware error. The
NULL
macro can be used when comparing for a null pointer. It is defined in both the<stdio.h>
and<stddef.h>
header files as follows:(void *) 0
.- null character
The escape sequence (\0) that VSI C uses to terminate all character strings. The
NULL
macro can be used when comparing for null characters. It is defined in both the<stdio.h>
and<stddef.h>
header files as follows:(void *) 0
.- object
Data stored at a location in memory represented by an identifier. Objects are one of the basic elements that the language can manipulate; that is, the elements to which operators can be applied. In C, objects include data (such as integers, real numbers, or characters), data structures (arrays, structures, or unions), and functions.)
- occlude
In the Curses Screen Management package, when the area of one defined window overlaps the area of another defined window on the terminal screen.
See Also Curses.
- operator
A character that performs an operation on one or more operands. In order of precedence (high to low), operators are classified as the primary-expression operators, unary operators, binary operators, the conditional operator, assignment operators, and the comma operator.
- parameter
A variable listed in the parentheses and declared between the function identifier and body in the function definition. The parameter receives a copy of the value of an associated argument when the function is called. The items in parentheses in a macro definition are also called parameters, but the semantics are different from C function calls.)
- pointer
A variable that contains the address (lvalue) of another variable or function. A pointer is declared with the unary asterisk operator (*).
- portability
The ability to compile an unaltered C source program on several operating systems and machines; in this guide particularly, between UNIX and OpenVMS systems.
- pragma
A preprocessor directive that produces implementation-specific results. Certain pragmas may not be portable, but other compilers may support pragmas that are supported by VSI C for OpenVMS systems.
See Also preprocessor directives.
- precedence of operators
The order in which operations are performed. If an expression contains several operators, the operations are executed in the following order: primary expression operators, unary operators, binary operators, the conditional operator, assignment operators, and the comma operator.
- preprocessor directives
Lines of text in a C source file that change the order or manner of subsequent compilation. The directives are
#define
, for macro substitution and other replacements;#undef
, to cancel a previous#define
;#include
, to include an external source text;#line
, to specify a line number to the compiler;#module
, to specify a module name to the linker;#dictionary
, to extract data structures from the Common Data Dictionary;#pragma
, to give the compiler implementation-specific information; and#if
,#ifdef
,#ifndef
,#else
,#elif
,#endif
, to place conditions on the compilation of sections of a program. In VSI C, these directives are processed by an early phase of the compiler, not by a separate program.)- primary expression
An expression that contains only a primary-expression operator or no operator. Primary expressions include previously declared identifiers, constants, strings, function calls, subscripted expressions, and references to structure or union members.
- primary-expression operator
An operator that qualifies a primary expression. The set of such operators consists of paired brackets ([ ]) to enclose a single subscript; paired parentheses (( )) to enclose an argument list or to change the associative precedence of operators; a period (.) to qualify a structure or union name with the name of a member; and an arrow (–>) to qualify a structure or union member with a pointer or other address-valued expression.
- program section (psect)
An area of virtual memory that has a name, a size, and a series of attributes that describe the intended or permitted usage of that permanent variable. Variables of type
static
, and of all external and global types are placed in psects.See Also lifetime.
- refresh
A Curses Screen Management term describing the updating of the terminal screen so that the latest contents of defined windows are placed on the screen. No edits made to any window can appear on the terminal screen until you refresh the window on the screen using
refresh
,wrefresh
, ortouchwin
.See Also Curses.
- relational operator
One of the operators less than (<), greater than (>), less than or equal to (<=), or greater than or equal to (>=). The result (which is of type
int
) is 1 or 0, indicating a true or false relation, respectively. If necessary, the arithmetic conversions are performed on the two operands. Relational operators group from left to right.- run-time library
In VSI C for OpenVMS systems, the group of common functions and macros that accompany the compiler that may be called to perform I/O tasks, character-string manipulation, math tasks, system calls, and various other tasks. The C language includes no facilities to administer I/O, so compilers include run-time libraries to provide this service. The VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) is shipped with the OpenVMS operating system. You can access the C RTL by receiving a copy of the function module in your program's image, or by sharing the function image with your program so that control is passed to the function image and then back to your program.
See Also shareable image.
- rvalue
The object stored at a location in memory represented by an identifier. The rvalue of a variable is the variable's object.
- scalar
Single objects, including pointers, that can be manipulated in their entirety, in an arithmetic expression. and.
- scope
The portion of a program in which a particular name has meaning. The link-time scope of names declared in external definitions possibly extends from the point of the definition's occurrence to the end of the program. The scope of the names of function parameters is the function itself. The scope of names declared in any block (that is, after the brace beginning any compound statement) is restricted to that block. Names declared in a block supersede any other declaration of the name, including external definitions, for the extent of that block. Tags within
struct
,union
,typedef
, andenum
declarations are identifiers that are subject to the same scope rules as any identifiers. Member names in structure or union references are not subject to the same scope rules ( ). The scope of a label is the entire function containing the label.See Also uniqueness.
- shareable image
An OpenVMS image that passes control to another image that passes control back to the original program. You can access the VSI C Run-Time Library (C RTL) as a shared image; control is passed to the C RTL and then back to your program instead of a copy of the function's object module being copied into your program's image.)
- shift operator
One of the binary operators (
<<
) or (>>). Both operands must have integral types. The value of the expression E1<< E2 is the result of expression E1 (interpreted as a bit pattern) left-shifted by E2 bits. The value of E1 >>E2 is E1 right-shifted by E2 bits.- statement
The language elements that perform the action of a function. Statements include expression statements (an expression followed by a semicolon), null statements (the semicolon by itself), compound statements (blocks), and an assortment of statements identified by keywords (such as
return
,switch
, anddo
).- static storage class
A storage class that permits identifiers to be recognized possibly from the point of the declaration to the end of the compilation unit. Identifiers of the static storage class are declared using the
static
storage-class specifier.See Also scope.
- stderr
The predefined file pointer associated with the terminal to report run-time errors. The pointed file is equivalent to the OpenVMS logical SYS$ERROR and the file descriptor 2. To use this definition, include the
stdio
definition module in your source code using the#include
preprocessor directive.)- stdin
The predefined file pointer associated with the terminal to perform input. The pointed file is equivalent to the OpenVMS logical SYS$INPUT and the file descriptor 0. For example, if you specify
stdin
as the pointer to the file to read from in thegetc
macro, the macro reads from the terminal. To use this definition, include thestdio
definition module in your source code using the#include
preprocessor directive.- stdout
The predefined file pointer associated with the terminal to perform output. The pointed file is equivalent to the OpenVMS logical SYS$OUTPUT and the file descriptor 1. For example, if you specify
stdout
as the pointer to the file to write to in theputc
macro, the macro writes to the terminal. To use this definition, include the definition modulestdio
in your source code using the#include
preprocessor directive.- storage class
The attribute that, with its type, determines the location, lifetime, and scope of an identifier's storage. Examples are
static
,external
, andauto
.)- storage-class modifier
Keywords used with the storage-class and data-type keywords to change program section attributes of variables, which restricts access to them. The two storage-class modifiers are
noshare
andreadonly
.- string
An array of type
char
.A constant consisting of a series of ASCII characters enclosed in quotation marks. Such a constant is declared implicitly as an array of
char
, initialized with the given characters, and terminated by a null character (ASCII 0, VSI C escape sequence \0).
- structure
An aggregate type consisting of a sequence of named members. Each member may have either a scalar or an aggregate type. A structure member may also consist of a specified number of bits called a bit field.
- symbolic constant
An identifier assigned a constant value by a
#define
directive. You may use a symbolic constant wherever a literal is valid.- tags
Identifiers that represent a declaration of the data types
struct
,union
, orenum
. You may use tags in declarations from that point onward in the program to declare other variables of the same type without having to key in the lengthy declaration again.)- tokens
The fundamental elements making up the text of a C program. Tokens are identifiers, keywords, constants, strings, operators, and other separators. White space (such as spaces, tabs, new lines, and comments) is ignored except where it is necessary to separate tokens.
- type
The attribute that, with its storage class, determines the meaning of the values found in the identifier's storage. Types include the integral and floating types, pointers, enumerated types, the
void
data type, and the derived types array, function, structure, andunion
.)- type name
The declaration of an object of a given type that omits the object identifier. A type name is used as the operand of the cast and
sizeof
operators.- unary operator
An operator that takes a single operand. In C, unary operators either precede or follow the operand. The set includes the asterisk (indirection), ampersand (address of), minus (arithmetic unary minus), exclamation (logical negation), tilde (one's complement), double plus (increment), double minus (decrement), cast (force type conversion), and
sizeof
(yields the size, in bytes, of its operand) operators.)- union
A union is an aggregate type that can be considered a structure, all of whose members begin at offset 0 from the base, and whose size is sufficient to contain any of its members. A union can only contain the value of one member at a time.
- uniqueness
- A property of the names used for certain structure and union members. A name is unique if either of the following conditions is true:
The name is used only once.
The name is used in two or more different structures (or unions), but each use denotes a member at the same offset from the base and of the same data type.
The significance of uniqueness is that a unique member name can possibly be used to refer to a structure in which the member name was not declared (although a warning message is issued).
- variable
An identifier used as the name of an object.
- value
The result of an expression. For example, when a variable on the right side of an assignment expression is evaluated, the value obtained is the object (rvalue) of the variable; when a variable on the left side of an assignment expression is evaluated, the value obtained is the address (lvalue) of the variable.
- white space
Spaces, tabs, new lines, and comments. The compiler defines where you can and cannot place these characters.)
- windows
In the Curses Screen Management package, the defined rectangular regions on the terminal screen that you can write upon, rearrange, move to new positions on the screen, and delete from the screen. You define windows by specifying the upper left corner coordinate, the number of lines, and the number of columns comprising the window. To see the results after editing a window, you must refresh the window on the terminal screen.
See Also refresh.
The declaration of a user-defined data structure depends on how the data will be used. Such data structures can be declared in a variety of ways, each of which is more suitable to specific applications.
The term pointer refers to several declarations involving pointers. Pointers are declared with special syntax and are associated with the data type of the object being pointed to. This object is often user-defined.
The data type specified can be changed to any valid VSI C data type.
The term array denotes the syntax of a VSI C array declaration.
The size of the array must be substituted for n.
The globaldef
, globalref
, and
globalvalue
storage-class specifiers are available
only when compiling in VAX C compatibility mode.
VSI C programs can be bound into PIC or NOPIC shareable images. NOPIC occurs if declarations such as the following are used: char *x = &y;. This statement relies on the address of variable y to determine the value of the pointer x.
Using in place of produces the same results.
Using in place of produces the same results.
In parameters or result; else ignored
__STDC__ is defined only in strict or relaxed mode, and MIA mode.
__STDC_VERSION__ is defined only when compiling with /STANDARD=ISOC94
__STDC_ISO_10646__ evaluates to an integer constant of the form yyyymmL (for example, 199712L), intended to indicate that values of type wchar_t are the coded representations of the characters defined by ISO/IEC 10646, along with all amendments and technical corrigenda as of the specified year and month.
__MIA is defined only in MIA mode.
If the specification of the /FLOAT or /[NO]G_FLOAT
qualifier conflicts with the data type of the
CDD/Repository record member, an informational
message is issued and the member is represented as
struct { char [8]}
instead of
double
.
This would occur if the data type of the CDD/Repository record member is D_floating, and G_floating format (the default) was specified on the CC command line; or if the data type of the record member is G_floating, and either D_floating or IEEE_floating (Alpha only) was specified on the command line; or if the data type of the record member is F_floating, and IEEE_floating (Alpha only) was specified on the command line.
For these data types, the length of the structure is two bytes longer than the string to allow for the length field.
A message is issued if the bit-string length is greater than 32.